Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 001-35054
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
 
27-1284632
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
539 South Main Street, Findlay, OH 45840-3229
(Address of principal executive offices)
(419) 422-2121
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $.01
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   þ     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  þ     Accelerated filer  ¨     Non-accelerated filer  ¨     Smaller reporting company  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   þ
The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2016 was approximately $20.0 billion . This amount is based on the closing price of the registrant’s Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2016 . Shares of Common Stock held by executive officers and directors of the registrant are not included in the computation. The registrant, solely for the purpose of this required presentation, has deemed its directors and executive officers to be affiliates.
There were 527,782,929 shares of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Common Stock outstanding as of February 13, 2017 .
Documents Incorporated By Reference
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement relating to its 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are incorporated by reference to the extent set forth in Part III, Items 10-14 of this Report.


Table of Contents

MARATHON PETROLEUM CORPORATION
Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, all references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “MPC,” “us,” “our,” “we” or “the Company” mean Marathon Petroleum Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Table of Contents
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1B.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9A.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 11.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 12.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 13.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 14.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
 
 
 
 
 
 


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Throughout this report, the following company or industry specific terms and abbreviations are used:
ASC
Accounting Standards Codification
ASR
Accelerated share repurchase
ATB
Articulated tug barges
barrel
One stock tank barrel, or 42 United States gallons liquid volume, used in reference to crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.
DEI
Designated Environmental Incidents
EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial measure)
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization
EIA
United States Energy Information Administration
EPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
FASB
Financial Accounting Standards Board
FCC
Fluid Catalytic Cracking
FERC
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
IDR
Incentive Distribution Rights
LCM
Lower of cost or market
LIBO Rate
London Interbank Offered Rate
LIFO
Last in, first out
LLS
Louisiana Light Sweet crude oil, an oil index benchmark price
mbpd
Thousand barrels per day
mbpcd
Thousand barrels per calender day
Mcf
One thousand cubic feet of natural gas
mmbpcd
Million barrels per calender day
MMcf/d
One million cubic feet of natural gas per day
MMBtu
One million British thermal units per day
NYMEX
New York Mercantile Exchange
NYSE
New York Stock Exchange
NGL
Natural gas liquids, such as ethane, propane, butanes and natural gasoline
PADD
Petroleum Administration for Defense District
OPEC
Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries
OSHA
United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OTC
Over-the-Counter
ppb
Parts per billion
ppm
Parts per million
RFS2
Revised Renewable Fuel Standard program, as required by the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007
RIN
Renewable Identification Number
ROUX
Residual Oil Upgrader Expansion
SEC
Securities and Exchange Commission
STAR
South Texas Asset Repositioning
ULSD
Ultra-low sulfur diesel
US GAAP
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
USGC
U.S. Gulf Coast
UST
Underground storage tank
VIE
Variable interest entity
VPP
Voluntary Protection Program
WTI
West Texas Intermediate crude oil, an oil index benchmark price

1

Table of Contents


Disclosures Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly Item 1. Business, Item 1A. Risk Factors, Item 3. Legal Proceedings, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk, includes forward-looking statements. You can identify our forward-looking statements by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “design,” “estimate,” “objective,” “expect,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “goal,” “guidance,” “imply,” “intend,” “plan,” “predict,” “prospective,” “project,” “opportunity,” “potential,” “position,” “pursue,” “strategy,” “seek,” “target,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “would,” “will” or other similar expressions that convey the uncertainty of future events or outcomes. In accordance with “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, these statements are accompanied by cautionary language identifying important factors, though not necessarily all such factors, that could cause future outcomes to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that relate to, or statements that are subject to risks, contingencies or uncertainties that relate to:
future levels of revenues, refining and marketing gross margins, operating costs, retail gasoline and distillate gross margins, merchandise margins, income from operations, net income or earnings per share;
anticipated volumes of feedstock, throughput, sales or shipments of refined products;
anticipated levels of regional, national and worldwide prices of crude oil, natural gas, NGLs and refined products;
anticipated levels of crude oil and refined product inventories;
future levels of capital, environmental or maintenance expenditures, general and administrative and other expenses;
the success or timing of completion of ongoing or anticipated capital or maintenance projects;
business strategies, growth opportunities and expected investments, including strategic initiatives and actions, as well as planned equity investments in pipeline projects;
expectations regarding the acquisition or divestiture of assets as well as the strategic initiatives discussed herein, such as the proposed accelerated dropdown of assets to MPLX LP and plans to exchange our economic interest in the general partner, including IDRs, for newly issued MPLX LP common units;
our share repurchase authorizations, including the timing and amounts of any common stock repurchases;
the adequacy of our capital resources and liquidity, including but not limited to, availability of sufficient cash flow to execute our business plan;
the effect of restructuring or reorganization of business components;
the potential effects of judicial or other proceedings on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows; and
the anticipated effects of actions of third parties such as competitors, activist investors or federal, foreign, state or local regulatory authorities or plaintiffs in litigation.
We have based our forward-looking statements on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry and our company. We caution that these statements are not guarantees of future performance, and you should not rely unduly on them, as they involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that we cannot predict. In addition, we have based many of these forward-looking statements on assumptions about future events that may prove to be inaccurate. While our management considers these assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, regulatory and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, our actual results may differ materially from the future performance that we have expressed or forecast in our forward-looking statements. Differences between actual results and any future performance suggested in our forward-looking statements could result from a variety of factors, including the following:
volatility or degradation in general economic, market, industry or business conditions;
availability and pricing of domestic and foreign supplies of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil and other feedstocks;
the ability of the members of the OPEC to agree on and to influence crude oil price and production controls;
availability and pricing of domestic and foreign supplies of refined products such as gasoline, diesel fuel, jet fuel, home heating oil and petrochemicals;
foreign imports and exports of crude oil, refined products, natural gas and NGLs;
refining industry overcapacity or under capacity;
changes in producer customers’ drilling plans or in volumes of throughput of crude oil, natural gas, NGLs, refined products or other hydrocarbon-based products;

2

Table of Contents

changes in the cost or availability of third-party vessels, pipelines, railcars and other means of transportation for crude oil, natural gas, NGLs, feedstocks and refined products;
changes to the expected construction costs and timing of projects;
the price, availability and acceptance of alternative fuels and alternative-fuel vehicles and laws mandating such fuels or vehicles;
fluctuations in consumer demand for refined products, natural gas and NGLs, including seasonal fluctuations;
political and economic conditions in nations that consume refined products, natural gas and NGLs, including the United States, and in crude oil producing regions, including the Middle East, Africa, Canada and South America;
actions taken by our competitors, including pricing adjustments, expansion of retail activities, the expansion and retirement of refining capacity and the expansion and retirement of pipeline capacity, processing, fractionation and treating facilities in response to market conditions;
completion of pipeline projects within the United States;
changes in fuel and utility costs for our facilities;
failure to realize the benefits projected for capital projects, or cost overruns associated with such projects;
modifications to MPLX LP earnings and distribution growth objectives;
the ability to successfully implement growth opportunities, including strategic initiatives and actions;
the time, costs and ability to obtain regulatory or other approvals, waivers or consents required to consummate strategic actions discussed herein, such as the proposed accelerated dropdown of assets to MPLX LP;
the risk that the synergies from the MarkWest Merger (defined below) may not be fully realized or may take longer to realize than expected;
risks and uncertainties associated with intangible assets, including any future goodwill or intangible assets impairment charges;
the ability to realize the strategic benefits of joint venture opportunities;
accidents or other unscheduled shutdowns affecting our refineries, machinery, pipelines, processing, fractionation and treating facilities or equipment, or those of our suppliers or customers;
unusual weather conditions and natural disasters, which can unforeseeably affect the price or availability of crude oil and other feedstocks and refined products;
acts of war, terrorism or civil unrest that could impair our ability to produce refined products, receive feedstocks or to gather, process, fractionate or transport crude oil, natural gas, NGLs or refined products;
state and federal environmental, economic, health and safety, energy and other policies and regulations, including the cost of compliance with the renewable fuel standard program;
adverse changes in laws including with respect to tax and regulatory matters;
rulings, judgments or settlements and related expenses in litigation or other legal, tax or regulatory matters, including unexpected environmental remediation costs, in excess of any reserves or insurance coverage;
political pressure and influence of environmental groups upon policies and decisions related to the production, gathering, refining, processing, fractionation, transportation and marketing of crude oil or other feedstocks, refined products, natural gas, NGLs or other hydrocarbon-based products;
labor and material shortages;
the maintenance of satisfactory relationships with labor unions and joint venture partners;
the ability and willingness of parties with whom we have material relationships to perform their obligations to us;
the market price of our common stock and its impact on our share repurchase authorizations;
changes in the credit ratings assigned to our debt securities and trade credit, changes in the availability of unsecured credit and changes affecting the credit markets generally;
capital market conditions and our ability to raise adequate capital to execute our business plan, including our recently announced strategic actions;
the costs, disruption and diversion of management’s attention associated with campaigns commenced by activist investors; and
the other factors described in Item 1A. Risk Factors.
We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements except to the extent required by applicable law.

3

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business
Overview
Marathon Petroleum Corporation (“MPC”) has 129 years of experience in the energy business with roots tracing back to the formation of the Ohio Oil Company in 1887. We are one of the largest independent petroleum product refining, marketing, retail and transportation businesses in the United States and the largest east of the Mississippi. With the merger of MPLX LP (“MPLX”), the midstream master limited partnership sponsored by MPC, and MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P. (“MarkWest”) effective December 4, 2015 (the “MarkWest Merger”), we are one of the largest natural gas processors in the United States and the largest processor and fractionator in the Marcellus and Utica shale regions.
Our operations consist of three reportable operating segments: Refining & Marketing; Speedway; and Midstream . Each of these segments is organized and managed based upon the nature of the products and services it offers.
Refining & Marketing – refines crude oil and other feedstocks at our seven refineries in the Gulf Coast and Midwest regions of the United States, purchases refined products and ethanol for resale and distributes refined products through various means, including terminals and trucks that we own or operate. We sell refined products to wholesale marketing customers domestically and internationally, buyers on the spot market, our Speedway ® business segment and to independent entrepreneurs who operate Marathon ® retail outlets.
Speedway – sells transportation fuels and convenience products in the retail market in the Midwest, East Coast and Southeast regions of the United States.
Midstream – includes the operations of MPLX and certain other related operations. The Midstream segment gathers, processes and transports natural gas; gathers, transports, fractionates, stores and markets NGLs and transports and stores crude oil and refined products.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 10 for operating segment and geographic financial information, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Corporate History and Structure
MPC was incorporated in Delaware on November 9, 2009 in connection with an internal restructuring of Marathon Oil Corporation (“Marathon Oil”). On May 25, 2011, the Marathon Oil board of directors approved the spinoff of its Refining, Marketing & Transportation Business (“RM&T Business”) into an independent, publicly traded company, MPC, through the distribution of MPC common stock to the stockholders of Marathon Oil common stock on June 30, 2011 (the “Spinoff”). Following the Spinoff, Marathon Oil retained no ownership interest in MPC, and each company has separate public ownership, boards of directors and management. All subsidiaries and equity method investments not contributed by Marathon Oil to MPC remained with Marathon Oil and, together with Marathon Oil, are referred to as the “Marathon Oil Companies.” On July 1, 2011, our common stock began trading “regular-way” on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “MPC.”
Recent Developments
Strategic Actions to Enhance Shareholder Value
On January 3, 2017, we announced plans to significantly accelerate the dropdown of assets with an estimated $1.4 billion of MLP-eligible annual EBITDA to MPLX now expected to be completed in 2017, subject to requisite approvals and regulatory clearances, including tax clearance, and market and other conditions. In conjunction with the completion of the dropdowns, we also expect to exchange our economic interests in the general partner of MPLX, including incentive distribution rights, for newly issued MPLX common units. Additionally, a special committee of our board of directors, with the assistance of an independent financial advisor, will conduct a full and thorough review of Speedway to ensure optimum value is being delivered to shareholders over the long term. We expect to provide an update on the review by mid-2017. This significant acceleration of dropdowns and other announced strategic actions are designed to further highlight the substantial value embedded in our integrated businesses.
See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional information on our strategic actions to enhance shareholder value.

4

Table of Contents

Acquisitions and Investments
Pipeline Investments
On September 1, 2016, Enbridge Energy Partners L.P. (“Enbridge Energy Partners”) announced that its affiliate, North Dakota Pipeline LLC (“North Dakota Pipeline”), would withdraw certain pending regulatory applications for its Sandpiper pipeline project and that the project would be deferred indefinitely. These decisions were considered to indicate an impairment of the costs capitalized to date on the project. As the operator of North Dakota Pipeline and the entity responsible for maintaining its financial records, Enbridge Energy Partners completed a fixed asset impairment analysis as of August 31, 2016, in accordance with ASC Topic 360. Based on the estimated liquidation value of the fixed assets, an impairment charge was recorded by North Dakota Pipeline. Based on our 37.5 percent ownership of North Dakota Pipeline, we recognized approximately $267 million of this charge in the third quarter of 2016 through “Income (loss) from equity method investments” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income which impaired virtually all of our $301 million investment in the project. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 17 for information regarding the charge.
On February 15, 2017, MPLX closed on the previously announced transaction to acquire a partial, indirect equity interest in the Dakota Access Pipeline (“DAPL”) and Energy Transfer Crude Oil Company Pipeline (“ETCOP”) projects, collectively referred to as the Bakken Pipeline system, through a joint venture with Enbridge Energy Partners. MPLX contributed $500 million of the $2 billion purchase price paid by the joint venture to acquire a 36.75 percent indirect equity interest in the Bakken Pipeline system from Energy Transfer Partners, L.P. (“ETP”) and Sunoco Logistics Partners, L.P. (“SXL”). MPLX holds, through a subsidiary, a 25 percent interest in the joint venture, which equates to an approximate 9.2 percent indirect equity interest in the Bakken Pipeline system. The Bakken Pipeline system is currently expected to deliver in excess of 470 mbpd of crude oil from the Bakken/Three Forks production area in North Dakota to the Midwest through Patoka, Illinois and ultimately to the Gulf Coast. Furthermore, MPC expects to become a committed shipper on the Bakken Pipeline system under terms of an on-going open season.
In connection with closing the transaction with ETP and SXL, Enbridge Energy Partners canceled MPC’s transportation services agreement with respect to the Sandpiper pipeline project and released MPC from paying any termination fee per that agreement.
In July 2014, we exercised our option to acquire a 35 percent ownership interest in Enbridge Inc.’s Southern Access Extension (“SAX”) pipeline which runs from Flanagan, Illinois to Patoka, Illinois. This option resulted from our agreement to be the anchor shipper on the SAX pipeline. We have contributed $299 million since project inception. The pipeline became operational in December 2015. Our investment in the pipeline is included in our Midstream segment.
Marine Investments
We currently have indirect ownership interests in two ocean vessel joint ventures with Crowley Maritime Corporation (“Crowley”), which were established to own and operate Jones Act vessels in petroleum product service. We have invested a total of $189 million in these two ventures as described further below.
In September 2015, we acquired a 50 percent ownership interest in a joint venture, Crowley Ocean Partners LLC (“Crowley Ocean Partners”), with Crowley. The joint venture owns and operates four new Jones Act product tankers, three of which are leased to MPC. Two of the vessels were delivered in 2015 and the remaining two were delivered in 2016. We contributed a total of $141 million for the four vessels.
In May 2016, MPC and Crowley formed a new ocean vessel joint venture, Crowley Coastal Partners LLC (“Crowley Coastal Partners”), in which MPC has a 50 percent ownership interest. MPC and Crowley each contributed their 50 percent ownership in Crowley Ocean Partners, discussed above, into Crowley Coastal Partners. In addition, we contributed $48 million in cash and Crowley contributed its 100 percent ownership interest in Crowley Blue Water Partners LLC (“Crowley Blue Water Partners”) to Crowley Coastal Partners. Crowley Blue Water Partners is an entity that owns and operates three 750 Series ATB vessels that are leased to MPC. We account for our 50 percent interest in Crowley Coastal Partners as part of our Midstream segment using the equity method of accounting.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 6 for additional information on Crowley Coastal Partners as a VIE and Note 25 for information on our conditional guarantee of the indebtedness of Crowley Ocean Partners and Crowley Blue Water Partners.

5

Table of Contents

MarkWest Merger
On December 4, 2015, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX, the midstream master limited partnership sponsored by MPC, merged with MarkWest, whereby MarkWest became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX. Each common unit of MarkWest issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the MarkWest Merger was converted into a right to receive 1.09 common units of MPLX representing limited partner interests in MPLX, plus a one-time cash payment of $6.20 per unit. Each Class B unit of MarkWest outstanding immediately prior to the merger was converted into the right to receive one Class B unit of MPLX having substantially similar rights, including conversion and registration rights, and obligations that the Class B units of MarkWest had immediately prior to the merger. At closing, we contributed $1.23 billion in cash to MPLX to pay the cash consideration to MarkWest common unitholders. We agreed to contribute an additional total of $50 million in cash to MPLX for the cash consideration to be paid upon the conversion of the MPLX Class B Units to MPLX common units in equal installments, the first $25 million of which was paid in July 2016 and the second $25 million of which will be paid in July 2017. These contributions are with respect to MPC’s existing interests in MPLX (including IDRs) and not in consideration of new units or other equity interest in MPLX. We assigned the total consideration transferred of $8.61 billion, including the $7.33 billion fair value of the equity consideration and the $1.28 billion of cash contributions, to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities and noncontrolling interest assumed in the MarkWest Merger, with the excess recorded as goodwill. During the first quarter of 2016, the preliminary fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed recorded in the 2015 year-end financial statements were revised based on additional analysis. These adjustments to the fair values of property, plant and equipment, intangibles and equity investments, among other items, resulted in an offsetting reduction to goodwill of approximately $241 million. As a result, we recognized total assets acquired of $11.91 billion, including $8.52 billion of property plant and equipment and $2.60 billion of equity investments, and total liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests of $5.51 billion, including $4.57 billion of assumed debt. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if warranted due to events or changes in circumstances. MPLX recorded an impairment charge of approximately $129 million in the first quarter of 2016 to impair a portion of the $2.21 billion of goodwill, as adjusted, recorded in connection with the MarkWest Merger. In the second quarter of 2016, MPLX completed its purchase price allocation, which resulted in an additional $1 million of impairment expense that would have been recorded in the first quarter of 2016 had the purchase price allocation been completed as of that date. This adjustment to the impairment expense was the result of completing an evaluation of the deferred tax liabilities associated with the MarkWest Merger and their impact on the resulting goodwill that was recognized. Our financial results and operating statistics reflect the results of MarkWest from the date of the acquisition.
Consistent with our strategy to grow our midstream business, the MarkWest Merger combines one of the nation’s largest processors of natural gas and the largest processor and fractionator in the Marcellus and Utica shale regions with a rapidly growing crude oil and refined products logistics partnership sponsored by MPC. The complementary aspects of the highly diverse asset base of MarkWest, MPLX and MPC provide significant additional opportunities across multiple segments of the hydrocarbon value chain. The combined entity furthers MarkWest's leading midstream presence in the Marcellus and Utica shales by allowing it to pursue additional midstream projects, allowing producer customers to achieve superior value for their growing production in these important shale regions.
Hess Retail Acquisition
On September 30, 2014, we acquired from Hess Corporation (“Hess”) all of its retail locations, transport operations and shipper history on various pipelines, including approximately 40 mbpd on Colonial Pipeline, for $2.82 billion . We refer to these assets as “Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets” and substantially all of these assets are part of our Speedway segment. This acquisition significantly expanded our Speedway presence from nine to 22 states throughout the East Coast and Southeast and is aligned with our strategy to grow our retail business. This acquisition also enables us to further leverage our integrated refining and transportation operations, providing an assured outlet for incremental sales from our refining system. The transaction was funded with a combination of debt and available cash. Our financial results and operating statistics reflect the results of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets from the date of the acquisition.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 5 for additional information on these acquisitions and investments.
MPLX LP
Overview
MPLX is a diversified, growth-oriented publicly traded master limited partnership formed by us to own, operate, develop and acquire midstream energy infrastructure assets. MPLX is engaged in the gathering, processing and transportation of natural gas; the gathering, transportation, fractionation, storage and marketing of NGLs; and the gathering, transportation and storage of crude oil and refined petroleum products. On December 4, 2015, we completed the MarkWest Merger, whereby MarkWest became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX.

6

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016 , we owned a 25.5 percent interest in MPLX, including a two percent general partner interest. This ownership percentage reflects the conversion of the MPLX Class B Units in July 2017 at 1.09 to 1.00. MPLX is a VIE because the limited partners of MPLX do not have substantive kick-out or substantive participating rights over the general partner. We are the primary beneficiary of MPLX because in addition to significant economic interest, we also have the power, through our 100 percent ownership of the general partner, to control the decisions that most significantly impact MPLX. We therefore consolidate MPLX and record a noncontrolling interest for the 74.5 percent interest owned by the public. The components of our noncontrolling interest consist of equity-based noncontrolling interest and redeemable noncontrolling interest. The redeemable noncontrolling interest relates to MPLX’s preferred units, discussed below.
The creditors of MPLX do not have recourse to MPC’s general credit through guarantees or other financial arrangements. The assets of MPLX are the property of MPLX and cannot be used to satisfy the obligations of MPC.
Reorganization Transactions
On September 1, 2016, MPC, MPLX and various affiliates initiated a series of reorganization transactions in order to simplify MPLX’s ownership structure and its financial and tax reporting. In connection with these transactions, MPC contributed $225 million to MPLX, and all of the issued and outstanding MPLX Class A Units, all of which were held by MarkWest Hydrocarbon L.L.C. (“MarkWest Hydrocarbon”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX, were exchanged for newly issued common units representing limited partner interests in MPLX. The simple average of the closing prices of MPLX common units for the last 10 trading days prior to September 1, 2016 was used for purposes of these transactions. As a result of these transactions, MPC increased its ownership interest in MPLX by 7 million MPLX common units, or approximately 1 percent .
Private Placement of Preferred Units
On May 13, 2016, MPLX completed the private placement of approximately 30.8 million 6.5 percent Series A Convertible Preferred Units (the “MPLX Preferred Units”) at a cash price of $32.50 per unit. The aggregate net proceeds of approximately $984 million from the sale of the MPLX Preferred Units was used for capital expenditures, repayment of debt and general partnership purposes.
The MPLX Preferred Units rank senior to all MPLX common units with respect to distributions and rights upon liquidation. The holders of the MPLX Preferred Units are entitled to receive quarterly distributions equal to $0.528125 per unit commencing for the quarter ended June 30, 2016, with a prorated amount from the date of issuance. Following the second anniversary of the issuance of the MPLX Preferred Units, the holders of the MPLX Preferred Units will receive as a distribution the greater of $0.528125 per unit or the amount of per unit distributions paid to common unitholders. The MPLX Preferred Units are convertible into MPLX common units on a one for one basis after three years, at the purchasers’ option, and after four years at MPLX’s option, subject to certain conditions.
The MPLX Preferred Units are considered redeemable securities due to the existence of redemption provisions upon a deemed liquidation event which is considered outside MPLX’s control. Therefore they are presented as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets. We have recorded the MPLX Preferred Units at their issuance date fair value, net of issuance costs. Since the MPLX Preferred Units are not currently redeemable and not probable of becoming redeemable in the future, adjustment to the initial carrying amount is not necessary and would only be required if it becomes probable that the security would become redeemable.
Contribution of Inland Marine Business to MPLX
On March 31, 2016, we contributed our inland marine business to MPLX in exchange for 23 million MPLX common units and 460 thousand MPLX general partner units. The number of units we received from MPLX was determined by dividing $600 million by the volume weighted average NYSE price of MPLX common units for the 10 trading days preceding March 14, 2016, pursuant to the Membership Interests Contribution Agreement. We also agreed to waive first-quarter 2016 common unit distributions, IDRs and general partner distributions with respect to the common units issued in this transaction. The contribution of our inland marine business was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control and therefore, we did not record a gain or loss.
Public Offering
On February 10, 2017, MPLX completed a public offering of  $1.25 billion  aggregate principal amount of  4.125% unsecured senior notes due March 2027 (the “MPLX 2027 Senior Notes”) and $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.200% unsecured senior notes due March 2047 (the “MPLX 2047 Senior Notes”). MPLX intends to use the net proceeds from this offering for general partnership purposes, which may include, from time to time, acquisitions (including the previously announced planned dropdown of assets from MPC) and capital expenditures.

7

Table of Contents

ATM Program
On August 4, 2016, MPLX entered into a Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) providing for the continuous issuance of MPLX common units, in amounts, at prices and on terms to be determined by market conditions and other factors at the time of any offerings (such continuous offering program, or at-the-market program, referred to as the “ATM Program”). MPLX expects to use the net proceeds from sales under the ATM Program for general partnership purposes including repayment of debt and funding for acquisitions, working capital requirements and capital expenditures.
During 2016 , MPLX issued an aggregate of 26 million MPLX common units under the ATM Program, generating net proceeds of approximately $776 million . As of December 31, 2016 , $717 million of MPLX common units remains available for issuance through the ATM Program under the Distribution Agreement.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 4 for additional information on MPLX.
Our Competitive Strengths

Extensive Integrated Platform of Midstream, Retail and Refining Assets
We believe the relative scale of our integrated midstream, retail and refining assets distinguishes us from other refining companies. We currently own, lease or have ownership interests in approximately 8,400 miles of crude oil and products pipelines. Additionally, we have over 5,600 miles of natural gas and NGL pipelines. We also own or have ownerships interests in one of the largest private domestic fleets of inland petroleum product barges and one of the largest terminal operations in the United States, as well as trucking and rail assets. We operate this transportation and distribution system in coordination with our refining and marketing network enabling us to optimize raw material supplies and refined product distribution, and deliver important economies of scale across our platform. Our Speedway segment, one of our largest distribution channels, is also our most ratable.
We believe our distribution system allows us to maximize the sales value of our products and minimize cost. We also believe our integrated platform of assets gives us extensive flexibility and optionality to respond promptly to dynamic market conditions, including weather-related and marketplace disruptions.
Competitively Positioned Marketing Operations Provide Assured Product Sales
We are one of the largest wholesale suppliers of gasoline and distillates to resellers within our market area. We have two strong retail brands: Speedway ® and Marathon ® . We believe Speedway LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary, operates the second largest chain of company-owned and operated retail gasoline and convenience stores in the United States, with approximately 2,730 convenience stores in 21 states throughout the Midwest, East Coast and Southeast regions of the United States. In addition, our highly successful Speedy Rewards ® customer loyalty program, which averaged more than 5.7 million active members in 2016 , provides us with a unique competitive advantage and opportunity to increase our Speedway customer base at existing and new Speedway locations. The Marathon brand is an established motor fuel brand primarily in the Midwest and Southeast regions of the United States, comprised of approximately 5,500 retail outlets operated by independent entrepreneurs in 19 states as of December 31, 2016 . The Marathon brand has been a vehicle for sales volume growth in existing and contiguous markets.
We consider assured sales as those sales we make to Marathon brand customers, our Speedway operations and to our wholesale customers with whom we have required minimum volume sales contracts. Our assured sales currently account for approximately 70% of our gasoline production. We believe having assured sales brings ratability to our distribution systems, provides a solid base to enhance our overall supply reliability and allows us to efficiently and effectively optimize our operations between our refineries, pipelines and terminals.
High Quality Network of Strategically Located Assets
We believe we are the largest crude oil refiner in the Midwest and the third largest in the United States based on crude oil refining capacity. We own a seven -plant refinery network, with approximately 1.8 mmbpcd of crude oil throughput capacity. Our refineries process a wide range of crude oils, feedstocks and condensate, including heavy and sour crude oils, which can generally be purchased at a discount to sweet crude oil, and produce transportation fuels such as gasoline and distillates, specialty chemicals and other refined products. While we have historically processed significant quantities of heavy and sour crude oils, our refineries have the ability to process approximately 65 percent to 70 percent light sweet crude oils.

8

Table of Contents

The geographic locations of our refineries provide us with strategic advantages. Located in PADD II and PADD III, which consist of states in the Midwest and the Gulf Coast regions of the United States, our refineries have the ability to procure crude oil from a variety of supply sources, including domestic, Canadian and other foreign sources, which provides us with flexibility to optimize crude supply costs. For example, geographic proximity to various United States shale oil regions and Canadian crude oil supply sources allows our refineries access to price-advantaged crude oils and lower transportation costs than certain of our competitors. Our refinery locations and midstream distribution system also allow us to access refined product export markets and to serve a broad range of key end-user markets across the United States quickly and cost-effectively.
Our Midstream segment assets are similarly located in the Midwest and Gulf Coast regions of the United States, which collectively comprised approximately 81 percent of total United States crude distillation capacity and approximately 81 percent of total United States finished products demand for the year ended December 31, 2016 , according to the EIA. MPLX, through MarkWest, its wholly-owned subsidiary, is the largest processor and fractionator in the Marcellus and Utica shale regions. This significantly complements and creates strategic opportunities for our Refining & Marketing segment and MPLX’s logistic assets in the same geographic footprint. Our integrated midstream energy asset network links producers of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil from some of the largest supply basins in the United States to domestic and international markets. Our midstream gathering and processing operations include approximately 7,500 MMcf/d of natural gas processing capacity, 500 mbpd of fractionation capacity and more than 5,600 miles of gas gathering and NGL pipelines as of December 31, 2016 .
Our Speedway segment, which operates in the Midwest, East Coast and Southeast, complements our refining and midstream assets providing a significant and ratable outlet for our refinery production. Our Speedway operations have also enabled us to further leverage our integrated refining and transportation operations with its expansion from nine to 21 states throughout the East Coast and Southeast. Speedway is a top tier performer in the convenience store industry with the highest EBITDA per store per month of its public peers and leading positions with respect to other comparisons based on light product volume, merchandise sales and total gross margin on a per store per month basis.
MASTERMPCOPERATIONMAP022217.JPG *    As of December 31, 2016

9

Table of Contents

General Partner and Sponsor of MPLX
Our investment in MPLX provides us an efficient vehicle to invest in organic projects and pursue acquisitions of midstream assets; all with the focus of enhancing our share price through our limited partner and general partner interests in MPLX which tend to receive higher market multiples. MPLX’s liquidity, size, scale and access to the capital markets should provide us a strong foundation to execute our strategy for growing our midstream business.
We have an extensive portfolio of MLP-qualifying midstream assets. We plan to offer assets from this portfolio, which are estimated to generate annual EBITDA of approximately $1.4 billion, to MPLX as soon as practicable in 2017, subject to regulatory clearances, including tax clearance, and market and other conditions. In conjunction with the completion of the dropdowns, we expect to pursue an exchange of our economic interests in the general partner, including incentive distribution rights, for newly issued MPLX common units. Following the exchange, we would continue to retain control of the general partner so that we can continue to optimize our refinery feedstock and distribution networks.
See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional information on these midstream assets, including the timing of these strategic actions.
Established Track Record of Profitability and Growing our Midstream and Retail Businesses
We have demonstrated an ability to achieve positive financial results throughout all stages of the refining cycle. We believe our business mix and strategies position us well to continue to achieve competitive financial results. Income generated by our Speedway segment is less sensitive to business cycles. Similarly, income from our Midstream segment, which was significantly expanded through the MarkWest Merger, is more stable over business cycles due to its long-term fee based contracts, while our Refining & Marketing segment enables us to generate significant income and cash flow when market conditions are more favorable.
Strong Financial Position
As of December 31, 2016 , we had $653 million in cash and cash equivalents and $4.18 billion in unused committed borrowing facilities, excluding MPLX’s cash and cash equivalents of $234 million and its credit facilities. We had $10.57 billion of debt at year-end, which represented 33 percent of our total capitalization. This combination of strong liquidity and manageable leverage provides financial flexibility to fund our growth projects and to pursue our business strategies.
Our Business Strategies
Maintain Top-Tier Safety and Environmental Performance
We remain committed to operating our assets in a safe and reliable manner and targeting continual improvement in our safety record across all of our operations. We have a history of safe and reliable operations, which was demonstrated again in 2016 with a strong process safety performance compared to the industry average. In addition, our corporate headquarters, four of our refineries and eight additional facilities have earned designations as an OSHA VPP Star site. We also remain committed to environmental stewardship by continuing to improve the efficiency and reliability of our operations. We have earned 75 percent of the EPA’s Energy Star recognitions awarded to refineries despite owning and operating just 10 percent of total U.S. refining capacity. We proactively address our regulatory requirements and encourage our operations to improve their environmental performance through our DEI program, which establishes goals and measures environmental performance. In 2016, we achieved our best performance since the current program began in 2010 with a third straight year of improving performance. MarkWest will be incorporated into our DEI program in 2017.
Grow Higher Valued, Stable Cash Flow Businesses
We intend to continue to allocate significant portions of our capital to investments intended to grow our midstream and retail businesses. These businesses typically have more predictable and stable income and cash flows compared to our refining operations and we believe investors assign a higher value to such businesses.
MPLX is an important part of this strategy and the MarkWest Merger significantly expanded its midstream activities. MPLX will consider organic growth projects that provide attractive returns and cash flows both within its geographic footprint as well as in new regions. MPLX may pursue these opportunities as standalone projects, with MPC or with other parties. MPLX has identified a number of potential projects over the next several years. These primarily include projects to expand gathering, processing and fractionation infrastructure in the Marcellus region.

10

Table of Contents

Our Speedway segment is also an important part of this strategy. We significantly expanded Speedway’s presence along the East Coast and Southeast through the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets in September 2014. We intend to continue growing Speedway’s sales and profitability by focusing on organic growth through filling in voids in our existing markets by building new locations and by rebuilding or remodeling existing stores. We will also look to expand our presence by opportunistically acquiring high quality stores in new and existing markets. We have identified numerous opportunities for new convenience stores or store rebuilds in our existing market, with a continued focus in Pennsylvania and Tennessee, as well as opportunities for growth in new markets including Georgia, South Carolina and the Florida panhandle. We also plan to capitalize on diesel demand growth by building out our network of commercial fueling lane locations within our core market which cater to local and regional transport fleets.
In keeping with our practice of evaluating shareholder value creation, a special committee of our board of directors, with the assistance of an independent financial advisor, will conduct a full and thorough review of strategic and financial alternatives for Speedway. We expect to provide an update on the review by mid-2017.
Maintain Long-Term Integrated Relationships with Our Producer Customers
MPLX’s MarkWest subsidiary has developed long-term integrated relationships with its producer customers. These relationships are characterized by an intense focus on customer service and a deep understanding of producer customers’ requirements coupled with the ability to increase the level of our midstream services in response to their midstream requirements. Through collaborative planning with these producer customers, MPLX’s MarkWest subsidiary continues to construct high-quality midstream infrastructure and provide unique solutions that are critical to the ongoing success of producer customers’ development plans. As a result of these efforts, MarkWest has been a top-rated midstream service provider in customer satisfaction since 2006, as determined by an independent research provider.
Pursue Margin Enhancing Investments in Refining to Deliver Top Quartile Refining Performance
Our refineries are well positioned to benefit from the growing crude oil and condensate production in North America, including the Bakken, Eagle Ford and Utica shale regions, along with the Canadian oil sands. We are also well positioned to export distillates, gasoline and other products.
We intend to enhance margins in our Refining & Marketing segment by realizing benefits from continuous process improvements and targeted investments in our refining operations. Over the next five years, we intend to create a world-class refining complex by investing approximately $1.5 billion in our Galveston Bay refinery through the STAR project. This investment will fully integrate our Galveston Bay and Texas City refineries and enable us to upgrade low value residual oil into higher value refined products and lower the refinery complex’s cost of production. The project scope increases crude processing capacity, increases distillate and gas oil recovery and improves the refinery’s overall reliability. We are also planning to expand the Galveston Bay refinery’s product export capacity to reach high value markets. In addition, we are investing at our Garyville refinery to increase ULSD production due to strong long-term distillate demand expectations.
Sustain Focus on Disciplined Capital Allocation and Shareholder Returns
We intend to maintain our focus on a disciplined and balanced approach to capital allocation, including return of capital to shareholders, in a manner consistent with maintaining an investment-grade credit profile. Since becoming a stand-alone company in June 2011, our dividend has increased by a 28 percent compound annual growth rate and our board of directors has authorized share repurchases totaling $10 billion . Through open market purchases and two ASR programs, we repurchased 202 million shares of our common stock for approximately $7.44 billion , representing approximately 28 percent of our outstanding common shares when we became a stand-alone company in June 2011. After the effects of these repurchases, $2.56 billion of the $10 billion total authorization was available for future repurchases as of December 31, 2016 . We achieved these shareholder returns while also investing in the business and maintaining an investment-grade credit profile.
Cash proceeds from the planned dropdowns and ongoing MPLX common unit distributions resulting from the dropdowns and other strategic actions are expected to fund the substantial ongoing return of capital to our shareholders in a manner consistent with maintaining an investment-grade credit profile.
Utilize and Enhance our High Quality Employee Workforce
We utilize our high quality employee workforce by continuing to leverage our commercial skills. In addition, we continue to enhance our workforce through selective hiring practices and effective training programs on safety, environmental stewardship and other professional and technical skills.

11

Table of Contents

The above discussion contains forward-looking statements with respect to the business and operations of MPC, including our proposed strategic actions to enhance shareholder value, the ATM Program, our competitive strengths and business strategies, including our expected investments and the adequacy of our capital resources and liquidity. Factors that could impact our proposed strategic actions include, but are not limited to, the time, costs and ability to obtain regulatory or other approvals and consents and otherwise consummate the strategic actions discussed herein; the satisfaction or waiver of conditions in the agreements governing the strategic actions discussed herein; our ability to achieve the strategic and other objectives related to the strategic actions discussed herein; the impact of adverse market conditions affecting MPC’s and MPLX’s midstream businesses; adverse changes in laws including with respect to tax and regulatory matters and our inability to agree with the MPLX conflicts committee with respect to the timing of and value attributed to assets identified for dropdown. Factors that could affect the ATM Program and the timing of any issuances under the ATM Program include, but are not limited to, market conditions, availability of liquidity and the market price of MPLX’s common units. Factors that could impact our competitive strengths and business strategies, including the adequacy of our capital resources and liquidity include, but are not limited to, changes to the expected construction costs and timing of projects; continued/further volatility in and/or degradation of market and industry conditions; the availability and pricing of crude oil and other feedstocks; slower growth in domestic and Canadian crude supply; completion of pipeline capacity to areas outside the U.S. Midwest; consumer demand for refined products; transportation logistics; the reliability of processing units and other equipment; MPC's ability to successfully implement growth opportunities; modifications to MPLX earnings and distribution growth objectives; compliance with federal and state environmental, economic, health and safety, energy and other policies and regulations, including the cost of compliance with the Renewable Fuel Standard, and/or enforcement actions initiated thereunder; changes to MPC's capital budget; other risk factors inherent to MPC's industry. These factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. For additional information on forward-looking statements and risks that can affect our business, see “Disclosures Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Refining & Marketing
Refineries
We currently own and operate seven refineries in the Gulf Coast and Midwest regions of the United States with an aggregate crude oil refining capacity of 1,817  mbpcd. During 2016 , our refineries processed 1,699  mbpd of crude oil and 151 mbpd of other charge and blendstocks. During 2015 , our refineries processed 1,711 mbpd of crude oil and 177 mbpd of other charge and blendstocks. The table below sets forth the location, crude oil refining capacity, tank storage capacity and number of tanks for each of our refineries as of December 31, 2016 .
Refinery
 
Crude Oil Refining Capacity ( mbpcd ) (a)
 
Tank Storage Capacity ( million barrels )
 
Number
of Tanks
Garyville, Louisiana
543

 
16.9

 
83

Galveston Bay, Texas City, Texas
459

 
16.2

 
157

Catlettsburg, Kentucky
273

 
5.2

 
120

Robinson, Illinois
231

 
6.0

 
92

Detroit, Michigan
132

 
6.7

 
87

Canton, Ohio
93

 
2.9

 
75

Texas City, Texas
86

 
3.9

 
56

Total
 
1,817

 
57.8

 
670

(a)  
Refining throughput can exceed crude oil capacity due to the processing of other charge and blendstocks in addition to crude oil and the timing of planned turnaround and major maintenance activity.
Our refineries include crude oil atmospheric and vacuum distillation, fluid catalytic cracking, hydrocracking, catalytic reforming, coking, desulfurization and sulfur recovery units. The refineries process a wide variety of condensate, light and heavy crude oils purchased from various domestic and foreign suppliers. We produce numerous refined products, ranging from transportation fuels, such as reformulated gasolines, blend-grade gasolines intended for blending with ethanol and ULSD fuel, to heavy fuel oil and asphalt. Additionally, we manufacture aromatics, propane, propylene and sulfur. See the Refined Product Marketing section for further information about the products we produce.

12

Table of Contents

Our refineries are integrated with each other via pipelines, terminals and barges to maximize operating efficiency. The transportation links that connect our refineries allow the movement of intermediate products between refineries to optimize operations, produce higher margin products and efficiently utilize our processing capacity. For example, naphtha may be moved from Texas City to Robinson where excess reforming capacity is available. Also, shipping intermediate products between facilities during partial refinery shutdowns allows us to utilize processing capacity that is not directly affected by the shutdown work.
Garyville, Louisiana Refinery . Our Garyville, Louisiana refinery is located along the Mississippi River in southeastern Louisiana between New Orleans, Louisiana and Baton Rouge, Louisiana. The Garyville refinery is configured to process a wide variety of crude oils into gasoline, distillates, fuel-grade coke, asphalt, propane, polymer-grade propylene, heavy fuel oil, dry gas, slurry and sulfur. The refinery has access to the export market and multiple options to sell refined products. A major expansion project was completed in 2009 that increased Garyville’s crude oil refining capacity, making it one of the largest refineries in the U.S. Our Garyville refinery has earned designation as an OSHA VPP Star site.
Galveston Bay, Texas City, Texas Refinery . Our Galveston Bay refinery, which we acquired on February 1, 2013, is located on the Texas Gulf Coast approximately 30 miles southeast of Houston, Texas. The refinery can process a wide variety of crude oils into gasoline, distillates, aromatics, heavy fuel oil, refinery-grade propylene, fuel-grade coke, dry gas and sulfur. The refinery has access to the export market and multiple options to sell refined products. Our cogeneration facility, which supplies the Galveston Bay refinery, currently has 1,055 megawatts of electrical production capacity and can produce 4.3 million pounds of steam per hour. Approximately 46 percent of the power generated in 2016 was used at the refinery, with the remaining electricity being sold into the electricity grid.
Catlettsburg, Kentucky Refinery . Our Catlettsburg, Kentucky refinery is located in northeastern Kentucky on the western bank of the Big Sandy River, near the confluence with the Ohio River. The Catlettsburg refinery processes sweet and sour crude oils into gasoline, distillates, asphalt, aromatics, refinery-grade propylene and propane. In the second quarter of 2015, we completed construction of a condensate splitter at our Catlettsburg refinery, which increased our capacity to process condensate from the Utica shale region.
Robinson, Illinois Refinery . Our Robinson, Illinois refinery is located in southeastern Illinois. The Robinson refinery processes sweet and sour crude oils into gasoline, distillates, propane, anode-grade coke, aromatics, fuel-grade coke and slurry. The Robinson refinery has earned designation as an OSHA VPP Star site.
Detroit, Michigan Refinery . Our Detroit, Michigan refinery is located in southwest Detroit. It is the only petroleum refinery currently operating in Michigan. The Detroit refinery processes sweet and heavy sour crude oils into gasoline, distillates, asphalt, fuel-grade coke, chemical-grade propylene, propane, slurry and sulfur. Our Detroit refinery earned designation as a OSHA VPP Star site in 2010. In the fourth quarter of 2012, we completed a heavy oil upgrading and expansion project that enabled the refinery to process up to an additional 80 mbpd of heavy sour crude oils, including Canadian crude oils.
Canton, Ohio Refinery . Our Canton, Ohio refinery is located approximately 60 miles south of Cleveland, Ohio. The Canton refinery processes sweet and sour crude oils, including production from the nearby Utica Shale, into gasoline, distillates, asphalt, roofing flux, propane, refinery-grade propylene and slurry. In December 2014, we completed construction of a condensate splitter at our Canton refinery, which increased our capacity to process condensate from the Utica shale region.
Texas City, Texas Refinery . Our Texas City, Texas refinery is located on the Texas Gulf Coast adjacent to our Galveston Bay refinery, approximately 30 miles southeast of Houston, Texas. The refinery processes light sweet crude oils into gasoline, chemical-grade propylene, propane, aromatics, dry gas and slurry. Our Texas City refinery earned designation as an OSHA VPP Star site in 2012.
As of December 31, 2016 , our refineries had 22 rail loading racks and 28 truck loading racks and four of our refineries had a total of seven owned and 11 non-owned docks. Total throughput in 2016 was 91 mbpd for the refinery loading racks and 928 mbpd for the refinery docks.
Planned maintenance activities, or turnarounds, requiring temporary shutdown of certain refinery operating units, are periodically performed at each refinery. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional detail.

13

Table of Contents

Refined Product Yields
The following table sets forth our refinery production by product group for each of the last three years.
Refined Product Yields  ( mbpd )
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Gasoline
 
900

 
913

 
869

Distillates
 
617

 
603

 
580

Propane
 
35

 
36

 
35

Feedstocks and special products
 
241

 
281

 
276

Heavy fuel oil
 
32

 
31

 
25

Asphalt
 
58

 
55

 
54

Total
 
1,883

 
1,919

 
1,839

Crude Oil Supply
We obtain the crude oil we refine through negotiated term contracts and purchases or exchanges on the spot market. Our term contracts generally have market-related pricing provisions. The following table provides information on our sources of crude oil for each of the last three years. The crude oil sourced outside of North America was acquired from various foreign national oil companies, production companies and trading companies.
Sources of Crude Oil Refined  ( mbpd )
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
United States
 
986

 
1,138

 
1,120

Canada
 
326

 
244

 
223

Middle East and other international
 
387

 
329

 
279

Total
 
1,699

 
1,711

 
1,622

Our refineries receive crude oil and other feedstocks and distribute our refined products through a variety of channels, including pipelines, trucks, railcars, ships and barges.
Renewable Fuels
We currently own a biofuel production facility in Cincinnati, Ohio that produces biodiesel, glycerin and other by-products. The capacity of the plant is approximately 60 million gallons per year.
We hold interests in ethanol production facilities in Albion, Michigan; Clymers, Indiana and Greenville, Ohio. These plants have a combined ethanol production capacity of 275 million gallons per year ( 18 mbpd) and are managed by a co-owner.
Refined Product Marketing
We believe we are one of the largest wholesale suppliers of gasoline and distillates to resellers and consumers within our 26 -state market area. Independent retailers, wholesale customers, our Marathon brand jobbers and Speedway brand convenience stores, airlines, transportation companies and utilities comprise the core of our customer base. In addition, we sell gasoline, distillates and asphalt for export, primarily out of our Garyville and Galveston Bay refineries. The following table sets forth our refined product sales destined for export by product group for the past three years.
Refined Product Sales Destined for Export  ( mbpd )
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Gasoline
 
91

 
101

 
79

Distillates
 
199

 
214

 
191

Asphalt
 
6

 
4

 
5

Total
 
296

 
319

 
275


14

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, as a percentage of total refined product sales volume, the sales of refined products to our different customer types for the past three years.
Refined Product Sales by Customer Type
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Private-brand marketers, commercial and industrial customers, including spot market
69
%
 
69
%
 
73
%
Marathon-branded independent entrepreneurs
14
%
 
14
%
 
15
%
Speedway ®  convenience stores
17
%
 
17
%
 
12
%
The following table sets forth the approximate number of retail outlets by state where independent entrepreneurs maintain Marathon-branded retail outlets, as of December 31, 2016 .
State
 
Approximate Number of
Marathon ®  Retail Outlets
Alabama
227

Florida
606

Georgia
281

Illinois
292

Indiana
640

Kentucky
583

Louisiana
2

Maryland
1

Michigan
761

Minnesota
47

Mississippi
79

North Carolina
220

Ohio
859

Pennsylvania
66

South Carolina
101

Tennessee
404

Virginia
121

West Virginia
117

Wisconsin
48

Total
5,455

The following table sets forth our refined product sales volumes by product group for each of the last three years.
Refined Product Sales by Product Group  ( mbpd )
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Gasoline
 
1,219

 
1,241

 
1,116

Distillates
 
676

 
667

 
623

Propane
 
35

 
36

 
34

Feedstocks and special products
 
231

 
258

 
268

Heavy fuel oil
 
35

 
30

 
28

Asphalt
 
63

 
57

 
56

Total
 
2,259

 
2,289

 
2,125

Gasoline and Distillates . We sell gasoline, gasoline blendstocks and distillates (including No. 1 and No. 2 fuel oils, jet fuel, kerosene and diesel fuel) to wholesale customers, Marathon-branded independent entrepreneurs and our Speedway ® convenience stores and on the spot market. In addition, we sell diesel fuel and gasoline for export to international customers. We sold 50 percent of our gasoline sales volumes and 87 percent of our distillates sales volumes on a wholesale or spot market basis in 2016 . The demand for gasoline and distillates is seasonal in many of our markets, with demand typically at its highest levels during the summer months.

15

Table of Contents

We have blended ethanol into gasoline for more than 25 years and began expanding our blending program in 2007, in part due to federal regulations that require us to use specified volumes of renewable fuels. Ethanol volumes sold in blended gasoline were 84 mbpd in 2016 , 85 mbpd in 2015 and 78 mbpd in 2014 . We sell reformulated gasoline, which is also blended with ethanol, in 12 states in our marketing area. We also sell biodiesel-blended diesel fuel in 18 states in our marketing area. The future expansion or contraction of our ethanol and biodiesel blending programs will be driven by market economics and government regulations.
Propane . We produce propane at most of our refineries. Propane is primarily used for home heating and cooking, as a feedstock within the petrochemical industry, for grain drying and as a fuel for trucks and other vehicles. Our propane sales are typically split evenly between the home heating market and petrochemical consumers.
Feedstocks and Petrochemicals . We are a producer and marketer of feedstocks and petrochemicals. Product availability varies by refinery and includes platformate, alkylate, FCC unit gas, naptha, dry gas, propylene, raffinate, butane, benzene, xylene, molten sulfur, cumene and toluene. We market these products domestically to customers in the chemical, agricultural and fuel-blending industries. In addition, we produce fuel-grade coke at our Garyville, Detroit and Galveston Bay refineries, which is used for power generation and in miscellaneous industrial applications, and anode-grade coke at our Robinson refinery, which is used to make carbon anodes for the aluminum smelting industry. Our feedstocks and petrochemical sales decreased to 231 mbpd in 2016 from 258 mbpd in 2015 and decreased in 2015 from 268 mbpd in 2014. The decrease in 2016 was primarily due to more feedstocks used in production versus selling them on the spot market. The decrease in 2015 was primarily due to higher turnaround activity in 2014 resulting in more available feedstocks, more feedstocks used in production versus selling them on the spot market and market conditions in 2015.
Heavy Fuel Oil . We produce and market heavy residual fuel oil or related components, including slurry, at all of our refineries. Heavy residual fuel oil is primarily used in the utility and ship bunkering (fuel) industries, though there are other more specialized uses of the product.
Asphalt . We have refinery-based asphalt production capacity of up to 102 mbpcd, which includes asphalt cements, polymer-modified asphalt, emulsified asphalt, industrial asphalts and roofing flux. We have a broad customer base, including asphalt-paving contractors, government entities (states, counties, cities and townships) and asphalt roofing shingle manufacturers. We sell asphalt in the domestic and export wholesale markets via rail, barge and vessel.

16

Table of Contents

Terminals
As of December 31, 2016 , we owned and operated 61 light product and 18 asphalt terminals. Our light product and asphalt terminals averaged 1,429 mbpd and 31 mbpd of throughput in 2016 , respectively. In addition, we distribute refined products through one leased light product terminal, two light product terminals in which we have partial ownership interests but do not operate and approximately 121 third-party light product and two third-party asphalt terminals in our market area. We have offered 62 of these light product terminals, which include virtually all of our owned and operated light product terminals as well as the one leased terminal and the two partially-owned terminals, to MPLX and expect this dropdown transaction to be completed in the first quarter of 2017. The following table sets forth additional details about our owned and operated terminals at December 31, 2016 .
Owned and Operated Terminals
 
Number of
Terminals
 
Tank Storage
Capacity
( million barrels )
 
Number
of Tanks
 
Number of
Loading
Lanes
Light Product Terminals:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Alabama
2

 
0.4

 
19

 
4

Florida
4

 
3.0

 
85

 
22

Georgia
4

 
0.9

 
39

 
9

Illinois
4

 
1.2

 
44

 
14

Indiana
6

 
2.9

 
76

 
17

Kentucky
6

 
2.3

 
69

 
25

Louisiana
1

 
0.1

 
9

 
2

Michigan
8

 
2.2

 
93

 
26

North Carolina
4

 
1.3

 
54

 
13

Ohio
13

 
3.8

 
148

 
32

Pennsylvania
1

 
0.3

 
13

 
2

South Carolina
1

 
0.3

 
9

 
3

Tennessee
4

 
1.0

 
43

 
12

West Virginia
2

 
0.1

 
9

 
2

Wisconsin
1

 
0.2

 
9

 
4

Subtotal light product terminals
61

 
20.0

 
719

 
187

Asphalt Terminals:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Florida
1

 
0.2

 
4

 
3

Illinois
2

 
0.1

 
34

 
6

Indiana
2

 
0.4

 
23

 
6

Kentucky
4

 
0.5

 
57

 
14

Louisiana
1

 
0.1

 
11

 
2

Michigan
1

 

 
2

 
8

Ohio
4

 
2.0

 
69

 
13

Pennsylvania
1

 
0.5

 
16

 
8

Tennessee
2

 
0.5

 
44

 
8

Subtotal asphalt terminals
18

 
4.3

 
260

 
68

Total owned and operated terminals
79

 
24.3

 
979

 
255


17

Table of Contents

Transportation - Truck and Rail
As of December 31, 2016 , we owned 163 transport trucks and 180 trailers with an aggregate capacity of 1.6 million gallons for the movement of refined products and crude oil. In addition, we had 2,059 leased and 15 owned railcars of various sizes and capacities for movement and storage of refined products. The following table sets forth additional details about our railcars.
 
 
Number of Railcars
 
 
Class of Equipment
 
Owned
 
Leased
 
Total
 
Capacity per Railcar
General service tank cars

 
781

 
781

 
20,000-30,000 gallons
High pressure tank cars

 
984

 
984

 
33,500 gallons
Open-top hoppers
15

 
294

 
309

 
4,000 cubic feet
 
15

 
2,059

 
2,074

 
 
Speedway
Our Speedway segment sells gasoline, diesel and merchandise through convenience stores that it owns and operates under the Speedway brand. Speedway convenience stores offer a wide variety of merchandise, including prepared foods, beverages and non-food items. Speedway’s Speedy Rewards ® loyalty program has been a highly successful loyalty program since its inception in 2004, with a consistently growing base which averaged more than 5.7 million active members in 2016 . Due to Speedway’s ability to capture and analyze member-specific transactional data, Speedway is able to offer the Speedy Rewards ® members discounts and promotions specific to their buying behavior. We believe Speedy Rewards ® is a key reason customers choose Speedway over competitors and it continues to drive significant value for both Speedway and our Speedy Rewards ® members.
The demand for gasoline is seasonal, with the highest demand usually occurring during the summer driving season. Margins from the sale of merchandise tend to be less volatile than margins from the retail sale of gasoline and diesel fuel. Merchandise margin as a percent of total gross margin for Speedway increased in 2016, primarily due to lower light product margins during the year. The following table sets forth Speedway merchandise statistics for the past three years.
Speedway Merchandise Statistics
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Merchandise sales (in millions)
$
5,007

 
$
4,879

 
$
3,611

Merchandise gross margin (in millions)
1,435

 
1,368

 
975

Merchandise as a percent of total gross margin
56
%
 
54
%
 
57
%

18

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016 , Speedway had 2,733 convenience stores in 21 states. The following table sets forth the number of convenience stores by state owned by our Speedway segment as of December 31, 2016 .
State
 
Number of
Convenience Stores (a)
Connecticut
1

Delaware
4

Florida
241

Georgia
1

Illinois
115

Indiana
309

Kentucky
147

Massachusetts
114

Michigan
303

New Hampshire
12

New Jersey
72

New York
238

North Carolina
278

Ohio
488

Pennsylvania
113

Rhode Island
20

South Carolina
52

Tennessee
38

Virginia
62

West Virginia
61

Wisconsin
64

Total
2,733

(a) Includes stores with commercial fueling lanes.
Speedway also owns a 29 percent interest in PFJ Southeast LLC (“PFJ Southeast”), which is a joint venture between Speedway and Pilot with 123 travel center locations primarily in the Southeast United States as of December 31, 2016.
As of December 31, 2016 , Speedway owned 90 transport trucks and 83 trailers for the movement of gasoline and distillate.
Midstream
Following the MarkWest Merger, we changed the name of our Pipeline Transportation segment to the Midstream segment to reflect its expanded business activities. The Midstream segment includes the operations of MPLX and certain other related operations.
MPLX
MPLX is a diversified, growth-oriented publicly traded master limited partnership formed by us to own, operate, develop and acquire midstream energy infrastructure assets. On December 4, 2015, MPLX merged with MarkWest, whereby MarkWest became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX. As of December 31, 2016 , our ownership interest in MPLX was 25.5 percent , including our two percent general partner interest. This ownership percentage reflects the conversion of the MPLX Class B Units in July 2017 at 1.09 to 1.00.
As of December 31, 2016 , MPLX assets, through its combination with MarkWest, included approximately 7,500 MMcf/d of natural gas processing capacity and 500 mbpd of NGL fractionation capacity and more than 5,600 miles of gas gathering and NGL pipelines.

19

Table of Contents

MPLX assets as of December 31, 2016 also included 100 percent ownership of common carrier pipeline systems through Marathon Pipe Line LLC (“MPL”) and Ohio River Pipe Line LLC (“ORPL”), and a one million barrel butane storage cavern in West Virginia. MPLX, through MPL and ORPL, owned or leased and operated 1,008 miles of common carrier crude oil lines and 1,958 miles of common carrier products lines located in nine states and five tank farms in Illinois and Indiana with available storage capacity of approximately five million barrels that is committed to MPC. In 2016 , third parties generated 16 percent of the crude oil and refined product shipments on MPLX’s common carrier pipelines, excluding volumes shipped by MPC under joint tariffs with third parties. These common carrier pipelines transported the volumes shown in the MPLX Pipeline Throughput information in the Midstream Operating Statistics table below for each of the last three years.
As of December 31, 2016 , MPLX’s marine transportation operations included 18 owned towboats, as well as 204 owned and 18 leased barges that transport refined products and crude oil on the Ohio, Mississippi and Illinois rivers and their tributaries and inter-coastal waterways. The following table sets forth additional details about MPLX’s barges and towboats.
Class of Equipment
 
Number
in Class
 
Capacity
(thousand barrels)
Inland tank barges: (a)
 
 
 
Less than 25,000 barrels
64

 
963

25,000 barrels and over
158

 
4,631

Total
222

 
5,594

 
 
 
 
Inland towboats:
 
 
 
Less than 2,000 horsepower
2

 
 
2,000 horsepower and over
16

 
 
Total
18

 
 
(a)  
All of our barges are double-hulled.

MPC-Retained Midstream Assets and Investments
We have ownership interests in several crude oil and products pipeline systems and pipeline companies which we retained at the formation of MPLX. We have offered certain of these assets to MPLX in a dropdown transaction we expect to be completed in the first quarter of 2017. MPC consolidated volumes transported through our common carrier pipelines, which include MPLX’s pipelines and our undivided joint interests, are shown in the MPC Consolidated Pipeline Throughput information in the following table for each of the last three years.
The following table shows operating statistics for our Midstream segment.
Midstream Operating Statistics
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
MPC Consolidated Pipeline Throughput (mbpd)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crude oil pipelines
 
1,402

 
1,277

 
1,241

Refined products pipelines
909

 
914

 
878

Total
2,311

 
2,191

 
2,119

MPLX Pipeline Throughput (mbpd) (included in volumes above) (a)(b)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crude oil pipelines
1,088

 
1,061

 
1,041

Refined products pipelines
908

 
914

 
878

Total
1,996

 
1,975

 
1,919

Gathering system throughput (MMcf/d) (c)
3,275

 
3,075

 

Natural gas processed (MMcf/d) (c)
5,761

 
5,468

 

C2 (ethane) + NGLs fractionated (mbpd) (c)
335

 
307

 

(a)  
MPLX predecessor volumes reported in MPLX’s filings include our undivided joint interest crude oil pipeline systems for periods prior to MPLX’s initial public offering, which were not contributed to MPLX. The undivided joint interest volumes are not included above.
(b)  
Volumes represent 100 percent of the throughput through these pipelines.
(c)  
Beginning December 4, 2015, which was the effective date of the MarkWest Merger.

20

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016 , we have indirect ownership interests in two ocean vessel joint ventures with Crowley through our investment in Crowley Coastal Partners. These joint ventures operate and charter four Jones Act product tankers, most of which are leased to MPC, and own and operate three 750 Series ATB vessels that are leased to MPC. The following table sets forth additional details about our product tankers and ATB vessels.
Class of Equipment
 
Number
in Class
 
Capacity
(thousand barrels)
Jones Act product tankers (a)
4

 
1,320

 
 
 
 
 
750 Series ATB vessels (b)
3

 
990

(a)  
Represents ownership through our indirect noncontrolling interest in Crowley Ocean Partners.
(b)  
Represents ownership through our indirect noncontrolling interest in Crowley Blue Water Partners.
The locations and detailed information about our midstream assets are included under Item 2. Properties and are incorporated herein by reference.
Competition, Market Conditions and Seasonality
The downstream petroleum business is highly competitive, particularly with regard to accessing crude oil and other feedstock supply and the marketing of refined products. We compete with a large number of other companies to acquire crude oil for refinery processing and in the distribution and marketing of a full array of petroleum products. Based upon the “The Oil & Gas Journal 2016 Worldwide Refinery Survey,” we ranked third among U.S. petroleum companies on the basis of U.S. crude oil refining capacity as of December 31, 2016 .
We compete in four distinct markets for the sale of refined products—wholesale, spot, branded and retail distribution. We believe we compete with about 50 companies in the sale of refined products to wholesale marketing customers, including private-brand marketers and large commercial and industrial consumers; about 100 companies in the sale of refined products in the spot market; 12 refiners or marketers in the supply of refined products to refiner-branded independent entrepreneurs; and approximately 850 retailers in the retail sale of refined products. In addition, we compete with producers and marketers in other industries that supply alternative forms of energy and fuels to satisfy the requirements of our industrial, commercial and retail consumers. We do not produce any of the crude oil we refine.
We also face strong competition for sales of retail gasoline, diesel fuel and merchandise. Our competitors include service stations and convenience stores operated by fully integrated major oil companies and their independent entrepreneurs and other well-recognized national or regional convenience stores and travel centers, often selling gasoline, diesel fuel and merchandise at competitive prices. Non-traditional retailers, such as supermarkets, club stores and mass merchants, have affected the convenience store industry with their entrance into sales of retail gasoline and diesel fuel. Energy Analysts International, Inc. estimated such retailers had approximately 15 percent of the U.S. gasoline market in mid- 2016 .
Our Midstream operations face competition for natural gas gathering, crude oil transportation and in obtaining natural gas supplies for our processing and related services; in obtaining unprocessed NGLs for gathering and fractionation; and in marketing our products and services. Competition for natural gas supplies is based primarily on the location of gas gathering facilities and gas processing plants, operating efficiency and reliability and the ability to obtain a satisfactory price for products recovered. Competitive factors affecting our fractionation services include availability of capacity, proximity to supply and industry marketing centers and cost efficiency and reliability of service. Competition for customers to purchase our natural gas and NGLs is based primarily on price, delivery capabilities, flexibility and maintenance of high-quality customer relationships. In addition, certain of our Midstream operations are highly regulated, which affects the rates that our common carrier pipelines can charge for transportation services and the return we obtain from such pipelines.
Market conditions in the oil and gas industry are cyclical and subject to global economic and political events and new and changing governmental regulations. Our operating results are affected by price changes in crude oil, natural gas and refined products, as well as changes in competitive conditions in the markets we serve. Price differentials between sweet and sour crude oils, WTI and LLS crude oils and other market structure differentials also affect our operating results.
Demand for gasoline, diesel fuel and asphalt is higher during the spring and summer months than during the winter months in most of our markets, primarily due to seasonal increases in highway traffic and construction. As a result, the operating results for each of our segments for the first and fourth quarters may be lower than for those in the second and third quarters of each calendar year.

21

Table of Contents

Our Midstream segment can be affected by seasonal fluctuations in the demand for natural gas and NGLs and the related fluctuations in commodity prices caused by various factors such as changes in transportation and travel patterns and variations in weather patterns from year to year. In the northeast region, we could be particularly impacted by seasonality as the majority of its revenues are generated by NGL sales. However, we manage the seasonality impact through the execution of our marketing strategy. We have access to up to 50 million gallons of propane storage capacity in the northeast region provided by an arrangement with a third-party which provides us with flexibility to manage the seasonality impact. Overall, our exposure to the seasonal fluctuations in the commodity markets is declining due to our growth in fee-based business.
Environmental Matters
Our management is responsible for ensuring that our operating organizations maintain environmental compliance systems that support and foster our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and for reviewing our overall environmental performance. We also have a Corporate Emergency Response Team that oversees our response to any major environmental or other emergency incident involving us or any of our facilities.
We believe it is likely that the scientific and political attention to issues concerning the extent and causes of climate change will continue, with the potential for further regulations that could affect our operations. Currently, legislative and regulatory measures to address greenhouse gases are in various phases of review, discussion or implementation. The cost to comply with these laws and regulations cannot be estimated at this time, but could be significant. For additional information, see Item 1A. Risk Factors. We estimate and publicly report greenhouse gas emissions from our operations and products. Additionally, we continuously strive to improve operational and energy efficiencies through resource and energy conservation where practicable.
Our operations are subject to numerous other laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment. Such laws and regulations include, among others, the Clean Air Act (“CAA”) with respect to air emissions, the Clean Water Act (“CWA”) with respect to water discharges, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) with respect to solid and hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) with respect to releases and remediation of hazardous substances and the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA-90”) with respect to oil pollution and response. In addition, many states where we operate have similar laws. New laws are being enacted and regulations are being adopted on a continuing basis, and the costs of compliance with such new laws and regulations are very difficult to estimate until finalized.
For a discussion of environmental capital expenditures and costs of compliance for air, water, solid waste and remediation, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Environmental Matters and Compliance Costs.
Air
We are subject to many requirements in connection with air emissions from our operations. Internationally and domestically, emphasis has been placed on reducing greenhouse gas emissions. The U.S. pledge in 2009, as part of the Copenhagen Accord, to reduce greenhouse gas emissions 17 percent below 2005 levels by 2020 remains in effect and was reaffirmed in President Obama’s 2013 Climate Action Plan. Although the United States signed the 2015 Paris Agreement on Climate Change, it does not legally require parties to the Agreement to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and the United States’ future activities in response to the Paris Agreement are unknown. In November 2016, the Obama administration released its strategy for “deep de-carbonization,” which aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions to 80 percent below 2005 levels by 2050. The U.S. climate change strategy and implementation of that strategy through legislation and regulation may change under President Trump’s administration; therefore, the impact to our industry and operations due to greenhouse gas regulation is unknown at this time.
In 2009, the EPA issued an “endangerment finding” that greenhouse gas emissions contribute to air pollution that endangers public health and welfare. Related to the endangerment finding, in April 2010, the EPA finalized a greenhouse gas emission standard for mobile sources (cars and other light duty vehicles). The endangerment finding, the mobile source standard and the EPA’s determination that greenhouse gases are subject to regulation under the Clean Air Act resulted in permitting of greenhouse gas emissions at stationary sources, but as a result of the EPA’s “tailoring rule,” permit applicability was limited to larger sources such as refineries. Legal challenges were filed against these EPA actions. In June 2014, the United States Supreme Court ruled that the Clean Air Act Prevention of Significant Deterioration program for new and modified major stationary sources is not triggered by greenhouse gas emissions alone. The United States Supreme Court did, however, uphold the requirement for new or modified stationary sources that will also emit a criteria pollutant to control greenhouse gas emissions through Best Available Control Technology. Implementing Best Available Control Technology may result in increased costs to our operations. A few MPC projects may trigger greenhouse gas permitting requirements but any additional capital spending will likely not be significant.

22

Table of Contents

The EPA has finalized Source Performance Standards for greenhouse gas emissions for new and existing electric utility generating units. These standards could impact electric and natural gas rates for all our operations. Legal challenges have been filed by several states and by industry groups seeking to overturn the final rules. In February 2016, the United States Supreme Court stayed implementation of the standards for existing utility generating units (also known as the Clean Power Plan) until complete disposition of the litigation. Congress may again also consider legislation on greenhouse gas emissions or a carbon tax. In the absence of federal legislation or regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, states may become more active in regulating greenhouse gas emissions. These measures include state actions to develop statewide or regional programs to impose emission reductions. These measures may also include low carbon fuel standards, such as the California program. In addition, private parties have sued utilities and other emitters of greenhouse gas emissions, but such suits have been largely unsuccessful. We have not been named in any of those lawsuits. Private parties have also sued federal and certain state governmental entities seeking additional greenhouse gas emission reductions beyond those currently being undertaken. In sum, requiring reductions in greenhouse gas emissions could result in increased costs to (i) operate and maintain our facilities, (ii) install new emission controls at our facilities and (iii) administer and manage any greenhouse gas emissions programs, including acquiring emission credits or allotments. These requirements may also significantly affect MPC’s refinery operations and may have an indirect effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The extent and magnitude of the impact from greenhouse gas regulation or legislation cannot be reasonably estimated due to the uncertainty regarding the additional measures and how they will be implemented.
In 2013, the Obama administration made changes to the social cost of carbon (“SCC”) estimate. The SCC was first issued in 2010. The SCC is to be used by the EPA and other federal agencies in regulatory cost-benefit analyses to take into account alleged broad economic consequences associated with changes to emissions of greenhouse gases. In 2013, the Obama administration significantly increased the estimate to $36 per ton. In response to the regulated community and Congress’ critiques of how the SCC was developed, the Office of Management and Budget provided an opportunity to comment on the SCC, but ultimately did not make any significant revisions. In August 2016, the White House Council on Environmental Quality issued its final guidance to federal agencies on assessing a project’s impact to climate change under the National Environmental Policy Act, by requiring an estimation of the greenhouse gas emissions from the project, including using the SCC when analyzing costs and benefits of a project. While the impact of a higher SCC in future regulations is not known at this time, it may result in increased costs to our operations. The EPA has also used an estimate of the social cost of methane in its regulatory impact analysis to justify regulating methane as a pollutant for new and modified sources in the oil and natural gas sector.
In 2015, the EPA finalized a revision to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (“NAAQS”) for ozone. The EPA lowered the primary ozone NAAQS from 75 ppb to 70 ppb. This revision initiates a multi-year process in which nonattainment designations will be made based on more recent ozone measurements that includes data from 2016. States will then propose and adopt, as necessary, new rules reducing emissions to meet the new standard. Currently, the EPA is in the process of implementing the 75 ppb ozone standard that the EPA had promulgated in March 2008. The impact of a stricter standard cannot be accurately estimated due to the present uncertainty regarding area nonattainment designations and the additional requirements that states may impose. Additionally, legal petitions challenging the revised ozone standard have been filed, adding uncertainty to the revised standard.
On September 29, 2015, the EPA signed the final regulations revising existing refinery air emissions standards. The revised regulations were published in the Federal Register on December 1, 2015. The revised rule requires additional controls, lower emission standards and ambient air monitoring. We do not anticipate that MPC’s costs to comply with the revised regulations will be material to our results of operations or cash flows.
Water
We maintain numerous discharge permits as required under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System program of the CWA and have implemented systems to oversee our compliance with these permits. In addition, we are regulated under OPA-90, which among other things, requires the owner or operator of a tank vessel or a facility to maintain an emergency plan to respond to releases of oil or hazardous substances. OPA-90 also requires the responsible company to pay resulting removal costs and damages and provides for civil penalties and criminal sanctions for violations of its provisions. We operate tank vessels and facilities from which spills of oil and hazardous substances could occur. We have implemented emergency oil response plans for all of our components and facilities covered by OPA-90 and we have established Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures plans for all facilities subject to such requirements.
Additionally, OPA-90 requires that new tank vessels entering or operating in U.S. waters be double-hulled and that existing tank vessels that are not double-hulled be retrofitted or removed from U.S. service. All barges used for river transport of our raw materials and refined products meet the double-hulled requirements of OPA-90. Some coastal states in which we operate have passed state laws similar to OPA-90, but with expanded liability provisions, that include provisions for cargo owner responsibility as well as ship owner and operator responsibility.

23

Table of Contents

In June 2015, the EPA and the United States Army Corps of Engineers finalized significant changes to the definition of the term “waters of the United States” (“WOTUS”) used in numerous programs under the CWA. This final rulemaking is referred to as the Clean Water Rule. The Clean Water Rule has been challenged in multiple federal courts by many states, trade groups, and other interested parties, and in October 2015, a United States Court of Appeals issued a nationwide stay of the Clean Water Rule. The Clean Water Rule, as written, expands permitting, planning and reporting obligations and may extend the timing to secure permits for pipeline and fixed asset construction and maintenance activities. The Clean Water Rule does contain new language intended to address concerns that the proposed rule included storm water conveyances and storage structures as WOTUS, and we continue to review how that new language will apply under specific circumstances. Court challenges of the Clean Water Rule will continue through 2017.
In 2015, the EPA issued its intent to review the CWA categorical effluent limitation guidelines (“ELG”) for the petroleum refining sector. During 2016, the EPA prepared a draft information request (“ICR”) requesting significant wastewater and treatment process details and may perform sampling of effluent at one or more of our refineries. The ICR is expected to issue in 2017. The EPA has indicated they believe there have been significant changes in the characteristics of wastewaters generated within refining operations that warrant the review. Specific targets for the review are the impacts of processing heavier crude oils and the transfer of air pollutants to wastewater when air pollution abatement devices are in use. A similar project, initiated in 2007 for steam power generation with similar attributes, resulted in a significant change in the treatment requirements for coal-fired power plants. The refining sector ELG review has the potential to result in a similar impact. We are actively engaged in the planning process for the 2017 information request and effluent sampling campaign and engaged with The American Petroleum Institute and the American Fuel & Petrochemical Manufacturers associations on this matter. The typical life-cycle for an ELG review from the intent to review to issuance of a final rule that would require upgrades is seven years. The impact of an ELG review cannot be accurately estimated at this time.
Solid Waste
We continue to seek methods to minimize the generation of hazardous wastes in our operations. RCRA establishes standards for the management of solid and hazardous wastes. Besides affecting waste disposal practices, RCRA also addresses the environmental effects of certain past waste disposal operations, the recycling of wastes and the regulation of USTs containing regulated substances. We have ongoing RCRA treatment and disposal operations at two of our facilities and primarily utilize offsite third-party treatment and disposal facilities. Ongoing RCRA-related costs, however, are not expected to be material to our results of operations or cash flows.
Remediation
We own or operate, or have owned or operated, certain convenience stores and other locations where, during the normal course of operations, releases of refined products from USTs have occurred. Federal and state laws require that contamination caused by such releases at these sites be assessed and remediated to meet applicable standards. The enforcement of the UST regulations under RCRA has been delegated to the states, which administer their own UST programs. Our obligation to remediate such contamination varies, depending on the extent of the releases and the stringency of the applicable state laws and regulations. A portion of these remediation costs may be recoverable from the appropriate state UST reimbursement funds once the applicable deductibles have been satisfied. We also have ongoing remediation projects at a number of our current and former refinery, terminal and pipeline locations. Penalties or other sanctions may be imposed for noncompliance.
Claims under CERCLA and similar state acts have been raised with respect to the clean-up of various waste disposal and other sites. CERCLA is intended to facilitate the clean-up of hazardous substances without regard to fault. Potentially responsible parties for each site include present and former owners and operators of, transporters to and generators of the hazardous substances at the site. Liability is strict and can be joint and several. Because of various factors including the difficulty of identifying the responsible parties for any particular site, the complexity of determining the relative liability among them, the uncertainty as to the most desirable remediation techniques and the amount of damages and clean-up costs and the time period during which such costs may be incurred, we are unable to reasonably estimate our ultimate cost of compliance with CERCLA; however, we do not believe such costs will be material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Mileage Standards, Renewable Fuels and Other Fuels Requirements
In 2007, the U.S. Congress passed the Energy Independence and Security Act (“EISA”), which, among other things, set a target of 35 miles per gallon for the combined fleet of cars and light trucks in the United States by model year 2020, and contains the RFS2. In August 2012, the EPA and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”) jointly adopted regulations that establish average industry fleet fuel economy standards for passenger cars and light trucks of up to 41 miles per gallon by model year 2021 and average fleet fuel economy standards of up to 49.7 miles per gallon by model year 2025. The standards from 2022 to 2025 are the government’s current estimate but will require further rulemaking by the NHTSA. The EPA in the fourth quarter of 2016 determined that its proposed targets for GHG reduction are achievable and did not adjust its

24

Table of Contents

2022 to 2025 estimated standards. New or alternative transportation fuels such as compressed natural gas could also pose a competitive threat to our operations.
The RFS2 required the total volume of renewable transportation fuels sold or introduced annually in the U.S. to reach 22.25 billion gallons in 2016, 24.0 billion gallons in 2017 and increase to 36.0 billion gallons by 2022. Within the total volume of renewable fuel, EISA established an advanced biofuel volume of 7.25 billion gallons in 2016, 9.0 billion gallons in 2017 and increasing to 21.0 billion gallons in 2022. Subsets within the advanced biofuel volume include biomass-based diesel, which was set as at least 1.0 billion gallons in 2014 through 2022 (to be determined by the EPA through rulemaking), and cellulosic biofuel, which was set at 4.25 billion gallons in 2016, 5.5 billion gallons in 2017 and increasing to 16.0 billion gallons in 2022.
On November 30, 2015, the EPA finalized the renewable fuel standards for the years of 2014, 2015 and 2016 as well as the biomass-based diesel standard for 2017. Because the EPA missed the statutory deadlines for establishing the standards for 2014 and 2015, the EPA used its waiver authority under EISA to set the standards using actual consumption data obtained from EPA’s tracking system, EMTS. The EPA’s use of its general waiver authority to reduce the statutory volumes has been challenged in court. A court decision vacating the 2014-2016 renewable fuel standards on the basis that the EPA unreasonably exercised its general waiver authority could increase our cost of compliance with the Renewable Fuels Standards and be detrimental to the RIN market.
On November 23, 2016, the EPA finalized the renewable fuel standards for the year 2017 and the biomass based diesel standard for 2018. The EPA used its cellulosic waiver authority to reduce the standards from the statutory amounts to the following: 19.28 billion gallons total renewable fuel; 4.28 billion gallons advanced biofuel; and 311 million gallons cellulosic ethanol. The EPA increased the biomass based diesel standard for 2018 to 2.0 billion gallons. In the near term, the RFS2 will be satisfied primarily with ethanol blended into gasoline. Vehicle, regulatory and infrastructure constraints limit the blending of significantly more than 10 percent ethanol into gasoline (“E10”). The volumes for 2016 and 2017 result in the ethanol content of gasoline exceeding the E10 blendwall, which will require obligated parties to either sell E15 or FlexFuel at levels that exceed historical levels or retire carryover RINs that had been generated in prior years. On October 13, 2016, the EPA issued a partial waver decision under the CAA to allow for an increase in the amount of ethanol permitted to be blended into gasoline from E10 to E15 for 2007 and newer light-duty motor vehicles. On January 21, 2011, the EPA issued a second waver for the use of E15 in vehicles model year 2001-2006. There are numerous issues, including state and federal regulatory issues, which need to be addressed before E15 can be marketed for use in traditional gasoline engines. Additionally, there are infrastructure compatibility issues and vehicle manufacturer warranty concerns related to E15 usage. Neither E15 nor FlexFuel has been readily accepted by the consumer.
With potentially uncertain supplies, the advanced biofuels programs may present specific challenges in that we may have to enter into arrangements with other parties or purchase credits from the EPA to meet our obligations to use advanced biofuels, including biomass-based diesel and cellulosic biofuel.
We made investments in infrastructure capable of expanding biodiesel blending capability to help comply with the biodiesel RFS2 requirement by buying and blending biodiesel into our refined diesel product, and by buying needed biodiesel RINs in the EPA-created biodiesel RINs market. On April 1, 2014, we purchased a facility in Cincinnati, Ohio, which currently produces biodiesel, glycerin and other by-products. The capacity of the plant is approximately 60 million gallons per year. As a producer of biodiesel, we now generate RINs, thereby reducing our reliance on the external RIN market.
On November 10, 2016, the EPA proposed to deny petitions requesting that the point of obligation for the RFS be moved to the terminal rack. The EPA is accepting comments on its proposed denial. Should the EPA decide that its proposal was incorrect and move the point of obligation, we could be subject to increased costs and compliance uncertainties
The RFS2 has required, and may in the future continue to require, additional capital expenditures or expenses by us to accommodate increased renewable fuels use. We may experience a decrease in demand for refined petroleum products due to an increase in combined fleet mileage or due to refined petroleum products being replaced by renewable fuels.
On March 3, 2014, the EPA signed the final Tier 3 fuel standards. The final Tier 3 fuel standards require, among other things, a lower annual average sulfur level in gasoline to no more than 10 ppm beginning in calendar year 2017. In addition, gasoline refiners and importers may not exceed a maximum per-gallon sulfur standard of 80 ppm while retailers may not exceed a maximum per-gallon sulfur standard of 95 ppm. We anticipate that we will spend approximately $650 million between 2014 and 2019 to comply with these standards, which includes estimated capital expenditures of approximately $200 million in 2017.

25

Table of Contents

Trademarks, Patents and Licenses
Our Marathon trademark is material to the conduct of our refining and marketing operations, and our Speedway trademark is material to the conduct of our retail marketing operations. We currently hold a number of U.S. and foreign patents and have various pending patent applications. Although in the aggregate our patents and licenses are important to us, we do not regard any single patent or license or group of related patents or licenses as critical or essential to our business as a whole. In general, we depend on our technological capabilities and the application of know-how rather than patents and licenses in the conduct of our operations.
Employees
We had approximately 44,460 regular full-time and part-time employees as of December 31, 2016 , which includes approximately 32,880 employees of Speedway.
Certain hourly employees at our Canton, Catlettsburg, Galveston Bay and Texas City refineries are represented by the United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers Union under labor agreements that are due to expire in 2019. The International Brotherhood of Teamsters represents certain hourly employees at our Detroit refinery under a labor agreement that is also scheduled to expire in 2019. In addition, they represent certain hourly employees at Speedway under agreements that cover certain outlets in New York and New Jersey that expire on March 14, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively.
Executive and Corporate Officers of the Registrant
The executive and corporate officers of MPC are as follows:
Name
 
Age as of
January 31, 2017
 
Position with MPC
Gary R. Heminger
 
63
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Molly R. Benson (a)
 
50
 
Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer
Raymond L. Brooks
 
56
 
Senior Vice President, Refining
Suzanne Gagle
 
51
 
Vice President, General Counsel
Timothy T. Griffith
 
47
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John R. Haley (a)
 
60
 
Vice President, Tax
Thomas Kaczynski
 
55
 
Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
Thomas M. Kelley
 
57
 
Senior Vice President, Marketing
Anthony R. Kenney
 
63
 
President, Speedway LLC
Rodney P. Nichols
 
64
 
Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Administrative Services
Randy S. Nickerson
 
55
 
Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy
C. Michael Palmer
 
63
 
Senior Vice President, Supply, Distribution and Planning
John J. Quaid
 
45
 
Vice President and Controller
David R. Sauber (a)
 
53
 
Vice President, Human Resources and Labor Relations
John S. Swearingen
 
57
 
Senior Vice President, Transportation and Logistics
Donald C. Templin
 
53
 
Executive Vice President
Donald W. Wehrly (a)
 
57
 
Vice President and Chief Information Officer
David L. Whikehart (a)
 
57
 
Vice President, Environment, Safety and Corporate Affairs
(a)  
Corporate officer.
Mr. Heminger was appointed president and chief executive officer effective June 30, 2011, and to his current position in 2016. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Heminger was president of Marathon Petroleum Company LP (formerly known as Marathon Ashland Petroleum LLC and Marathon Petroleum Company LLC), currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPC and prior to the Spinoff, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marathon Oil. He assumed responsibility as president of Marathon Petroleum Company LP in September 2001.
Ms. Benson was appointed vice president, corporate secretary and chief compliance officer effective March 1, 2016. Prior to this appointment, Ms. Benson was assistant general counsel, corporate and finance beginning in April 2012, group counsel, corporate and finance beginning in 2011, group counsel, North American production for Marathon Oil Company beginning in 2010 and senior attorney, downstream business beginning in 2006.

26

Table of Contents

Mr. Brooks was appointed senior vice president, Refining effective March 1, 2016. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Brooks was general manager, Galveston Bay refinery beginning in February 2013, general manager, Robinson refinery beginning in 2010 and general manager, St. Paul Park, Minnesota refinery (no longer owned by MPC) beginning in 2006.
Ms. Gagle was appointed vice president and general counsel effective March 1, 2016. Prior to this appointment, Ms. Gagle was assistant general counsel, litigation and Human Resources beginning in April 2011, senior group counsel, downstream operations beginning in 2010 and group counsel, litigation, beginning in 2003.
Mr. Griffith was appointed senior vice president and chief financial officer effective March 3, 2015. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Griffith served as vice president, Finance and Investor Relations, and treasurer beginning in January 2014. He was vice president of Finance and treasurer beginning in August 2011. Previously, Mr. Griffith was vice president Investor Relations and treasurer of Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation, a packaging manufacturer, in St. Louis, Missouri, from 2008 to 2011.
Mr. Haley was appointed vice president, Tax effective June 1, 2013. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Haley served as director of Tax beginning in July 2011 and as a tax manager for Marathon Oil Company beginning in 1996.
Mr. Kaczynski was appointed vice president, Finance and treasurer effective August 31, 2015. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Kaczynski was vice president and treasurer of Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company beginning in 2014. Previously, he served as vice president, Investor Relations, of Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company beginning in 2013, vice president and corporate treasurer of Affinia Group Inc. beginning in 2005, and director of affiliate finance and of capital markets and bank relations of Visteon Corporation beginning in 2000.
Mr. Kelley was appointed senior vice president, Marketing effective June 30, 2011. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Kelley served in the same capacity for Marathon Petroleum Company LP beginning in January 2010. Previously, he served as director of Crude Supply and Logistics for Marathon Petroleum Company LP beginning in January 2008, and as a Brand Marketing manager for eight years prior to that.
Mr. Kenney has served as president of Speedway LLC since August 2005. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Kenney served as vice president, Business Development of Marathon Ashland Petroleum LLC beginning in 2001.
Mr. Nichols was appointed senior vice president, Human Resources and Administrative Services effective March 1, 2012. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Nichols served as vice president, Human Resources and Administrative Services beginning on June 30, 2011 and served in the same capacity for Marathon Petroleum Company LP beginning in April 1998.
Mr. Nickerson was appointed executive vice president, Corporate Strategy effective December 4, 2015 at the time of the MarkWest Merger. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Nickerson served as chief commercial officer of MarkWest beginning in 2006 and senior vice president, Corporate Development beginning in 2003.
Mr. Palmer was appointed senior vice president, Supply, Distribution and Planning effective June 30, 2011. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Palmer served as vice president, Supply, Distribution and Planning for Marathon Petroleum Company LP beginning in June 2010. He served as Crude Supply and Logistics director for Marathon Petroleum Company LP beginning in February 2010, and as senior vice president, Oil Sands Operations and Commercial Activities for Marathon Oil Canada Corporation beginning in 2007.
Mr. Quaid was appointed vice president and controller effective June 23, 2014. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Quaid was vice president of Iron Ore at United States Steel Corporation (“U. S. Steel”), an integrated steel producer, beginning in January 2014. Previously, Mr. Quaid served in various leadership positions at U. S. Steel since February 2002, including vice president and treasurer beginning in August 2011, controller, North American Flat-Rolled Operations beginning in July 2010 and assistant corporate controller beginning in 2008.
Mr. Sauber was appointed vice president, Human Resources and Labor Relations effective February 1, 2017. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Sauber served as vice president, Human Resources Policy, Benefits and Services of Shell Oil Company beginning in 2013. Previously, Mr. Sauber served in various leadership positions at Shell Oil Company since 2000 including regional Human Resources manager for U.S. manufacturing in 2009.
Mr. Swearingen was appointed senior vice president, Transportation and Logistics effective March 3, 2015. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Swearingen served as vice president of Health, Environmental, Safety & Security beginning June 30, 2011. Previously, he was president of Marathon Pipe Line LLC beginning in 2009 and the Illinois Refining Division manager beginning in November 2001.

27

Table of Contents

Mr. Templin was appointed executive vice president effective January 1, 2016. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Templin served as executive vice president, Supply, Transportation and Marketing beginning March 3, 2015 and senior vice president and chief financial officer beginning on June 30, 2011. Previously, he was a partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an audit, tax and advisory services provider, with various audit and management responsibilities beginning in 1996.
Mr. Wehrly was appointed vice president and chief information officer effective June 30, 2011. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Wehrly was the manager of Information Technology Services for Marathon Petroleum Company LP beginning in 2003.
Mr. Whikehart was appointed vice president, Environmental, Safety and Corporate Affairs effective February 29, 2016. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Whikehart served as vice president, Corporate Planning, Government & Public Affairs effective January 1, 2016 and director, Product Supply and Optimization beginning in March 2011. Previously, Mr. Whikehart served as director, Climate Change and Carbon Management beginning in 2010 and director, Business Development beginning in 2008.
Available Information
General information about MPC, including Corporate Governance Principles and Charters for the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, can be found at
http://ir.marathonpetroleum.com . In addition, our Code of Business Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers are also available in this same location.
MPC uses its website, www.marathonpetroleum.com , as a channel for routine distribution of important information, including news releases, analyst presentations, financial information and market data. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments and exhibits to those reports, are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are filed or furnished with the SEC. These documents are also available in hard copy, free of charge, by contacting our Investor Relations office. In addition, our website allows investors and other interested persons to sign up to automatically receive email alerts when we post news releases and financial information on our website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or other securities filings.

28

Table of Contents


Item 1A. Risk Factors
You should carefully consider each of the following risks and all of the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in evaluating us and our common stock. Some of these risks relate principally to our business and the industry in which we operate, while others relate to the ownership of our common stock.
Our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks, and, as a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Risks Relating to our Business
A substantial or extended decline in refining and marketing gross margins would reduce our operating results and cash flows and could materially and adversely impact our future rate of growth, the carrying value of our assets and our ability to execute share repurchases and continue the payment of our base dividend.
Our operating results, cash flows, future rate of growth, the carrying value of our assets and our ability to execute share repurchases and continue the payment of our base dividend are highly dependent on the margins we realize on our refined products. The measure of the difference between market prices for refined products and crude oil, or crack spread, is commonly used by the industry as a proxy for refining and marketing gross margins. Historically, refining and marketing gross margins have been volatile, and we believe they will continue to be volatile. Our margins from the sale of gasoline and other refined products are influenced by a number of conditions, including the price of crude oil. We do not produce crude oil and must purchase all of the crude oil we refine. The price of crude oil and the price at which we can sell our refined products may fluctuate independently due to a variety of regional and global market conditions. Any overall change in crack spreads will impact our refining and marketing gross margins. Many of the factors influencing a change in crack spreads and refining and marketing gross margins are beyond our control. These factors include:
worldwide and domestic supplies of and demand for crude oil and refined products;
the cost of crude oil and other feedstocks to be manufactured into refined products;
the prices realized for refined products;
utilization rates of refineries;
natural gas and electricity supply costs incurred by refineries;
the ability of the members of OPEC to agree to and maintain production controls;
political instability or armed conflict in oil and natural gas producing regions;
local weather conditions;
seasonality of demand in our marketing area due to increased highway traffic in the spring and summer months;
natural disasters such as hurricanes and tornadoes;
the price and availability of alternative and competing forms of energy;
domestic and foreign governmental regulations and taxes; and
local, regional, national and worldwide economic conditions.
Some of these factors can vary by region and may change quickly, adding to market volatility, while others may have longer-term effects. The longer-term effects of these and other factors on refining and marketing gross margins are uncertain. We purchase our crude oil and other refinery feedstocks weeks before we refine them and sell the refined products. Price level changes during the period between purchasing feedstocks and selling the refined products from these feedstocks could have a significant effect on our financial results. We also purchase refined products manufactured by others for resale to our customers. Price changes during the periods between purchasing and reselling those refined products also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Lower refining and marketing gross margins may reduce the amount of refined products we produce, which may reduce our revenues, income from operations and cash flows. Significant reductions in refining and marketing gross margins could require us to reduce our capital expenditures, impair the carrying value of our assets (such as property, plant and equipment, inventory or goodwill), decrease or eliminate our share repurchase activity and our base dividend.

29

Table of Contents

Our operations are subject to business interruptions and casualty losses. Failure to manage risks associated with business interruptions could adversely impact our operations, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our operations are subject to business interruptions due to scheduled refinery turnarounds, unplanned maintenance or unplanned events such as explosions, fires, refinery or pipeline releases or other incidents, power outages, severe weather, labor disputes, or other natural or man-made disasters, such as acts of terrorism. For example, pipelines provide a nearly-exclusive form of transportation of crude oil to, or refined products from, some of our refineries. In such instances, a prolonged interruption in service of such a pipeline could materially and adversely affect the operations, profitability and cash flows of the impacted refinery.
Explosions, fires, refinery or pipeline releases or other incidents involving our assets or operations could result in serious personal injury or loss of human life, significant damage to property and equipment, environmental pollution, impairment of operations and substantial losses to us. Damages resulting from an incident involving any of our assets or operations may result in our being named as a defendant in one or more lawsuits asserting potentially substantial claims or in our being assessed potentially substantial fines by governmental authorities.
We do not insure against all potential losses, and, therefore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected by unexpected liabilities and increased costs.
We maintain insurance coverage in amounts we believe to be prudent against many, but not all, potential liabilities arising from operating hazards. Uninsured liabilities arising from operating hazards, including but not limited to, explosions, fires, refinery or pipeline releases or other incidents involving our assets or operations, could reduce the funds available to us for capital and investment spending and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Historically, we also have maintained insurance coverage for physical damage and resulting business interruption to our major facilities, with significant self-insured retentions. In the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance of the types and amounts we desire at reasonable rates.
We rely on the performance of our information technology systems, the failure of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are heavily dependent on our information technology systems and network infrastructure and maintain and rely upon certain critical information systems for the effective operation of our business. These information systems involve data network and telecommunications, Internet access and website functionality, and various computer hardware equipment and software applications, including those that are critical to the safe operation of our business. These systems and infrastructure are subject to damage or interruption from a number of potential sources including natural disasters, software viruses or other malware, power failures, cyber-attacks and other events. We also face various other cyber-security threats, including threats to gain unauthorized access to sensitive information or to render data or systems unusable. To protect against such attempts of unauthorized access or attack, we have implemented infrastructure protection technologies and disaster recovery plans. There can be no guarantee such plans, to the extent they are in place, will be effective.
The retail market is diverse and highly competitive, and very aggressive competition could adversely impact our business.
We face strong competition in the market for the sale of retail gasoline, diesel fuel and merchandise. Our competitors include outlets owned or operated by fully integrated major oil companies or their dealers or jobbers, and other well-recognized national or regional retail outlets, often selling gasoline or merchandise at very competitive prices. Several non-traditional retailers such as supermarkets, club stores and mass merchants are in the retail business. These non-traditional gasoline retailers have obtained a significant share of the transportation fuels market and we expect their market share to grow. Because of their diversity, integration of operations, experienced management and greater financial resources, these companies may be better able to withstand volatile market conditions or levels of low or no profitability in the retail segment of the market. In addition, these retailers may use promotional pricing or discounts, both at the pump and in the store, to encourage in-store merchandise sales. These activities by our competitors could pressure us to offer similar discounts, adversely affecting our profit margins. Additionally, the loss of market share by our convenience stores to these and other retailers relating to either gasoline or merchandise could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The development, availability and marketing of alternative and competing fuels in the retail market could adversely impact our business. We compete with other industries that provide alternative means to satisfy the energy and fuel needs of our consumers. Increased competition from these alternatives as a result of governmental regulations, technological advances and consumer demand could have an impact on pricing and demand for our products and our profitability.

30

Table of Contents

We are subject to interruptions of supply and increased costs as a result of our reliance on third-party transportation of crude oil and refined products.
We utilize the services of third parties to transport crude oil and refined products to and from our refineries. In addition to our own operational risks discussed above, we could experience interruptions of supply or increases in costs to deliver refined products to market if the ability of the pipelines, railways or vessels to transport crude oil or refined products is disrupted because of weather events, accidents, governmental regulations or third-party actions. A prolonged disruption of the ability of the pipelines, railways or vessels to transport crude oil or refined products to or from one or more of our refineries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We may incur losses to our business as a result of our forward-contract activities and derivative transactions.
We currently use commodity derivative instruments, and we expect to enter into these types of transactions in the future. A failure of a futures commission merchant or counterparty to perform would affect these transactions. To the extent the instruments we utilize to manage these exposures are not effective, we may incur losses related to the ineffective portion of the derivative transaction or costs related to moving the derivative positions to another futures commission merchant or counterparty once a failure has occurred.
We have significant debt obligations; therefore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be harmed by a deterioration of our credit profile, a decrease in debt capacity or unsecured commercial credit available to us, or by factors adversely affecting credit markets generally.
At December 31, 2016 , our total debt obligations for borrowed money and capital lease obligations were $11.1 billion , including $4.9 billion of obligations of MPLX. We may incur substantial additional debt obligations in the future.
Our indebtedness may impose various restrictions and covenants on us that could have material adverse consequences, including:
increasing our vulnerability to changing economic, regulatory and industry conditions;
limiting our ability to compete and our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry;
limiting our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders;
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds; and
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, share repurchases, dividends and other purposes.
A decrease in our debt or commercial credit capacity, including unsecured credit extended by third-party suppliers, or a deterioration in our credit profile could increase our costs of borrowing money and/or limit our access to the capital markets and commercial credit, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We have a trade receivables securitization facility that provides liquidity of up to $750 million depending on the amount of eligible domestic trade accounts receivables. In periods of lower prices, we may not have sufficient eligible accounts receivables to support full availability of this facility.
Historic or current operations could subject us to significant legal liability or restrict our ability to operate.
We currently are defending litigation and anticipate we will be required to defend new litigation in the future. Our operations, including those of MPLX, and those of our predecessors could expose us to litigation and civil claims by private plaintiffs for alleged damages related to contamination of the environment or personal injuries caused by releases of hazardous substances from our facilities, products liability, consumer credit or privacy laws, product pricing or antitrust laws or any other laws or regulations that apply to our operations. While an adverse outcome in most litigation matters would not be expected to be material to us, in class-action litigation, large classes of plaintiffs may allege damages relating to extended periods of time or other alleged facts and circumstances that could increase the amount of potential damages. Attorneys general and other government officials may pursue litigation in which they seek to recover civil damages from companies on behalf of a state or its citizens for a variety of claims, including violation of consumer protection and product pricing laws or natural resources damages. We are defending litigation of that type and anticipate that we will be required to defend new litigation of that type in the future. If we are not able to successfully defend such litigation, it may result in liability to our company that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We do not have insurance covering all of these potential liabilities. In addition to substantial liability, plaintiffs in litigation may also seek injunctive relief

31

Table of Contents

which, if imposed, could have a material adverse effect on our future business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
A portion of our workforce is unionized, and we may face labor disruptions that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Approximately 36 percent of our refining employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Certain hourly employees at our Canton, Catlettsburg, Galveston Bay and Texas City refineries are represented by the United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers Union under labor agreements that are due to expire in 2019. The International Brotherhood of Teamsters represents certain hourly employees at our Detroit refinery under a labor agreement that is also scheduled to expire in 2019. In addition, they represent certain hourly employees at Speedway under agreements that cover certain outlets in New York and New Jersey that expire on March 14, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively. These contracts may be renewed at an increased cost to us. In addition, we have experienced, or may experience, work stoppages as a result of labor disagreements. Any prolonged work stoppages disrupting operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
One of our subsidiaries acts as the general partner of a publicly traded master limited partnership, MPLX, which may involve a greater exposure to certain legal liabilities than existed under our historic business operations.
One of our subsidiaries acts as the general partner of MPLX, a publicly traded master limited partnership. Our control of the general partner of MPLX may increase the possibility of claims of breach of fiduciary duties including claims of conflicts of interest related to MPLX. Any liability resulting from such claims could have a material adverse effect on our future business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
If foreign investment in us or MPLX exceeds certain levels, MPLX could be prohibited from operating inland river vessels, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The Shipping Act of 1916 and Merchant Marine Act of 1920, which we refer to collectively as the Maritime Laws, generally require that vessels engaged in U.S. coastwise trade be owned by U.S. citizens. Among other requirements to establish citizenship, entities that own such vessels must be owned at least 75 percent by U.S. citizens. If we fail to maintain compliance with the Maritime Laws, MPLX would be prohibited from operating vessels in the U.S. inland waters. Such a prohibition could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to certain continuing contingent liabilities of Marathon Oil relating to taxes and other matters and to potential liabilities pursuant to the tax sharing agreement and separation and distribution agreement we entered into with Marathon Oil that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Although the Spinoff occurred in mid-2011, certain liabilities of Marathon Oil could become our obligations. For example, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) and related rules and regulations, each corporation that was a member of the Marathon Oil consolidated tax reporting group during any taxable period or portion of any taxable period ending on or before the effective time of the Spinoff is jointly and severally liable for the federal income tax liability of the entire Marathon Oil consolidated tax reporting group for that taxable period. In connection with the Spinoff, we entered into a tax sharing agreement with Marathon Oil that allocates the responsibility for prior period taxes of the Marathon Oil consolidated tax reporting group between us and Marathon Oil. However, if Marathon Oil is unable to pay any prior period taxes for which it is responsible, we could be required to pay the entire amount of such taxes. Other provisions of federal law establish similar liability for other matters, including laws governing tax-qualified pension plans as well as other contingent liabilities.
Also pursuant to the tax sharing agreement, following the Spinoff we are responsible generally for all taxes attributable to us or any of our subsidiaries, whether accruing before, on or after the Spinoff. We also agreed to be responsible for, and indemnify Marathon Oil with respect to, all taxes arising as a result of the Spinoff (or certain internal restructuring transactions) failing to qualify as transactions under Sections 368(a) and 355 of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent such tax liability arises as a result of any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation by us or certain affiliates made in connection with the issuance of the private letter ruling relating to the Spinoff or in the tax sharing agreement. In addition, we agreed to indemnify Marathon Oil for specified tax-related liabilities associated with our 2005 acquisition of the minority interest in our refining joint venture from Ashland Inc. Our indemnification obligations to Marathon Oil and its subsidiaries, officers and directors are not limited or subject to any cap. If we are required to indemnify Marathon Oil and its subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors under the tax sharing agreement, we may be subject to substantial liabilities. At this time, we cannot precisely quantify the amount of these liabilities that have been assumed pursuant to the tax sharing agreement, and there can be no assurances as to their final amounts.

32

Table of Contents

Also, in connection with the Spinoff, we entered into a separation and distribution agreement with Marathon Oil that provides for, among other things, the principal corporate transactions that were required to affect the Spinoff, certain conditions to the Spinoff and provisions governing the relationship between our company and Marathon Oil with respect to and resulting from the Spinoff. Among other things, the separation and distribution agreement provides for indemnification obligations designed to make us financially responsible for substantially all liabilities that may exist relating to our downstream business activities, whether incurred prior to or after the Spinoff, as well as certain obligations of Marathon Oil assumed by us. Our obligations to indemnify Marathon Oil under the circumstances set forth in the separation and distribution agreement could subject us to substantial liabilities. Marathon Oil also agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities. However, third parties could seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities retained by Marathon Oil, and there can be no assurance that the indemnity from Marathon Oil will be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, that Marathon Oil will be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations or that Marathon Oil’s insurers will cover us for liabilities associated with occurrences prior to the Spinoff. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from Marathon Oil or its insurers any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses ourselves. The tax liabilities and underlying liabilities in the event Marathon Oil is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations described in this paragraph could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and cash flows.
We may not realize the growth opportunities and commercial synergies that are anticipated from the MarkWest Merger.
The benefits that are expected to result from the MarkWest Merger will depend, in part, on MPLX’s ability to realize the anticipated growth opportunities and commercial synergies as a result of the MarkWest Merger. MPLX’s success in realizing these growth opportunities and commercial synergies, and the timing of this realization, depends on the successful integration of MPLX and MarkWest. There is a significant degree of difficulty and management distraction inherent in the process of integrating an acquisition as sizable as MarkWest. The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of MPLX and MarkWest. Members of our senior management may be required to devote considerable amounts of time to this integration process, which will decrease the time they will have to manage our company, maintain relationships with employees, customers or suppliers, attract new customers and develop new strategies. If senior management is not able to effectively manage the integration process, or if any significant business activities are interrupted as a result of the integration process, our business could suffer. There can be no assurance that MPLX will successfully or cost-effectively integrate MarkWest. The failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Even if MPLX is able to integrate MarkWest successfully, this integration may not result in the realization of the full benefits of the growth opportunities and commercial synergies that we currently expect from this integration, and we cannot guarantee that these benefits will be achieved within anticipated time frames or at all. For example, MPLX may not be able to eliminate duplicative costs. Moreover, MPLX may incur substantial expenses in connection with the integration of MarkWest. While it is anticipated that certain expenses will be incurred to achieve commercial synergies, such expenses are difficult to estimate accurately, and may exceed current estimates. Accordingly, the benefits from the MarkWest Merger may be offset by costs incurred to, or delays in, integrating the businesses.
Significant acquisitions in the future will involve the integration of new assets or businesses and present substantial risks that could adversely affect our business, financial conditions, results of operations and cash flows .
Significant future transactions involving the addition of new assets or businesses will present potential risks, which may include, among others:
Inaccurate assumptions about future synergies, revenues, capital expenditures and operating costs;
An inability to successfully integrate assets or businesses we acquire;
A decrease in our liquidity resulting from using a portion of our available cash or borrowing capacity under our revolving credit agreement to finance transactions;
A significant increase in our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance transactions;
The assumption of unknown environmental and other liabilities, losses or costs for which we are not indemnified or for which our indemnity is inadequate;
The diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; and
The incurrence of other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

33

Table of Contents

A significant decrease or delay in oil and natural gas production in MPLX’s areas of operation, whether due to sustained declines in oil, natural gas and NGL prices, natural declines in well production, or otherwise, may adversely affect MPLX’s business, results of operations and financial condition, and could reduce MPLX’s ability to make distributions to us.
A significant portion of MPLX’s operations are dependent upon production from oil and natural gas reserves and wells, which will naturally decline over time, which means that MPLX’s cash flows associated with these wells will also decline over time. To maintain or increase throughput levels and the utilization rate of MPLX’s facilities, MPLX must continually obtain new oil, natural gas, NGL and refined product supplies, which depends in part on the level of successful drilling activity near its facilities.
We have no control over the level of drilling activity in the areas of MPLX’s operations, the amount of reserves associated with the wells or the rate at which production from a well will decline. In addition, we have no control over producers or their production decisions, which are affected by, among other things, prevailing and projected energy prices, drilling costs per Mcf or barrel, demand for hydrocarbons, operational challenges, access to downstream markets, the level of reserves, geological considerations, governmental regulations and the availability and cost of capital. Because of these factors, even if new oil or natural gas reserves are discovered in areas served by MPLX assets, producers may choose not to develop those reserves. If MPLX is not able to obtain new supplies of oil or natural gas to replace the natural decline in volumes from existing wells, throughput on MPLX pipelines and the utilization rates of MPLX facilities would decline, which could have a material adverse effect on MPLX’s business, results of operations and financial condition and could reduce MPLX’s ability to make distributions to us.
Decreases in energy prices can decrease drilling activity, production rates and investments by third parties in the development of new oil and natural gas reserves. The prices for oil, natural gas and NGLs depend upon factors beyond our control, including global and local demand, production levels, changes in interstate pipeline gas quality specifications, imports and exports, seasonality and weather conditions, economic and political conditions domestically and internationally and governmental regulations. Sustained periods of low prices could result in producers also significantly curtailing or limiting their oil and gas drilling operations which could substantially delay the production and delivery of volumes of oil, gas and NGLs to MPLX’s facilities and adversely affect MPLX’s revenues and cash available for distribution to us. This impact may also be exacerbated due to the extent of MPLX’s commodity-based contracts, which are more directly impacted by changes in gas and NGL prices than its fee-based contracts due to frac spread exposure and may result in operating losses when natural gas becomes more expensive on a Btu equivalent basis than NGL products. In addition, MPLX’s purchase and resale of gas and NGLs in the ordinary course exposes MPLX to significant risk of volatility in gas or NGL prices due to the potential difference in the time of the purchases and sales and the potential difference in the price associated with each transaction, and direct exposure may also occur naturally as a result of MPLX’s production processes. The significant fluctuation and decline in natural gas, NGL and oil prices currently occurring has adversely impacted MPLX’s unit price, thereby increasing its distribution yield and cost of capital. Such impacts could adversely impact MPLX’s ability to execute its long‑term organic growth projects, satisfy obligations to its customers and make distributions to unitholders at intended levels, and may also result in non-cash impairments of long-lived assets or goodwill or other-than-temporary non-cash impairments of our equity method investments.
Our recently announced strategic actions designed to enhance shareholder value may not deliver the anticipated benefits.
In January 2017, we announced updates to our previously announced strategic actions designed to enhance shareholder value, including the significant acceleration of dropdowns of midstream assets into MPLX and the expected exchange of our economic interests in the general partner, including incentive distribution rights, for newly issued MPLX common units in conjunction with the completion of such dropdowns. We may not be able to achieve the anticipated benefits of these actions as we may not be able to implement the announced strategic actions due to: the inability to agree with the MPLX conflicts committee with respect to the value attributed to assets identified for dropdown; the adequacy of MPLX’s capital and liquidity, including, but not limited to, MPLX’s access to debt to fund the anticipated dropdowns on commercially reasonable terms; and the time, cost and ability to obtain requisite approvals and regulatory clearances, including tax clearance. In addition, the market price of our common stock could decline if securities or industry analysts or our investors disagree with these strategic actions or the way we implement such actions. Accordingly, even if we are able to implement some or all of the strategic actions successfully, there is no assurance that these actions will be reflected in the market price of our stock to the extent currently anticipated by management.

34

Table of Contents

Significant stockholders may attempt to effect changes at our company or acquire control over our company, which could impact the pursuit of business strategies and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our stockholders may from time to time engage in proxy solicitations, advance stockholder proposals or otherwise attempt to affect changes or acquire control over our company. Campaigns by stockholders to effect changes at publicly traded companies are sometimes led by investors seeking to increase short-term stockholder value through actions such as financial restructuring, increased debt, special dividends, stock repurchases or sales of assets or the entire company. Responding to proxy contests and other actions by activist stockholders can be costly and time-consuming and could divert the attention of our board of directors and senior management from the management of our operations and the pursuit of our business strategies. As a result, stockholder campaigns could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Relating to Our Industry
Changes in environmental or other laws or regulations may reduce our refining and marketing gross margin and may result in substantial capital expenditures and operating costs that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Various laws and regulations are expected to impose increasingly stringent and costly requirements on our operations, which may reduce our refining and marketing gross margin. Laws and regulations expected to become more stringent relate to the following:
the emission or discharge of materials into the environment,
solid and hazardous waste management,
pollution prevention,
greenhouse gas emissions,
characteristics and composition of gasoline and diesel fuels,
public and employee safety and health, and
facility security.
The specific impact of laws and regulations on us and our competitors may vary depending on a number of factors, including the age and location of operating facilities, marketing areas, crude oil and feedstock sources and production processes. We may be required to make expenditures to modify operations, install pollution control equipment, perform site cleanups or curtail operations that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Because the issue of climate change continues to receive scientific and political attention, there is the potential for further laws and regulations that could affect our operations. The U.S. pledge in 2009, as part of the Copenhagen Accord, to reduce greenhouse gas emissions 17 percent below 2005 levels by 2020 remains in effect and was reaffirmed in the President’s 2013 Climate Action Plan. The 2015 Paris UN Climate Change Conference Agreement aims to hold the increase in the global average temperature to well below two degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels. In November 2016, the Obama administration released its strategy for “deep de-carbonization,” which aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions to 80 percent below 2005 levels by 2050. The U.S. climate change strategy and implementation of that strategy through legislation and regulation may change under the new administration; therefore, the impact to our industry and operations due to greenhouse gas regulation is unknown at this time.
In October 2015, the EPA finalized regulations to reduce carbon emissions from new, modified, and reconstructed power plants (new source performance standards) and from existing power plants (existing source performance standards; also known as the Clean Power Plan). Through the regulations, the EPA is requiring a reduction in nationwide carbon emissions from the power generation sector by 32 percent below 2005 levels. These standards could increase our electricity costs and potentially reduce the reliability of our electricity supply. In February 2016, the U.S. Supreme Court stayed implementation of the Clean Power Plan until the legal challenge filed by several states and industry could be heard by the courts.

35

Table of Contents

The Obama administration developed the social cost of carbon (“SCC”), which is to be used by the EPA and other federal agencies in regulatory cost-benefit analyses to take into account alleged broad economic consequences associated with changes to emissions of greenhouse gases. The SCC was first issued in 2010. In 2013, the Obama administration significantly increased the estimate to $36 per ton. In response to the regulated community and Congress’ critiques of how the SCC was developed, the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) provided an opportunity to comment on the SCC. In July 2015, the OMB issued a response to comments and a revised technical support document explaining adjustments to the SCC calculations. Additionally, in August 2016, the White House Council on Environmental Quality issued its final guidance to federal agencies on assessing a project’s impact to climate change under the National Environmental Policy Act by estimating the greenhouse gas emissions from the project, including using the SCC when analyzing costs and benefits of a project. While the impact of a higher SCC in future regulations is not known at this time, it may result in increased costs to our operations.
An article on the social cost of methane has also been published and was used by the EPA in its regulatory impact analysis of the proposed emission standards for new and modified sources in the oil and natural gas sector. These regulations were proposed pursuant to President Obama’s Strategy to Reduce Methane Emissions as part of the Administration’s efforts to reduce methane emissions from the oil and gas sector by up to 45 percent from 2012 levels by 2025. The finalization of these regulations could directly impact MPLX by creating delays in the construction and installation of new facilities due to more stringent permitting requirements, increasing costs to reduce GHG emissions or requiring aggregation of emissions from separate facilities for permitting purposes. These regulations may also impact us by increasing the costs of domestic crude supplies.
In the absence of federal legislation or regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, states may become more active in regulating greenhouse gas emissions. These measures include state actions to develop statewide or regional programs to impose emission reductions. These measures may also include low carbon fuel standards, such as the California program. In addition, private party litigation is pending against federal and certain state governmental entities seeking additional greenhouse gas emission reductions beyond those currently being undertaken. These actions could result in increased costs to operate and maintain our facilities, capital expenditures to install new emission controls and costs to administer any carbon trading or tax programs implemented. Although uncertain, these developments could increase our costs, reduce the demand for the products we sell and create delays in our obtaining air pollution permits for new or modified facilities.
In October 2015, the EPA reduced the primary (health) ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards (“NAAQS”) to 70 ppb from the prior ozone level of 75 ppb. The EPA is expected to finalize new ozone attainment and nonattainment designations by late 2017, using 2014-2016 air quality monitor data. The lower primary ozone standard may not by attainable in some areas and could result in the cancellation or delay of capital projects at our facilities or increased costs related to an increase in the production of low Reid vapor pressure (RVP) gasoline.
The EISA establishes increases in fuel mileage standards and contains a second Renewable Fuel Standard commonly referred to as RFS2. Increases in fuel mileage standards and the increased use of renewable fuels (including ethanol and advanced biofuels) may reduce demand for refined products. Governmental regulations encouraging the use of new or alternative fuels could also pose a competitive threat to our operations. Specifically, the RFS2 required the total volume of renewable transportation fuels sold or introduced annually in the U.S. to reach 36.0 billion gallons by 2022. The RFS2 presents production and logistics challenges for both the renewable fuels and petroleum refining industries, and may continue to require additional capital expenditures or expenses by us to accommodate increased renewable fuels use. Gasoline consumption has been lower than forecasted by the EPA, which has led to concerns that the renewable fuel volumes may not be met. The 2017 renewable fuel standards were finalized and published on November 23, 2016. The final standards are lower than the statutory requirements but nevertheless result in volumes that breach the ethanol “blendwall.” The advanced biofuels program, a subset of the RFS2 requirements, creates uncertainties and presents challenges of supply, and may require that we and other refiners and other obligated parties purchase credits from the EPA to meet our obligations.
Tax incentives and other subsidies have also made renewable fuels more competitive with refined products than they otherwise would have been, which may further reduce refined product margins. The tax incentives and subsidies are causing uncertainties because they have expired and been reinstituted retroactively. The biodiesel credit, for example, expired at the end of 2016 and there is uncertainty if it will be reinstituted.
On March 3, 2014, the EPA signed the final Tier 3 fuel standards. The final Tier 3 fuel standards require, among other things, a lower annual average sulfur level in gasoline to no more than 10 parts ppm beginning in calendar year 2017. In addition, gasoline refiners and importers may not exceed a maximum per-gallon sulfur standard of 80 ppm, while retailers may not exceed a maximum per-gallon sulfur standard of 95 ppm. We anticipate that we will spend an estimated $650 million between 2014 and 2019 for capital expenditures necessary to comply with these standards, which includes estimated capital expenditures of approximately $200 million in 2017.

36

Table of Contents

Federal, state and local legislation and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing could delay or impede producer’s gas production or result in reduced volumes available for MPLX to gather, process and fractionate. MPLX does not conduct hydraulic fracturing operations, but it does provide gathering, processing and fractionation services with respect to natural gas and natural gas liquids produced by its customers as a result of such operations. If federal, state or local laws or regulations that significantly restrict hydraulic fracturing are adopted, such legal requirements could make it more difficult to complete natural gas wells in shale formations and increase producers’ costs of compliance.
Severe weather events may adversely affect our facilities and ongoing operations.
For a variety of reasons, natural and/or anthropogenic, some members of the scientific community believe that climate changes could occur that could have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts and floods and other climatic events; if any such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our assets and operations.
Plans we may have to expand existing assets or construct new assets are subject to risks associated with societal and political pressures and other forms of opposition to the future development, transportation and use of carbon-based fuels. Such risks could adversely impact our business and ability to realize certain growth strategies.
Our anticipated growth and planned expenditures are based upon the assumption that societal sentiment will continue to enable and existing regulations will remain intact to allow for the future development, transportation and use of carbon-based fuels. A portion of our growth strategy is dependent on our ability to expand existing assets and to construct additional assets. However, policy decisions relating to the production, refining, transportation and marketing of carbon-based fuels are subject to political pressures and the influence of environmental and other special interest groups. The construction of new refinery processing units or crude oil or refined products pipelines, or the extension or expansion of existing assets, involve numerous political and legal uncertainties, many of which may cause significant delays or cost increases and most of which are beyond our control. Delays or cost increases related to capital spending programs involving engineering, procurement and construction of facilities (including improvements and repairs to our existing facilities) could adversely affect our ability to achieve forecasted internal rates of return and operating results, thereby limiting our ability to grow and generate cash flows.
Large capital projects can take many years to complete, and market conditions could deteriorate significantly between the project approval date and the project startup date, negatively impacting project returns. If we are unable to complete capital projects at their expected costs and in a timely manner, or if the market conditions assumed in our project economics deteriorate, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
Delays or cost increases related to capital spending programs involving engineering, procurement and construction of facilities could materially adversely affect our ability to achieve forecasted internal rates of return and operating results. Delays in making required changes or upgrades to our facilities could subject us to fines or penalties as well as affect our ability to supply certain products we produce. Such delays or cost increases may arise as a result of unpredictable factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
denial of or delay in receiving requisite regulatory approvals and/or permits;
unplanned increases in the cost of construction materials or labor;
disruptions in transportation of components or construction materials;
adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or other events (such as equipment malfunctions, explosions, fires or spills) affecting our facilities, or those of vendors or suppliers;
shortages of sufficiently skilled labor, or labor disagreements resulting in unplanned work stoppages;
market-related increases in a project’s debt or equity financing costs; and
nonperformance by, or disputes with, vendors, suppliers, contractors or subcontractors.
Any one or more of these factors could have a significant impact on our ongoing capital projects. If we were unable to make up the delays associated with such factors or to recover the related costs, or if market conditions change, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

37

Table of Contents

The availability of crude oil and increases in crude oil prices may reduce profitability and refining and marketing gross margins.
The profitability of our operations depends largely on the difference between the cost of crude oil and other feedstocks we refine and the selling prices we obtain for refined products. A portion of our crude oil is purchased from various foreign national oil companies, producing companies and trading companies, including suppliers from Canada, the Middle East and various other international locations. The market for crude oil and other feedstocks is largely a world market. We are, therefore, subject to the attendant political, geographic and economic risks of such a market. If one or more major supply sources were temporarily or permanently eliminated, we believe adequate alternative supplies of crude oil would be available, but it is possible we would be unable to find alternative sources of supply. If we are unable to obtain adequate crude oil volumes or are able to obtain such volumes only at unfavorable prices, our operations, sales of refined products and refining and marketing gross margins could be adversely affected, materially and adversely impacting our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Worldwide political and economic developments could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition to impacting crude oil and other feedstock supplies, political and economic factors in global markets could have a material adverse effect on us in other ways. Hostilities in the Middle East or the occurrence or threat of future terrorist attacks could adversely affect the economies of the U.S. and other developed countries. A lower level of economic activity could result in a decline in energy consumption, which could cause our revenues and margins to decline and limit our future growth prospects. These risks could lead to increased volatility in prices for refined products, NGLs and natural gas. Additionally, these risks could increase instability in the financial and insurance markets and make it more difficult and/or costly for us to access capital and to obtain the insurance coverage that we consider adequate. Additionally, tax policy, legislative or regulatory action and commercial restrictions could reduce our operating profitability. For example, the U.S. government could prevent or restrict exports of refined products, NGLs, natural gas or the conduct of business with certain foreign countries.
Compliance with and changes in tax laws could materially and adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to extensive tax liabilities, including federal and state income taxes and transactional taxes such as excise, sales and use, payroll, franchise, withholding and property taxes. New tax laws and regulations and changes in existing tax laws and regulations could result in increased expenditures by us for tax liabilities in the future and could materially and adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, the U.S. House of Representatives Republican leadership released a tax reform Blueprint proposing the replacement of the current corporate income tax with a destination-based cash flow tax. Because the value of our crude oil imports exceed the value of our refined product exports, this proposal could have a material adverse effect on our U.S. income tax liabilities. Additionally, many tax liabilities are subject to periodic audits by taxing authorities, and such audits could subject us to interest and penalties.
Terrorist attacks aimed at our facilities or that impact our customers or the markets we serve could adversely affect our business.
The U.S. government has issued warnings that energy assets in general, including the nation’s refining, pipeline and terminal infrastructure, may be future targets of terrorist organizations. The threat of terrorist attacks has subjected our operations to increased risks. Any future terrorist attacks on our facilities, those of our customers and, in some cases, those of other pipelines, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Similarly, any future terrorist attacks that severely disrupt the markets we serve could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock
Provisions in our corporate governance documents could operate to delay or prevent a change in control of our company, dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our capital stock or affect its liquidity.
The existence of some provisions within our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of us that a stockholder may consider favorable. These include provisions:
providing that our board of directors fixes the number of members of the board;
providing for the division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered terms;
providing that only our board of directors may fill board vacancies;
limiting who may call special meetings of stockholders;
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring stockholder action to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders;

38

Table of Contents

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
establishing supermajority vote requirements for certain amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and stockholder proposals for amendments to our amended and restated bylaws;
providing that our directors may only be removed for cause;
authorizing a large number of shares of common stock that are not yet issued, which would allow our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, thereby protecting the continuity of our management, or which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of us; and
authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt.
We believe these provisions protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors and by providing our board of directors time to assess any acquisition proposal, and are not intended to make us immune from takeovers. However, these provisions apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition.
Our restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors generally may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common stock. For example, we could grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our board of directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we could assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of our common stock.
Finally, to facilitate compliance with the Maritime Laws, our restated certificate of incorporation limits the aggregate percentage ownership by non-U.S. citizens of our common stock or any other class of our capital stock to 23 percent of the outstanding shares. We may prohibit transfers that would cause ownership of our common stock or any other class of our capital stock by non-U.S. citizens to exceed 23 percent. Our restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to effect any and all measures necessary or desirable to monitor and limit foreign ownership of our common stock or any other class of our capital stock. These limitations could have an adverse impact on the liquidity of the market for our common stock if holders are unable to transfer shares to non-U.S. citizens due to the limitations on ownership by non-U.S. citizens. Any such limitation on the liquidity of the market for our common stock could adversely impact the market price of our common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.


39

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties
The location and general character of our refineries, convenience stores and other important physical properties have been described by segment under Item 1. Business and are incorporated herein by reference. The plants and facilities have been constructed or acquired over a period of years and vary in age and operating efficiency. In addition, we believe that our properties and facilities are adequate for our operations and that our facilities are adequately maintained. As of December 31, 2016 , we were the lessee under a number of cancellable and noncancellable leases for certain properties, including land and building space, office equipment, storage facilities and transportation equipment. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 24 for additional information regarding our leases.
MPLX
The following tables set forth certain information relating to our crude and products pipeline systems, storage assets, gas processing facilities, fractionation facilities, natural gas gathering systems and NGL pipelines as of December 31, 2016 .
Pipeline System or Storage Asset
 
Origin
 
Destination
 
Diameter
( inches )
 
Length
( miles )
 
Capacity (a)
 
Associated MPC refinery
Crude oil pipeline systems (mbpd):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patoka, IL to Lima, OH crude system
Patoka, IL
 
Lima, OH
 
20”-22”
 
304

 
267

 
Detroit, Canton
Catlettsburg, KY and Robinson, IL crude system
Patoka, IL
 
Catlettsburg, KY &
Robinson, IL
 
20”-24”
 
484

 
515

 
Catlettsburg, Robinson
Detroit, MI crude system (b)
Samaria &
Romulus, MI
 
Detroit, MI
 
16”
 
61

 
197

 
Detroit
Wood River, IL to Patoka, IL crude system (b)
Wood River &
Roxana, IL
 
Patoka, IL
 
12”-22”
 
115

 
314

 
All Midwest refineries
Inactive pipelines
 
 
 
 
 
 
44

 
N/A

 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,008

 
1,293

 
 
Products pipeline systems (mbpd):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cornerstone products system
Cornerstone
 
Canton, OH
 
8"-16"
 
58

 
238

 
Canton
Garyville, LA products system
Garyville, LA
 
Zachary, LA
 
20”-36”
 
72

 
389

 
Garyville
Texas City, TX products system
Texas City, TX
 
Pasadena, TX
 
16”-36”
 
42

 
215

 
Texas City, Galveston Bay
ORPL products system
Various
 
Various
 
6”-14”
 
518

 
244

 
Catlettsburg, Canton
Robinson, IL products system (b)
Various
 
Various
 
10”-16”
 
1,131

 
513

 
Robinson
Louisville, KY Airport products system
Louisville, KY
 
Louisville, KY
 
6”-8”
 
14

 
29

 
Robinson
Inactive pipelines (b)
 
 
 
 
 
 
123

 
N/A

 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,958

 
1,628

 
 
Wood River, IL barge dock (mbpd)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

 
Garyville
Storage assets (thousand barrels):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Neal, WV butane cavern (c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,000

 
Catlettsburg
Patoka, IL tank farm
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,626

 
All Midwest refineries
Wood River, IL tank farm
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
419

 
All Midwest refineries
Martinsville, IL tank farm
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
738

 
Detroit, Canton
Lebanon, IN tank farm
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
750

 
Detroit, Canton
Hartford, IL tank farm (d)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
430

 
All Midwest refineries
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,963

 
 
(a)  
All capacities reflect 100 percent of the pipeline systems’ and barge dock’s average capacity in thousands of barrels per day and 100 percent of the available storage capacity of our butane cavern and tank farms in thousands of barrels.
(b)  
Includes pipelines leased from third parties.
(c)  
The Neal, WV butane cavern is 100 percent owned by MPLX.
(d)  
MPLX leases the Hartford tank farm from Wood River Pipe Lines LLC and Buckeye Terminals, LLC.


40

Table of Contents

The throughputs in the following tables are based on days in operation since the MarkWest Merger.
Gas Processing Complexes
 
Location
 
Design
Throughput
Capacity (MMcf/d)
(a)
 
Natural Gas
Throughput (MMcf/d)
(b)
 
Utilization
of Design
Capacity
(b)
Keystone Complex
Butler County, PA
 
410

 
265

 
65
%
Houston Complex (e)
Washington County, PA
 
555

 
446

 
80
%
Majorsville Complex
Marshall County, WV
 
1,070

 
789

 
74
%
Mobley Complex
Wetzel County, WV
 
920

 
690

 
80
%
Sherwood Complex
Doddridge County, WV
 
1,200

 
1,020

 
85
%
Cadiz Complex
Harrison County, OH
 
525

 
477

 
91
%
Seneca Complex
Noble County, OH
 
800

 
595

 
74
%
Kenova Complex (c)
Wayne County, WV
 
160

 
102

 
64
%
Boldman Complex (c)
Pike County, KY
 
70

 
30

 
43
%
Cobb Complex
Kanawha County, WV
 
65

 
22

 
34
%
Kermit Complex (c)(d)
Mingo County, WV
 
32

 
N/A

 
N/A

Langley Complex
Langley, KY
 
325

 
99

 
30
%
Carthage Complex
Panola County, TX
 
600

 
493

 
82
%
Western Oklahoma Complex
Custer and Beckham Counties, OK
 
425

 
333

 
78
%
Hidalgo System
Culberson County, TX
 
200

 
105

 
81
%
Javelina Complex
Corpus Christi, TX
 
142

 
99

 
70
%
Total
 
 
7,467

 
5,565

 
76
%
(a)  
Centrahoma processing capacity of 300 MMcf/d is not included in this table as MPLX owns a non-operating interest.
(b)  
Natural gas throughput is a weighted average for days in operation. The utilization of design capacity has been calculated using the weighted average design throughput capacity.
(c)  
A portion of the gas processed at the Boldman plant, and all of the gas processed at the Kermit plant, is further processed at the Kenova plant to recover additional NGLs.
(d)  
The Kermit processing plant is operated by a third party solely to prevent liquids from condensing in the gathering and transmission pipelines upstream of our Kenova plant. MPLX does not receive Kermit gas volume information but does receive all of the liquids produced at the Kermit Complex. As such, the design capacity has been excluded from the subtotal.
(e)  
Approximately 35 MMcf/d of processing capacity at the Houston Complex will be decommissioned during the first quarter of 2017 and replaced with 200 MMcf/d of processing capacity.


41

Table of Contents

Fractionation Complexes
 
Location
 
Design
Throughput
Capacity (mbpd)
 
NGL Throughput (mbpd) (a)
 
Utilization
of Design
Capacity
(a)
Keystone Complex (b)(c)
Butler County, PA
 
47

 
14

 
30
%
Houston Complex (b)
Washington County, PA
 
60

 
60

 
100
%
Hopedale Complex (b)(d)
Harrison County, OH
 
120

 
110

 
92
%
Ohio Condensate Complex (e)
Harrison County, OH
 
23

 
14

 
61
%
Siloam Complex (f)
South Shore, KY
 
24

 
15

 
63
%
Javelina Complex
Corpus Christi, TX
 
11

 
7

 
64
%
Total
 
 
285

 
220

 
77
%
(a)  
NGL throughput is a weighted average for days in operation. The utilization of design capacity has been calculated using the weighted average design throughput capacity.
(b)  
The MPLX Houston, Hopedale and Keystone Complexes have above-ground NGL storage with a usable capacity of 28 million gallons, large‑scale truck and rail loading. In addition, the Houston Complex has large‑scale truck unloading. MPLX also has access to up to an additional 50 million gallons of propane storage capacity that can be utilized in the Marcellus Shale, Utica Shale and Appalachia region under an agreement with a third party that expires in 2018. Lastly, MPLX has up to nine million gallons of butane storage and eight million gallons of propane storage with third parties that can be utilized in the Marcellus Shale and Utica Shale.
(c)  
Includes 33 mpbd of de-propanization only capacity.
(d)  
The MPLX Hopedale Complex is jointly owned by Ohio Fractionation Company, L.L.C. (“Ohio Fractionation”) and MarkWest Utica EMG, L.L.C. (“MarkWest Utica EMG”). Ohio Fractionation is a subsidiary of MarkWest Liberty Midstream & Resources, L.L.C. (“MarkWest Liberty Midstream”). MarkWest Liberty Midstream and MarkWest Utica EMG are entities that operate in the Marcellus and Utica regions, respectively. MPLX accounts for MarkWest Utica EMG as an equity method investment.
(e)  
The Ohio Condensate Complex is owned by MarkWest Utica EMG Condensate, L.L.C. MPLX accounts for Ohio Condensate as an equity method investment.
(f)  
The MPLX Siloam Complex has both above-ground, pressurized NGL storage facilities, with usable capacity of two million gallons, and underground storage facilities, with usable capacity of 10 million gallons. Product can be received by truck, pipeline or rail and can be transported from the facility by truck, rail or barge. This facility has large‑scale truck and rail loading and unloading capabilities, and a river barge facility capable of loading barges up to 860,000 gallons.
De-ethanization Complexes
Location
 
Design
Throughput
Capacity (mbpd)
 
Natural Gas
Throughput (mbpd)
(a)
 
Utilization
of Design
Capacity
(a)
Keystone Complex
Butler County, PA
 
14

 
11

 
79
%
Houston Complex
Washington County, PA
 
40

 
37

 
93
%
Majorsville Complex
Marshall County, WV
 
40

 
42

 
105
%
Mobley Complex
 
Wetzel County, WV
 
10

 
6

 
82
%
Sherwood Complex
Doddridge County, WV
 
40

 
18

 
45
%
Cadiz Complex
Harrison County, OH
 
40

 
4

 
10
%
Javelina Complex
Corpus Christi, TX
 
18

 
11

 
61
%
Total
 
 
202

 
129

 
64
%
(a)  
NGL throughput is a weighted average for days in operation. The utilization of design capacity has been calculated using the weighted average design throughput capacity.


42

Table of Contents

Natural Gas Gathering Systems
 
Location
 
Design
Throughput
Capacity(MMcf/d)
 
Natural Gas
Throughput(MMcf/d) (a)
 
Utilization
of Design
Capacity (a)
Keystone System
Butler County, PA
 
227

 
194

 
85
%
Houston System
Washington County, PA
 
984

 
716

 
74
%
Ohio Gathering System (b)
Harrison, Monroe, Belmont, Guernsey and Noble Counties, OH
 
1,393

 
867

 
63
%
Jefferson Gas System (c)
Jefferson County, OH
 
250

 
65

 
26
%
East Texas System
Harrison and Panola Counties, TX
 
680

 
578

 
85
%
Western Oklahoma System
Wheeler County, TX and Roger Mills, Ellis, Custer, Beckham and Washita Counties, OK
 
585

 
364

 
62
%
Southeast Oklahoma System
Hughes, Pittsburg and Coal Counties, OK
 
1,205

 
449

 
37
%
Eagle Ford System
Dimmit County, TX
 
45

 
31

 
69
%
Other Systems (d)
Various
 
70

 
11

 
16
%
Total
 
 
5,439

 
3,275

 
61
%
(a)  
Natural gas throughput is a weighted average for days in operation. The utilization of design capacity has been calculated using the weighted average design throughput capacity.
(b)  
The Ohio Gathering System is owned by Ohio Gathering Company, L.L.C., which MPLX accounts for as an equity method investment.
(c)  
The Jefferson Gas System is owned by Jefferson Dry Gas, which is a joint venture between MarkWest Liberty Midstream and EMG MWE Dry Gas Holdings, LLC. MPLX accounts for Jefferson Dry Gas as an equity method investment.
(d)  
Excludes lateral pipelines where revenue is not based on throughput.


43

Table of Contents

NGL Pipeline
 
Location
 
Design
Throughput
Capacity (mbpd)
 
NGL
Throughput (mbpd)
 
Utilization
of Design
Capacity
Sherwood to Mobley propane and heavier liquids pipeline
Doddridge County, WV to Wetzel County, WV
 
45

 
40

 
89
%
Mobley to Majorsville propane and heavier liquids pipeline
Wetzel County, WV to Marshall County, WV
 
80

 
64

 
80
%
Majorsville to Houston propane and heavier liquids pipeline
Marshall County, WV to Washington County, PA
 
47

 
34

 
72
%
Majorsville to Hopedale propane and heavier liquids pipeline
Marshall County, WV to Harrison County, OH
 
90

 
72

 
80
%
Third party processing plant to Keystone ethane and heavier liquids pipeline
Butler County, PA
 
32

 
7

 
22
%
Keystone to Mariner West ethane pipeline (a)
Butler County, PA to Beaver County, PA
 
35

 
12

 
34
%
Houston to Ohio River ethane pipeline (b)
Washington County, PA to Beaver County, PA
 
57

 
16

 
28
%
Majorsville to Houston ethane pipeline (a)
Marshall County, WV to Washington County, PA
 
60

 
66

 
110
%
Sherwood to Mobley ethane pipeline
Doddridge County, WV to Wetzel County, WV
 
27

 
18

 
67
%
Mobley to Fort Beeler ethane pipeline
Wetzel County, WV to Marshall County, WV
 
64

 
24

 
38
%
Fort Beeler to Majorsville ethane pipeline
Marshall County, WV
 
45

 
24

 
53
%
Seneca to Cadiz liquids pipeline
Noble County, OH to Harrison County, OH

 
90

 
20

 
22
%
Cadiz to Hopedale liquids pipeline
Harrison County, OH
 
90

 
38

 
42
%
Langley to Siloam liquids pipeline (c)
Langley, KY to South Shore, KY
 
17

 
12

 
71
%
East Texas liquids pipeline
Panola County, TX
 
39

 
27

 
69
%
(a)  
This pipeline is FERC-regulated.
(b)  
This is the section of the Mariner West pipeline, which is FERC-regulated, leased to and operated by Sunoco Logistics Partners LP.
(c)  
NGLs transported through the Langley to Ranger and Ranger to Kenova pipelines are combined with NGLs recovered at the Kenova facility. The design capacity and volume reported for the Langley to Siloam pipeline represent the combined NGL stream.

Crude Oil Pipeline
 
Location
 
Design
Throughput
Capacity (mbpd)
 
NGL
Throughput (mbpd)
 
Utilization
of Design
Capacity
Michigan crude pipeline
Manistee County, MI to Crawford County, MI
 
60

 
9

 
15
%

MPC-Retained Midstream Assets and Investments

The following tables set forth certain information related to our crude and products pipeline systems not owned by MPLX.
As of December 31, 2016 , we owned undivided joint interests in the following common carrier crude oil pipeline systems.
Pipeline System
 
Origin
 
Destination
 
Diameter
( inches )
 
Length
( miles )
 
Ownership
Interest
 
Operated
by MPL
Capline
St. James, LA
 
Patoka, IL
 
40”
 
644

 
33
%
 
Yes
Maumee
Lima, OH
 
Samaria, MI
 
22”
 
95

 
26
%
 
No
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
739

 
 
 
 

44

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016 , we had partial ownership interests in the following pipeline companies.
Pipeline Company
 
Origin
 
Destination
 
Diameter
( inches )
 
Length
( miles )
 
Ownership
Interest
 
Operated
by MPL
Crude oil pipeline companies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Illinois Extension Pipeline Company LLC
Flanagan, IL
 
Patoka, IL
 
24"
 
168

 
35
%
 
No
LOCAP LLC
Clovelly, LA
 
St. James, LA
 
48”
 
57

 
59
%
 
No
LOOP LLC (LOOP)
Offshore Gulf of 
Mexico
 
Clovelly, LA
 
48”
 
48

 
51
%
 
No
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
273

 
 
 
 
Products pipeline companies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ascension Pipeline Company LLC (a)
Riverside, LA
 
Garyville
 
TBD
 
TBD

 
50
%
 
No
Centennial Pipeline LLC (b)
Beaumont, TX
 
Bourbon, IL
 
24”-26”
 
796

 
50
%
 
Yes
Explorer Pipeline Company
Port Arthur, TX
 
Hammond, IN
 
12”-28”
 
1,883

 
25
%
 
No
Muskegon Pipeline LLC
Griffith, IN
 
Muskegon, MI
 
10”
 
170

 
60
%
 
Yes
Wolverine Pipe Line Company
Chicago, IL
 
Bay City &
Ferrysburg, MI
 
6”-18”
 
743

 
6
%
 
No
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,592

 
 
 
 
(a)  
The pipeline diameter and length for these companies will be determined when these pipeline projects are placed into service.
(b)  
All system pipeline miles are inactive.
We also own 183 miles of private crude oil pipelines and 658 miles of private refined products pipelines that are operated by MPL for the benefit of our Refining & Marketing segment on a cost recovery basis. The following table provides additional information on these assets.
Private Pipeline Systems
 
Diameter
(inches)
 
Length
(miles)
 
Capacity
(mbpd)
Crude oil pipeline systems:
 
 
 
 
 
Lima, OH to Canton, OH
12”-16”
 
153

 
85

St. James, LA to Garyville, LA
30”
 
20

 
620

Other
6”-14”
 
2

 
15

Inactive pipelines
 
 
8

 
N/A

Total
 
 
183

 
720

Products pipeline systems:
 
 
 
 
 
Louisville, KY to Lexington, KY  (a)
8”
 
87

 
37

Woodhaven, MI to Detroit, MI
4”
 
26

 
12

Illinois pipeline systems
4”-12”
 
118

 
39

Texas pipeline systems
8”
 
103

 
45

Ohio pipeline systems
4”-12”
 
57

 
32

Inactive pipelines
 
 
267

 
N/A

Total
 
 
658

 
165

(a)  
We own a 65 percent undivided joint interest in the Louisville, KY to Lexington, KY system.
As of December 31, 2016 , we owned or leased 63 private tanks with storage capacity of approximately 7.1 million barrels, which are located along MPL and ORPL pipelines.


45

Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We are the subject of, or a party to, a number of pending or threatened legal actions, contingencies and commitments involving a variety of matters, including laws and regulations relating to the environment. Some of these matters are discussed below.
Litigation
We are a party to a number of lawsuits and other proceedings and cannot predict the outcome of every such matter with certainty. While it is possible that an adverse result in one or more of the lawsuits or proceedings in which we are a defendant could be material to us, based upon current information and our experience as a defendant in other matters, we believe that these lawsuits and proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
In May 2015, the Kentucky attorney general filed a lawsuit against our wholly-owned subsidiary, Marathon Petroleum Company LP (“MPC LP”), in the United States District Court for the Western District of Kentucky asserting claims under federal and state antitrust statutes, the Kentucky Consumer Protection Act, and state common law. The complaint, as amended in July 2015, alleges that MPC LP used deed restrictions, supply agreements with customers and exchange agreements with competitors to unreasonably restrain trade in areas within Kentucky and seeks declaratory relief, unspecified damages, civil penalties, restitution and disgorgement of profits. At this early stage, the ultimate outcome of this litigation remains uncertain, and neither the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome nor the ultimate liability, if any, can be determined, and we are unable to estimate a reasonably possible loss (or range of loss) for this matter. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this matter.
In May 2007, the Kentucky attorney general filed a lawsuit against us and Marathon Oil in state court in Franklin County, Kentucky for alleged violations of Kentucky’s emergency pricing and consumer protection laws following Hurricanes Katrina and Rita in 2005. The lawsuit alleges that we overcharged customers by $89 million during September and October 2005. The complaint seeks disgorgement of these sums, as well as penalties, under Kentucky’s emergency pricing and consumer protection laws. We are vigorously defending this litigation. We believe that this is the first lawsuit for damages and injunctive relief under the Kentucky emergency pricing laws to progress this far and it contains many novel issues. In May 2011, the Kentucky attorney general amended his complaint to include a request for immediate injunctive relief as well as unspecified damages and penalties related to our wholesale gasoline pricing in April and May 2011 under statewide price controls that were activated by the Kentucky governor on April 26, 2011 and which have since expired. The court denied the attorney general’s request for immediate injunctive relief, and the remainder of the 2011 claims likely will be resolved along with those dating from 2005. If the lawsuit is resolved unfavorably in its entirety, it could materially impact our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. However, management does not believe the ultimate resolution of this litigation will have a material adverse effect.
Environmental Proceedings
The Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (“IEPA”) initiated an enforcement action against Marathon Pipe Line LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX (“MPL”), in connection with an April 17, 2016 pipeline release to the Wabash River near Crawleyville, Indiana. MPL responded to a Clean Water Act request for information from the EPA in furtherance of its investigation of possible violations arising from the April 17, 2016 pipeline release. The IEPA and the EPA may each seek penalties in excess of $100,000 in connection with this matter.
On February 17, 2016, MarkWest Liberty Bluestone, L.L.C., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX (“MarkWest Liberty Bluestone”), received an initial Consent Agreement and Final Order (“Initial CAFO”) from the EPA alleging violations of the Clean Air Act resulting from an EPA compliance inspection conducted in July 2012 at our Sarsen Facility, a gas processing facility at our Keystone Complex located in Pennsylvania. The alleged violations included the failure to comply with monitoring, tagging, recordkeeping and repair requirements with respect to certain pumps and/or valves at the facility and with certain emissions reduction and permit application requirements. The Initial CAFO set forth a proposed penalty of $285,000. After subsequent negotiations, MarkWest Liberty Bluestone has agreed in principle to a Consent Agreement and Final Order resolving these issues, pursuant to which MarkWest Liberty Bluestone would pay a penalty of $95,000 and implement certain enhancements in connection with its existing leak monitoring program.

46

Table of Contents

MarkWest Liberty Midstream, MarkWest Ohio Fractionation Company, L.L.C. (“Ohio Fractionation”) and MarkWest Utica EMG are in settlement discussions with the EPA relating to certain notices of violation alleging claims regarding fugitive emissions and violations of the Clean Air Act at the MarkWest Hopedale Complex, a fractionation facility located in Ohio (issued October 7, 2015 and June 27, 2016), the MarkWest Houston Complex, a gas processing facility located in Pennsylvania (issued April 5, 2016) and the MarkWest Seneca Complex, a gas processing facility located in Ohio (issued September 9, 2016). In connection with a proposed global settlement which would cover nineteen gas processing and fractionation sites, MarkWest Liberty Midstream, Ohio Fractionation and MarkWest Utica EMG, together with other MarkWest affiliates, have agreed in principle to pay a penalty of approximately $0.9 million, undertake certain monitoring and emission reduction projects at certain facilities with an estimated cost of approximately $3.3 million, and implement certain process enhancements for its and its affiliates’ leak detection and repair programs at the nineteen gas processing and fractionation sites.
In July 2015, representatives from the EPA and the United States Department of Justice conducted a raid on a MarkWest Liberty Midstream pipeline launcher/receiver site utilized for pipeline maintenance operations in Washington County, Pennsylvania pursuant to a search warrant issued by a magistrate of the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania. As part of this initiative, the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Western District of Pennsylvania, proceeded with an investigation of MarkWest Liberty Midstream’s launcher/receiver, pipeline and compressor station operations. In response to the investigation, MarkWest initiated independent studies which demonstrated that there was no risk to worker safety and no threat of public harm associated with MarkWest Liberty Midstream’s launcher/receiver operations. These findings were supported by a subsequent inspection and review by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. After providing these studies, and other substantial documentation related to MarkWest Liberty Midstream's pipeline and compressor stations, and arranging site visits and conducting several meetings with the government’s representatives, on September 13, 2016, the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Western District of Pennsylvania rendered a declination decision, dropping its criminal investigation and declining to pursue charges in this matter.
MarkWest Liberty Midstream continues to discuss with the EPA and the State of Pennsylvania civil enforcement allegations associated with permitting or other related regulatory obligations for its launcher/receiver and compressor station facilities in the region. In connection with these discussions, MarkWest Liberty Midstream received an initial proposal from the EPA to settle all civil claims associated with this matter for the combination of a proposed cash penalty of approximately $2.4 million and proposed supplemental environmental projects with an estimated cost of approximately $3.6 million. MarkWest Liberty Midstream will be submitting a response asserting that this action involves novel issues surrounding primarily minor source emissions from facilities that the agencies themselves considered de minimis were not subject to regulation and consequently that the settlement proposal is excessive. MarkWest will continue to negotiate with the EPA regarding the amount and scope of the proposed settlement.
During 2001, we entered into a New Source Review consent decree and settlement of alleged Clean Air Act and other violations with the EPA covering our refineries. The settlement committed us to specific control technologies and implementation schedules for environmental expenditures and improvements to our refineries, which are now complete. Based on our satisfaction of obligations under the consent decree, on October 31, 2016, MPC and the United States Department of Justice jointly requested termination of the consent decree, and on November 29, 2016, the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan entered an order terminating the consent decree.
We are involved in a number of other environmental proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While the ultimate outcome and impact on us cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe the resolution of these environmental proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.


47

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE and traded under the symbol “MPC.” As of February 13, 2017 , there were 34,310 registered holders of our common stock.
On April 29, 2015, our board of directors approved a two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend, which was distributed on June 10, 2015, to shareholders of record at the close of business on May 20, 2015. All historical share and per share data included in this report have been retroactively restated on a post-split basis.
The following table reflects intraday high and low sales prices of and dividends declared on our common stock by quarter:

 
2016
 
2015
Dollars per share
High Price
 
Low Price
 
Dividends
 
High Price
 
Low Price
 
Dividends
Quarter 1
$
52.83

 
$
29.24

 
$
0.32

 
$
54.16

 
$
37.62

 
$
0.25

Quarter 2
43.26

 
32.02

 
0.32

 
53.07

 
48.41

 
0.25

Quarter 3
44.56

 
35.16

 
0.36

 
60.38

 
43.42

 
0.32

Quarter 4
51.15

 
40.01

 
0.36

 
59.99

 
46.03

 
0.32

Year
52.83

 
29.24

 
1.36

 
60.38

 
37.62

 
1.14

Dividends
Our board of directors intends to declare and pay dividends on our common stock based on our financial condition and consolidated results of operations. On January 27, 2017 , our board of directors approved a 36 cent per share dividend, payable March 10, 2017 to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 16, 2017 .
Dividends on our common stock are limited to our legally available funds.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table sets forth a summary of our purchases during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 , of equity securities that are registered by MPC pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended:

Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (a)
 
Average
Price Paid
per Share (b)
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
 
Maximum Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs (c)
10/01/16-10/31/16
3,496

 
$
40.65

 

 
$
2,584,139,110

11/01/16-11/30/16
348

 
43.33

 

 
2,584,139,110

12/01/16-12/31/16
407,070

 
49.16

 
406,820

 
2,564,140,333

Total
410,914

 
49.08

 
406,820

 
 
(a)  
The amounts in this column include 3,496 , 348 and 250 shares of our common stock delivered by employees to MPC, upon vesting of restricted stock, to satisfy tax withholding requirements in October , November and December , respectively.
(b)  
Amounts in this column reflect the weighted average price paid for shares purchased under our share repurchase authorizations and for shares tendered to us in satisfaction of employee tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock granted under our stock plans. The weighted average price includes commissions paid to brokers on shares purchased under our share repurchase authorizations.
(c)  
On July 30, 2015, we announced that our board of directors had approved a $2.0 billion share repurchase authorization in addition to the $2.0 billion share repurchase authorization announced on July 30, 2014, with such outstanding authorizations to expire on July 31, 2017.  These authorizations, together with prior authorizations, result in a total of $10.0 billion of share repurchase authorizations since January 1, 2012.


48

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
 
The following table should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
Year Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)
2016
 
2015 (a)
 
2014 (a)

2013 (a)
 
2012
Statements of Income Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
63,339

 
$
72,051

 
$
97,817

 
$
100,160

 
$
82,243

Income from operations
2,378

 
4,692

 
4,051

 
3,425

 
5,347

Net income
1,213

 
2,868

 
2,555

 
2,133

 
3,393

Net income attributable to MPC
1,174

 
2,852

 
2,524

 
2,112

 
3,389

Per Share Data (b)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to MPC per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
2.22

 
$
5.29

 
$
4.42

 
$
3.34

 
$
4.97

Diluted
$
2.21

 
$
5.26

 
$
4.39

 
$
3.32

 
$
4.95

Dividends per share
$
1.36

 
$
1.14

 
$
0.92

 
0.77

 
0.60

Statements of Cash Flows Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
3,986

 
$
4,061

 
$
3,110

 
$
3,405

 
$
4,492

Additions to property, plant and equipment
2,892

 
1,998

 
1,480

 
1,206

 
1,369

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (a)

 
1,218

 
2,821

 
1,515

 
190

Common stock repurchased
197

 
965

 
2,131

 
2,793

 
1,350

Dividends paid
719

 
613

 
524

 
484

 
407

 
December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015 (a)
 
2014 (a)
 
2013 (a)
 
2012
Balance Sheets Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
44,413

 
$
43,115

 
$
30,425

 
$
28,367

 
$
27,203

Long-term debt, including capitalized leases (c)
10,572

 
11,925

 
6,602

 
3,378

 
3,341

Noncontrolling interests
6,646

 
6,438

 
639

 
412

 
411

Total equity
20,203

 
19,675

 
11,390

 
11,332

 
12,105

(a)  
On December 4, 2015, MPLX, our consolidated subsidiary, merged with MarkWest. On September 30, 2014, we acquired Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets. On February 1, 2013, we acquired the Galveston Bay Refinery and Related Assets. The financial results for these operations are included in our consolidated results from the date of acquisition.
(b)  
The number of weighted average shares reflect the impacts of shares of common stock repurchased under our share repurchase plans.
(c)  
Includes amounts due within one year. During 2015, in connection with the MarkWest Merger, MPLX assumed MarkWest Senior Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $4.1 billion and used its credit facility to repay $850 million of the $943 million of borrowings under MarkWest’s credit facility. During 2014, we issued $1.95 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes and entered into a $700 million term loan agreement to fund a portion of the Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets acquisition.


49

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the information included under Item 1. Business, Item 1A. Risk Factors, Item 6. Selected Financial Data and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations includes various forward-looking statements concerning trends or events potentially affecting our business. You can identify our forward-looking statements by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “design,” “estimate,” “objective,” “expect,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “goal,” “guidance,” “imply,” “intend,” “plan,” “predict,” “prospective,” “project,” “opportunity,” “potential,” “position,” “pursue,” “strategy,” “seek,” “target,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “would,” “will” or other similar expressions that convey the uncertainty of future events or outcomes. In accordance with “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, these statements are accompanied by cautionary language identifying important factors, though not necessarily all such factors, which could cause future outcomes to differ materially from those set forth in forward-looking statements.
Corporate Overview
We are an independent petroleum refining and marketing, retail and midstream company. Overall, we are one of the largest independent petroleum product refining, marketing, retail and transportation businesses in the United States and the largest east of the Mississippi.
We currently own and operate seven refineries, all located in the United States, with an aggregate crude oil refining capacity of approximately 1.8 mmbpcd. Our refineries supply refined products to resellers and consumers within our market areas, including the Midwest, Northeast, East Coast, Southeast and Gulf Coast regions of the United States. We distribute refined products to our customers through one of the largest terminal operations in the United States and a combination of MPC-owned and third-party-owned trucking and rail assets. We are one of the largest wholesale suppliers of gasoline and distillates to resellers within our market area.
We have two strong retail brands: Speedway ® and Marathon ® . We believe that Speedway LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary, operates the second largest chain of company-owned and operated retail gasoline and convenience stores in the United States, with approximately 2,730 convenience stores in 21 states throughout the Midwest, East Coast and Southeast. The Marathon brand is an established motor fuel brand in the Midwest and Southeast regions of the United States, and is available through approximately 5,500 retail outlets operated by independent entrepreneurs in 19 states.
Through our ownership interests in MPLX and its wholly-owned subsidiary, MarkWest, we are one of the largest processors of natural gas in the United States, the largest processor and fractionator in the Marcellus and Utica shale regions and we distribute refined products through one of the largest private domestic fleets of inland petroleum product barges. Our integrated midstream energy asset network links producers of natural gas and NGLs from some of the largest supply basins in the United States to domestic and international markets. Our midstream gathering and processing operations include: natural gas gathering, processing and transportation; and NGL gathering, transportation, fractionation, storage and marketing. Our assets include approximately 7,500 MMcf/d of natural gas processing capacity and 500 mbpd of fractionation capacity as of December 31, 2016 . We also own 5,600 miles of gas gathering and NGL pipelines and have ownership interests in more than 50 gas processing plants, more than 10 NGL fractionation facilities and two condensate stabilization facilities. As of December 31, 2016 , we owned, leased or had ownership interests in approximately 8,400 miles of crude oil and refined product pipelines to deliver crude oil to our refineries and other locations and refined products to wholesale and retail market areas.
We revised our operating segment presentation in the first quarter of 2016 in connection with the contribution of our inland marine business to MPLX. In previous periods, our inland marine business and our investment in an ocean vessel joint venture, Crowley Ocean Partners, were presented within our Refining & Marketing segment. They are now presented in our Midstream segment. Comparable prior period information has been recast to reflect our revised segment presentation. We plan additional dropdowns of MLP-qualifying assets to MPLX in 2017 and would expect changes to our segment reporting in connection with these transactions.
Our operations consist of three reportable operating segments: Refining & Marketing; Speedway; and Midstream. Each of these segments is organized and managed based upon the nature of the products and services they offer. See Item 1. Business for additional information on our segments.
Refining & Marketing – refines crude oil and other feedstocks at our seven refineries in the Gulf Coast and Midwest regions of the United States, purchases refined products and ethanol for resale and distributes refined products through various means, including terminals and trucks that we own or operate. We sell refined products to wholesale marketing customers domestically and internationally, buyers on the spot market, our Speedway business segment and to independent entrepreneurs who operate Marathon ® retail outlets.

50

Table of Contents

Speedway – sells transportation fuels and convenience products in the retail market in the Midwest, East Coast and Southeast.
Midstream – includes the operations of MPLX and certain other related operations. The Midstream segment gathers, processes and transports natural gas; gathers, transports, fractionates, stores and markets NGLs and transports and stores crude oil and refined products.
Strategic Actions to Enhance Shareholder Value
On January 3, 2017, we announced plans to significantly accelerate the dropdown of assets with an estimated $1.4 billion of MLP-eligible annual EBITDA to MPLX now expected to be completed in 2017, subject to requisite approvals and regulatory clearances, including tax clearance, and market and other conditions. We expect these dropdowns to be valued consistent with recent industry precedent valuation multiples ranging between 7.0x and 9.0x EBITDA, subject to the MPLX conflicts committee review process and receipt of customary fairness opinions. We also expect MPLX to finance the dropdown transactions with debt and equity in approximately equal proportions in the aggregate for all planned dropdowns of assets. The equity financing is expected to be funded through MPLX common units issued to us. In conjunction with the completion of the dropdowns, we also expect to exchange our economic interests in the general partner of MPLX, including incentive distribution rights, for newly issued MPLX common units. Additionally, a special committee of our board of directors, with the assistance of an independent financial advisor, will conduct a full and thorough review of Speedway to ensure optimum value is being delivered to shareholders over the long term. We expect to provide an update on the review by mid-2017. This significant acceleration of dropdowns and other announced strategic actions are designed to further highlight the substantial value embedded in our integrated businesses.
Executive Summary
Results
Select results for 2016 and 2015 are reflected in the following table.
(In millions, except per share data)
 
2016
 
2015
Income from Operations by segment
 
 
 
Refining & Marketing
$
1,543

 
$
4,086

Speedway
734

 
673

Midstream
871

 
380

Items not allocated to segments
(770
)
 
(447
)
    Total
$
2,378

 
$
4,692

Net income attributable to MPC
$
1,174

 
$
2,852

Net income attributable to MPC per diluted share
$
2.21

 
$
5.26

Net income attributable to MPC decreased $1.68 billion , or $3.05 per diluted share, in 2016 compared to 2015 , primarily due to reduced results from our Refining & Marketing segment.
Refining & Marketing segment income from operations decreased in 2016 compared to 2015 . Segment income in 2015 includes a $345 million non-cash charge related to the Company’s LCM inventory reserve. Due to increased refined product prices in 2016, this inventory reserve was completely reversed resulting in a non-cash benefit to segment income of $345 million. The favorable LCM inventory adjustment variance was more than offset by the unfavorable effects of lower crack spreads and higher direct operating costs due to refinery turnarounds.
Speedway segment income from operations increased in 2016 compared to 2015 . Segment income in 2015 includes a $25 million non-cash charge related to the Company’s LCM inventory reserve. Due to increased refined product prices in 2016, this inventory reserve was completely reversed resulting in a non-cash benefit to segment income of $25 million. In addition to the favorable LCM inventory adjustment variance, the remaining increase during the year was primarily due to higher merchandise gross margin and gains from asset sales, partially offset by lower gasoline and distillate gross margins.
Midstream segment income from operations increased in 2016 compared to 2015 , primarily due to the inclusion of MarkWest’s operating results following the merger with MPLX on December 4, 2015 (as discussed below), as well as earnings from new and existing pipeline and marine equity investments.

51

Table of Contents

Items not allocated to segments in 2016 includes non-cash impairment charges totaling $486 million, which included $267 million related to our equity method investment in the Sandpiper pipeline project resulting from the indefinite deferral of this project, $130 million related to the goodwill recognized in connection with the MarkWest Merger and $89 million related to an MPLX equity method investment. Items not allocated to segments in 2015 includes an impairment charge of $144 million related to the cancellation of the ROUX project.
MPLX LP
MPLX is a diversified, growth-oriented publicly traded master limited partnership originally formed by us to own, operate, develop and acquire midstream energy infrastructure assets. MPLX is engaged in the gathering, processing and transportation of natural gas; the gathering, transportation, fractionation, storage and marketing of NGLs; and the gathering, transportation and storage of crude oil and refined petroleum products. On December 4, 2015, MPLX merged with MarkWest, whereby MarkWest became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX. MarkWest is engaged in the gathering, processing and transportation of natural gas and the gathering, transportation, fractionation, storage and marketing of NGLs.
As of December 31, 2016 , we owned a 25.5 percent interest in MPLX, including a two percent general partner interest. This ownership percentage reflects the conversion of the MPLX Class B Units in July 2017 at 1.09 to 1.00. MPLX is a VIE because the limited partners of MPLX do not have substantive kick-out or substantive participating rights over the general partner. We are the primary beneficiary of MPLX because in addition to significant economic interest, we also have the power, through our 100 percent ownership of the general partner, to control the decisions that most significantly impact MPLX. We therefore consolidate MPLX and record a noncontrolling interest for the 74.5 percent interest owned by the public. The components of our noncontrolling interest consist of equity-based noncontrolling interest and redeemable noncontrolling interest. The redeemable noncontrolling interest relates to MPLX’s preferred units, discussed below.
The creditors of MPLX do not have recourse to MPC’s general credit through guarantees or other financial arrangements. The assets of MPLX are the property of MPLX and cannot be used to satisfy the obligations of MPC.
Dropdowns to MPLX
On March 1, 2014, we sold MPLX a 13 percent interest in MPLX Pipe Line Holdings LLC (“Pipe Line Holdings”) for $310 million . MPLX financed this transaction with $40 million of cash on-hand and $270 million of borrowings on its bank revolving credit facility.
On December 1, 2014, we sold and contributed interests in Pipe Line Holdings totaling 30.5 percent to MPLX for $600 million in cash and 2.9 million MPLX common units valued at $200 million . MPLX financed the sales portion of this transaction with $600 million of borrowings on its bank revolving credit facility.
On December 4, 2015, we sold our remaining 0.5 percent interest in Pipe Line Holdings to MPLX for $12 million . As a result, MPLX now owns 100 percent of Pipe Line Holdings.
The sales and contribution of our interests in Pipe Line Holdings to MPLX resulted in a change of our ownership in Pipe Line Holdings, but not a change in control. We accounted for these sales as transactions between entities under common control and did not record a gain or loss.
On March 31, 2016, we contributed our inland marine business to MPLX in exchange for 23 million common units and 460 thousand general partner units. The number of units we received from MPLX was determined by dividing $600 million by the volume weighted average NYSE price of MPLX common units for the 10 trading days preceding March 14, 2016, pursuant to the Membership Interests Contribution Agreement. We also agreed to waive first-quarter 2016 common unit distributions, IDRs and general partner distributions with respect to the common units issued in this transaction. The contribution of our inland marine business was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control and we did not record a gain or loss.
On December 5, 2016, our board of directors authorized us to offer up to 100 percent of MPLX Terminals LLC (“MPLX Terminals”), Hardin Street Transportation LLC (“Hardin Street Transportation”) and Woodhaven Cavern LLC (“Woodhaven Cavern”) to MPLX. MPLX Terminals owns and operates light products terminals. Hardin Street Transportation owns and operates various private crude oil and refined product pipeline systems and associated storage tanks. Woodhaven Cavern owns and operates butane and propane storage caverns. The transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of 2017, pending requisite approvals.

52

Table of Contents

Reorganization Transactions
On September 1, 2016, MPC, MPLX and various affiliates initiated a series of reorganization transactions in order to simplify MPLX’s ownership structure and its financial and tax reporting. In connection with these transactions, MPC contributed $225 million to MPLX, and all of the issued and outstanding MPLX Class A Units, all of which were held by MarkWest Hydrocarbon, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX, were exchanged for newly issued common units representing limited partner interests in MPLX. The simple average of the closing prices of MPLX common units for the last 10 trading days prior to September 1, 2016 was used for purposes of these transactions. As a result of these transactions, MPC increased its ownership interest in MPLX by 7 million MPLX common units, or approximately 1 percent .
Private Placement of Preferred Units
On May 13, 2016, MPLX completed the private placement of approximately 30.8 million 6.5 percent Series A Convertible Preferred Units (the “MPLX Preferred Units”) at a cash price of $32.50 per unit. The aggregate net proceeds of approximately $984 million from the sale of the MPLX Preferred Units was used for capital expenditures, repayment of debt and general partnership purposes.
The MPLX Preferred Units rank senior to all MPLX common units with respect to distributions and rights upon liquidation. The holders of the MPLX Preferred Units are entitled to receive quarterly distributions equal to $0.528125 per unit commencing for the quarter ended June 30, 2016, with a prorated amount from the date of issuance. Following the second anniversary of the issuance of the MPLX Preferred Units, the holders of the MPLX Preferred Units will receive as a distribution the greater of $0.528125 per unit or the amount of per unit distributions paid to common units. The MPLX Preferred Units are convertible into MPLX common units on a one for one basis after three years, at the purchasers’ option, and after four years at MPLX’s option, subject to certain conditions.
The MPLX Preferred Units are considered redeemable securities due to the existence of redemption provisions upon a deemed liquidation event which is considered outside our control. Therefore they are presented as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets. We have recorded the MPLX Preferred Units at fair value as of their issuance date, net of issuance costs. Since the MPLX Preferred Units are not currently redeemable and not probable of becoming redeemable in the future, adjustment to the initial carrying amount is not necessary and would only be required if it becomes probable that the security would become redeemable.
Public Offerings
On December 8, 2014, MPLX completed a public offering of 3.5 million common units at a price to the public of $66.68 per MPLX common unit, with net proceeds of $221 million . MPLX used the net proceeds from this offering to repay borrowings under its bank revolving credit facility and for general partnership purposes.
On February 12, 2015, MPLX completed an underwritten public offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of four percent unsecured senior notes due February 15, 2025 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes were offered at a price to the public of 99.64 percent of par. The net proceeds of this offering were used to for general corporate purposes, including dropdowns.
On February 10, 2017, MPLX completed a public offering of  $1.25 billion  aggregate principal amount of  4.125% unsecured senior notes due March 2027 (the “MPLX 2027 Senior Notes”) and $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.200% unsecured senior notes due March 2047 (the “MPLX 2047 Senior Notes”). MPLX intends to use the net proceeds from this offering for general partnership purposes, which may include, from time to time, acquisitions (including the previously announced planned dropdown of assets from MPC) and capital expenditures.
ATM Program
On August 4, 2016, MPLX entered into a Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) providing for the continuous issuance of common units, in amounts, at prices and on terms to be determined by market conditions and other factors at the time of any offerings (such continuous offering program, or at-the-market program, referred to as the “ATM Program”). MPLX expects to use the net proceeds from sales under the ATM Program for general partnership purposes including repayment of debt and funding for acquisitions, working capital requirements and capital expenditures.
During 2016 , MPLX issued an aggregate of 26 million common units under the ATM Program, generating net proceeds of approximately $776 million . As of December 31, 2016 , $717 million of common units remains available for issuance through the ATM Program under the Distribution Agreement.

53

Table of Contents

Distributions from MPLX
The following table summarizes the cash distributions we received from MPLX during 2016 and 2015 .
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Cash distributions received from MPLX:
 
 
 
General partner distributions, including IDRs
$
190

 
$
21

Limited partner distributions
142

 
97

Total
$
332

 
$
118

The market value of the 86.6 million MPLX common units we owned at December 31, 2016 was $3.0 billion based on the December 31, 2016 closing unit price of $34.62 . As mentioned in the Strategic Actions to Enhance Shareholder Value section above, we believe there is substantial value in our economic interests in the general partner of MPLX and expect to exchange these economic interests for newly issued MPLX common units in conjunction with completion of our dropdowns to highlight and capture that value.
On January 25, 2017, MPLX declared a quarterly cash distribution of $0.52 per common unit, which was payable February 14, 2017. As a result, MPLX made distributions totaling $243 million to its limited and general partners. MPC’s portion of this distribution was approximately $102 million, $57 million for its general partner interests including IDRs and $45 million for its limited partner units.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 4 for additional information on MPLX.
Acquisitions and Investments
On February 13, 2017, MPLX announced that it had entered into an asset purchase agreement with Enbridge Pipelines (Ozark) LLC (“Enbridge Ozark”), under which an affiliate of Pipe Line Holdings has agreed to purchase the Ozark pipeline for approximately $220 million from Enbridge Ozark. The Ozark pipeline is a 433 -mile, 22 -inch crude oil pipeline originating in Cushing, Oklahoma, and terminating in Wood River, Illinois, capable of transporting approximately 230 mbpd. The purchase transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of 2017, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals.
On February 6, 2017, MPLX announced that its wholly-owned subsidiary, MarkWest, and Antero Midstream Partners L.P. (“Antero Midstream”) formed a strategic joint venture to support the development of Antero Resources Corporation’s extensive Marcellus Shale acreage in the prolific rich-gas corridor of West Virginia. In connection with this transaction, MarkWest contributed approximately $134 million of assets currently under construction at the Sherwood Complex and Antero Midstream made an initial capital contribution of approximately $154 million .
In the fourth quarter of 2016, Speedway and Pilot Flying J finalized the formation of a joint venture consisting of 123 travel plazas, primarily in the Southeast United States. The new entity, PFJ Southeast, consisted of 41 existing locations contributed by Speedway and 82 locations contributed by Pilot Flying J, all of which carry either the Pilot or Flying J brand and are operated by Pilot Flying J. Our non-cash contribution was $272 million based on the book value of the assets we contributed to the joint venture.
On September 1, 2016, Enbridge Energy Partners announced that its affiliate, North Dakota Pipeline, would withdraw certain pending regulatory applications for the Sandpiper pipeline project and that the project would be deferred indefinitely. These decisions were considered to indicate an impairment of the costs capitalized to date on the project. We made contributions of $14 million to North Dakota Pipeline during the year ended December 31, 2016 and have contributed $301 million since project inception to fund our share of the construction costs for the project. As the operator of North Dakota Pipeline, which owns the investments made to date in the Sandpiper pipeline project, and the entity responsible for maintaining its financial records, Enbridge Energy Partners completed a fixed asset impairment analysis as of August 31, 2016, in accordance with ASC Topic 360, to determine the fixed asset impairment charge. Based on the estimated liquidation value of the fixed assets, an impairment charge was recorded by North Dakota Pipeline. Based on our 37.5 percent ownership of North Dakota Pipeline, we recognized approximately $267 million of this charge in the third quarter of 2016 through “Income (loss) from equity method investments” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 17 to the for information regarding the charge.

54

Table of Contents

On February 15, 2017, MPLX closed on the previously announced transaction to acquire a partial, indirect equity interest in the DAPL and ETCOP projects, collectively referred to as the Bakken Pipeline system, through a joint venture with Enbridge Energy Partners. MPLX contributed $500 million of the $2 billion purchase price paid by the joint venture to acquire a 36.75 percent indirect equity interest in the Bakken Pipeline system from ETP and SXL. MPLX holds, through a subsidiary, a 25 percent interest in the joint venture, which equates to an approximate 9.2 percent indirect equity interest in the Bakken Pipeline system. The Bakken Pipeline system is currently expected to deliver in excess of 470 mbpd of crude oil from the Bakken/Three Forks production area in North Dakota to the Midwest through Patoka, Illinois and ultimately to the Gulf Coast. Furthermore, MPC expects to become a committed shipper on the Bakken Pipeline system under terms of an on-going open season.
In connection with closing the transaction with ETP and SXL, Enbridge Energy Partners canceled MPC’s transportation services agreement with respect to the Sandpiper pipeline project and released MPC from paying any termination fee per that agreement.
We currently have indirect ownership interests in two ocean vessel joint ventures with Crowley, which were established to own and operate Jones Act vessels in petroleum product service. We have invested a total of $189 million in these two ventures as described further below.
In September 2015, we acquired a 50 percent ownership interest in a joint venture, Crowley Ocean Partners, with Crowley. The joint venture owns and operates four new Jones Act product tankers, three of which are leased to MPC. Two of the vessels were delivered in 2015 and the remaining two were delivered in 2016. During 2016, we contributed $69 million in connection with the delivery of the third and fourth vessels. We have contributed a total of $141 million for the four vessels.
In May 2016, MPC and Crowley formed a new ocean vessel joint venture, Crowley Coastal Partners, in which MPC has a 50 percent ownership interest. MPC and Crowley each contributed their 50 percent ownership in Crowley Ocean Partners, discussed above, into Crowley Coastal Partners. In addition, we contributed $48 million in cash and Crowley contributed its 100 percent ownership interest in Crowley Blue Water Partners to Crowley Coastal Partners. Crowley Blue Water Partners is an entity that owns and operates three 750 Series ATB vessels that are leased to MPC. We account for our 50 percent interest in Crowley Coastal Partners as part of our Midstream segment using the equity method of accounting.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 6 for additional information on Crowley Coastal Partners as a VIE and Note 25 for information regarding our conditional guarantee of the indebtedness of Crowley Ocean Partners and Crowley Blue Water Partners.
On December 4, 2015, MPLX merged with MarkWest, whereby MarkWest became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX. Each common unit of MarkWest issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the MarkWest Merger was converted into a right to receive 1.09 common units of MPLX representing limited partner interests in MPLX, plus a one-time cash payment of $6.20 per unit. Each Class B unit of MarkWest outstanding immediately prior to the merger was converted into the right to receive one Class B unit of MPLX having substantially similar rights, including conversion and registration rights, and obligations the Class B units of MarkWest had immediately prior to the merger. At closing, we contributed $1.23 billion in cash to MPLX to pay the cash consideration to MarkWest common unitholders. We will contribute an additional total of $50 million in cash to MPLX for the cash consideration to be paid upon the conversion of the MPLX Class B units to MPLX common units in equal installments, the first $25 million of which was paid in July 2016 and the second $25 million of which will be paid in July 2017. These contributions are with respect to MPC’s existing interests in MPLX (including IDRs) and not in consideration of new units or other equity interest in MPLX. We assigned the total consideration transferred of $8.61 billion, including the $7.33 billion fair value of the equity consideration and the $1.28 billion of cash contributions, to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities and noncontrolling interest assumed in the MarkWest Merger, with the excess recorded as goodwill. During the first quarter of 2016, the preliminary fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed recorded in the 2015 year-end financial statements were revised based on additional analysis. These adjustments to the fair values of property, plant and equipment, intangibles and equity investments, among other items, resulted in an offsetting reduction to goodwill of approximately $241 million. As a result, we recognized total assets acquired of $11.91 billion, including $8.52 billion of property plant and equipment and $2.60 billion of equity investments, and total liabilities and noncontrolling interests assumed of $5.51 billion, including $4.57 billion of assumed debt. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if warranted due to events or changes in circumstances.

55

Table of Contents

MPLX recorded an impairment charge of approximately $129 million in the first quarter of 2016 to impair a portion of the $2.21 billion of goodwill, as adjusted, recorded in connection with the MarkWest Merger. In the second quarter of 2016, MPLX completed its purchase price allocation, which resulted in an additional $1 million of impairment expense that would have been recorded in the first quarter of 2016 had the purchase price allocation been completed as of that date. This adjustment to the impairment expense was the result of completing an evaluation of the deferred tax liabilities associated with the MarkWest Merger and their impact on the resulting goodwill that was recognized. See the Critical Accounting Estimates - Impairment Assessments of Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Equity Investments section for a discussion of recent circumstances which may impact the assessment of this goodwill. Our financial results and operating statistics reflect the results of MarkWest operations from the date of the acquisition in the Midstream segment.
Consistent with our strategy to grow our midstream business, the MarkWest Merger combines one of the nation’s largest processors of natural gas and the largest processor and fractionator in the Marcellus and Utica shale regions with a rapidly growing crude oil and refined products logistics partnership sponsored by MPC. The complementary aspects of the highly diverse asset base of MarkWest, MPLX and MPC provide significant additional opportunities across multiple segments of the hydrocarbon value chain. The combined entity will further MarkWest's leading midstream presence in the Marcellus and Utica shales by allowing it to pursue additional midstream projects, which should allow producer customers to achieve superior value for their growing production in these important shale regions.

On September 30, 2014, we acquired from Hess all of its retail locations, transport operations and shipper history on various pipelines, including approximately 40 mbpd on Colonial Pipeline, for $2.82 billion . We refer to these assets as “Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets” and substantially all of these assets are part of our Speedway segment. This acquisition significantly expanded our Speedway presence from nine to 22 states throughout the East Coast and Southeast consistent with our strategy to grow higher-valued, more stable cash flow businesses. This acquisition also enables us to further leverage our integrated refining and transportation operations, providing an outlet for assured sales from our refining system. The transaction was funded with a combination of debt and available cash. Our financial results and operating statistics reflect the results for Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets in our Speedway segment from the date of the acquisition.
In July 2014, we exercised our option to acquire a 35 percent ownership interest in Enbridge Inc.’s SAX pipeline which runs from Flanagan, Illinois to Patoka, Illinois. This option resulted from our agreement to be the anchor shipper on the SAX pipeline. During 2016 , we made contributions of $32 million to Illinois Extension Pipeline to fund our portion of the construction costs for the SAX project. We have contributed $299 million since project inception. The pipeline became operational in December 2015. Our investment in the pipeline is included in our Midstream segment.
In March 2014, we acquired from Chevron Raven Ridge Pipe Line Company an additional seven percent interest in Explorer for $77 million , bringing our ownership interest to 25 percent . Due to this increase in our ownership percentage, we now account for our investment in Explorer using the equity method of accounting as part of our Midstream segment and report Explorer as a related party. Explorer owns approximately 1,900 miles of refined products pipeline from Port Arthur, Texas to Hammond, Indiana.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 5 for additional information on these acquisitions and investments.
Share Repurchases
Since January 1, 2012, our board of directors has approved $10.0 billion in total share repurchase authorizations and we have repurchased a total of $7.44 billion of our common stock, leaving $2.56 billion available for repurchases as of December 31, 2016 . Under these authorizations, we have acquired 202 million shares at an average cost per share of $36.77 .
Liquidity
As of December 31, 2016 , we had cash and cash equivalents of $887 million and no borrowings or letters of credit outstanding under our $3.5 billion bank revolving credit facilities or under our $750 million trade receivables securitization facility (“trade receivables facility”). As of December 31, 2016 , eligible trade receivables supported borrowings of $684 million under the trade receivable facility. As of December 31, 2016 , we do not have any commercial paper borrowings outstanding. We do not intend to have outstanding commercial paper borrowings in excess of available capacity under our bank revolving credit facilities. MPLX had no borrowings outstanding under its $2 billion revolving credit agreement as of December 31, 2016 .
The above discussion contains forward-looking statements with respect to the business and operations of MPC, including our proposed strategic actions to enhance shareholder value, our growth and vertical integration opportunities with respect to our midstream assets, the ATM Program and MPLX’s purchase of the Ozark pipeline. Factors that could impact our proposed strategic actions include, but are not limited to, the time, costs and ability to obtain regulatory or other approvals and consents and otherwise consummate the strategic actions discussed herein; the satisfaction or waiver of conditions in the agreements

56

Table of Contents

governing the strategic actions discussed herein; our ability to achieve the strategic and other objectives related to the strategic actions discussed herein; the impact of adverse market conditions affecting MPC’s and MPLX’s midstream businesses; adverse changes in laws including with respect to tax and regulatory matters; inability to agree with the MPLX conflicts committee with respect to the timing of and value attributed to assets identified for dropdown; Factors that could affect our growth and vertical integration opportunities with respect to our midstream assets include, but are not limited to, volatility in and/or degradation of market and industry conditions, our ability to implement and realize the benefits and synergies of these opportunities, availability of liquidity, actions taken by competitors, regulatory approvals and operating performance. Factors that could affect the ATM Program and the timing of any issuances under the ATM Program include, but are not limited to, market conditions, availability of liquidity and the market price of MPLX’s common units. Factors that could affect MPLX’s purchase of the Ozark pipeline include, but are not limited to, the parties’ ability to satisfy closing conditions. These factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. For additional information on forward-looking statements and risks that can affect our business, see “Disclosures Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Overview of Segments
Refining & Marketing
Refining & Marketing segment income from operations depends largely on our Refining & Marketing gross margin and refinery throughputs.
Our Refining & Marketing gross margin is the difference between the prices of refined products sold and the costs of crude oil and other charge and blendstocks refined, including the costs to transport these inputs to our refineries and the costs of products purchased for resale. The crack spread is a measure of the difference between market prices for refined products and crude oil, commonly used by the industry as a proxy for the refining margin. Crack spreads can fluctuate significantly, particularly when prices of refined products do not move in the same relationship as the cost of crude oil. As a performance benchmark and a comparison with other industry participants, we calculate Midwest (Chicago) and USGC crack spreads that we believe most closely track our operations and slate of products. LLS prices and a 6-3-2-1 ratio of products (6 barrels of LLS crude oil producing 3 barrels of unleaded regular gasoline, 2 barrels of ultra-low sulfur diesel and 1 barrel of three percent residual fuel oil) are used for these crack-spread calculations.
Our refineries can process significant amounts of sour crude oil, which typically can be purchased at a discount to sweet crude oil. The amount of this discount, the sweet/sour differential, can vary significantly, causing our Refining & Marketing gross margin to differ from crack spreads based on sweet crude oil. In general, a larger sweet/sour differential will enhance our Refining & Marketing gross margin.
Future crude oil differentials will be dependent on a variety of market and economic factors, as well as U.S. energy policy.
The following table provides sensitivities showing an estimated change in annual net income due to potential changes in market conditions.  
(In millions, after-tax)
 
 
LLS 6-3-2-1 crack spread sensitivity (a)  (per $1.00/barrel change)
$
450

Sweet/sour differential sensitivity (b)   (per $1.00/barrel change)
225

LLS-WTI differential sensitivity (c)   (per $1.00/barrel change)
80

Natural gas price sensitivity (d)   (per $1.00/million British thermal unit change)
130

(a)  
Weighted 40 percent Chicago and 60 percent USGC LLS 6-3-2-1 crack spreads and assumes all other differentials and pricing relationships remain unchanged.
(b)  
LLS (prompt) – [delivered cost of sour crude oil: Arab Light, Kuwait, Maya, Western Canadian Select and Mars].
(c)  
Assumes approximately 20 percent of crude oil throughput volumes are WTI-based domestic crude oil.
(d)  
This is consumption based exposure for our Refining & Marketing segment and does not include the sales exposure for our Midstream segment.
In addition to the market changes indicated by the crack spreads, the sweet/sour differential and the LLS to WTI differential, our Refining & Marketing gross margin is impacted by factors such as:
the selling prices realized for refined products;
the types of crude oil and other charge and blendstocks processed;
our refinery yields;
the cost of products purchased for resale;
the impact of commodity derivative instruments used to hedge price risk; and

57

Table of Contents

the potential impact of LCM adjustments to inventories in periods of declining prices.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Costs of crude oil, refinery feedstocks and refined products are stated under the LIFO inventory costing method and aggregated on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing if the cost basis of these inventories may have to be written down to market values. At December 31, 2015, costs of inventories on a consolidated basis exceeded market value resulting in an LCM charge to cost of revenues of $370 million, of which $345 million was allocated to our Refining & Marketing segment. As of June 30, 2016, market value exceeded cost and we reversed the LCM inventory reserve resulting in a benefit to cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 . At December 31, 2016 , market values for refined products continue to exceed their cost basis and, therefore, there is no LCM inventory market valuation reserve at the end of the year. Based on movements of refined product prices, future inventory valuation adjustments could have a negative effect to earnings. Such losses are subject to reversal in subsequent periods if prices recover.
Refining & Marketing segment income from operations is also affected by changes in refinery direct operating costs, which include turnaround and major maintenance, depreciation and amortization and other manufacturing expenses. Changes in manufacturing costs are primarily driven by the cost of energy used by our refineries, including purchased natural gas, and the level of maintenance costs. Planned major maintenance activities, or turnarounds, requiring temporary shutdown of certain refinery operating units, are periodically performed at each refinery. The following table lists the refineries that had significant planned turnaround and major maintenance activities for each of the last three years.
Year
 
Refinery
2016
 
Galveston Bay, Garyville and Robinson
2015
 
Catlettsburg, Galveston Bay, Garyville and Robinson
2014
 
Catlettsburg, Galveston Bay, Garyville and Robinson
The table below sets forth the location and daily crude oil refining capacity of each of our refineries at December 31 of each year.
 
 
Crude Oil Refining Capacity (mbpcd)
Refinery
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Garyville, Louisiana
543

 
539

 
522

Galveston Bay, Texas City, Texas
459

 
459

 
451

Catlettsburg, Kentucky
273

 
273

 
242

Robinson, Illinois
231

 
212

 
212

Detroit, Michigan
132

 
132

 
130

Canton, Ohio
93

 
93

 
90

Texas City, Texas
86

 
86

 
84

Total
1,817

 
1,794

 
1,731


Speedway
Our retail marketing gross margin for gasoline and distillate, which is the price paid by consumers less the cost of refined products, including transportation, consumer excise taxes and bankcard processing fees, impacts the Speedway segment profitability. Gasoline and distillate prices are volatile and are impacted by changes in supply and demand. Numerous factors impact gasoline and distillate demand throughout the year, including local competition, seasonal demand fluctuations, the available wholesale supply, the level of economic activity in our marketing areas and weather conditions. PADD 2 estimated 2016 gasoline demand grew for the fourth consecutive year to a record level, up 1.8 percent year over year in 2016, and 1.2 percent above the former record set in 2006. Continuing economic growth and year-on-year declines in prices supported gasoline demand in most of the U.S., more than offsetting fleet fuel efficiency gains. Estimated gasoline demand in PADD 1, however, posted a small decline of 0.1 percent year over year in 2016 as prices increased year over year in the last four months of the year-exacerbated by Colonial Pipeline disruptions in September and late October. Distillate demand in 2016 faced enormous headwinds as a much warmer than normal first quarter suppressed heating oil demand and rail traffic (total carloads and intermodal) fell to a six-year low for the year. PADD 1 estimated 2016 distillate demand was down 5.8 percent year over year to a four year low, pulled down by a first quarter that was down nearly 15 percent year over year. PADD 2 distillate demand is estimated down 2.0 percent year over year, also a four year low. The gross margin on merchandise sold at our convenience stores historically has been less volatile and has contributed substantially to Speedway’s gross margin. More than

58

Table of Contents

half of Speedway’s gross margin was derived from merchandise sales in 2016 . Speedway’s convenience stores offer a wide variety of merchandise, including prepared foods, beverages and non-food items.
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market value. Costs of crude oil, refinery feedstocks and refined products are stated under the LIFO inventory costing method and aggregated on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing if the cost basis of these inventories may have to be written down to market values. As of December 31, 2015, costs of inventories on a consolidated basis exceeded market value resulting in an LCM charge to cost of revenues of $370 million, of which $25 million was allocated to our Speedway segment. As of June 30, 2016, market value exceeded cost and we reversed the LCM inventory reserve resulting in a benefit to cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 . As of December 31, 2016 , market values for refined products continue to exceed their cost basis and, therefore, there is no LCM inventory market valuation reserve at the end of the year. Based on movements of refined product prices, future inventory valuation adjustments could have a negative effect to earnings. Such losses are subject to reversal in subsequent periods if prices recover.
Midstream
NGL and natural gas prices are volatile and are impacted by changes in fundamental supply and demand, as well as market uncertainty, availability of NGL transportation and fractionation capacity and a variety of additional factors. Our Midstream segment profitability is affected by prevailing commodity prices primarily as a result of processing or conditioning at our own or third‑party processing plants, purchasing and selling or gathering and transporting volumes of natural gas at index‑related prices and the cost of third‑party transportation and fractionation services. To the extent that commodity prices influence the level of natural gas drilling volumes by our producer customers, such prices also affect Midstream segment profitability.
The profitability of our pipeline transportation operations included in our Midstream segment, primarily depends on tariff rates and the volumes shipped through the pipelines. A majority of the crude oil and refined product shipments on our common carrier pipelines serve our Refining & Marketing segment. The volume of crude oil that we transport is directly affected by the supply of, and refiner demand for, crude oil in the markets served directly by our crude oil pipelines. Key factors in this supply and demand balance are the production levels of crude oil by producers in various regions or fields, the availability and cost of alternative modes of transportation, the volumes of crude oil processed at refineries and refinery and transportation system maintenance levels. The volume of refined products that we transport is directly affected by the production levels of, and user demand for, refined products in the markets served by our refined product pipelines. In most of our markets, demand for gasoline and distillate peaks during the summer driving season, which extends from May through September of each year, and declines during the fall and winter months. As with crude oil, other transportation alternatives and system maintenance levels influence refined product movements.

59

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
Consolidated Results of Operations
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016 vs. 2015 Variance
 
2014
 
2015 vs. 2014 Variance
Revenues and other income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes)
$
63,339

 
$
72,051

 
$
(8,712
)
 
$
97,817

 
$
(25,766
)
Income (loss) from equity method investments
(185
)
 
88

 
(273
)
 
153

 
(65
)
Net gain on disposal of assets
32

 
7

 
25

 
21

 
(14
)
Other income
178

 
112

 
66

 
111

 
1

Total revenues and other income
63,364

 
72,258

 
(8,894
)
 
98,102

 
(25,844
)
Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenues (excludes items below)
49,170

 
55,583

 
(6,413
)
 
83,770

 
(28,187
)
Purchases from related parties
509

 
308

 
201

 
505

 
(197
)
Inventory market valuation adjustment
(370
)
 
370

 
(740
)
 

 
370

Consumer excise taxes
7,506

 
7,692

 
(186
)
 
6,685

 
1,007

Impairment expense
130

 
144

 
(14
)
 

 
144

Depreciation and amortization
2,001

 
1,502

 
499

 
1,326

 
176

Selling, general and administrative expenses
1,605

 
1,576

 
29

 
1,375

 
201

Other taxes
435

 
391

 
44

 
390

 
1

Total costs and expenses
60,986

 
67,566

 
(6,580
)
 
94,051

 
(26,485
)
Income from operations
2,378

 
4,692


(2,314
)
 
4,051

 
641

Net interest and other financial income (costs)
(556
)
 
(318
)
 
(238
)
 
(216
)
 
(102
)
Income before income taxes
1,822

 
4,374

 
(2,552
)
 
3,835

 
539

Provision for income taxes
609

 
1,506

 
(897
)
 
1,280

 
226

Net income
1,213

 
2,868

 
(1,655
)
 
2,555

 
313

Less net income (loss) attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
41

 

 
41

 

 

Noncontrolling interests
(2
)
 
16

 
(18
)
 
31

 
(15
)
Net income attributable to MPC
$
1,174

 
$
2,852

 
$
(1,678
)
 
$
2,524

 
$
328

Net income attributable to MPC decreased $1.68 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $328 million in 2015 compared to 2014 , primarily due to our Refining & Marketing segment income from operations, which decreased $2.54 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $548 million in 2015 compared to 2014. The decrease in income from operations in 2016 for our Refining & Marketing segment was partially offset by increases in our Midstream and Speedway segments. Income from operations for 2016 includes a non-cash benefit of $370 million related to the reversal of the Company’s LCM inventory valuation reserve and impairment charges of $356 million related to equity method investments and $130 million recorded by MPLX to impair a portion of the $2.21 billion of goodwill recorded in connection with the MarkWest Merger. Income from operations for 2015 includes a non-cash $370 million LCM inventory valuation charge and an impairment charge of $144 million. See Segment Results for additional information.
Sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes) decreased $8.71 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and $25.77 billion in 2015 compared to 2014 . The decrease in 2016 was primarily due to lower refined product sales prices and sales volumes. The decrease in 2015 was primarily due to lower refined product sales prices, partially offset by increases in refined product sales volumes. MPC consolidated refined product sales decreased 32 mbpd in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased 163 mbpd in 2015 compared to 2014 .
Income (loss) from equity method investments decreased $273 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and $65 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The decrease in 2016 was primarily due to impairment charges related to equity method investments of $356 million, partially offset by increases in income from new and existing pipeline and marine equity investments.The

60

Table of Contents

decrease in 2015 was primarily due to decreases in income from our ethanol affiliates of $69 million, mainly due to lower ethanol prices.
Net gain on disposal of assets increased $25 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and decreased $14 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increase in 2016 was primarily due to the sale of certain Speedway locations during the year. The decrease in 2015 was primarily due to the sale of two terminals and related terminal assets in 2014.
Other income increased $66 million in 2016 compared to 2015 . The increase in 2016 was primarily due to the inclusion of a full year of MarkWest other income and increased RIN sales. Other income in 2015 was comparable to 2014.
Cost of revenues decreased $6.41 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and $28.19 billion in 2015 compared to 2014 . The decrease in 2016 was primarily due to:
a decrease in refined product cost of sales of $6.52 billion, primarily due to a decrease in our average crude oil costs of $7.26 per barrel; partially offset by
an increase in refinery direct operating costs of $407 million, or $0.72 per barrel of total refinery throughput, primarily due to significantly higher turnaround activity in 2016 as compared to a lower than normal level of turnaround costs in 2015.
The decrease in 2015 was primarily due to:
a decrease in refined product cost of sales of $28.67 billion, primarily due to a decrease in our average crude oil costs of $43.97 per barrel, partially offset by an increase in refined product sales volumes; and
decreases in refinery direct operating costs of $726 million, or $1.40 per barrel of total refinery throughput, primarily due to significantly lower turnaround activity in 2015 and decreases in other manufacturing costs.
Purchases from related parties increased $201 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and decreased $197 million in 2015 compared 2014 . The increase in 2016 was primarily due to:
increases in volumes transported by Illinois Extension Pipeline, which is a pipeline affiliate that became operational in December of 2015, of $106 million ;
increases in transportation services provided by Crowley Ocean Partners, which is a new marine joint venture established in September of 2015, of $46 million ; and
increases in transportation services provided by Crowley Blue Water Partners, which is a new marine joint venture established in May of 2016, of $37 million .
The decrease in purchases from related parties in 2015 was primarily due to decreases in prices and volumes of ethanol purchases from The Andersons Marathon Ethanol LLC, The Andersons Clymers Ethanol LLC and The Andersons Albion Ethanol LLC, our affiliated ethanol operations, of $149 million, decreases in purchases from LOOP of $36 million and Explorer of $19 million.
Inventory market valuation adjustment decreased costs and expenses by $740 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased costs and expenses by $370 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The LCM inventory reserve recorded in 2015 of $370 million was reversed in 2016 due to increases in refined product prices during the second quarter of 2016 resulting in reductions to cost of revenues of $370 million in 2016 .
Consumer excise taxes decreased $186 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $1.01 billion in 2015 compared to 2014 . The decrease in 2016 was primarily due to a decrease in taxable refined product sales volumes and tax rates in certain jurisdictions. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to increases in taxable refined product sales volumes, including the effects of the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets.
Impairment expense decreased $14 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $144 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . Impairment expense in 2016 reflects a $130 million charge recorded by MPLX to impair a portion of the $2.21 billion of goodwill recorded in connection with the MarkWest Merger. In 2015, an impairment charge of $144 million was recorded related to the cancellation of the ROUX project at our Garyville refinery. Impairments related to equity method investments were recorded to Income (loss) from equity method investments and discussed above.

61

Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization increased $499 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and $176 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increase in 2016 was primarily due to the depreciation of the fair value of the assets acquired in connection with the MarkWest Merger. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to the depreciation of the fair value of the assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $29 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and $201 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increase in 2016 was primarily due to the inclusion of MarkWest expenses, largely offset by decreases in contract services and other selling, general and administrative expenses. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to increases in employee benefit costs, contract services and additional expenses related to the convenience stores acquired from Hess along the East Coast and Southeast, partially offset by a decrease in pension settlement expenses.
Other taxes increased $44 million in 2016 compared to 2015 . The increase in 2016 was primarily due to the inclusion of MarkWest’s taxes. Other taxes in 2015 were comparable to 2014.
Net interest and other financial costs increased $238 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and $102 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increase in 2016 was primarily due to interest on the debt assumed in the MarkWest Merger. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to senior notes issued by MPC in September 2014 to finance the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets, higher levels of borrowings on MPLX’s bank revolving credit facility used to fund the acquisition of Pipe Line Holdings and interest on the debt assumed from MarkWest. We capitalized interest of $63 million in 2016 , $37 million in 2015 and $27 million in 2014 . See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 19 for further details.
Provision for income taxes decreased $897 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $226 million in 2015 compared to 2014 , primarily due to changes in our income before income taxes, which decreased $2.55 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $539 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The effective tax rates of 33 percent , 34 percent and 33 percent in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively, are slightly less than the U.S. statutory rate of 35 percent primarily due to certain permanent benefit differences, including the domestic manufacturing deduction, partially offset by state and local tax expense. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 12 for further details.
Segment Results
Revenues
Revenues are summarized by segment in the following table.
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Refining & Marketing
$
53,817

 
$
64,198

 
$
91,733

Speedway
18,286

 
19,693

 
16,932

Midstream
2,636

 
964

 
824

Segment revenues
$
74,739

 
$
84,855

 
$
109,489

Items included in both revenues and costs:
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer excise taxes
$
7,506

 
$
7,692

 
$
6,685

Refining & Marketing segment revenues decreased $10.38 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and $27.54 billion in 2015 compared to 2014 . The decrease in 2016 was primarily due to lower refined product sales prices and volumes. The decrease in 2015 was primarily due to lower product sales prices, partially offset by an increase in refined product sales volumes. The table below shows our Refining & Marketing segment refined product sales volumes and prices.
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Refining & Marketing segment:
 
 
 
 
 
Refined product sales volumes (thousands of barrels per day) (a)
2,259

 
2,289

 
2,125

Refined product sales destined for export (thousands of barrels per day)
296

 
319

 
275

Average refined product sales prices (dollars per gallon)
$
1.47

 
$
1.74

 
$
2.71

(a)  
Includes intersegment sales and sales destined for export.

62

Table of Contents

The table below shows the average refined product benchmark prices for our marketing areas.
(Dollars per gallon)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Chicago spot unleaded regular gasoline
$
1.33

 
$
1.60

 
$
2.55

Chicago spot ultra-low sulfur diesel
1.34

 
1.62

 
2.80

USGC spot unleaded regular gasoline
1.33

 
1.55

 
2.49

USGC spot ultra-low sulfur diesel
1.32

 
1.58

 
2.71

Refining & Marketing intersegment sales to our Speedway segment decreased $1.44 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $1.11 billion in 2015 compared to 2014 . The decrease in 2016 was primarily due to a decrease in average refined product sales prices, partially offset by an increase in refined product sales volumes. The increases in 2015 were primarily due to sales to the approximate 1,245 convenience stores acquired in September 2014 along the East Coast and Southeast.
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Refining & Marketing intersegment sales to Speedway:
 
 
 
 
 
Intersegment sales (in millions)
$
10,589

 
$
12,024

 
$
10,912

Refined product sales volumes (millions of gallons)
5,957

 
5,873

 
3,766

Average refined product sales prices (dollars per gallon)
$
1.48

 
$
1.74

 
$
2.89

Speedway segment revenues decreased $1.41 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $2.76 billion in 2015 compared to 2014 . The decrease in 2016 was due to a decrease in gasoline and distillate sales of $1.52 billion primarily due to a decrease in gasoline and distillate selling prices of $0.27 per gallon. The increase in 2015 was due to increases in gasoline and distillate sales of $1.43 billion and merchandise sales of $1.27 billion. The increase in gasoline and distillate sales in 2015 was primarily due to a volume increase of 2.1 billion gallons, driven by an increase in the number of convenience stores, as noted in the table below, partially offset by a decrease in gasoline and distillate selling prices of $0.89 per gallon. The increase in merchandise sales in 2015 was primarily due to increases in the number of convenience stores and higher same store sales.
The following table includes certain revenue and operating statistics for the Speedway segment.
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Convenience stores at period-end (a)
2,733

 
2,766

 
2,746

Gasoline & distillate sales (millions of gallons)
6,094

 
6,038

 
3,942

Average gasoline & distillate sales prices (dollars per gallon)
$
2.09

 
$
2.36

 
$
3.25

Merchandise sales (in millions)
$
5,007

 
$
4,879

 
$
3,611

Same store gasoline sales volume (period over period)
(0.4
)%
 
(0.3
)%
 
(0.7
)%
Same store merchandise sales (period over period) (b)
3.2
 %
 
4.1
 %
 
5.0
 %
(a)  
The 2014 year-end amount includes the convenience stores acquired from Hess on September 30, 2014.
(b)  
Excludes cigarettes.
Midstream segment revenue increased $1.67 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and $140 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increases in 2016 and 2015 were primarily due to the inclusion of MarkWest’s operating results in Midstream segment income following the merger with MPLX from the December 4, 2015 merger date.

63

Table of Contents

The following table shows certain operating statistics for our Midstream segment as well as benchmark prices for natural gas and NGLs.
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Crude oil and refined product pipeline throughputs (mbpd) (a)
2,311

 
2,191

 
2,119

Gathering system throughput (MMcf/d) (b)
3,275

 
3,075

 

Natural gas processed (MMcf/d) (b)
5,761

 
5,468

 

C2 (ethane) + NGLs fractionated (mbpd) (b)
335

 
307

 

Natural Gas NYMEX HH ($ per MMBtu) (b)
$
2.55

 
$
2.04

 

C2 + NGL Pricing ($ per gallon) (b)(c)
$
0.47

 
$
0.40

 

(a)  
On owned common-carrier pipelines, excluding equity method investments.
(b)  
Beginning December 4, 2015, which was the effective date of the MarkWest Merger.
(c)  
C2 + NGL pricing based on Mont Belvieu prices assuming an NGL barrel of approximately 35 percent ethane, 35 percent propane, six percent Iso-Butane, 12 percent normal butane and 12 percent natural gasoline.
Income from Operations
Income from operations and income before income taxes by segment are summarized in the following table.
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Income from operations by segment:
 
 
 
 
 
Refining & Marketing (a)
$
1,543

 
$
4,086

 
$
3,538

Speedway
734

 
673

 
544

Midstream (a)(b)
871

 
380

 
342

Items not allocated to segments:
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and other unallocated items (a)(b)
(277
)
 
(299
)
 
(277
)
Pension settlement expenses (c)
(7
)
 
(4
)
 
(96
)
Impairment (d)
(486
)
 
(144
)
 

Income from operations
2,378

 
4,692

 
4,051

Net interest and other financial income (costs)
(556
)
 
(318
)
 
(216
)
Income before income taxes
$
1,822

 
$
4,374

 
$
3,835

(a)  
In 2016, segment reporting was revised in connection with the contribution of MPC's inland marine business to MPLX. The results of the inland marine business are now presented in the Midstream segment. Previously, these results were reported in the Refining & Marketing segment. Comparable prior period information has been recast to reflect this revised segment presentation.
(b)  
Included in the Midstream segment for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 are $11 million , $20 million and $19 million , respectively, of corporate overhead expenses attributable to MPLX. These expenses are not currently allocated to other segments and are reported in Corporate and other unallocated items.
(c)  
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 22 .
(d)  
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes 15 , 16 and 17 .
Refining & Marketing segment income from operations decreased $2.54 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $548 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . Segment income in 2015 includes a $345 million non-cash charge related to the Company’s LCM inventory reserve, which was reversed in 2016 due to increased refined product prices, resulting in a non-cash benefit to segment income of $345 million. The favorable LCM inventory adjustment variance was more than offset by the unfavorable effects of lower crack spreads and higher direct operating costs due to refinery turnarounds. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to higher crack spreads, favorable effects of changes in market structure on crude oil acquisition prices, more favorable net product price realizations compared to spot market reference prices and lower direct operating costs. These favorable impacts were partially offset by higher crude oil and feedstock acquisition costs relative to benchmark LLS crude oil, the unfavorable effect of lower commodity prices on volumetric gains and an LCM inventory valuation charge of $345 million.

64

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain market indicators that we believe are helpful in understanding the results of our Refining & Marketing segment’s business.
(Dollars per barrel)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Chicago LLS 6-3-2-1 crack spread (a)(b)
$
7.19

 
$
10.67

 
$
9.56

USGC LLS 6-3-2-1 crack spread (a)
6.80

 
9.11

 
7.23

Blended 6-3-2-1 crack spread (a)(c)
6.96

 
9.70

 
8.11

LLS
45.01

 
52.35

 
96.90

WTI
43.47

 
48.76

 
92.91

LLS – WTI crude oil differential (a)
1.55

 
3.59

 
3.99

Sweet/Sour crude oil differential (a)(d)
6.52

 
6.10

 
6.97

(a)  
All spreads and differentials are measured against prompt LLS.
(b)  
Calculation utilizes USGC three percent residual fuel oil price as a proxy for Chicago three percent residual fuel oil price.
(c)  
Blended Chicago/USGC crack spread is 40 / 60 percent in 2016 , 38 / 62 percent in 2015 and 38 / 62 percent in 2014 based on MPC’s refining capacity by region in each period.
(d)  
LLS (prompt) – [delivered cost of sour crude oil: Arab Light, Kuwait, Maya, Western Canadian Select and Mars].
Based on the market indicators above and our refinery throughputs, we estimate the following impacts on Refining & Marketing segment income from operations for 2016 compared to 2015 and for 2015 compared to 2014 :
The USGC LLS 6-3-2-1 crack spread decreased $2.31 per barrel in 2016 compared to 2015 which had a negative impact on segment income of $1.13 billion and increased $1.88 per barrel in 2015 compared to 2014 which had a positive impact on segment income of $940 million.
The Chicago LLS 6-3-2-1 crack spread decreased $3.48 per barrel in 2016 compared to 2015 which had a negative impact on segment income of $846 million and increased $1.11 per barrel in 2015 compared to 2014 which had a positive impact on segment income of $400 million.
The sweet/sour crude oil differential increased $0.42 per barrel in 2016 compared to 2015 which had a positive impact on segment income of $334 million and narrowed $0.87 per barrel in 2015 compared to 2014 which had a negative impact on segment income of $27 million.
The LLS-WTI crude oil differential narrowed $2.04 per barrel in 2016 compared to 2015 resulting in a negative impact on segment income of $260 million . The LLS-WTI crude oil differential narrowed $0.40 per barrel in 2015 compared to 2014 . This decrease was more than offset by an increase in volume of WTI resulting in a positive impact on segment income of $6 million.
The market indicators shown above use spot market values and an estimated mix of crude purchases and product sales. Differences in our results compared to these market indicators, including product price realizations, the mix of crudes purchased and their costs, the effects of LCM inventory valuation adjustments, the effects of market structure on our crude oil acquisition prices, and other items like refinery yields and other feedstock variances, had an estimated negative impact on Refining & Marketing segment income of $304 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and $1.03 billion in 2015 compared to 2014 . The significant elements of the negative impact for 2016 were unfavorable product price realizations and unfavorable crude acquisition costs relative to the market indicators, partially offset by the reversal of the Company’s LCM inventory valuation reserve that was recorded in 2015. The significant elements of the negative impact for 2015 were unfavorable crude oil acquisition costs relative to the market indicators, the unfavorable effect of lower commodity prices on volumetric gains, the price differential of charge and blend stock relative to crude oil and the LCM inventory valuation charge, partially offset by the effects of changes in market structure on our crude oil acquisition costs and product price realizations.
The cost of inventories of crude oil and refinery feedstocks, refined products and merchandise is determined primarily under the LIFO method. In the second quarter of 2016, we had recognized the the effects of an interim liquidation of our refined products inventories which we did not expect to reinstate by year end resulting in a pre-tax charge of approximately $54 million to income. Based on year end refined product inventories, which were higher than inventories at the beginning of the year, we had a build in refined product inventories for 2016. Therefore, we recognized the effects of this annual build in our refined products in the fourth quarter of 2016 which had the effect of reversing the second quarter charge. In the fourth quarter of 2015, we recorded a LIFO charge of $45 million as a result of annual decreased levels in refined products and crude inventory volumes. Since the LIFO costs for these inventory layers were based on 2014 costs, the liquidation resulted in a charge to income. In the fourth quarter of 2014, we recognized annual builds in our refined product and crude inventories. These builds were based on January 2014 costs which were significantly higher than fourth quarter 2014 costs resulting in a benefit of approximately $240 million to income. For the full year, we recognized a LIFO charge of $2 million in 2016 and $78 million in 2015 as compared to a LIFO benefit of $265 million in 2014.

65

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our refinery throughputs.
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Refinery throughputs ( thousands of barrels per day ):
 
 
 
 
 
Crude oil refined
1,699

 
1,711

 
1,622

Other charge and blendstocks
151

 
177

 
184

Total
1,850

 
1,888

 
1,806

Sour crude oil throughput percent
60

 
55

 
52

WTI-priced crude oil throughput percent
19

 
20

 
19

The following table includes certain key operating statistics for the Refining & Marketing segment.
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Refining & Marketing gross margin (dollars per barrel) (a)
$
11.26

 
$
15.25

 
$
15.05

Refinery direct operating costs (dollars per barrel): (b)
 
 
 
 
 
Planned turnaround and major maintenance
$
1.83

 
$
1.13

 
$
1.80

Depreciation and amortization
1.47

 
1.39

 
1.41

Other manufacturing (c)
4.09

 
4.15

 
4.86

Total
$
7.39

 
$
6.67

 
$
8.07

(a)  
Sales revenue less cost of refinery inputs and purchased products, divided by total refinery throughputs. Excludes the LCM inventory valuation adjustments.
(b)  
Per barrel of total refinery throughputs.
(c)  
Includes utilities, labor, routine maintenance and other operating costs.
Refinery direct operating costs increased $0.72 per barrel in 2016 compared to 2015 and decreased $1.40 per barrel in 2015 compared to 2014 . These changes in 2016 compared to 2015 and 2015 compared to 2014 include an increase in planned turnaround and major maintenance costs of $0.70 per barrel and a decrease of $0.67 per barrel, respectively, as well as decreases in other manufacturing costs of $0.06 per barrel and $0.71, respectively. The increase in planned turnaround and major maintenance costs for 2016 are primarily attributable to higher turnaround activity at the Galveston Bay, Garyville and Robinson refineries and a lower than normal schedule of turnaround activity in 2015, partially offset by a decrease in turnaround activity at the Catlettsburg refinery. The decrease in planned turnaround and major maintenance costs for 2015 was primarily attributable to lower turnaround activity at the Galveston Bay, Robinson and Garyville refineries, partially offset by an increase in turnaround activity at the Detroit refinery. In 2016, the decrease in other manufacturing costs was primarily due to lower routine maintenance costs, general and administrative expenses and waste costs. In 2015 , the decrease in other manufacturing costs was primarily attributable to lower energy costs and routine maintenance costs.
We purchase RINs to satisfy a portion of our RFS2 compliance. Our expenses associated with purchased RINs were $288 million in 2016 , $212 million in 2015 and $141 million in 2014 . In 2015, we recorded a $46 million charge to recognize increased estimated costs for compliance based on the renewable fuel standards for 2014 and 2015 proposed by the EPA in May 2015 and finalized in November 2015, particularly those for biomass-based diesel and advanced biofuels. Excluding this charge, the increases in both years were primarily due to the effect of increased purchases of biomass-based diesel RINs at increased prices. In 2015, this increase was partially offset by decreased purchases of ethanol RINs at decreased prices.
Speedway segment income from operations increased $61 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and $129 million in 2015 compared to 2014. Segment income in 2015 includes a $25 million non-cash charge related to the Company’s LCM inventory reserve, which was reversed in 2016 due to increased refined product prices, resulting in a non-cash benefit to segment income of $25 million. In addition to the favorable LCM inventory adjustment variance, the remaining increase during the year was primarily due to higher merchandise gross margin of $67 million and gains from asset sales, partially offset by lower gasoline and distillate gross margin of $91 million, or $0.0167 per gallon. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to an increases in our gasoline and distillate gross margin of $401 million and our merchandise gross margin of $393 million , partially offset by higher operating expenses. The increase in 2015 was primarily attributable the full year effect of the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets on September 30, 2014. The increases in merchandise gross margin in both years were related to a combination of higher merchandise and food sales and improved margins.

66

Table of Contents

The following table includes sales volume and gross margin statistics for the Speedway segment.
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Gasoline & distillate sales (millions of gallons)
6,094

 
6,038

 
3,942

Gasoline & distillate gross margin (dollars per gallon) (a)
$
0.1656

 
$
0.1823

 
$
0.1775

Merchandise gross margin (in millions)
$
1,435

 
$
1,368

 
$
975

Merchandise gross margin percent
28.7
%
 
28.0
%
 
27.0
%
(a)  
The price paid by consumers less the cost of refined products, including transportation, consumer excise taxes and bankcard processing fees, divided by gasoline and distillate sales volume. Excludes LCM inventory valuation adjustments.
Midstream segment income from operations increased $491 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and $38 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increase in 2016 was primarily due to the inclusion of MarkWest’s operating results following the merger with MPLX, as well as earnings from new and existing pipeline and marine equity investments. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to the inclusion of the financial results of MarkWest, which are reflected in Midstream segment income from the December 4, 2015 MarkWest Merger date, partially offset by $30 million of transaction costs related to the acquisition.
Corporate and other unallocated expenses decreased $22 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and increased $22 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The decrease in 2016 is primarily due to increased allocations of corporate costs to the segments. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to a lower allocation of employee benefit costs to the segments.
Unallocated items in 2016 also includes impairment charges of $486 million resulting from non-cash charges of $267 million related to the indefinite deferral of the Sandpiper pipeline project, $130 million related to the goodwill recognized in connection with the MarkWest Merger and $89 million related to an MPLX equity method investment. Unallocated items in 2015 includes an impairment charge of $144 million recorded in the third quarter of 2015 related to the cancellation of the ROUX project at our Garyville refinery. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 17 for additional information on the impairment charges.
We recorded pretax pension settlement expenses of $7 million in 2016 , $4 million in 2015 and $96 million in 2014 resulting from the level of employee lump sum retirement distributions that occurred during these years.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash Flows
Our cash and cash equivalents balance was $887 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $1.13 billion at December 31, 2015 . Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the past three years is presented in the following table.
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net cash provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
3,986

 
$
4,061

 
$
3,110

Investing activities
(2,941
)
 
(3,441
)
 
(4,543
)
Financing activities
(1,285
)
 
(987
)
 
635

Total
$
(240
)
 
$
(367
)
 
$
(798
)
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $75 million in 2016 compared to 2015 , primarily due to decreased operating results, partially offset by favorable changes in working capital of $1.22 billion compared to 2015 . Net cash provided by operating activities increased $951 million in 2015 compared to 2014 , primarily due to increased operating results, partially offset by unfavorable changes in working capital of $330 million compared to 2014. The above changes in working capital exclude changes in short-term debt.
For 2016 , changes in working capital were a net $200 million source of cash, primarily due to an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by increases in current receivables and inventories. Changes from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 per the consolidated balance sheets, excluding the impact of acquisitions, were as follows:
Accounts payable increased $850 million from year-end 2015 , primarily due to higher crude oil payable prices.
Current receivables increased $690 million from year-end 2015 , primarily due to higher refined product and crude oil receivable prices.

67

Table of Contents

Excluding the change in the Company’s LCM inventory valuation reserve of $370 million, inventories increased $61 million from year-end 2015 , primarily due to higher crude oil and refined product inventory volumes.
For 2015, changes in working capital were a net $1.02 billion use of cash, primarily due to a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by decreases in current receivables and inventories. Accounts payable decreased $1.92 billion from year-end 2014, primarily due to lower crude oil payable prices and volumes; current receivables decreased $1.13 billion from year-end 2014, primarily due to lower refined product and crude oil receivable prices and lower crude oil receivable volumes; and inventories decreased $47 million from year-end 2014, excluding a $370 million LCM inventory valuation charge, primarily due to lower refined product and crude oil inventory volumes.
For 2014, changes in working capital were a net $694 million use of cash, primarily due to a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and an increase in inventories, partially offset by a decrease in current receivables. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, accounts payable decreased $1.65 billion from year-end 2013, primarily due to lower crude oil payable prices, partially offset by higher crude oil payable volumes; inventories decreased $796 million from year-end 2013, primarily due to higher refined product and crude oil inventory volumes; and current receivables decreased $1.63 billion from year-end 2013, primarily due to lower refined product and crude oil receivable prices.
Cash flows used in investing activities decreased $500 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and $1.10 billion in 2015 compared to 2014 . The investing activity is further discussed below.
The consolidated statements of cash flows exclude changes to the consolidated balance sheets that did not affect cash. A reconciliation of additions to property, plant and equipment to total capital expenditures and investments follows for each of the last three years.
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Additions to property, plant and equipment per consolidated statements of cash flows
$
2,892

 
$
1,998

 
$
1,480

Non-cash additions to property, plant and equipment

 
5

 
4

Asset retirement expenditures
6

 
1

 
2

Increase (decrease) in capital accruals
(127
)
 
94

 
95

Total capital expenditures
2,771

 
2,098

 
1,581

Acquisitions (a)
10

 
13,854

 
2,744

Investments in equity method investees
288

 
331

 
413

Total capital expenditures and investments
$
3,069

 
$
16,283

 
$
4,738

(a)  
The 2016 acquisitions include purchase price adjustments related to the MarkWest Merger. The 2015 acquisitions include the MarkWest Merger. The 2014 acquisitions include the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets. The acquisition numbers above include property, plant and equipment, equity investments, intangibles and goodwill. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 5 for further details.
Capital expenditures and investments for each of the last three years are summarized by segment below.
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Capital expenditures and investments: (a)(b)
 
 
 
 
 
Refining & Marketing
$
1,101

 
$
1,045

 
$
1,043

Speedway
303

 
501

 
2,981

Midstream
1,521

 
14,545

 
604

Corporate and Other (c)
144

 
192

 
110

Total
$
3,069

 
$
16,283

 
$
4,738

(a)  
Capital expenditures include changes in capital accruals.
(b)  
Includes $10 million in 2016 for purchase price adjustments related to the MarkWest Merger, $13.85 billion in 2015 for the MarkWest Merger and $2.71 billion in 2014 for the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 5 .
(c)  
Includes capitalized interest of $63 million , $37 million and $27 million for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
The MarkWest Merger comprised 85 percent of our total capital expenditures and investments in 2015. The acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets comprised 57 percent of our total capital expenditures and investments in 2014.
Cash provided by disposal of assets totaled $101 million , $21 million and $27 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Cash provided in 2016 was primarily due the sale of Speedway assets in the normal course of business.

68

Table of Contents

Net investments were a use of cash of $262 million in 2016 compared to $327 million in 2015 and $404 million in 2014 . The change in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to decreases in contributions to the SAX pipeline project of $114 million, the Sandpiper pipeline project of $57 million and Crowley Ocean Partners of $38 million, partially offset by increases in contributions to Crowley Coastal Partners of $82 million and MPLX equity method investments of $74 million. The change in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily due to a decrease in contributions to the SAX pipeline project of $121 million and the 2014 investment in Explorer, partially offset by contributions to Crowley Ocean Partners of $72 million.
Financing activities were a $1.29 billion use of cash in 2016 , a $987 million use of cash in 2015 and a $635 million source of cash in 2014 .
Long-term debt borrowings and repayments were a net $1.42 billion use of cash in 2016 compared to a $746 million source of cash in 2015 and a $3.22 billion source of cash in 2014 . During 2016, MPLX used proceeds from its issuance of the MPLX Preferred Units to repay amounts outstanding under the MPLX bank revolving credit facility and MPC chose to prepay $500 million under its term loan. During 2015, we used $763 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of $1.5 billion of MPC senior notes to extinguish our obligation for the $750 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due in 2016 and MPLX used proceeds from its issuance of $500 million aggregate of principal amount of MPLX senior notes to repay $385 million outstanding under the MPLX bank revolving credit facility. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 19 for additional information on our long-term debt.
Cash proceeds from the issuance of MPLX common units were $776 million in 2016 and $221 million in 2014. Cash proceeds from the issuance of MPLX Preferred Units was $984 million in 2016. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 4 for further discussion of MPLX.
Cash used in common stock repurchases totaled $197 million in 2016 , $965 million in 2015 and $2.13 billion in 2014 associated with the share repurchase plans authorized by our board of directors. The table below summarizes our total share repurchases. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 9 for further discussion of the share repurchase plans.
(In millions, except per share data)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Number of shares repurchased
4

 
19

 
49

Cash paid for shares repurchased
$
197

 
$
965

 
$
2,131

Effective average cost per delivered share
$
41.84

 
$
50.31

 
$
44.31

Cash used in dividend payments totaled $719 million in 2016 , $613 million in 2015 and $524 million in 2014 . The increases were primarily due to increases in our base dividend, partially offset by a decrease in the number of outstanding shares of our common stock as a result of share repurchases. Dividends per share were $1.36 in 2016 , $1.14 in 2015 and $0.92 in 2014 .
Cash used in financing activities in all three years included a portion of the payments to the seller of the Galveston Bay refinery under the contingent earnout provisions of the purchase and sale agreement.
Derivative Instruments
See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk for a discussion of derivative instruments and associated market risk.

69

Table of Contents

Capital Resources
Our liquidity totaled $4.8 billion at December 31, 2016 consisting of:
 
 
December 31, 2016
(In millions)
 
Total Capacity
 
Outstanding Borrowings
 
Available
Capacity
Bank revolving credit facility (a)
$
2,500

 
$

 
$
2,500

364 day bank revolving credit facility
1,000

 

 
1,000

Trade receivables facility (b)
684

 

 
684

Total
$
4,184

 
$

 
$
4,184

Cash and cash equivalents (c)
 
 
 
 
653

Total liquidity
 
 
 
 
$
4,837

(a)  
Excludes MPLX’s $2 billion bank revolving credit facility, which had no borrowings and $3 million of letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2016 .
(b)  
Availability under our $750 million trade receivables facility is a function of refined product selling prices. As of January 31, 2017, eligible trade receivables supported borrowings of $750 million.
(c)  
Excludes $234 million of MPLX cash and cash equivalents.
Because of the alternatives available to us, including internally generated cash flow and access to capital markets, including a commercial paper program, we believe that our short-term and long-term liquidity is adequate to fund not only our current operations, but also our near-term and long-term funding requirements, including capital spending programs, the repurchase of shares of our common stock, dividend payments, defined benefit plan contributions, repayment of debt maturities and other amounts that may ultimately be paid in connection with contingencies.
As discussed in the “Strategic Actions to Enhance Shareholder Value” section in the Corporate Overview, we expect MPLX to finance the planned dropdown transactions with debt and equity in approximately equal proportions in the aggregate for all planned dropdowns of assets. The equity financing will be funded through MPLX common units issued to us. In conjunction with the completion of the dropdowns, we also expect to exchange our economic interests in the general partner of MPLX, including incentive distribution rights, for newly issued MPLX common units. Cash proceeds from the dropdowns and ongoing MPLX common unit distributions to us are expected to fund the substantial ongoing return of capital to MPC shareholders in a manner consistent with maintaining an investment-grade credit profile.
See discussion of the February 2017 issuance of MPLX senior notes due 2027 and 2047 under the MPLX LP section of the Executive Summary.
Commercial Paper – On February 26, 2016, we established a commercial paper program that allows us to have a maximum of $2 billion in commercial paper outstanding, with maturities up to 397 days from the date of issuance. We do not intend to have outstanding commercial paper borrowings in excess of available capacity under our bank revolving credit facilities. At December 31, 2016 , we had no amounts outstanding under the commercial paper program.
MPC Bank Revolving Credit Facility – On July 20, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders to replace our existing MPC bank revolving credit facility due in 2017. The new agreement provides for a four -year $2.5 billion bank revolving credit facility (“four-year revolving credit facility”) maturing on July 20, 2020 . Additionally, we entered into a 364 -day $1 billion bank revolving credit facility maturing on July 19, 2017 . The financial covenants contained in these agreements remain the same as under the previous bank revolving credit facility.
Our four-year revolving credit facility includes letter of credit issuing capacity of up to $2.0 billion and swingline loan capacity of up to $100 million . We may increase our borrowing capacity under our four-year revolving credit facility by up to an additional $500 million , subject to certain conditions including the consent of the lenders whose commitments would be increased. In addition, the maturity date of the four-year revolving credit facility may be extended for up to two additional one -year periods subject to the approval of lenders holding a majority of the commitments then outstanding, provided that the commitments of any non-consenting lenders will terminate on the then-effective maturity date.
There were no borrowings or letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2016 .
Trade receivables facility – On July 20, 2016, we amended our trade receivables facility to, among other things, reduce the capacity from $1 billion to $750 million and to extend the maturity date to July 19, 2019 . The reduction in capacity reflects the lower refined product price environment.

70

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016 , eligible trade receivables supported borrowings of $684 million . There were no borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2016 . Availability under our trade receivables facility is a function of refined product selling prices.
MPLX Credit Agreement – MPLX is party to a credit agreement, dated as of November 20, 2014, and amended as of October 27, 2015 (“MPLX credit agreement”), providing for a $2 billion bank revolving credit facility with a maturity date of December 4, 2020 and an outstanding $250 million term loan facility with a maturity date of November 20, 2019 .
The MPLX credit agreement includes letter of credit issuing capacity of up to $250 million and swingline loan capacity of up to $100 million . The revolving borrowing capacity under the MPLX credit agreement may be increased by up to an additional $500 million , subject to certain conditions, including the consent of the lenders whose commitments would increase. In addition, the maturity date of the bank revolving credit facility may be extended from time-to-time during its term to a date that is one year after the then-effective date, subject to the approval of lenders holding the majority of the loans and commitments then outstanding, provided that the commitments of any non-consenting lenders will be terminated on the then-effective maturity date.
The maturity date for the term loan facility may be extended for up to two additional one -year periods subject to the consent of the lenders holding a majority of the outstanding term loan borrowings, provided that the portion of the term loan borrowings held by any non-consenting lenders will continue to be due and payable on the then-effective maturity date.
During 2016 , MPLX borrowed $434 million under the bank revolving credit facility, at an average interest rate of 1.9 percent , per annum, and repaid $1.31 billion of outstanding borrowings. At December 31, 2016 , MPLX had no borrowings and $3 million of letters of credit outstanding under the bank revolving credit facility, resulting in total unused loan availability of $2.0 billion .
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 19 for further discussion of our debt.
The term loan agreement, the MPC bank revolving credit facility and the MPLX credit agreement contain representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default that we consider usual and customary for agreements of these types. The financial covenant included in the term loan agreement and the MPC bank revolving credit facility requires us to maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of Consolidated Net Debt to Total Capitalization (as defined in the term loan agreement and the MPC bank revolving credit facility) of no greater than 0.65 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2016 , we were in compliance with this debt covenant with a ratio of Consolidated Net Debt to Total Capitalization of 0.31 to 1.00, as well as the other covenants contained in the term loan agreement and the MPC bank revolving credit facility.
The MPLX credit agreement includes certain representations and warranties, affirmative and restrictive covenants and events of default that we consider to be usual and customary for an agreement of this type. The MPLX credit agreement includes a financial covenant that requires MPLX to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt as of the end of each fiscal quarter to Consolidated EBITDA (both as defined in the MPLX credit agreement) for the prior four fiscal quarters of no greater than 5.0 to 1.0 (or 5.5 to 1.0 for up to two fiscal quarters following certain acquisitions). Consolidated EBITDA is subject to adjustments for certain acquisitions completed and capital projects undertaken during the relevant period. Other covenants restrict MPLX and certain of its subsidiaries from incurring debt, creating liens on its assets and entering into transactions with affiliates. As of December 31, 2016 , MPLX was in compliance with the covenants contained in the MPLX credit agreement, including a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA of 3.26 to 1.0.
Our intention is to maintain an investment-grade credit profile. As of January 31, 2017, the credit ratings on our and MPLX’s senior unsecured debt were at or above investment grade level as follows.
 
Company
Rating Agency
Rating
MPC
Moody’s
Baa2 (negative outlook)
 
Standard & Poor’s
BBB (stable outlook)
 
Fitch
BBB (negative watch)
MPLX
Moody’s
Baa3 (stable outlook)
 
Standard & Poor’s
BBB- (stable outlook)
 
Fitch
BBB- (stable outlook)
The ratings reflect the respective views of the rating agencies. Although it is our intention to maintain a credit profile that supports an investment-grade rating, there is no assurance that these ratings will continue for any given period of time. The ratings may be revised or withdrawn entirely by the rating agencies if, in their respective judgments, circumstances so warrant.

71

Table of Contents

Neither the revolving credit facility, the MPLX credit agreement nor our trade receivables facility contains credit rating triggers that would result in the acceleration of interest, principal or other payments in the event that our credit ratings are downgraded. However, any downgrades of our senior unsecured debt to below investment-grade ratings would increase the applicable interest rates, yields and other fees payable under the revolving credit facility and our trade receivables facility. In addition, a downgrade of our senior unsecured debt rating to below investment-grade levels could, under certain circumstances, decrease the amount of trade receivables that are eligible to be sold under our trade receivables facility, impact our ability to purchase crude oil on an unsecured basis and could result in us having to post letters of credit under existing transportation services agreements.
Debt-to-Total-Capital Ratio
Our debt-to-total capital ratio (total debt to total debt-plus-equity) was 33 percent and 38 percent at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
 
 
December 31,
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Debt due within one year
$
28

 
$
29

Long-term debt
10,544

 
11,896

Total debt
$
10,572

 
$
11,925

Calculation of debt-to-total capital ratio:
 
 
 
Total debt
$
10,572

 
$
11,925

Redeemable noncontrolling interest
1,000

 

Equity
20,203

 
19,675

Total capitalization
$
31,775

 
$
31,600

Debt-to-total capital ratio
33
%
 
38
%
Redeemable noncontrolling interest - On May 13, 2016, MPLX completed the private placement of approximately 30.8 million 6.5 percent Series A Convertible Preferred Units (the “MPLX Preferred Units”) at a cash price of $32.50 per unit. The MPLX Preferred Units are considered redeemable securities due to the existence of redemption provisions upon a deemed liquidation event which is considered outside MPLX’s control. Therefore they are presented as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets. We have recorded the MPLX Preferred Units at their issuance date fair value, net of issuance costs.
MPC Senior Notes – On December 14, 2015, we completed a public offering of $1.5 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes (“MPC senior notes”). The net proceeds from the offering of the MPC senior notes were $1.49 billion , after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses. We used approximately $763 million of the net proceeds from this offering to fund the extinguishment of our obligation for the $750 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.500% senior notes due 2016.
The MPC senior notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of ours and rank equally with all our other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.
MPLX and MarkWest Senior Notes In connection with the MarkWest Merger, MPLX assumed MarkWest’s outstanding debt, which included $4.1 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes. On December 22, 2015, approximately $4.04 billion aggregate principal amount of MarkWest’s outstanding senior notes were exchanged for an aggregate principal amount of approximately $4.04 billion of new unsecured senior notes issued by MPLX in an exchange offer and consent solicitation undertaken by MPLX and MarkWest.
On February 12, 2015, MPLX completed a public offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of four percent unsecured senior notes due February 15, 2025 . The net proceeds, which were approximately $495 million after deducting underwriting discounts, were used to repay the amounts outstanding under the MPLX bank revolving credit facility, as well as for general partnership purposes.
See discussion of the February 2017 issuance of MPLX senior notes due 2027 and 2047 under the MPLX LP section of the Executive Summary.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 19 for further discussion of our debt.

72

Table of Contents

Capital Requirements
Our board approved a 2017 capital spending and investment plan of $1.7 billion for MPC, excluding MPLX. MPLX’s capital investment plan includes $1.4 billion to $1.7 billion of organic growth capital, not including anticipated dropdowns and acquisitions previously discussed or their respective subsequent capital spending, and approximately $100 million of maintenance capital. Additional details related to expected 2017 capital spending and investments are discussed in the Capital Budget Outlook section below.
During the second quarter of 2016, we paid BP $200 million for the third period’s contingent earnout related to the acquisition of the Galveston Bay refinery and have paid BP $569 million to-date leaving $131 million remaining under the total cap of $700 million . See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Note 17 .
In 2016 , we made pension contributions totaling $119 million . We have no required funding for 2017 , but may make voluntary contributions at our discretion.
On January 27, 2017 , our board of directors approved a $0.36 per share dividend, payable March 10, 2017 to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 16, 2017 .
Since January 1, 2012, our board of directors has approved $10.0 billion in total share repurchase authorizations and we have repurchased a total of $7.44 billion of our common stock, leaving $2.56 billion available for repurchases as of December 31, 2016 . Under these authorizations, we have acquired 202 million shares at an average cost per share of $36.77 .
We may utilize various methods to effect the repurchases, which could include open market repurchases, negotiated block transactions, accelerated share repurchases or open market solicitations for shares, some of which may be effected through Rule 10b5-1 plans. The timing and amount of future repurchases, if any, will depend upon several factors, including execution of our strategic initiatives, market and business conditions, and such repurchases may be discontinued at any time.
We may, from time to time, repurchase notes in the open market, in privately-negotiated transactions or otherwise in such volumes, at such prices and upon such other terms as we deem appropriate.
Contractual Cash Obligations
The table below provides aggregated information on our consolidated obligations to make future payments under existing contracts as of December 31, 2016 . The contractual obligations detailed below do not include our contractual obligations to MPLX under various fee-based commercial agreements as these transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
(In millions)
 
Total
 
2017
 
2018-2019
 
2020-2021
 
Later Years
Long-term debt (a)
$
17,324

 
$
514

 
$
2,056

 
$
2,559

 
$
12,195

Capital lease obligations (b)
382

 
45

 
85

 
84

 
168

Operating lease obligations
1,590

 
254

 
409

 
358

 
569

Purchase obligations: (c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crude oil, feedstock, refined product and renewable fuel contracts (d)
10,500

 
7,387

 
1,395

 
1,325

 
393

Transportation and related contracts
4,730

 
443

 
1,084

 
968

 
2,235

Contracts to acquire property, plant and equipment (e)
899

 
864

 
35

 

 

Service, materials and other contracts (f)
1,860

 
474

 
473

 
382

 
531

Total purchase obligations
17,989

 
9,168


2,987

 
2,675

 
3,159

Other long-term liabilities reported in the consolidated balance sheet (g)
2,088

 
213

 
442

 
410

 
1,023

Total contractual cash obligations
$
39,373

 
$
10,194

 
$
5,979

 
$
6,086

 
$
17,114

(a)  
Includes interest payments for our senior notes, term loans and the MPLX credit agreement and commitment and administrative fees for our credit agreement, the MPLX credit agreement and our trade receivables facility.
(b)  
Capital lease obligations represent future minimum payments.
(c)  
Includes both short- and long-term purchases obligations.
(d)  
These contracts include variable price arrangements. For purposes of this disclosure we have estimated prices to be paid primarily based on futures curves for the commodities to the extent available.
(e)  
Includes $131 million of contingent consideration associated with the acquisition of the Galveston Bay Refinery and Related Assets.
(f)  
Primarily includes contracts to purchase services such as utilities, supplies and various other maintenance and operating services.
(g)  
Primarily includes obligations for pension and other postretirement benefits including medical and life insurance, which we have estimated through 2024 . See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 22 .

73

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Off-balance sheet arrangements comprise those arrangements that may potentially impact our liquidity, capital resources and results of operations, even though such arrangements are not recorded as liabilities under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our off-balance sheet arrangements are limited to indemnities and guarantees that are described below. Although these arrangements serve a variety of our business purposes, we are not dependent on them to maintain our liquidity and capital resources, and we are not aware of any circumstances that are reasonably likely to cause the off-balance sheet arrangements to have a material adverse effect on liquidity and capital resources.
We have provided various guarantees related to equity method investees. In conjunction with the Spinoff, we entered into various indemnities and guarantees to Marathon Oil. These arrangements are described in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 25 .
Capital Budget Outlook
We expect to spend $1.7 billion in 2017 on capital projects and investments, excluding MPLX, capitalized interest and acquisitions we may complete. We continuously evaluate our capital budget and make changes as conditions warrant.
Refining & Marketing
The Refining & Marketing segment’s forecasted 2017 capital spending and investments is $1.17 billion , which includes approximately $325 million for refining margin enhancement projects and approximately $840 million for refinery-sustaining capital. A number of these projects span multiple years.
The $325 million forecasted for refining margin enhancement projects includes spending for Garyville distillate projects, Galveston Bay export capacity expansion and approximately $85 million for the STAR project.
The remaining $840 million budget is primarily allocated to maintaining facilities and meeting regulatory requirements, including the EPA’s Tier 3 gasoline fuel standards, at our refineries.
Speedway
The Speedway segment’s 2017 capital forecast of approximately $380 million is focused on building new stores and remodeling and rebuilding existing retail locations in its core markets. We have identified numerous opportunities for new convenience stores or store rebuilds in our existing market, with a continued focus in Pennsylvania and Tennessee, as well as opportunities for growth in new markets including Georgia, South Carolina and the Florida panhandle. We also plan to capitalize on diesel demand growth by building out our network of commercial fueling lane locations, within our core market which cater to local and regional transport fleets.
Midstream
MPLX’s capital investment plan includes $1.4 billion to $1.7 billion of organic growth capital, not including anticipated dropdowns and acquisitions previously discussed or their respective subsequent capital spending, and approximately $100 million of maintenance capital. Approximately $1.0 billion to $1.3 billion of these growth investments are for the development of natural gas and gas liquids infrastructure to support MPLX's producer customers, primarily in the prolific Marcellus Shale. The remaining $400 million of growth capital is planned for the development of various crude oil and refined petroleum products infrastructure projects, including a build-out of Utica Shale infrastructure in connection with the recently completed Cornerstone Pipeline, a butane cavern in Robinson, Illinois, and a tank farm expansion in Texas City, Texas.
The Midstream segment’s forecasted 2017 capital spend, excluding MPLX, is approximately $90 million .
Corporate and Other
The 2017 capital forecast includes approximately $100 million to support corporate activities.
Our opinions concerning liquidity and capital resources and our ability to avail ourselves in the future of the financing options mentioned in the above forward-looking statements are based on currently available information. If this information proves to be inaccurate, future availability of financing may be adversely affected. Factors that affect the availability of financing include our performance (as measured by various factors, including cash provided by operating activities), the state of worldwide debt and equity markets, investor perceptions and expectations of past and future performance, the global financial climate, and, in particular, with respect to borrowings, the levels of our outstanding debt and credit ratings by rating agencies. The discussion of liquidity and capital resources above also contains forward-looking statements regarding expected capital requirements and investment spending, costs for projects under construction, project completion dates and expectations or projections about strategies and goals for growth, upgrades and expansion. The forward-looking statements about our capital and investment budget are based on current expectations, estimates and projections and are not guarantees of future performance. Actual results may differ materially from these expectations, estimates and projections and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and other

74

Table of Contents

factors, some of which are beyond our control and are difficult to predict. Some factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include our ability to achieve the strategic and other objectives related to the strategic initiatives discussed herein; adverse changes in laws including with respect to tax and regulatory matters; inability to agree with the MPLX conflicts committee with respect to the timing of and value attributed to assets identified for dropdown; changes to the expected construction costs and timing of projects; continued/further volatility in and/or degradation of market and industry conditions; the availability and pricing of crude oil and other feedstocks; slower growth in domestic and Canadian crude supply; completion of pipeline capacity to areas outside the U.S. Midwest; consumer demand for refined products; transportation logistics; the reliability of processing units and other equipment; MPC's ability to successfully implement growth opportunities; modifications to MPLX earnings and distribution growth objectives; compliance with federal and state environmental, economic, health and safety, energy and other policies and regulations, including the cost of compliance with the Renewable Fuel Standard, and/or enforcement actions initiated thereunder; changes to MPC's capital budget; other risk factors inherent to MPC's industry; These factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. For additional information on forward-looking statements and risks that can affect our business, see “Disclosures Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Transactions with Related Parties
We believe that transactions with related parties were conducted under terms comparable to those with unrelated parties. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 7 for discussion of activity with related parties.
Environmental Matters and Compliance Costs
We have incurred and may continue to incur substantial capital, operating and maintenance, and remediation expenditures as a result of environmental laws and regulations. If these expenditures, as with all costs, are not ultimately reflected in the prices of our products and services, our operating results will be adversely affected. We believe that substantially all of our competitors must comply with similar environmental laws and regulations. However, the specific impact on each competitor may vary depending on a number of factors, including the age and location of its operating facilities, marketing areas, production processes and whether it is also engaged in the petrochemical business or the marine transportation of crude oil and refined products.
Legislation and regulations pertaining to fuel specifications, climate change and greenhouse gas emissions have the potential to materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including costs of compliance and permitting delays. The extent and magnitude of these adverse impacts cannot be reliably or accurately estimated at this time because specific regulatory and legislative requirements have not been finalized and uncertainty exists with respect to the measures being considered, the costs and the time frames for compliance, and our ability to pass compliance costs on to our customers. For additional information see Item 1A. Risk Factors.
Our environmental expenditures, including non-regulatory expenditures, for each of the last three years were:
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Capital
$
302

 
$
222

 
$
102

Compliance: (a)
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and maintenance
541

 
355

 
397

Remediation (b)
40

 
53

 
36

Total
$
883

 
$
630

 
$
535

(a)  
Based on the American Petroleum Institute’s definition of environmental expenditures.
(b)  
These amounts include spending charged against remediation reserves, where permissible, but exclude non-cash provisions recorded for environmental remediation.
We accrue for environmental remediation activities when the responsibility to remediate is probable and the amount of associated costs can be reasonably estimated. As environmental remediation matters proceed toward ultimate resolution or as additional remediation obligations arise, charges in excess of those previously accrued may be required.
New or expanded environmental requirements, which could increase our environmental costs, may arise in the future. We believe we comply with all legal requirements regarding the environment, but since not all of them are fixed or presently determinable (even under existing legislation) and may be affected by future legislation or regulations, it is not possible to predict all of the ultimate costs of compliance, including remediation costs that may be incurred and penalties that may be imposed.

75

Table of Contents

Our environmental capital expenditures accounted for ten percent, nine percent and five percent of capital expenditures excluding the MarkWest Merger and the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Our environmental capital expenditures are expected to approximate $422 million , or 12 percent , of total capital expenditures in 2017 . Predictions beyond 2017 can only be broad-based estimates, which have varied, and will continue to vary, due to the ongoing evolution of specific regulatory requirements, the possible imposition of more stringent requirements and the availability of new technologies, among other matters. Based on currently identified projects, we anticipate that environmental capital expenditures will be approximately $400 million in 2018 ; however, actual expenditures may vary as the number and scope of environmental projects are revised as a result of improved technology or changes in regulatory requirements and could increase if additional projects are identified or additional requirements are imposed.
For more information on environmental regulations that impact us, or could impact us, see Item 1. Business Environmental Matters, Item 1A. Risk Factors and Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with US GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the respective reporting periods. Accounting estimates are considered to be critical if (1) the nature of the estimates and assumptions is material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change; and (2) the impact of the estimates and assumptions on financial condition or operating performance is material. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.
Fair Value Estimates
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. There are three approaches for measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities: the market approach, the income approach and the cost approach, each of which includes multiple valuation techniques. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to measure fair value by converting future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, into a single present value amount using current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that would currently be required to replace the service capacity of an asset. This is often referred to as current replacement cost. The cost approach assumes that the fair value would not exceed what it would cost a market participant to acquire or construct a substitute asset of comparable utility, adjusted for obsolescence.
The fair value accounting standards do not prescribe which valuation technique should be used when measuring fair value and does not prioritize among the techniques. These standards establish a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in applying the various valuation techniques. Inputs broadly refer to the assumptions that market participants use to make pricing decisions, including assumptions about risk. Level 1 inputs are given the highest priority in the fair value hierarchy while Level 3 inputs are given the lowest priority. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets as of the measurement date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2 – Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data. These are inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the measurement date.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data and may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value.
Valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs are favored. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest priority level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the placement of assets and liabilities within the levels of the fair value hierarchy. We use a market or income approach for recurring fair value measurements and endeavor to use the best information available. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 17 for disclosures regarding our fair value measurements.

76

Table of Contents

Significant uses of fair value measurements include:
assessment of impairment of long-lived assets;
assessment of impairment of intangible assets:
assessment of impairment of goodwill;
assessment of impairment of equity method investments;
recorded values for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with acquisitions; and
recorded values of derivative instruments.
Impairment Assessments of Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Equity Method Investments
Fair value calculated for the purpose of testing our long-lived assets, intangible assets, goodwill and equity method investments for impairment is estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows method and comparative market prices when appropriate. Significant judgment is involved in performing these fair value estimates since the results are based on forecasted assumptions. Significant assumptions include:
Future margins on products produced and sold . Our estimates of future product margins are based on our analysis of various supply and demand factors, which include, among other things, industry-wide capacity, our planned utilization rate, end-user demand, capital expenditures and economic conditions. Such estimates are consistent with those used in our planning and capital investment reviews.
Future volumes. Our estimates of future refinery, pipeline throughput and natural gas and NGL processing volumes are based on internal forecasts prepared by our Refining & Marketing and Midstream segments operations personnel.
Discount rate commensurate with the risks involved . We apply a discount rate to our cash flows based on a variety of factors, including market and economic conditions, operational risk, regulatory risk and political risk. This discount rate is also compared to recent observable market transactions, if possible. A higher discount rate decreases the net present value of cash flows.
Future capital requirements . These are based on authorized spending and internal forecasts.
We base our fair value estimates on projected financial information which we believe to be reasonable. However, actual results may differ from these projections.
The need to test for impairment can be based on several indicators, including a significant reduction in prices of or demand for products produced, a poor outlook for profitability, a significant reduction in pipeline throughput volumes, a significant reduction in natural gas or NGLs processed, a significant reduction in refining margins, other changes to contracts or changes in the regulatory environment in which the asset or equity method investment is located.
Long-lived assets used in operations are assessed for impairment whenever changes in facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable based on the expected undiscounted future cash flow of an asset group. For purposes of impairment evaluation, long-lived assets must be grouped at the lowest level for which independent cash flows can be identified, which generally is the refinery and associated distribution system level for Refining & Marketing segment assets, site level for Speedway segment convenience stores, and the plant level or pipeline system level for Midstream segment assets. If the sum of the undiscounted estimated pretax cash flows is less than the carrying value of an asset group, fair value is calculated, and the carrying value is written down if greater than the calculated fair value.
Unlike long-lived assets, goodwill must be tested for impairment at least annually, and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. We have thirteen reporting units, nine of which have goodwill allocated to them. At December 31, 2016 , we had a total of $3.59 billion of goodwill recorded on our consolidated balance sheet.
Based on an interim goodwill impairment test, MPLX recorded approximately $130 million of impairment expense related to charges recorded during the first and second quarters of 2016, which is reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
MPC has nine reporting units with goodwill totaling approximately $3.59 billion as of November 30, 2016. Step 1 of the annual impairment analysis resulted in the fair value of the reporting units exceeding their carrying value by percentages ranging from approximately 8 percent to 303 percent. The reporting unit with fair value exceeding its carrying value by approximately 8 percent has goodwill of $228 million at December 31, 2016. An increase of 0.50 percent to the discount rate used to estimate the fair value of the reporting units would not have resulted in a goodwill impairment charge as of November 30, 2016. Significant assumptions used to estimate the reporting units’ fair value included estimates of future cash flows. If estimates for future cash flows, which are impacted primarily by commodity prices and producers’ production plans, were to decline, the overall reporting units’ fair value would decrease, resulting in potential goodwill impairment charges. Fair value determinations

77

Table of Contents

require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. As a result, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the impairment tests will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future.
Equity method investments are assessed for impairment whenever factors indicate an other than temporary loss in value. Factors providing evidence of such a loss include the fair value of an investment that is less than its carrying value, absence of an ability to recover the carrying value or the investee’s inability to generate income sufficient to justify our carrying value. At December 31, 2016 , we had $3.83 billion of investments in equity method investments recorded on our consolidated balance sheet.
An estimate of the sensitivity to net income resulting from impairment calculations is not practicable, given the numerous assumptions (e.g., pricing, volumes and discount rates) that can materially affect our estimates. That is, unfavorable adjustments to some of the above listed assumptions may be offset by favorable adjustments in other assumptions.
MPLX performed a fixed asset impairment analysis during the second quarter of 2016 for Ohio Condensate Company (“OCC”) resulting in an impairment charge of $96 million within OCC’s financial statements. Approximately $58 million of the charge was attributable to MPLX based on its 60 percent ownership of OCC and was recorded in Income (loss) from equity method investments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Furthermore, to determine the potential equity method impairment charge, an impairment analysis in accordance with ASC Topic 323 was performed during the second quarter resulting in an additional impairment charge of approximately $31 million, recorded in Income (loss) from equity method investments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.
For purposes of the second quarter impairment analysis, the fair value of OCC was determined based on applying the discounted cash flow method, which is an income approach, and the guideline public company method, which is a market approach. The significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value under the discounted cash flow method included management’s best estimates of the expected results using a probability weighted average set of cash flow forecasts and using a discount rate of 11.2 percent. Fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. As such, the fair value of the OCC equity method investment and its underlying fixed assets represents a Level 3 measurement.
As of December 31, 2016, MPLX determined that there were no material events or changes in circumstances that would indicate an other-than-temporary decline in its equity method investments.
During the third quarter of 2016, Enbridge Energy Partners announced that its affiliate, North Dakota Pipeline, would withdraw certain pending regulatory applications for its Sandpiper pipeline project and that the project would be deferred indefinitely. These decisions were considered to indicate an impairment of the costs capitalized to date on the project. As the operator of North Dakota Pipeline and the entity responsible for maintaining its financial records, Enbridge completed a fixed asset impairment analysis as of August 31, 2016, in accordance with ASC Topic 360. Based on the estimated liquidation value of the fixed assets, an impairment charge was recorded by North Dakota Pipeline. Based on our 37.5 percent ownership of North Dakota Pipeline, we recognized approximately $267 million of this charge in the third quarter of 2016 through “Income (loss) from equity method investments” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income which impaired virtually all of our $301 million investment in the project. Also, in accordance with ASC Topic 323, we completed an assessment to determine the potential additional equity method impairment charge to be recorded on our consolidated financial statements resulting from an other-than-temporary impairment. The result of this analysis indicated no additional charge was required to be recorded.
The fixed assets of North Dakota Pipeline related to the Sandpiper pipeline project consist primarily of project management and engineering costs, pipe, valves, motors and other equipment, land and easements. The fair value of fixed assets was estimated based on a market approach using the estimated price that would be received to sell pipe, land and other related equipment in its current condition, considering the current market conditions for sale of these assets and length of disposal period. The valuation considered a range of potential selling prices from various alternatives that could be used to dispose of these assets. As such, the fair value of the North Dakota Pipeline equity method investment and its underlying assets represents a Level 3 measurement. North Dakota Pipeline expects to dispose of these assets through orderly transactions.
Centennial experienced a significant reduction in shipment volumes in the second half of 2011 that has continued through 2015. At December 31, 2016 , Centennial was not shipping product. As a result, we continued to evaluate the carrying value of our equity investment in Centennial. We concluded that no impairment was required given our assessment of its fair value based on market participant assumptions for various potential uses and future cash flows of Centennial’s assets. If market conditions were to change and the owners of Centennial are unable to find an alternative use for the assets, there could be a future impairment of our Centennial interest. As of December 31, 2016 , our equity investment in Centennial was $35 million and we had a $29 million guarantee associated with 50 percent of Centennial’s outstanding debt. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 25 for additional information on the debt guarantee.

78

Table of Contents

The above discussion contains forward-looking statements with respect to the carrying value of our Centennial equity investment. Factors that could affect the carrying value of our Centennial equity investment include, but are not limited to, a change in business conditions, a further decline or improvement in the long-term outlook of the potential uses of Centennial’s assets and the pursuit of different strategic alternatives for such assets. These factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements.
Acquisitions
In accounting for business combinations, acquired assets, assumed liabilities and contingent consideration are recorded based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. The excess or shortfall of the purchase price when compared to the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired, if any, is recorded as goodwill or a bargain purchase gain, respectively. A significant amount of judgment is involved in estimating the individual fair values of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, contingent consideration and other assets and liabilities. We use all available information to make these fair value determinations and, for certain acquisitions, engage third-party consultants for assistance.
The fair value of assets and liabilities, including contingent consideration, as of the acquisition date are often estimated using a combination of approaches, including the income approach, which requires us to project related future cash inflows and outflows and apply an appropriate discount rate; the cost approach, which requires estimates of replacement costs and depreciation and obsolescence estimates; and the market approach which uses market data and adjusts for entity-specific differences. The estimates used in determining fair values are based on assumptions believed to be reasonable but which are inherently uncertain. Accordingly, actual results may differ from the projected results used to determine fair value.
For the customer contract intangibles for our Midstream segment, we must estimate the expected life of the relationships with our customers on an individual basis. The estimates used in determining fair values are based on assumptions believed to be reasonable but which are inherently uncertain. Accordingly, actual results may differ from the projected results used to determine fair value.
The fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay to BP is re-measured each quarter using an income approach, with changes in fair value recorded in cost of revenues. The amount of cash to be paid under the arrangement is based on both a market-based crack spread and refinery throughput volumes for the months during which the contract applies, as well as established thresholds that cap the annual and total payment. We used internal and external forecasts for the crack spread and internal forecasts for refinery throughput volumes and applied an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate to the range of cash flows indicated by various scenarios to determine the fair value of the arrangement. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 5 for additional information on our acquisitions. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 17 for additional information on fair value measurements.
Derivatives
We record all derivative instruments at fair value. Substantially all of our commodity derivatives are cleared through exchanges which provide active trading information for identical derivatives and do not require any assumptions in arriving at fair value. Fair value estimation for all our derivative instruments is discussed in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 17 . Additional information about derivatives and their valuation may be found in Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Variable Interest Entities
We evaluate all legal entities in which we hold an ownership or other pecuniary interest to determine if the entity is a VIE. Our interests in a VIE are referred to as variable interests. Variable interests can be contractual, ownership or other pecuniary interests in an entity that change with changes in the fair value of the VIE’s assets. When we conclude that we hold an interest in a VIE we must determine if we are the entity’s primary beneficiary. A primary beneficiary is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in a VIE. This controlling financial interest is evidenced by both (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. We consolidate any VIE when we determine that we are the primary beneficiary. We must disclose the nature of any interests in a VIE that is not consolidated.
Significant judgment is exercised in determining that a legal entity is a VIE and in evaluating our interest in a VIE. We use primarily a qualitative analysis to determine if an entity is a VIE. We evaluate the entity’s need for continuing financial support; the equity holder’s lack of a controlling financial interest; and/or if an equity holder’s voting interests are disproportionate to its obligation to absorb expected losses or receive residual returns. We evaluate our interests in a VIE to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary. We use a primarily qualitative analysis to determine if we are deemed to have a controlling financial interest in the VIE, either on a standalone basis or as part of a related party group. We continually monitor our interests in legal

79

Table of Contents

entities for changes in the design or activities of an entity and changes in our interests, including our status as the primary beneficiary to determine if the changes require us to revise our previous conclusions.
MPLX is a VIE because the limited partners of MPLX do not have substantive kick-out or substantive participating rights over the general partner. We are the primary beneficiary of MPLX because in addition to significant economic interest, we also have the power, through our 100 percent ownership of the general partner, to control the decisions that most significantly impact MPLX. We therefore consolidate MPLX and record a noncontrolling interest for the 74.5 percent interest owned by the public.
MarkWest Utica EMG, a natural gas and NGL processing joint venture, is a VIE; however, we are not considered to be the primary beneficiary. As a result, it is accounted for under the equity method. Changes in the design or nature of the activities of this entity, or our involvement with the entity, may require us to reconsider our conclusions on the entity’s status as a VIE and/or our status as the primary beneficiary. Such reconsideration requires significant judgment and understanding of the organization. This could result in the consolidation of the entity which would have a significant impact on our financial statements. Ohio Gathering is a subsidiary of MarkWest Utica EMG and is a VIE. If we were to consolidate MarkWest Utica EMG, Ohio Gathering would need to be assessed for consolidation or deconsolidation.
Variable Interest Entities are discussed in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 6 .
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations - to be updated
Accounting for pension and other postretirement benefit obligations involves numerous assumptions, the most significant of which relate to the following:
the discount rate for measuring the present value of future plan obligations;
the expected long-term return on plan assets;
the rate of future increases in compensation levels;
health care cost projections; and
the mortality table used in determining future plan obligations.
We utilize the work of third-party actuaries to assist in the measurement of these obligations. We have selected different discount rates for our funded pension plans and our unfunded retiree health care plans due to the different projected benefit payment patterns. The selected rates are compared to various similar bond indexes for reasonableness. In determining the assumed discount rates, we use our third-party actuary’s discount rate model. This model calculates an equivalent single discount rate for the projected benefit plan cash flows using a yield curve derived from Aa bond yields. The yield curve represents a series of annualized individual spot discount rates from 0.5 to 99 years. The bonds used have an average rating of Aa or higher by a recognized rating agency and generally only non-callable bonds are included. Outlier bonds that have a yield to maturity that deviate significantly from the average yield within each maturity grouping are not included. Each issue is required to have at least $250 million par value outstanding.
Of the assumptions used to measure the year-end obligations and estimated annual net periodic benefit cost, the discount rate has the most significant effect on the periodic benefit cost reported for the plans. Decreasing the discount rates of 3.90 percent for our pension plans and 4.25 percent for our other postretirement benefit plans by 0.25 percent would increase pension obligations and other postretirement benefit plan obligations by $44 million and $26 million, respectively, and would increase defined benefit pension expense and other postretirement benefit plan expense by $3 million and $1 million, respectively.
The long-term asset rate of return assumption considers the asset mix of the plans (currently targeted at approximately 51 percent equity securities and 49 percent fixed income securities for the primary funded pension plan), past performance and other factors. Certain components of the asset mix are modeled with various assumptions regarding inflation and returns. In addition, our long-term asset rate of return assumption is compared to those of other companies and to historical returns for reasonableness. We used the 6.50 percent long-term rate of return to determine our 2016 defined benefit pension expense. After evaluating activity in the capital markets, along with the current and projected plan investments, we did not change the asset rate of return for our primary plan from 6.50 percent effective for 2017. Decreasing the 6.50 percent asset rate of return assumption by 0.25 percent would increase our defined benefit pension expense by $4 million.
Compensation change assumptions are based on historical experience, anticipated future management actions and demographics of the benefit plans.
Health care cost trend assumptions are developed based on historical cost data, the near-term outlook and an assessment of likely long-term trends.
We utilized the 2016 mortality tables from the U.S. Society of Actuaries.

80

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 22 includes detailed information about the assumptions used to calculate the components of our annual defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan expense, as well as the obligations and accumulated other comprehensive loss reported on the year-end balance sheets.
Contingent Liabilities
We accrue contingent liabilities for legal actions, claims, litigation, environmental remediation, tax deficiencies related to operating taxes and third-party indemnities for specified tax matters when such contingencies are both probable and estimable. We regularly assess these estimates in consultation with legal counsel to consider resolved and new matters, material developments in court proceedings or settlement discussions, new information obtained as a result of ongoing discovery and past experience in defending and settling similar matters. Actual costs can differ from estimates for many reasons. For instance, settlement costs for claims and litigation can vary from estimates based on differing interpretations of laws, opinions on degree of responsibility and assessments of the amount of damages. Similarly, liabilities for environmental remediation may vary from estimates because of changes in laws, regulations and their interpretation, additional information on the extent and nature of site contamination and improvements in technology.
We generally record losses related to these types of contingencies as cost of revenues or selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income, except for tax deficiencies unrelated to income taxes, which are recorded as other taxes. For additional information on contingent liabilities, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Environmental Matters and Compliance Costs.
An estimate of the sensitivity to net income if other assumptions had been used in recording these liabilities is not practical because of the number of contingencies that must be assessed, the number of underlying assumptions and the wide range of reasonably possible outcomes, in terms of both the probability of loss and the estimates of such loss.

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
As discussed in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements, certain new financial accounting pronouncements will be effective for our financial statements in the future.

81

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
General
We are exposed to market risks related to the volatility of crude oil and refined product prices. We employ various strategies, including the use of commodity derivative instruments, to hedge the risks related to these price fluctuations. We are also exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. As of December 31, 2016 , we did not have any financial derivative instruments to hedge the risks related to interest rate fluctuations; however, we have used them in the past, and we continually monitor the market and our exposure and may enter into these agreements again in the future. We are at risk for changes in fair value of all of our derivative instruments; however, such risk should be mitigated by price or rate changes related to the underlying commodity or financial transaction.
We believe that our use of derivative instruments, along with our risk assessment procedures and internal controls, does not expose us to material adverse consequences. While the use of derivative instruments could materially affect our results of operations in particular quarterly or annual periods, we believe that the use of these instruments will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or liquidity.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes 17 and 18 for more information about the fair value measurement of our derivatives, as well as the amounts recorded in our consolidated balance sheets and statements of income. We do not designate any of our commodity derivative instruments as hedges for accounting purposes.
Commodity Price Risk
Refining & Marketing
Our strategy is to obtain competitive prices for our products and allow operating results to reflect market price movements dictated by supply and demand. We use a variety of commodity derivative instruments, including futures and options, as part of an overall program to hedge commodity price risk. We also authorize the use of the market knowledge gained from these activities to do a limited amount of trading not directly related to our physical transactions.
We use commodity derivative instruments on crude oil and refined product inventories to hedge price risk associated with inventories above or below LIFO inventory targets. We also use derivative instruments related to the acquisition of foreign-sourced crude oil and ethanol blended with refined petroleum products to hedge price risk associated with market volatility between the time we purchase the product and when we use it in the refinery production process or it is blended. In addition, we may use commodity derivative instruments on fixed price contracts for the sale of refined products to hedge risk by converting the refined product sales to market-based prices. The majority of these derivatives are exchange-traded contracts. We closely monitor and hedge our exposure to market risk on a daily basis in accordance with policies approved by our board of directors. Our positions are monitored daily by a risk control group to ensure compliance with our stated risk management policy.

Midstream
NGL and natural gas prices are volatile and are impacted by changes in fundamental supply and demand, as well as market uncertainty, availability of NGL transportation and fractionation capacity and a variety of additional factors that are beyond MPLX’s control. MPLX’s profitability is directly affected by prevailing commodity prices primarily as a result of processing or conditioning at its own or third‑party processing plants, purchasing and selling or gathering and transporting volumes of natural gas at index‑related prices and the cost of third‑party transportation and fractionation services. To the extent that commodity prices influence the level of natural gas drilling by MPLX’s producer customers, such prices also affect profitability. To protect MPLX financially against adverse price movements and to maintain more stable and predictable cash flows so that it can meet its cash distribution objectives, debt service and capital plans, MPLX executes a strategy governed by its risk management policy. MPLX has a committee comprised of senior management that oversees risk management activities, continually monitors the risk management program and adjusts its strategy as conditions warrant. Derivative contracts utilized for crude oil, natural gas and NGLs are swaps and options traded on the OTC market and fixed price forward contracts. As a result of MPLX’s current derivative positions, it believes that it has mitigated a portion of its expected commodity price risk through the fourth quarter of 2017. MPLX would be exposed to additional commodity risk in certain situations such as if producers under‑deliver or over‑deliver products or if processing facilities are operated in different recovery modes. In the event that MPLX has derivative positions in excess of the product delivered or expected to be delivered, the excess derivative positions may be terminated.

82

Table of Contents

MPLX management conducts a standard credit review on counterparties to derivative contracts, and it has provided the counterparties with a guaranty as credit support for its obligations. A separate agreement with certain counterparties allows MarkWest Liberty Midstream to enter into derivative positions without posting cash collateral. MPLX uses standardized agreements that allow for offset of certain positive and negative exposures in the event of default or other terminating events, including bankruptcy.

Open Derivative Positions and Sensitivity Analysis
The table below sets forth information relating to our significant open commodity derivative contracts as of December 31, 2016 .
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
Position
 
Total Barrels
(In thousands)
 
Weighted Average Price
(Per barrel)
 
Benchmark
Crude Oil (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange-traded
Long
 
53,028

 
$50.62
 
CME and ICE Crude (c)(d)
Exchange-traded
Short
 
(52,373
)
 
$52.13
 
CME and ICE Crude (c)(d)  
OTC
Short
 
(37
)
 
$52.10
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Position
 
MMBtu
 
Weighted Average Price
(Per MMBtu)
 
 
Natural Gas
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTC
Long
 
297,017

 
$2.93
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Position
 
Total Gallons
(In thousands)
 
Weighted Average Price
(Per gallon)
 
Benchmark
Refined Products (b)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange-traded
Long
 
196,434

 
$1.64
 
CME Heating Oil and RBOB (c)(e)
Exchange-traded
Short
 
(221,970
)
 
$1.68
 
CME Heating Oil and RBOB (c)(e)
OTC
Short
 
(64,212
)
 
$0.61
 
 
(a) 98.7 percent of exchange-traded contracts expire in the first quarter of 2017 .
(b) 100 percent of exchange-traded contracts expire in the first quarter of 2017 .
(c) Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”).
(d) Intercontinental Exchange (“ICE”).
(e) Reformulated gasoline Blendstock for Oxygenate Blending (“RBOB”).
Sensitivity analysis of the incremental effects on income from operations (“IFO”) of hypothetical 10 percent and 25 percent increases and decreases in commodity prices for open commodity derivative instruments as of December 31, 2016 is provided in the following table.

 
Change in IFO from a
Hypothetical Price
Increase of
 
Change in IFO from a
Hypothetical Price
Decrease of
(In millions)
10%
 
25%
 
10%
 
25%
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crude
$
65,682

 
$
180,196

 
$
103,186

 
$
272,641

Refined products
(4,986
)
 
(12,465
)
 
4,986

 
12,465

Embedded derivatives
(5,356
)
 
(13,389
)
 
5,356

 
13,389

We remain at risk for possible changes in the market value of commodity derivative instruments; however, such risk should be mitigated by price changes in the underlying physical commodity. Effects of these offsets are not reflected in the above sensitivity analysis.

83

Table of Contents

We evaluate our portfolio of commodity derivative instruments on an ongoing basis and add or revise strategies in anticipation of changes in market conditions and in risk profiles. Changes to the portfolio after December 31, 2016 would cause future IFO effects to differ from those presented above.
Interest Rate Risk
We are impacted by interest rate fluctuations related to our debt obligations. At December 31, 2016 , our debt was primarily comprised of the $2.25 billion aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior notes issued February 1, 2011, the $1.95 billion aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior notes issued September 5, 2014, the $500 million aggregate principal amount of fixed rate MPLX senior notes issued February 12, 2015, the $1.50 billion aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior notes issued December 15, 2015 and the $4.04 billion aggregate principal amount of fixed rate MPLX senior notes issued December 22, 2015. Additionally, we have $450 million of variable rate term debt.

Sensitivity analysis of the effect of a hypothetical 100-basis-point change in interest rates on long-term debt as of December 31, 2016 is provided in the following table. Fair value of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued interest approximate carrying value and are relatively insensitive to changes in interest rates due to the short-term maturity of the instruments. Accordingly, these instruments are excluded from the table.
 
(In millions)
 
Fair
Value
(b)
 
Change in
Fair Value
 
Change in Net Income for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016
 
Long-term debt (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed-rate
 
$
10,442

 
$
831

(c)  
n/a

 
Variable-rate
 
450

 
0

 
11

(d)  
(a)  
Excludes capital leases.
(b)  
Fair value was based on market prices, where available, or current borrowing rates for financings with similar terms and maturities.
(c)  
Assumes a 100-basis point decrease in the weighted average yield-to-maturity at December 31, 2016 .
(d)  
Assumes a 100-basis-point change in interest rates. The change in net income was based on the weighted average balance of debt outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016 .
At December 31, 2016 , our portfolio of long-term debt was comprised of fixed-rate instruments and variable-rate borrowings under the term loan agreement and the MPLX term loan facility. The fair value of our fixed-rate debt is relatively sensitive to interest rate fluctuations. Our sensitivity to interest rate declines and corresponding increases in the fair value of our debt portfolio unfavorably affects our results of operations and cash flows only when we elect to repurchase or otherwise retire fixed-rate debt at prices above carrying value. Interest rate fluctuations generally do not impact the fair value of borrowings under the term loan agreement, the MPLX term loan facility and MPLX bank revolving credit facility, but may affect our results of operations and cash flows.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We are impacted by foreign exchange rate fluctuations related to some of our purchases of crude oil denominated in Canadian dollars. We did not utilize derivatives to hedge our market risk exposure to these foreign exchange rate fluctuations in 2016 .
Counterparty Risk
We are subject to risk of loss resulting from nonpayment by our customers to whom we provide services or sell natural gas or NGLs. We believe that certain contracts would allow us to pass those losses through to our customers, thus reducing our risk, when we are selling NGLs and acting as our producer customers’ agent. Our credit exposure related to these customers is represented by the value of our trade receivables. Where exposed to credit risk, we analyze the customer’s financial condition prior to entering into a transaction or agreement, establish credit terms and monitor the appropriateness of these terms on an ongoing basis. In the event of a customer default, we may sustain a loss and our cash receipts could be negatively impacted.


84

Table of Contents

We are subject to risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by counterparties or future commission merchants. Our credit exposure related to commodity derivative instruments is represented by the fair value of contracts with a net positive fair value at the reporting date. These outstanding instruments expose us to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the agreements. Should the creditworthiness of one or more of our counterparties decline, our ability to mitigate nonperformance risk is limited to a counterparty agreeing to either a voluntary termination and subsequent cash settlement or a novation of the derivative contract to a third party. In the event of a counterparty default, we may sustain a loss and our cash receipts could be negatively impacted. This counterparty credit risk does not apply to our embedded derivative as the overall value is a liability. We regularly review the creditworthiness of counterparties and futures commission merchants and enter into master netting agreements when appropriate.
Forward-Looking Statements
These quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk include forward-looking statements with respect to management’s opinion about risks associated with the use of derivative instruments. These statements are based on certain assumptions with respect to interest rates as well as market prices and industry supply of and demand for crude oil, other refinery feedstocks, refined products, natural gas, NGLs and ethanol. If these assumptions prove to be inaccurate, future outcomes with respect to our use of derivative instruments may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements.


85

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Index
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


86

Table of Contents

Management’s Responsibilities for Financial Statements
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Marathon Petroleum Corporation and its subsidiaries (“MPC”) are the responsibility of management and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. They necessarily include some amounts that are based on best judgments and estimates. The financial information displayed in other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is consistent with these consolidated financial statements.
MPC seeks to assure the objectivity and integrity of its financial records by careful selection of its managers, by organizational arrangements that provide an appropriate division of responsibility and by communications programs aimed at assuring that its policies and methods are understood throughout the organization.
The board of directors pursues its oversight role in the area of financial reporting and internal control over financial reporting through its Audit Committee. This committee, composed solely of independent directors, regularly meets (jointly and separately) with the independent registered public accounting firm, management and internal auditors to monitor the proper discharge by each of their responsibilities relative to internal accounting controls and the consolidated financial statements.
 
/s/ Gary R. Heminger
 
/s/ Timothy T. Griffith
 
/s/ John J. Quaid
Gary R. Heminger
Chairman of the Board,
President and
Chief Executive Officer
 
Timothy T. Griffith
Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial
Officer
 
John J. Quaid
Vice President and
Controller

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
MPC’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). An evaluation of the design and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, based on the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. Based on the results of this evaluation, MPC’s management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016 .
The effectiveness of MPC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

/s/ Gary R. Heminger
 
/s/ Timothy T. Griffith
 
 
Gary R. Heminger
Chairman of the Board,
President and
Chief Executive Officer
 
Timothy T. Griffith
Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial
Officer
 
 


87

Table of Contents



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders of Marathon Petroleum Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marathon Petroleum Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Toledo, Ohio
February 24, 2017



88



Marathon Petroleum Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
(In millions, except per share data)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Revenues and other income:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes)
$
63,339

 
$
72,051

 
$
97,817

Income (loss) from equity method investments
(185
)
 
88

 
153

Net gain on disposal of assets
32

 
7

 
21

Other income
178

 
112

 
111

Total revenues and other income
63,364

 
72,258

 
98,102

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenues (excludes items below)
49,170

 
55,583

 
83,770

Purchases from related parties
509

 
308

 
505

Inventory market valuation adjustment
(370
)
 
370

 

Consumer excise taxes
7,506

 
7,692

 
6,685

Impairment expense
130

 
144

 

Depreciation and amortization
2,001

 
1,502

 
1,326

Selling, general and administrative expenses
1,605

 
1,576

 
1,375

Other taxes
435

 
391

 
390

Total costs and expenses
60,986

 
67,566

 
94,051

Income from operations
2,378

 
4,692

 
4,051

Net interest and other financial income (costs)
(556
)
 
(318
)
 
(216
)
Income before income taxes
1,822

 
4,374

 
3,835

Provision for income taxes
609

 
1,506

 
1,280

Net income
1,213

 
2,868

 
2,555

Less net income (loss) attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
41

 

 

Noncontrolling interests
(2
)
 
16

 
31

Net income attributable to MPC
$
1,174

 
$
2,852

 
$
2,524

Per Share Data (See Note 8)
 
 
 
 
 
Basic:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to MPC per share
$
2.22

 
$
5.29

 
$
4.42

Weighted average shares outstanding
528

 
538

 
570

Diluted:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to MPC per share
$
2.21

 
$
5.26

 
$
4.39

Weighted average shares outstanding
530

 
542

 
574

Dividends paid
$
1.36

 
$
1.14

 
$
0.92

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

89

Table of Contents

Marathon Petroleum Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net income
$
1,213

 
$
2,868

 
$
2,555

Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Defined benefit postretirement and post-employment plans:
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial changes, net of tax of $69, $21 and ($47)
115

 
34

 
(78
)
Prior service costs, net of tax of ($18), ($24) and ($19)
(31
)
 
(39
)
 
(31
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
84

 
(5
)
 
(109
)
Comprehensive income
1,297

 
2,863

 
2,446

Less comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
41

 

 

Noncontrolling interests
(2
)
 
16

 
31

Comprehensive income attributable to MPC
$
1,258

 
$
2,847

 
$
2,415

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

90

Table of Contents

Marathon Petroleum Corporation
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
December 31,
(In millions, except share data)
2016
 
2015
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents (MPLX: $234 and $43, respectively)
$
887

 
$
1,127

Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $12 and $1 2 (MPLX: $302 and $257, respectively)
3,617

 
2,927

Inventories (MPLX: $54 and $51, respectively)
5,656

 
5,225

Other current assets (MPLX: $33 and $50, respectively)
241

 
192

Total current assets
10,401

 
9,471

Equity method investments (MPLX: $2,467 and $2,458, respectively)
3,827

 
3,622

Property, plant and equipment, net (MPLX: $10,730 and $9,997, respectively)
25,765

 
25,164

Goodwill (MPLX: $2,199 and $2,570, respectively)
3,587

 
4,019

Other noncurrent assets (MPLX: $506 and $478, respectively)
833

 
839

Total assets
$
44,413

 
$
43,115

Liabilities
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable (MPLX: $506 and $449, respectively)
$
5,593

 
$
4,743

Payroll and benefits payable (MPLX: $1 and $18, respectively)
530

 
503

Consumer excise taxes payable (MPLX: $2 and $1, respectively)
464

 
460

Accrued taxes (MPLX: $31 and $26, respectively)
153

 
184

Debt due within one year (MPLX: $1 and $1, respectively)
28

 
29

Other current liabilities (MPLX: $78 and $65, respectively)
378

 
426

Total current liabilities
7,146

 
6,345

Long-term debt (MPLX: $4,422 and $5,255, respectively)
10,544

 
11,896

Deferred income taxes (MPLX: $5 and $378, respectively)
3,861

 
3,285

Defined benefit postretirement plan obligations
1,055

 
1,179

Deferred credits and other liabilities (MPLX: $181 and $170, respectively)
604

 
735

Total liabilities
23,210

 
23,440

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 25)


 


Redeemable noncontrolling interest
1,000

 

Equity
 
 
 
MPC stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, no shares issued and outstanding (par value 0.01 per share, 30 million shares authorized)

 

Common stock:
 
 
 
Issued – 731 million and 729 million shares (par value 0.01 per share, 1 billion shares authorized )
7

 
7

Held in treasury, at cost – 203 million and 198 million shar es
(7,482
)
 
(7,275
)
Additional paid-in capital
11,060

 
11,071

Retained earnings
10,206

 
9,752

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(234
)
 
(318
)
Total MPC stockholders’ equity
13,557

 
13,237

Noncontrolling interests
6,646

 
6,438

Total equity
20,203

 
19,675

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and equity
$
44,413

 
$
43,115

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

91

Table of Contents

Marathon Petroleum Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
1,213

 
$
2,868

 
$
2,555

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
61

 
16

 
27

Impairment expense
130

 
144

 

Depreciation and amortization
2,001

 
1,502

 
1,326

Inventory market valuation adjustment
(370
)
 
370

 

Pension and other postretirement benefits, net
9

 
80

 
151

Deferred income taxes
394

 
134

 
(242
)
Net gain on disposal of assets
(32
)
 
(7
)
 
(21
)
(Income) loss from equity method investments
185

 
(88
)
 
(153
)
Distributions from equity method investments
291

 
113

 
170

Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments
(41
)
 
4

 
(3
)
Changes in:
 
 
 
 
 
Current receivables
(674
)
 
1,292

 
1,642

Inventories
(70
)
 
80

 
(786
)
Current accounts payable and accrued liabilities
985

 
(2,400
)
 
(1,547
)
All other, net
(96
)
 
(47
)
 
(9
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
3,986

 
4,061

 
3,110

Investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Additions to property, plant and equipment
(2,892
)
 
(1,998
)
 
(1,480
)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 
(1,218
)
 
(2,821
)
Disposal of assets
101

 
21

 
27

Investments – acquisitions, loans and contributions
(288
)
 
(331
)
 
(413
)
 – redemptions, repayments and return of capital
26

 
4

 
9

All other, net
112

 
81

 
135

Net cash used in investing activities
(2,941
)
 
(3,441
)
 
(4,543
)
Financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial paper – issued
1,263

 

 

                              – repayments
(1,263
)
 

 

Long-term debt – borrowings
864

 
2,993

 
3,793

                          – repayments
(2,269
)
 
(2,226
)
 
(548
)
Debt issuance costs
(11
)
 
(21
)
 
(22
)
Issuance of common stock
11

 
33

 
26

Common stock repurchased
(197
)
 
(965
)
 
(2,131
)
Dividends paid
(719
)
 
(613
)
 
(524
)
Issuance of MPLX LP common units
776

 

 
221

Issuance of MPLX LP redeemable preferred units
984

 

 

Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(542
)
 
(40
)
 
(27
)
Contingent consideration payment
(164
)
 
(175
)
 
(172
)
All other, net
(18
)
 
27

 
19

Net cash provided by (used in) financ ing activities
(1,285
)
 
(987
)
 
635

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(240
)
 
(367
)
 
(798
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
1,127

 
1,494

 
2,292

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
887

 
$
1,127

 
$
1,494

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

92

Table of Contents

Marathon Petroleum Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
 
 
MPC Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions)
Common
Stock
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Non-controlling
Interests
 
Total
Equity
 
Redeemable Non-controlling Interest
Balance as of December 31, 2013
$
7

 
$
(4,155
)
 
$
9,765

 
$
5,507

 
$
(204
)
 
$
412

 
$
11,332

 
 
Net income

 

 

 
2,524

 

 
31

 
2,555

 
 
Dividends declared

 

 

 
(525
)
 

 

 
(525
)
 
 
Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 
(27
)
 
(27
)
 
 
Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 
(109
)
 

 
(109
)
 
 
Shares repurchased

 
(2,131
)
 

 

 

 

 
(2,131
)
 
 
Shares issued (returned) – stock-based compensation

 
(13
)
 
26

 

 

 

 
13

 
 
Stock-based compensation

 

 
50

 

 

 
2

 
52

 
 
Impact from equity transactions of MPLX LP

 

 

 

 

 
221

 
221

 
 
Other

 

 

 
9

 

 

 
9

 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2014
$
7

 
$
(6,299
)
 
$
9,841

 
$
7,515

 
$
(313
)
 
$
639

 
$
11,390

 

Net income

 

 

 
2,852

 

 
16

 
2,868

 
 
Dividends declared

 

 

 
(615
)
 

 

 
(615
)
 
 
Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 
(40
)
 
(40
)
 
 
Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 
(5
)
 

 
(5
)
 
 
Shares repurchased

 
(965
)
 

 

 

 

 
(965
)
 
 
Shares issued (returned) – stock-based compensation

 
(11
)
 
33

 

 

 

 
22

 
 
Stock-based compensation

 

 
69

 

 

 
16

 
85

 
 
Impact from equity transactions of MPLX LP

 

 
1,128

 

 

 
5,795

 
6,923

 
 
Noncontrolling interest - MarkWest Merger

 

 

 

 

 
13

 
13

 
 
Other

 

 

 

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2015
$
7

 
$
(7,275
)
 
$
11,071

 
$
9,752

 
$
(318
)
 
$
6,438

 
$
19,675

 
$

Net income (loss)

 

 

 
1,174

 

 
(2
)
 
1,172

 
41

Dividends declared

 

 

 
(720
)
 

 

 
(720
)
 

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 
(517
)
 
(517
)
 
(25
)
Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 
84

 

 
84

 

Shares repurchased

 
(197
)
 

 

 

 

 
(197
)
 

Shares issued (returned) – stock-based compensation

 
(10
)
 
11

 

 

 

 
1

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 
35

 

 

 
6

 
41

 

Impact from equity transactions of MPLX LP

 

 
(57
)
 

 

 
715

 
658

 

Issuance of MPLX LP redeemable preferred units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
984

Other

 

 

 

 

 
6

 
6

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
7

 
$
(7,482
)
 
$
11,060

 
$
10,206

 
$
(234
)
 
$
6,646

 
$
20,203

 
$
1,000

(Shares in millions)
Common
Stock
 
Treasury
Stock
Balance as of December 31, 2013
724

 
(130
)
Shares repurchased

 
(49
)
Shares issued – stock-based compensation
2

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014
726

 
(179
)
Shares repurchased

 
(19
)
Shares issued – stock-based compensation
3

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015
729

 
(198
)
Shares repurchased

 
(4
)
Shares issued (returned) – stock-based compensation
2

 
(1
)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
731

 
(203
)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

93

Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1 .
Description of the Business and Basis of Presentation
Description of the Business – Our business consists of refining and marketing, retail and midstream services conducted primarily in the Midwest, Gulf Coast, East Coast, Northeast and Southeast regions of the United States, through subsidiaries, including Marathon Petroleum Company LP, Speedway LLC and its subsidiaries (“Speedway”) and MPLX LP and its subsidiaries (“MPLX”).
See Note 10 for additional information about our operations.
Spinoff On May 25, 2011, the Marathon Oil board of directors approved the spinoff of its Refining, Marketing & Transportation Business (“RM&T Business”) into an independent, publicly traded company, MPC, through the distribution of MPC common stock to the stockholders of Marathon Oil common stock (the “Spinoff”). MPC became an independent, publicly traded company on July 1, 2011.
Basis of Presentation – Our results of operations and cash flows consist of consolidated MPC activities. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.
Certain prior period financial statement amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.
In the first quarter of 2016, we revised our segment reporting in connection with the contribution of our inland marine business to MPLX. See Note 4 for additional information. The operating results for our inland marine business and our investment in an ocean vessel joint venture, Crowley Ocean Partners LLC (“Crowley Ocean Partners”) are now reported in our Midstream segment. Previously they were reported as part of our Refining & Marketing segment. Comparable prior period information has been recast to reflect our revised segment presentation. See Note 10 for additional information.

2 .
Summary of Principal Accounting Policies
Principles applied in consolidation – These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our majority-owned, controlled subsidiaries and MPLX. Changes in ownership interest in consolidated subsidiaries that do not result in a change in control are recorded as an equity transaction. As of December 31, 2016 , we owned a 25.5 percent interest in MPLX, including a two percent general partner interest. This ownership percentage reflects the conversion of the MPLX Class B Units in July 2017 at 1.09 to 1.00. Due to our 100 percent ownership of the general partner interest, we have determined that we control MPLX and therefore we consolidate MPLX and record a noncontrolling interest for the 74.5 percent interest owned by the public.
Investments in entities over which we have significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. This includes entities in which we hold majority ownership but the minority shareholders have substantive participating rights. Income from equity method investments represents our proportionate share of net income generated by the equity method investees.
Differences in the basis of the investments and the separate net asset values of the investees, if any, are amortized into net income over the remaining useful lives of the underlying assets and liabilities, except for the excess related to goodwill. Equity method investments are evaluated for impairment whenever changes in the facts and circumstances indicate an other than temporary loss in value has occurred. When the loss is deemed to be other than temporary, the carrying value of the equity method investment is written down to fair value, and the amount of the write-down is included in net income.
Use of estimates – The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the respective reporting periods.
Revenue recognition – Revenues are recognized when products are shipped or services are provided to customers, title is transferred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Costs associated with revenues are recorded in cost of revenues. Shipping and other transportation costs billed to our customers are presented on a gross basis in revenues and cost of revenues.
Rebates from vendors are recognized as a reduction of cost of revenues when the initiating transaction occurs. Incentives that are derived from contractual provisions are accrued based on past experience and recognized in cost of revenues. Rebates to customers are reflected as a reduction of revenue and are accrued for in “Accounts payable” on the consolidated balance sheets.

94


Crude oil and refined product exchanges and matching buy/sell transactions We enter into exchange contracts and matching buy/sell arrangements whereby we agree to deliver a particular quantity and quality of crude oil or refined products at a specified location and date to a particular counterparty and to receive from the same counterparty the same commodity at a specified location on the same or another specified date. The exchange receipts and deliveries are nonmonetary transactions, with the exception of associated grade or location differentials that are settled in cash. The matching buy/sell purchase and sale transactions are settled in cash. Both exchange and matching buy/sell transactions are accounted for as exchanges of inventory and no revenues are recorded. The exchange transactions are recognized at the carrying amount of the inventory transferred.
Consumer excise taxes – We are required by various governmental authorities, including countries, states and municipalities, to collect and remit taxes on certain consumer products. Such taxes are presented on a gross basis in revenues and costs and expenses in the consolidated statements of income.
Cash and cash equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and on deposit and investments in highly liquid debt instruments with maturities of three months or less.
Restricted cash – Restricted cash consists of cash and investments that must be maintained as collateral for letters of credit issued to certain third party producer customers. The balances will be outstanding until certain capital projects are completed and the third party releases the restriction. Restricted cash also consists of cash advances to be used for the operation and maintenance of an operated pipeline system. At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the amount of restricted cash included in “Other current assets” on the consolidated balance sheets were $5 million and $9 million , respectively, which is currently reflected in our Midstream segment.
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts – Our receivables primarily consist of customer accounts receivable. Customer receivables are recorded at the invoiced amounts and generally do not bear interest. Allowances for doubtful accounts are generally recorded when it becomes probable the receivable will not be collected and are booked to bad debt expense. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in customer accounts receivable. We review the allowance quarterly and past-due balances over 180 days are reviewed individually for collectability. 
Approximately 23 percent and 26 percent of our accounts receivable balances at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, are related to sales of crude oil or refinery feedstocks to customers with whom we have master netting agreements. We have master netting agreements with more than 100 companies engaged in the crude oil or refinery feedstock trading and supply business or the petroleum refining industry. A master netting agreement generally provides for a once per month net cash settlement of the accounts receivable from and the accounts payable to a particular counterparty.
Inventories – Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market value. Cost of inventories is determined primarily under the LIFO method. Costs for crude oil, refinery feedstocks and refined product inventories are aggregated on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing if the LIFO cost basis of these inventories may have to be written down to market value.
Derivative instruments – We use derivatives to economically hedge a portion of our exposure to commodity price risk and, historically, to interest rate risk. We also have limited authority to use selective derivative instruments that assume market risk. All derivative instruments (including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) are recorded at fair value. Certain commodity derivatives are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets on a net basis by counterparty as they are governed by master netting agreements. Cash flows related to derivatives used to hedge commodity price risk and interest rate risk are classified in operating activities with the underlying transactions.
Fair value accounting hedges – We used interest rate swaps to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk associated with fixed interest rate debt in our portfolio. These interest rate swap agreements were terminated in 2012. Changes in the fair values of both the hedged item and the related derivative were recognized immediately in net income with an offsetting effect included in the basis of the hedged item. The net effect was to report in net income the extent to which the accounting hedge was not effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value. There was a gain on the termination of the agreements, which had been deferred and accounted for as an adjustment to our long-term debt balance. The gain was being amortized over the remaining life of the associated debt as a reduction of our interest expense, until the December 2015 extinguishment of our obligation for the associated debt. At such time, the remaining unamortized gain was credited to net interest and other financial income (costs).
Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges – Derivatives that are not designated as accounting hedges may include commodity derivatives used to hedge price risk on (1) inventories, (2) fixed price sales of refined products, (3) the acquisition of foreign-sourced crude oil, (4) the acquisition of ethanol for blending with refined products, (5) the sale of NGLs, (6) the purchase of natural gas and (7) the purchase of electricity. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as accounting hedges are recognized immediately in net income.

95


Concentrations of credit risk – All of our financial instruments, including derivatives, involve elements of credit and market risk. The most significant portion of our credit risk relates to nonperformance by counterparties. The counterparties to our financial instruments consist primarily of major financial institutions and companies within the energy industry. To manage counterparty risk associated with financial instruments, we select and monitor counterparties based on an assessment of their financial strength and on credit ratings, if available. Additionally, we limit the level of exposure with any single counterparty.
Property, plant and equipment – Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to 42 years. Such assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted future cash flows from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized based on the fair value of the asset.
When items of property, plant and equipment are sold or otherwise disposed of, any gains or losses are reported in net income. Gains on the disposal of property, plant and equipment are recognized when earned, which is generally at the time of closing. If a loss on disposal is expected, such losses are recognized when the assets are classified as held for sale.
Interest expense is capitalized for qualifying assets under construction. Capitalized interest costs are included in property, plant and equipment and are depreciated over the useful life of the related asset.
Goodwill and intangible assets – Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in the acquisition of a business. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment annually and when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit with goodwill has been reduced below carrying value. The impairment test requires allocating goodwill and other assets and liabilities to reporting units. The fair value of each reporting unit is determined and compared to the carrying value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, including goodwill, the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated. The excess, if any, of the book value over the implied fair value of goodwill is charged to net income as an impairment expense.
Amortization of intangibles with definite lives is calculated using the straight-line method which is reflective of the benefit pattern in which the estimated economic benefit is expected to be received over the estimated useful life of the intangible asset. Intangibles subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the intangible may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized based on the fair value of the asset. Intangibles not subject to amortization are tested for impairment annually and when circumstances indicate that the fair value is less than the carrying amount of the intangible. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment is recorded for the difference.
Major maintenance activities – Costs for planned turnaround, major maintenance and engineered project activities are expensed in the period incurred. These types of costs include contractor repair services, materials and supplies, equipment rentals and our labor costs.
Environmental costs – Environmental expenditures are capitalized for additional equipment that mitigates or prevents future contamination or improves environmental safety or efficiency of the existing assets. We recognize remediation costs and penalties when the responsibility to remediate is probable and the amount of associated costs can be reasonably estimated. The timing of remediation accruals coincides with completion of a feasibility study or the commitment to a formal plan of action.  Remediation liabilities are accrued based on estimates of known environmental exposure and are discounted when the estimated amounts are reasonably fixed and determinable. If recoveries of remediation costs from third parties are probable, a receivable is recorded and is discounted when the estimated amount is reasonably fixed and determinable.
Asset retirement obligations – The fair value of asset retirement obligations is recognized in the period in which the obligations are incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The majority of our recognized asset retirement liability relates to conditional asset retirement obligations for removal and disposal of fire-retardant material from certain refining facilities. The remaining recognized asset retirement liability relates to other refining assets, the removal of underground storage tanks at our leased convenience stores, certain pipelines and processing facilities and other related pipeline assets. The fair values recorded for such obligations are based on the most probable current cost projections. The recorded asset retirement obligations are not material to the consolidated financial statements.
Asset retirement obligations have not been recognized for some assets because the fair value cannot be reasonably estimated since the settlement dates of the obligations are indeterminate. Such obligations will be recognized in the period when sufficient information becomes available to estimate a range of potential settlement dates. The asset retirement obligations principally include the hazardous material disposal and removal or dismantlement requirements associated with the closure of certain refining, terminal, retail, pipeline and processing assets.

96


Our practice is to keep our assets in good operating condition through routine repair and maintenance of component parts in the ordinary course of business and by continuing to make improvements based on technological advances. As a result, we believe that generally these assets have no expected settlement date for purposes of estimating asset retirement obligations since the dates or ranges of dates upon which we would retire these assets cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.
Income taxes – Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are recorded when it is more likely than not that they will be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed periodically based on several factors, primarily our expectation to generate sufficient future taxable income.
Stock-based compensation arrangements – The fair value of stock options granted to our employees is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The model employs various assumptions, based on management’s estimates at the time of grant, which impact the calculation of fair value and ultimately, the amount of expense that is recognized over the vesting period of the stock option award. Of the required assumptions, the expected life of the stock option award and the expected volatility of our stock price have the most significant impact on the fair value calculation. The average expected life is based on our historical employee exercise behavior. The assumption for expected volatility of our stock price reflects a weighting of 50 percent of our common stock implied volatility and 50 percent of our common stock historical volatility.
The fair value of restricted stock awards granted to our employees is determined based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of performance unit awards granted to our employees is estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo valuation model.
Our stock-based compensation expense is recognized based on management’s estimate of the awards that are expected to vest, using the straight-line attribution method for all service-based awards with a graded vesting feature. If actual forfeiture results are different than expected, adjustments to recognized compensation expense may be required in future periods. Unearned stock-based compensation is charged to equity when restricted stock awards are granted. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period and is adjusted if conditions of the restricted stock award are not met. 
Business combinations - We recognize and measure the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date, with any remaining difference versus the purchase consideration recorded as goodwill or gain from a bargain purchase. For all material acquisitions, management engages an independent valuation specialist to assist with the determination of fair value of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, noncontrolling interest, if any, and goodwill, based on recognized business valuation methodologies. If the initial accounting for the business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the acquisition occurs, an estimate will be recorded. Subsequent to the acquisition, and not later than one year from the acquisition date, we will record any material adjustments to the initial estimate based on new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. An income, market or cost valuation method may be utilized to estimate the fair value of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and noncontrolling interest, if any, in a business combination. The income valuation method represents the present value of future cash flows over the life of the asset using: (i) discrete financial forecasts, which rely on management’s estimates of revenue and operating expenses; (ii) long-term growth rates; and (iii) appropriate discount rates. The market valuation method uses prices paid for a reasonably similar asset by other purchasers in the market, with adjustments relating to any differences between the assets. The cost valuation method is based on the replacement cost of a comparable asset at prices at the time of the acquisition reduced for depreciation of the asset. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred in connection with each business combination.
Renewable fuel identification numbers – We purchase RINs to satisfy a portion of our RFS2 compliance. We record a short-term intangible asset, included in “Other current assets” on the balance sheet, for RINs owned in excess of our anticipated current period compliance requirements. The asset value is based on the product of the excess RINs as of the balance sheet date, if any, and the average cost of our RINs. We record a current liability, included in “Other current liabilities” on the balance sheet, when we are deficient RINs based on the product of the deficient RINs as of the balance sheet date, if any, and the market price of the RINs at the balance sheet date. The cost of RINs used for compliance is reflected in “Cost of revenues” on the income statement.   Any gains or losses on the sale or expiration of RINs are classified as “Other income” on the income statement. Proceeds from RIN sales are included in investing activities - “All other, net” on the cash flow statement.

97



3 .
Accounting Standards
Recently Adopted
In September 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments related to business combinations. This accounting standard update requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. The change was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We recognized measurement period adjustments during the first and second quarters of 2016 on a cumulative prospective basis as additional analysis was completed on the preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition of MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P. (“MarkWest”). See Note 5 for further discussion and detail related to these measurement period adjustments.
In May 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that eliminates the requirement to categorize investments that are measured at net asset value using the practical expedient in the fair value hierarchy. The change was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within the fiscal year. Retrospective application is required. Adoption of this accounting standard update in the first quarter of 2016 did not have a material impact on our disclosures.
In April 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard update clarifying whether a customer should account for a cloud computing arrangement as an acquisition of a software license or as a service arrangement by providing characteristics that a cloud computing arrangement must have in order to be accounted for as a software license acquisition. The change was effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Retrospective or prospective application is allowed. We adopted this accounting standard update prospectively in the first quarter of 2016 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard update making targeted changes to the current consolidation guidance. The accounting standard update changes the considerations related to substantive rights, related parties, and decision making fees when applying the VIE consolidation model and eliminates certain guidance for limited partnerships and similar entities under the voting interest consolidation model. The change was effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Under the accounting standard update, we continue to consolidate our master limited partnership, MPLX, but it is now considered to be a VIE. The adoption of this accounting standard update in the first quarter of 2016 did impact our disclosures for this consolidated VIE, but did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 
In August 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update requiring management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. Management is required to assess if there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the issuance of the financial statements. Disclosures are required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt and the type of disclosure is determined based on whether management’s plans will be able to alleviate the substantial doubt. The change was effective for the first fiscal year ending after December 15, 2016, and for fiscal years and interim periods thereafter. The adoption of this accounting standard update in the fourth quarter of 2016 did not have a material impact on our disclosures.
In June 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update for the elimination of the concept of development stage entity (“DSE”) from U.S. GAAP and removes the related incremental reporting. The accounting standard update eliminated the additional financial statement requirements specific to a DSE and was adopted in the first quarter of 2015. In addition, the portion of the accounting standard update that amended the consolidation model to eliminate the special provisions in the VIE rules for assessing the sufficiency of the equity of a DSE was adopted in the first quarter of 2016. Adoption of this accounting standard update in the first quarters of 2015 and 2016 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Not Yet Adopted
In January 2017, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the new guidance, the recognition of an impairment charge is calculated based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The guidance should be applied on a prospective basis, and is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017.

98


In January 2017, the FASB issued an accounting standard update to clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The standard is intended to narrow the definition of a business by specifying the minimum inputs and processes and by narrowing the definition of outputs. The change is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The guidance will be applied prospectively and early adoption is permitted for certain transactions. We are in the process of determining the impact of the accounting standard update on the consolidated financial statements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update requiring that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The change is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Retrospective application is required. The application of this accounting standard update will not have a material impact on our statements of cash flows.
In October 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update to amend the consolidation guidance issued in February 2015 to require that a decision maker consider, in the determination of the primary beneficiary, its indirect interest in a VIE held by a related party that is under common control on a proportionate basis only. The change is effective for our financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We are required to apply the standard retrospective to January 1, 2016, the date on which we adopted the consolidation guidance issued in February 2015. We have analyzed this accounting standard update and do not expect there to be an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In October 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that requires recognition of the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory when the transfer occurs. The change is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in this accounting standard update should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. We do not expect application of this accounting standard update to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update related to the classification of certain cash flows. The accounting standard update provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification issues, including debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination and distributions received from equity method investees, to reduce diversity in practice. The change is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We do not expect application of this accounting standard update to have a material impact on our statements of cash flows.
In June 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update related to the accounting for credit losses on certain financial instruments. The guidance requires that for most financial assets, losses be based on an expected loss approach which includes estimates of losses over the life of exposure that considers historical, current and forecasted information. Expanded disclosures related to the methods used to estimate the losses as well as a specific disaggregation of balances for financial assets are also required. The change is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not expect application of this accounting standard update to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update to simplify some provisions in stock compensation accounting. The areas for simplification involve the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classifications of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification within the statement of cash flows. The changes are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those years, and early adoption is permitted. Adoption of this accounting standard update in the first quarter of 2017 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update eliminating the requirement that an investor retrospectively apply equity method accounting when an investment that it had accounted for by another method initially qualifies for the equity method. This change will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those years. The guidance will be applied prospectively and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect application of this accounting standard update to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

99


In February 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update requiring lessees to record virtually all leases on their balance sheets. The accounting standard update also requires expanded disclosures to help financial statement users better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. For lessors, this amended guidance modifies the classification criteria and the accounting for sales-type and direct financing leases. The change will be effective on a modified retrospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard on our financial statements and disclosures, internal controls and accounting policies. This evaluation process includes reviewing all forms of leases, performing a completeness assessment over lease population and analyzing the practical expedients in order to determine the best path of implementation. We expect to recognize an asset and obligation related to leases previously accounted for as operating leases.
In January 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update requiring unconsolidated equity investments, not accounted for under the equity method, to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The accounting standard update also requires the use of the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes and the separate presentation of financial assets and liabilities by measurement category and form on the balance sheet and accompanying notes. The accounting standard update eliminates the requirement to disclose the methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost. Lastly, the accounting standard update requires separate presentation in other comprehensive income of the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when electing to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments. The changes are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted only for the guidance regarding presentation of a liability’s credit risk. We do not expect application of this accounting standard update to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update for revenue recognition for contracts with customers. The guidance in the accounting standard update states that revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of a good or service. Recognition of the revenue will involve a multiple step approach including identifying the contract, identifying the separate performance obligations, determining the transaction price, allocating the price to the performance obligations and then recognizing the revenue as the obligations are satisfied. Additional disclosures will be required to provide adequate information to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of reported revenues and revenues expected to be recognized. The change will be effective on a retrospective or modified retrospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted, no earlier than January 1, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard on our financial statements and disclosures, internal controls and accounting policies. This evaluation process is primarily focused on reviewing service contracts and transaction types across our Midstream segment. We are also evaluating the election allowing for net reporting included in the accounting standard update for consumer excise taxes. In addition, we are currently evaluating the methods of adoption.

4 .
MPLX LP     
MPLX is a diversified, growth-oriented publicly traded master limited partnership initially formed by us to own, operate, develop and acquire midstream assets related to the transportation and storage of hydrocarbon-based products, including crude oil, refined products, natural gas and NGLs. On December 4, 2015, MPLX and MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P. (“MarkWest”) completed a merger, whereby MarkWest became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX (the “MarkWest Merger”). MarkWest’s operations include: natural gas gathering, processing and transportation; and NGL gathering, transportation, fractionation, storage and marketing. MPLX’s other assets include a 100 percent interest in MPLX Pipe Line Holdings LLC (“Pipe Line Holdings”), which owns a network of common carrier crude oil and product pipeline systems and associated storage assets in the Midwest and Gulf Coast regions of the United States and a 100 percent interest in a butane cavern in Neal, West Virginia. MPLX also owns an inland marine business, which is comprised of 18 tow boats and approximately 200 barges which transports crude oil and refined products principally for MPC in the Midwest and Gulf Coast regions of the United States.
See Note 5 for information on MPLX’s investment in the Bakken Pipeline system.
As of December 31, 2016 , we owned a 25.5 percent interest in MPLX, including a two percent general partner interest. This ownership percentage reflects the conversion of the MPLX Class B Units in July 2017 at 1.09 to 1.00. MPLX is a VIE because the limited partners of MPLX do not have substantive kick-out or substantive participating rights over the general partner. We are the primary beneficiary of MPLX because in addition to our significant economic interest, we also have the power, through our 100 percent ownership of the general partner, to control the decisions that most significantly impact MPLX. We therefore consolidate MPLX and record a noncontrolling interest for the 74.5 percent interest owned by the public. The components of our noncontrolling interest consist of equity-based noncontrolling interest and redeemable noncontrolling interest. The redeemable noncontrolling interest relates to MPLX’s preferred units, discussed below.

100


The creditors of MPLX do not have recourse to MPC’s general credit through guarantees or other financial arrangements. The assets of MPLX are the property of MPLX and cannot be used to satisfy the obligations of MPC.
Reorganization Transactions
On September 1, 2016, MPC, MPLX and various affiliates initiated a series of reorganization transactions in order to simplify MPLX’s ownership structure and its financial and tax reporting. In connection with these transactions, MPC contributed $225 million to MPLX, and all of the issued and outstanding MPLX Class A Units, all of which were held by MarkWest Hydrocarbon L.L.C. (“MarkWest Hydrocarbon”), a subsidiary of MPLX, were exchanged for newly issued common units representing limited partner interests in MPLX. The simple average of the closing prices of MPLX common units for the last 10 trading days prior to September 1, 2016 was used for purposes of these transactions. As a result of these transactions, MPC increased its ownership interest in MPLX by 7 million MPLX common units, or approximately 1 percent .
Private Placement of Preferred Units
On May 13, 2016, MPLX completed the private placement of approximately 30.8 million 6.5 percent Series A Convertible Preferred Units (the “MPLX Preferred Units”) at a cash price of $32.50 per unit. The aggregate net proceeds of approximately $984 million from the sale of the MPLX Preferred Units was used for capital expenditures, repayment of debt and general partnership purposes.
The MPLX Preferred Units rank senior to all MPLX common units with respect to distributions and rights upon liquidation. The holders of the MPLX Preferred Units are entitled to receive quarterly distributions equal to $0.528125 per unit commencing for the quarter ended June 30, 2016, with a prorated amount from the date of issuance. Following the second anniversary of the issuance of the MPLX Preferred Units, the holders of the MPLX Preferred Units will receive as a distribution the greater of $0.528125 per unit or the amount of per unit distributions paid to common unitholders. The MPLX Preferred Units are convertible into MPLX common units on a one for one basis after three years, at the purchasers’ option, and after four years at MPLX’s option, subject to certain conditions.
The MPLX Preferred Units are considered redeemable securities due to the existence of redemption provisions upon a deemed liquidation event which is considered outside MPLX’s control. Therefore they are presented as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets. We have recorded the MPLX Preferred Units at their issuance date fair value, net of issuance costs. Since the MPLX Preferred Units are not currently redeemable and not probable of becoming redeemable in the future, adjustment to the initial carrying amount is not necessary and would only be required if it becomes probable that the security would become redeemable.
Dropdowns to MPLX
On March 1, 2014, we sold MPLX a 13 percent interest in Pipe Line Holdings for $310 million . MPLX financed this transaction with $40 million of cash on-hand and $270 million of borrowings on its bank revolving credit facility.
On December 1, 2014, we sold and contributed interests in Pipe Line Holdings totaling 30.5 percent to MPLX for $600 million in cash and 2.9 million MPLX common units valued at $200 million . MPLX financed the sales portion of this transaction with $600 million of borrowings on its bank revolving credit facility.
On December 4, 2015, we sold our remaining 0.5 percent interest in Pipe Line Holdings to MPLX for $12 million . As a result, MPLX now owns 100 percent of Pipe Line Holdings.
The sales and contribution of our interests in Pipe Line Holdings to MPLX resulted in a change of our ownership in Pipe Line Holdings, but not a change in control. We accounted for these sales as transactions between entities under common control and did not record a gain or loss.
On March 31, 2016, we contributed our inland marine business to MPLX in exchange for 23 million MPLX common units and 460 thousand MPLX general partner units. The number of units we received from MPLX was determined by dividing $600 million by the volume weighted average NYSE price of MPLX common units for the 10 trading days preceding March 14, 2016, pursuant to the Membership Interests Contribution Agreement. We also agreed to waive first-quarter 2016 common unit distributions, IDRs and general partner distributions with respect to the common units issued in this transaction. The contribution of our inland marine business was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control and therefore, we did not record a gain or loss.

101


On December 5, 2016, our board of directors authorized us to offer up to 100 percent of MPLX Terminals LLC (“MPLX Terminals”), Hardin Street Transportation LLC (“Hardin Street Transportation”) and Woodhaven Cavern LLC (“Woodhaven Cavern”) to MPLX. MPLX Terminals owns and operates terminal and marine facilities. Hardin Street Transportation owns and operates various private crude oil and refined product pipeline systems and associated storage tanks as well as several condensate truck loading and unloading facilities. Woodhaven Cavern owns and operates butane and propane storage caverns. The transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of 2017, pending requisite approvals.
      
Public Offerings
On December 8, 2014, MPLX completed a public offering of 3.5 million common units at a price to the public of $66.68 per MPLX common unit, with net proceeds of $221 million . MPLX used the net proceeds from this offering to repay borrowings under its bank revolving credit facility and for general partnership purposes.
On February 12, 2015, MPLX completed a public offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of four percent unsecured senior notes due February 15, 2025 . See Note 19 for more information.
ATM Program
On August 4, 2016, MPLX entered into a Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) providing for the continuous issuance of common units, in amounts, at prices and on terms to be determined by market conditions and other factors at the time of any offerings (such continuous offering program, or at-the-market program, referred to as the “ATM Program”). MPLX expects to use the net proceeds from sales under the ATM Program for general partnership purposes including repayment of debt and funding for acquisitions, working capital requirements and capital expenditures.
During 2016 , MPLX issued an aggregate of 26 million MPLX common units under the ATM Program, generating net proceeds of approximately $776 million . As of December 31, 2016 , $717 million of MPLX common units remains available for issuance through the ATM Program under the Distribution Agreement.
Noncontrolling Interest
Changes in MPC’s equity resulting from changes in its ownership interest in MPLX were as follows:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Transfers (to) from noncontrolling interest
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in MPC's paid in capital for the issuance of MPLX LP common units to the public
$
(60
)
 
$
1,532

Increase in MPC's paid in capital for the issuance of MPLX LP common units and general partner units to MPC
121

 

Net transfers (to) from noncontrolling interests
61

 
1,532

Tax impact
(118
)
 
(404
)
Change in MPC's additional paid-in capital, net of tax
$
(57
)
 
$
1,128

Agreements
We have various long-term, fee-based transportation and storage services agreements with MPLX. Under these agreements, MPLX provides transportation and storage services to us, and we commit to provide MPLX with minimum quarterly throughput volumes on crude oil and refined products systems and minimum storage volumes of crude oil, refined products and butane. We also have agreements with MPLX which establish fees for operational and management services provided between us and MPLX and for executive management services and certain general and administrative services provided by us to MPLX. These transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

102



5 .
Acquisitions and Investments

Merger with MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P.
On December 4, 2015, MPLX completed the MarkWest Merger. Each common unit of MarkWest issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the MarkWest Merger was converted into a right to receive 1.09 common units of MPLX representing limited partner interests in MPLX, plus a one-time cash payment of $6.20 per unit. We will contribute approximately $1.28 billion of cash to MPLX to pay the aggregate cash consideration to MarkWest unitholders, without receiving any new equity from MPLX in exchange. At closing, we made a payment of $1.23 billion to MarkWest common unitholders and the remaining $50 million will be paid in equal amounts, the first $25 million was paid in July 2016 and the second $25 million will be paid in July 2017, in connection with the conversion of the MPLX Class B Units to MPLX common units. Our financial results and operating statistics reflect the results of MarkWest from the date of the MarkWest Merger.
The components of the fair value of consideration transferred are as follows:
(In millions)
 
Fair value of MPLX units issued
$
7,326

Cash payment to MarkWest unitholders
1,230

Payable to MarkWest Class B unitholders
50

Total fair value of consideration transferred
$
8,606

The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocation. Subsequent to December 31, 2015, additional analysis was completed and adjustments were made to the preliminary purchase price allocation as noted in the table below. The estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities and noncontrolling interests assumed at the acquisition date, are as follows:
(In millions)
As originally reported
 
Adjustments
 
As adjusted
Cash and cash equivalents
$
12

 
$

 
$
12

Receivables
164

 

 
164

Inventories
33

 
(1
)
 
32

Other current assets
44

 

 
44

Equity method investments
2,457

 
143

 
2,600

Property, plant and equipment, net
8,474

 
43

 
8,517

Other noncurrent assets (a)
473

 
65

 
538

Total assets acquired
11,657

 
250

 
11,907

Accounts payable
322

 
6

 
328

Payroll and benefits payable
13

 

 
13

Accrued taxes
21

 

 
21

Other current liabilities
44

 

 
44

Long-term debt
4,567

 

 
4,567

Deferred income taxes
374

 
3

 
377

Deferred credit and other liabilities
151

 

 
151

Noncontrolling interests
13

 

 
13

Total liabilities and noncontrolling interest assumed
5,505

 
9

 
5,514

Net assets acquired excluding goodwill
6,152

 
241

 
6,393

Goodwill
2,454

 
(241
)
 
2,213

Net assets acquired
$
8,606

 
$

 
$
8,606

(a)  
The adjustment relates to acquired intangible assets.

103


Included in noncurrent assets at December 31, 2015 was a $468 million intangible asset related to customer contracts and relationships. Amortization of intangibles with definite lives was calculated using the straight-line method which was reflective of the benefit pattern in which the estimated economic benefit was expected to be received over the estimated useful life of the intangible asset. The estimated useful life of the customer contracts and relationships is 11 to 25 years.
Adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocations as of December 31, 2015 stem mainly from additional information obtained by management in the first quarter about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date including updates to forecasted employee benefit costs and capital expenditures, and completion of certain valuations to determine the underlying fair value of certain acquired assets. The adjustment to intangibles mainly relates to a misstatement in the preliminary purchase price allocation as of December 31, 2015. The correction of the error resulted in a $68 million reduction to the carrying value of goodwill and offsetting increases of $64 million in intangibles and $2 million in both equity method investments and property, plant and equipment. Management concluded that the correction of the error is immaterial to the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.
The increases to fair value of equity method investments, property plant and equipment, and other noncurrent assets noted above would not have resulted in a material effect to depreciation and amortization or income from equity method investments in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2015, had the fair value adjustments been recorded as of December 4, 2015.
The net fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the MarkWest Merger was less than the fair value of the total consideration resulting in the recognition of $2.21 billion of goodwill in three reporting units within our Midstream segment, substantially all of which is not deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill represents the complimentary aspects of the highly diverse asset base of MarkWest and MPLX that will provide significant additional opportunities across the hydrocarbon value chain.
As further discussed in Note 16 , we recorded a goodwill impairment charge based on the implied fair value of goodwill as of the interim impairment analysis in the first quarter of 2016. During the second quarter of 2016, we finalized the analysis of the purchase price allocation. The completion of the purchase price allocation resulted in a refinement of the impairment expense recorded, as more fully discussed in Note 16 .
We recognized $36 million of transaction costs related to the MarkWest Merger. These costs were expensed and $30 million is included in selling, general and administrative expenses and $6 million is in net interest and other financial income (costs).
The amounts of revenue and income from operations associated with the MarkWest Merger included in our consolidated statements of income for 2015 are as follows:
(In millions)
2015
Sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes)
$
120

Income from operations
32


Acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets
On September 30, 2014 , we acquired from Hess Corporation (“Hess”) all of Hess’ retail locations, transport operations and shipper history on various pipelines, including approximately 40 mbpd on Colonial Pipeline, for $2.82 billion . We refer to these assets as “Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets.” The transaction was funded with a combination of debt and available cash. The transaction provided for an adjustment for working capital, which was finalized with Hess during the first quarter of 2015, resulting in a $3 million reduction to our total consideration.
The purchase price allocation resulted in the recognition of $629 million in goodwill by our Speedway segment. The goodwill primarily relates to the expected benefits of a significantly expanded retail platform that should enable growth in new markets, as well as the potential for higher merchandise sales by utilizing Speedway’s marketing approach at the acquired locations. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.
We recognized $14 million of acquisition-related costs associated with Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets acquisition. These costs were expensed and were included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
The amounts of revenue and income from operations associated with Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets included in our consolidated statements of income for 2014 are as follows:

104


(In millions)
2014
Sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes)
$
2,403

Income from operations
113

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information
The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents consolidated results assuming the MarkWest Merger occurred on January 1, 2014 and the Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets acquisition occurred on January 1, 2013.
(In millions, except per share data)
2015
 
2014
Sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes)
$
73,760

 
$
108,605

Net income attributable to MPC
2,825

 
2,522

Net income attributable to MPC per share – basic
$
5.25

 
$
4.42

Net income attributable to MPC per share – diluted
5.21

 
4.39

The unaudited pro forma financial information includes adjustments to align accounting policies, increased depreciation expense to reflect the fair value of property, plant and equipment, increased amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets, adjustments to amortize the difference between the fair value and the principal amount of the MarkWest debt assumed by MPLX, adjustments to reflect the change in our limited partner interest in MPLX resulting from the MarkWest Merger, additional interest expense related to financing the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets, as well as the related income tax effects. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not give effect to potential synergies that could result from the transactions and is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations.
Acquisition of Biodiesel Facility
On April 1, 2014, we purchased a facility in Cincinnati, Ohio from Felda Iffco Sdn Bhd, Malaysia for $40 million . The plant currently produces biodiesel, glycerin and other by-products. The production capacity of the plant is approximately 60 million gallons per year.
Neither goodwill nor a gain from a bargain purchase was recognized in conjunction with the biodiesel facility acquisition.
Assuming the acquisition of the biodiesel facility in 2014 had been made at the beginning of any period presented, the consolidated pro forma results would not be materially different from reported results.
Formation of Travel Plaza Joint Venture
In the fourth quarter of 2016, Speedway and Pilot Flying J finalized the formation of a joint venture consisting of 123 travel plazas, primarily in the Southeast United States. The new entity, PFJ Southeast LLC (“PFJ Southeast”), consisted of 41 existing locations contributed by Speedway and 82 locations contributed by Pilot Flying J, all of which carry either the Pilot or Flying J brand and are operated by Pilot Flying J. We did not recognize a gain on the $272 million non-cash contribution of stores to the joint venture since the contribution was that of in-substance real estate. Our non-cash contribution consisted of $203 million of property, plant and equipment, $61 million of goodwill and $8 million of inventory.
Marine Investments
We currently have indirect ownership interests in two ocean vessel joint ventures with Crowley Maritime Corporation (“Crowley”), which were established to own and operate Jones Act vessels in petroleum product service. We have invested a total of $189 million in these two ventures as described further below.
In September 2015, we acquired a 50 percent ownership interest in a joint venture, Crowley Ocean Partners, with Crowley. The joint venture owns and operates four new Jones Act product tankers, three of which are leased to MPC. Two of the vessels were delivered in 2015 and the remaining two were delivered in 2016. We contributed a total of $141 million for the four vessels.
In May 2016, MPC and Crowley formed a new ocean vessel joint venture, Crowley Coastal Partners LLC (“Crowley Coastal Partners”), in which MPC has a 50 percent ownership interest. MPC and Crowley each contributed their 50 percent ownership in Crowley Ocean Partners, discussed above, into Crowley Coastal Partners. In addition, we contributed $48 million in cash and Crowley contributed its 100 percent ownership interest in Crowley Blue Water Partners LLC (“Crowley Blue Water Partners”) to Crowley Coastal Partners. Crowley Blue Water Partners is an entity that owns and operates three 750 Series ATB vessels that are leased to MPC. We account for our 50 percent interest in Crowley Coastal Partners as part of our Midstream segment using the equity method of accounting.

105


See Note 6 for information on Crowley Coastal Partners as a VIE and Note 25 for information on our conditional guarantee of the indebtedness of Crowley Ocean Partners and Crowley Blue Water Partners.
Investments in Pipeline Companies
Bakken Pipeline system
On February 15, 2017, MPLX closed on the previously announced transaction to acquire a partial, indirect equity interest in the Dakota Access Pipeline (“DAPL”) and Energy Transfer Crude Oil Company Pipeline (“ETCOP”) projects, collectively referred to as the Bakken Pipeline system, through a joint venture with Enbridge Energy Partners L.P. (“Enbridge Energy Partners”). MPLX contributed $500 million of the $2 billion purchase price paid by the joint venture to acquire a 36.75 percent indirect equity interest in the Bakken Pipeline system from Energy Transfer Partners, L.P. (“ETP”) and Sunoco Logistics Partners, L.P. (“SXL”). MPLX holds, through a subsidiary, a 25 percent interest in the joint venture, which equates to an approximate 9.2 percent indirect equity interest in the Bakken Pipeline system. The Bakken Pipeline system is currently expected to deliver in excess of 470 mbpd of crude oil from the Bakken/Three Forks production area in North Dakota to the Midwest through Patoka, Illinois and ultimately to the Gulf Coast. Furthermore, MPC expects to become a committed shipper on the Bakken Pipeline system under terms of an on-going open season.
In connection with closing the transaction with ETP and SXL, Enbridge Energy Partners canceled MPC’s transportation services agreement with respect to the Sandpiper pipeline project and released MPC from paying any termination fee per that agreement.
Explorer Pipeline Company
In March 2014, we acquired from Chevron Raven Ridge Pipe Line Company an additional seven percent interest in Explorer Pipeline Company (“Explorer”) for $77 million , bringing our ownership interest to 25 percent . As a result of this increase in our ownership, we now account for our investment in Explorer using the equity method of accounting rather than the cost method. The cumulative impact of the change was applied as an adjustment to 2014 retained earnings.
Southern Access Extension pipeline project
In July 2014, we exercised our option to acquire a 35 percent ownership interest in Enbridge Inc.’s Southern Access Extension (“SAX”) pipeline through our in investment in Illinois Extension Pipeline Company, LLC (“Illinois Extension Pipeline”). This option resulted from our agreement to be the anchor shipper on the SAX pipeline and our commitment to the Sandpiper pipeline project as discussed below. We have contributed $299 million to Illinois Extension Pipeline since project inception.
We account for our ownership interest in Illinois Extension Pipeline as an equity method investment. During the construction of the pipeline, our ownership interest in Illinois Extension Pipeline was considered a VIE. Upon completion and start up of the pipeline in December of 2015, a reassessment determined that our investment is no longer considered a VIE. Our investment in the pipeline and our share of its results are included in our Midstream segment.
Sandpiper pipeline project
In November 2013, we agreed to serve as an anchor shipper for the Sandpiper pipeline project and fund 37.5 percent of the construction costs of the project, which was to become part of Enbridge Energy Partners’ North Dakota System. In exchange for these commitments, we were to earn an approximate 27 percent equity interest in Enbridge Energy Partners’ North Dakota System upon the Sandpiper pipeline being placed into service. We made contributions of $14 million to North Dakota Pipeline Company LLC (“North Dakota Pipeline”) during 2016 and have contributed $301 million since project inception to fund our share of the construction costs for the project.
On September 1, 2016, Enbridge Energy Partners announced that its affiliate, North Dakota Pipeline, would withdraw certain pending regulatory applications for its Sandpiper pipeline project and that the project would be deferred indefinitely. These decisions were considered to indicate an impairment of the costs capitalized to date on the project. See Note 17 for information regarding the charge recognized in the third quarter of 2016.

106



6 .
Variable Interest Entities
In addition to MPLX, as described in Note 4 , the following entities are also VIEs.
Crowley Coastal Partners
In May 2016, Crowley Coastal Partners was formed to own an interest in both Crowley Ocean Partners and Crowley Blue Water Partners. We have determined that Crowley Coastal Partners is a VIE based on the terms of the existing financing arrangements for Crowley Blue Water Partners and Crowley Ocean Partners and the associated debt guarantees by MPC and Crowley. Our maximum exposure to loss at December 31, 2016 was $489 million , which includes our equity method investment in Crowley Coastal Partners and the debt guarantees provided to each of the lenders to Crowley Blue Water Partners and Crowley Ocean Partners. We are not the primary beneficiary of this VIE because we do not have the power to control the activities that significantly influence the economic outcomes of the entity and therefore, do not consolidate the entity.
MarkWest Utica EMG
On January 1, 2012, MarkWest Utica Operating Company, LLC (“Utica Operating”), a wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiary of MarkWest, and EMG Utica, LLC ("EMG Utica") (together the "Members"), executed agreements to form a joint venture, MarkWest Utica EMG LLC (“MarkWest Utica EMG”), to develop significant natural gas gathering, processing and NGL fractionation, transportation and marketing infrastructure in eastern Ohio.
As of December 31, 2016 , MarkWest has a 56 percent legal ownership interest in MarkWest Utica EMG. MarkWest Utica EMG's inability to fund its planned activities without subordinated financial support qualify it as a VIE. Utica Operating is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary due to EMG Utica’s voting rights on significant matters. We account for our ownership interest in MarkWest Utica EMG as an equity method investment. MPLX receives engineering and construction and administrative management fee revenue and reimbursement for other direct personnel costs for operating MarkWest Utica EMG. Our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with MarkWest Utica EMG includes our equity investment, any additional capital contribution commitments and any operating expenses incurred by the subsidiary operator in excess of compensation received for the performance of the operating services. Our equity investment in MarkWest Utica EMG at December 31, 2016 was $2.22 billion .
Ohio Gathering
Ohio Gathering Company, L.L.C. (“Ohio Gathering”) is a subsidiary of MarkWest Utica EMG and is engaged in providing natural gas gathering services in the Utica Shale in eastern Ohio. Ohio Gathering is a joint venture between MarkWest Utica EMG and Summit Midstream Partners, LLC. As of December 31, 2016 , we had a 34 percent indirect ownership interest in Ohio Gathering. As this entity is a subsidiary of MarkWest Utica EMG, which is accounted for as an equity method investment, MPLX reports its portion of Ohio Gathering’s net assets as a component of its investment in MarkWest Utica EMG. MPLX receives engineering and construction and administrative management fee revenue and reimbursement for other direct personnel costs for operating Ohio Gathering.

7 .
Related Party Transactions
Our related parties included:
Centennial Pipeline LLC (“Centennial”), in which we have a 50 percent noncontrolling interest. Centennial owns a refined products pipeline and storage facility.
Crowley Blue Water Partners, in which we have a 50 percent indirect noncontrolling interest. Crowley Blue Water Partners owns and operates three Jones Act ATB vessels.
Crowley Ocean Partners, in which we have a 50 percent indirect noncontrolling interest. Crowley Ocean Partners owns and operates Jones Act product tankers.
Explorer, in which we have a 25 percent interest. Explorer owns and operates a refined products pipeline.
Illinois Extension Pipeline, in which we have a 35 percent noncontrolling interest. Illinois Extension Pipeline owns and operates a crude oil pipeline.
LOCAP LLC (“LOCAP”), in which we have a 59 percent noncontrolling interest. LOCAP owns and operates a crude oil pipeline.
LOOP LLC (“LOOP”), in which we have a 51 percent noncontrolling interest. LOOP owns and operates the only U.S. deepwater oil port.
MarkWest Utica EMG, in which we have a 56 percent noncontrolling interest. MarkWest Utica EMG is engaged in significant natural gas processing and NGL fractionation, transportation and marketing in the state of Ohio.

107


Ohio Condensate Company L.L.C. (“Ohio Condensate”), in which we have a 60 percent noncontrolling interest. Ohio Condensate is engaged in wellhead condensate gathering, stabilization, terminalling, transportation and storage within certain defined areas of Ohio.
Ohio Gathering, in which we have a 34 percent indirect noncontrolling interest. Ohio Gathering is a subsidiary of MarkWest Utica EMG providing natural gas gathering service in the Utica Shale region of eastern Ohio.
PFJ Southeast, in which we have a 29 percent noncontrolling interest. PFJ Southeast owns travel plazas primarily in the Southeast United States.
The Andersons Albion Ethanol LLC (“TAAE”), in which we have a 45 percent noncontrolling interest, The Andersons Clymers Ethanol LLC (“TACE”), in which we have a 61 percent noncontrolling interest and The Andersons Marathon Ethanol LLC (“TAME”), in which we have a 67 percent direct and indirect noncontrolling interest. These companies each own and operate an ethanol production facility.
Other equity method investees.
We believe that transactions with related parties were conducted on terms comparable to those with unaffiliated parties.
Sales to related parties, which are included in “Sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes)” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income, were as follows:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
PFJ Southeast
$
56

 
$

 
$

Other equity method investees
6

 
6

 
7

Total
$
62

 
$
6

 
$
7

Other income from related parties, which is included in “Other income” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income, were as follows:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
MarkWest Utica EMG
$
16

 
$

 
$

Ohio Condensate
4

 

 

Ohio Gathering
15

 
2

 

Other equity method investees
6

 
2

 
1

Total
$
41

 
$
4

 
$
1

Other income from related parties consists primarily of fees received for operating transportation assets for our related parties.
Purchases from related parties were as follows:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Crowley Blue Water Partners
$
37

 
$

 
$

Crowley Ocean Partners
52

 
6

 

Explorer
14

 
20

 
39

Illinois Extension Pipeline
110

 
4

 

LOCAP
23

 
23

 
21

LOOP
59

 
52

 
88

TAAE
41

 
52

 
79

TACE
59

 
54

 
121

TAME
93

 
87

 
141

Other equity method investees
21

 
10

 
16

Total
$
509

 
$
308

 
$
505


108


Related party purchases from Crowley Blue Water Partners and Crowley Ocean Partners consist of leasing marine equipment primarily used to transport refined products. Related party purchases from Explorer consist primarily of refined product transportation costs. Related party purchases from Illinois Extension Pipeline, LOCAP, LOOP and other equity method investees consist primarily of crude oil transportation costs. Related party purchases from TAAE, TACE and TAME consist of ethanol purchases.
Receivables from related parties, which are included in “Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, were as follows:
 
December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Centennial
$

 
$
1

MarkWest Utica EMG
2

 
1

Ohio Condensate

 
3

Ohio Gathering
2

 
5

PFJ Southeast
40

 

Other equity method investees
1

 
3

Total
$
45

 
$
13

The long-term receivable from related parties, which is included in “Other noncurrent assets” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, was $1 million at December 31, 2016 and $1 million at December 31, 2015 .
Payables to related parties, which are included in “Accounts payable” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, were as follows:
 
December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Explorer
$

 
$
1

Illinois Extension Pipeline
9

 
4

LOCAP
2

 
2

LOOP
6

 
5

MarkWest Utica EMG
24

 
19

Ohio Condensate
1

 
4

TAAE
2

 
1

TACE
4

 
2

TAME
4

 
3

Other equity method investees
1

 
1

Total
$
53

 
$
42


109



8 .
Income per Common Share
We compute basic earnings per share by dividing net income attributable to MPC by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. The average number of shares of common stock and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the two-for-one stock split completed in June 2015. Diluted income per share assumes exercise of certain stock based compensation awards, provided the effect is not anti-dilutive.
MPC grants certain incentive compensation awards to employees and non-employee directors that are considered to be participating securities. Due to the presence of participating securities, we have calculated our earnings per share using the two-class method.
(In millions, except per share data)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Basic earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Allocation of earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to MPC
$
1,174

 
$
2,852

 
$
2,524

Income allocated to participating securities
1

 
4

 
4

Income available to common stockholders – basic
$
1,173

 
$
2,848

 
$
2,520

Weighted average common shares outstanding
528

 
538

 
570

Basic earnings per share
$
2.22

 
$
5.29

 
$
4.42

Diluted earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Allocation of earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to MPC
$
1,174

 
$
2,852

 
$
2,524

Income allocated to participating securities
1

 
4

 
4

Income available to common stockholders – diluted
$
1,173

 
$
2,848

 
$
2,520

Weighted average common shares outstanding
528

 
538

 
570

Effect of dilutive securities
2

 
4

 
4

Weighted average common shares, including dilutive effect
530

 
542

 
574

Diluted earnings per share
$
2.21

 
$
5.26

 
$
4.39

The following table summarizes the shares that were anti-dilutive, and therefore, were excluded from the diluted share calculation.
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Shares issued under stock-based compensation plans
3

 
1

 
1


9 .
Equity
As of December 31, 2016 , we have $2.56 billion of remaining share repurchase authorizations from our board of directors. We may utilize various methods to effect the repurchases, which could include open market repurchases, negotiated block transactions, accelerated share repurchases or open market solicitations for shares, some of which may be affected through Rule 10b5-1 plans. The timing and amount of future repurchases, if any, will depend upon several factors, including market and business conditions, and such repurchases may be discontinued at any time.
Total share repurchases were as follows for the respective periods:
(In millions, except per share data)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Number of shares repurchased
4

 
19

 
49

Cash paid for shares repurchased
$
197

 
$
965

 
$
2,131

Effective average cost per delivered share
$
41.84

 
$
50.31

 
$
44.31


110



10 .
Segment Information
In the first quarter of 2016, we revised our segment reporting in connection with the contribution of our inland marine business to MPLX. The operating results for our inland marine business and our investment in Crowley Ocean Partners are now reported in our Midstream segment. Previously they were reported as part of our Refining & Marketing segment. Comparable prior period information has been recast to reflect our revised segment presentation.
We have three reportable segments: Refining & Marketing; Speedway; and Midstream . Each of these segments is organized and managed based upon the nature of the products and services it offers.
Refining & Marketing – refines crude oil and other feedstocks at our refineries in the Gulf Coast and Midwest regions of the United States, purchases ethanol and refined products for resale and distributes refined products through various means, including terminals and trucks that we own or operate. We sell refined products to wholesale marketing customers domestically and internationally, to buyers on the spot market, to our Speedway segment and to independent entrepreneurs who operate Marathon ® retail outlets.
Speedway – sells transportation fuels and convenience merchandise in retail markets in the Midwest, East Coast and Southeast regions of the United States.
Midstream – includes the operations of MPLX and certain other related operations. The Midstream segment gathers, processes and transports natural gas; gathers, transports, fractionates, stores and markets NGLs and transports and stores crude oil and refined products.
On December 4, 2015, MPLX completed a merger with MarkWest and its results are included in the Midstream segment. On September 30, 2014, we acquired Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets, substantially all of which is part of the Speedway segment. Segment information for periods prior to each acquisition does not include amounts for these operations. See Note 5 .
Segment income represents income from operations attributable to the reportable segments. Corporate administrative expenses and costs related to certain non-operating assets are not allocated to the reportable segments. In addition, certain items that affect comparability (as determined by the chief operating decision maker) are not allocated to the reportable segments.

(In millions)
Refining & Marketing
 
Speedway
 
Midstream
 
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer
$
43,228

 
$
18,283

 
$
1,828

 
$
63,339

Intersegment (a)
10,589

 
3

 
808

 
11,400

Segment revenues
$
53,817

 
$
18,286

 
$
2,636

 
$
74,739

Segment income from operations (b)(c)
$
1,543

 
$
734

 
$
871

 
$
3,148

Income from equity method investments (d)
24

 
5

 
142

 
171

Depreciation and amortization (d)
1,092

 
273

 
576

 
1,941

Capital expenditures and investments (e)
1,101

 
303

 
1,521

 
2,925

 
(In millions)
Refining & Marketing
 
Speedway
 
Midstream
 
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer
$
52,174

 
$
19,690

 
$
187

 
$
72,051

Intersegment (a)
12,024

 
3

 
777

 
12,804

Segment revenues
$
64,198

 
$
19,693

 
$
964

 
$
84,855

Segment income from operations (b)(c)
$
4,086

 
$
673

 
$
380

 
$
5,139

Income from equity method investments
26

 

 
62

 
88

Depreciation and amortization (d)
1,052

 
254

 
144

 
1,450

Capital expenditures and investments (e)(f)
1,045

 
501

 
14,545

 
16,091

 

111


(In millions)
Refining & Marketing
 
Speedway
 
Midstream
 
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer
$
80,821

 
$
16,927

 
$
71

 
$
97,819

Intersegment (a)
10,912

 
5

 
753

 
11,670

Segment revenues
$
91,733

 
$
16,932

 
$
824

 
$
109,489

Segment income from operations (b)
$
3,538

 
$
544

 
$
342

 
$
4,424

Income from equity method investments
96

 

 
57

 
153

Depreciation and amortization (d)
1,020

 
152

 
102

 
1,274

Capital expenditures and investments (e)(g)
1,043

 
2,981

 
604

 
4,628

(a)  
Management believes intersegment transactions were conducted under terms comparable to those with unaffiliated parties.
(b)  
Included in the Midstream segment for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 are $11 million , $20 million and $19 million , respectively, of corporate overhead expenses attributable to MPLX. The remaining corporate overhead expenses are not currently allocated to other segments, but instead are reported in corporate and other unallocated items. Also included in the Midstream segment for 2015 are $36 million of transaction costs related to the MarkWest Merger.
(c)  
In 2016, the Refining & Marketing and Speedway segments include an inventory LCM benefit of $345 million and $25 million , respectively. In 2015, the Refining & Marketing and Speedway segments include an inventory LCM charge of $345 million and $25 million , respectively.
(d)  
Differences between segment totals and MPC totals represent amounts related to unallocated items and are included in “Items not allocated to segments” in the reconciliation below.
(e)  
Capital expenditures include changes in capital accruals, acquisitions and investments in affiliates.
(f)  
The Midstream segment includes $13.85 billion for the MarkWest Merger. See Note 5 .
(g)  
The Speedway and Refining & Marketing segments include $2.66 billion and $52 million , respectively, for the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets. See Note 5 .

The following reconciles segment income from operations to income before income taxes as reported in the consolidated statements of income:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Segment income from operations
$
3,148

 
$
5,139

 
$
4,424

Items not allocated to segments:
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and other unallocated items (a)
(277
)
 
(299
)
 
(277
)
Pension settlement expenses (b)
(7
)
 
(4
)
 
(96
)
Impairments (c)
(486
)
 
(144
)
 

Net interest and other financial income (costs)
(556
)
 
(318
)
 
(216
)
Income before income taxes
$
1,822

 
$
4,374

 
$
3,835

(a)  
Corporate and other unallocated items consists primarily of MPC’s corporate administrative expenses and costs related to certain non-operating assets, except for corporate overhead expenses attributable to MPLX, which are included in the Midstream segment. Corporate overhead expenses are not allocated to the Refining & Marketing and Speedway segments.
(b)  
See Note 22 .
(c)  
2016 includes impairments of goodwill and equity method investments. 2015 relates to the cancellation of the ROUX project at our Garyville refinery. See Notes 15 , 16 and 17 .
The following reconciles segment capital expenditures and investments to total capital expenditures:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Segment capital expenditures and investments
$
2,925

 
$
16,091

 
$
4,628

Less investments in equity method investees (a)
431

 
2,788

 
413

Plus items not allocated to segments:
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and Other
81

 
155

 
83

Capitalized interest
63

 
37

 
27

Total capital expenditures (b)
$
2,638

 
$
13,495

 
$
4,325

(a)  
2016 includes an adjustment of $143 million to the fair value of equity method investments acquired in connection with the MarkWest Merger. 2015 includes $2.46 billion for the MarkWest Merger. See Note 5 .
(b)  
Capital expenditures include changes in capital accruals. See Note 20 for a reconciliation of total capital expenditures to additions to property, plant and equipment as reported in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

112


The following reconciles total segment customer revenues to sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes) as reported in the consolidated statements of income:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Customer revenues
$
63,339

 
$
72,051

 
$
97,819

Corporate and other unallocated items

 

 
(2
)
Sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes)
$
63,339

 
$
72,051

 
$
97,817

Revenues by product line were:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Refined products
$
54,511

 
$
63,744

 
$
90,702

Merchandise
5,297

 
5,188

 
3,817

Crude oil and refinery feedstocks
2,038

 
2,718

 
2,917

Service, transportation and other
1,493

 
401

 
381

Sales and other operating revenues (including consumer excise taxes)
$
63,339

 
$
72,051

 
$
97,817

No single customer accounted for more than 10 percent of annual revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 .
We do not have significant operations in foreign countries. Therefore, revenues in foreign countries and long-lived assets located in foreign countries, including property, plant and equipment and investments, are not material to our operations.
Total assets by reportable segment were:
 
December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Refining & Marketing
$
18,039

 
$
17,379

Speedway
5,426

 
5,349

Midstream
18,078

 
17,462

Corporate and Other
2,870

 
2,925

Total consolidated assets
$
44,413

 
$
43,115


11 .
Other Items
Net interest and other financial income (costs) was:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Interest income
$
6

 
$
6

 
$
7

Interest expense (a)
(602
)
 
(325
)
 
(229
)
Interest capitalized
64

 
37

 
27

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 
(5
)
 

Other financial costs (b)
(24
)
 
(31
)
 
(21
)
Net interest and other financial income (costs)
$
(556
)
 
$
(318
)
 
$
(216
)
(a)  
2016 and 2015 includes $44 million and $1 million , respectively, for the amortization of the discount related to the difference between the fair value and the principal amount of the assumed MarkWest debt.
(b)  
2015 includes $6 million of transaction costs related to the MarkWest Merger.

113



12 .
Income Taxes
Income tax provisions (benefits) were:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(In millions)
Current
 
Deferred
 
Total
 
Current
 
Deferred
 
Total
 
Current
 
Deferred
 
Total
Federal
$
189

 
$
336

 
$
525

 
$
1,210

 
$
134

 
$
1,344

 
$
1,382

 
$
(199
)
 
$
1,183

State and local
27

 
57

 
84

 
152

 
9

 
161

 
135

 
(37
)
 
98

Foreign
(1
)
 
1

 

 
10

 
(9
)
 
1

 
5

 
(6
)
 
(1
)
Total
$
215

 
$
394

 
$
609

 
$
1,372

 
$
134

 
$
1,506

 
$
1,522

 
$
(242
)
 
$
1,280

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate ( 35 percent ) applied to income before income taxes to the provision for income taxes follows:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Statutory rate applied to income before income taxes
35
 %
 
35
 %
 
35
 %
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effects
3

 
2

 
2

Domestic manufacturing deduction
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Noncontrolling interests
(1
)
 

 

Biodiesel excise tax credit
(1
)
 
(1
)
 

Other
(2
)
 

 
(2
)
Provision for income taxes
33
 %
 
34
 %
 
33
 %

Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulted from the following:
 
December 31,         
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Employee benefits
$
578

 
$
631

Environmental
34

 
44

Net operating loss carryforwards
23

 
73

Other
58

 
73

Total deferred tax assets
693

 
821

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
2,591

 
2,512

Inventories
707

 
579

Investments in subsidiaries and affiliates
1,145

 
909

Other
94

 
89

Total deferred tax liabilities
4,537

 
4,089

Net deferred tax liabilities
$
3,844

 
$
3,268



114


Net deferred tax liabilities were classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:
 
December 31,         
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Assets:
 
 
 
Other noncurrent assets
$
17

 
$
17

Liabilities:
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes
3,861

 
3,285

Net deferred tax liabilities
$
3,844

 
$
3,268

Tax carryforwards – At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , federal operating loss carryforwards were $18 million and $66 million , respectively, which expire in 2022 through 2036 . As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , state and local operating loss carryforwards were $8 million and $10 million , respectively, which expire in 2017 through 2036 . The decrease in both the federal and state loss carryforwards was due to the utilization of loss carryforwards as a part of the reorganization transactions which simplified the MPLX ownership structure as discussed in Note 4 .
Valuation allowances – As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , $10 million and $5 million of valuation allowances were recognized primarily due to the expected realizability of foreign tax credits and based on estimates of future financial income and expected realizability of state and local tax operating losses.
MPC is continuously undergoing examination of its U.S. federal income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service. Such audits have been completed through the 2009 tax year. We believe adequate provision has been made for federal income taxes and interest which may become payable for years not yet settled. Further, we are routinely involved in U.S. state income tax audits. We believe all other audits will be resolved with the amounts paid and/or provided for these liabilities. As of December 31, 2016 , our income tax returns remain subject to examination in the following major tax jurisdictions for the tax years indicated:
United States Federal
2010
-
2015
States
2008
-
2015
During the first quarter of 2016, MPC’s deferred tax liabilities increased $115 million and additional paid-in capital decreased by the same amount for an out of period adjustment to update the preliminary tax effects recorded in 2015 related to the MarkWest Merger. The impact of the out of period adjustment was not material to the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015.
The following table summarizes the activity in unrecognized tax benefits:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
January 1 balance
$
12

 
$
12

 
$
13

Additions for tax positions of prior years
6

 

 
7

Reductions for tax positions of prior years
(10
)
 

 
(10
)
Settlements
(1
)
 

 
2

December 31 balance
$
7

 
$
12

 
$
12

If the unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016 were recognized, $2 million would affect our effective income tax rate. There were $1 million of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2016 for which it is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits would significantly decrease during the next twelve months.
Interest and penalties related to income taxes are recorded as part of the provision for income taxes. Such interest and penalties were net expenses (benefits) of $(5) million , $3 million and less than $1 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , $13 million and $18 million of interest and penalties were accrued related to income taxes.

115



13 .
Inventories
 
December 31,    
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Crude oil and refinery feedstocks
$
2,208

 
$
2,180

Refined products
2,810

 
2,804

Materials and supplies
485

 
438

Merchandise
153

 
173

Lower of cost or market reserve

 
(370
)
Total
$
5,656

 
$
5,225

The LIFO method accounted for 91 percent of total inventory value at both December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market value. Costs of crude oil, refinery feedstocks and refined products are aggregated on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing if the LIFO cost basis of these inventories may have to be written down to market values. As of December 31, 2015, costs of inventories exceeded market value by $370 million resulting in a charge to cost of revenues to establish an LCM inventory valuation reserve. During 2016, market prices for these inventories increased and the market value of these inventories exceeded their cost basis resulting in a reversal of the LCM inventory reserve and a $370 million benefit to cost of revenues. At December 31, 2016 , current acquisition costs of inventories were estimated to exceed the LIFO inventory value by $308 million .
There were no material liquidations of LIFO inventories in 2016 . In the second quarter of 2016, we had recognized the effects of an interim liquidation of our refined products inventories which we did not expect to reinstate by year end resulting in a pre-tax charge of approximately $54 million to income. Due to the annual build of refined products inventories, in the fourth quarter of 2016 , we recognized the effects of annual builds in our refined products and crude inventories which had the effect of reversing the second quarter charge. During 2015 , we recorded LIFO liquidations caused by permanently decreased levels in crude oil and refined products inventory levels. Cost of revenues increased and income from operations decreased by $78 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to these LIFO liquidations. There were no liquidations of LIFO inventories in 2014 .

116



14 .
Equity Method Investments
 
Ownership as of
 
Carrying value at
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2016
 
2015
Centennial
50%
 
$
35

 
$
37

Centrahoma Processing LLC
40%
 
104

 
111

Crowley Coastal Partners
50%
 
184

 

Crowley Ocean Partners (a)
50%
 

 
72

Explorer
25%
 
94

 
91

Illinois Extension Pipeline
35%
 
293

 
267

LOCAP
59%
 
22

 
22

LOOP
51%
 
277

 
243

MarkWest Utica EMG
56%
 
2,224

 
2,160

North Dakota Pipeline (b)
38%
 
30

 
287

Ohio Condensate (b)
60%
 
10

 
101

PFJ Southeast (c)
29%
 
283

 

TAAE
45%
 
33

 
27

TACE
61%
 
33

 
49

TAEI
34%
 
15

 
18

TAME (d)
50%
 
18

 
27

Other MPLX investments
 
 
129

 
86

Other
 
 
43

 
24

Total
 
 
$
3,827

 
$
3,622

(a)  
Crowley Ocean Partners merged into Crowley Coastal Partners in 2016.
(b)  
During 2016, we recorded an impairment charge of $267 million related to our investment in North Dakota Pipeline and an impairment charge of $89 million related to our investment in Ohio Condensate. See Note 17 for additional information.
(c)  
This joint venture with Pilot Flying J was formed in 2016. See Note 5 .
(d)  
Excludes TAEI’s investment in TAME.

Summarized financial information for equity method investees is as follows:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Income statement data:
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues and other income
$
2,421

 
$
1,390

 
$
1,430

Income (loss) from operations
(116
)
 
332

 
379

Net income (loss)
(250
)
 
239

 
316

Balance sheet data – December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
$
711

 
$
906

 
 
Noncurrent assets
8,170

 
6,418

 
 
Current liabilities
884

 
468

 
 
Noncurrent liabilities
1,462

 
1,130

 
 
As of December 31, 2016 , the carrying value of our equity method investments was $1.21 billion higher than the underlying net assets of investees. This basis difference is being amortized or accreted into net income over the remaining estimated useful lives of the underlying net assets, except for $553 million of excess related to goodwill.

117


Centennial experienced a significant reduction in shipment volumes in the second half of 2011 that has continued through 2016. At December 31, 2016, Centennial was not shipping product. As a result, we continued to evaluate the carrying value of our equity investment in Centennial. We concluded that no impairment was required given our assessment of its fair value based on market participant assumptions for various potential uses and future cash flows of Centennial’s assets. If market conditions were to change and the owners of Centennial are unable to find an alternative use for the assets, there could be a future impairment of our Centennial interest. As of December 31, 2016 , our equity investment in Centennial was $35 million and we had a $29 million guarantee associated with 50 percent of Centennial’s outstanding debt. See Note 25 for additional information on the debt guarantee.
Dividends and partnership distributions received from equity method investees (excluding distributions that represented a return of capital previously contributed) were $291 million , $113 million and $170 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 .

15 .
Property, Plant and Equipment
(In millions)
Estimated
Useful Lives
 
December 31,
2016
 
2015
Refining & Marketing
2 - 30 years
 
$
19,447

 
$
18,396

Speedway
4 - 25 years
 
5,078

 
5,067

Midstream
3 - 42 years
 
12,664

 
11,379

Corporate and Other
4 - 40 years
 
817

 
762

Total
 
 
38,006

 
35,604

Less accumulated depreciation
 
 
12,241

 
10,440

Property, plant and equipment, net
 
 
$
25,765

 
$
25,164

Property, plant and equipment includes gross assets acquired under capital leases of $505 million and $511 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, with related amounts in accumulated depreciation of $202 million and $176 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 . Property, plant and equipment includes construction in progress of $2.02 billion and $2.26 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, which primarily relates to capital projects at our refineries and midstream facilities.
In the third quarter of 2015, we decided to cancel the ROUX project at our Garyville, Louisiana refinery due to the implications of current market conditions. The project was intended to increase margins by upgrading residual fuel to ultra-low sulfur diesel and gas oil. As a result, we recorded a $144 million impairment charge to write off the costs incurred through September 30, 2015 on the project. This impairment charge is included in “Impairment expense” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

16 .
Goodwill and Intangibles
Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and when events or changes in circumstances indicate the fair value of a reporting unit with goodwill has been reduced below the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit. In 2016 , we recorded an impairment of goodwill as outlined below based on an interim impairment analysis. There was no impairment required based on our subsequent annual test of goodwill in 2016. In 2015 , no impairment was required based on our annual test.
During the first quarter of 2016, MPLX, our consolidated subsidiary, determined that an interim impairment analysis of the goodwill recorded in connection with the MarkWest Merger was necessary based on consideration of a number of first quarter events and circumstances, including i) continued deterioration of near-term commodity prices as well as longer term pricing trends, ii) recent guidance on reductions to forecasted capital spending, the slowing of drilling activity and the resulting reduced production growth forecasts released or communicated by MPLX’s producer customers and iii) increases in the cost of capital. The combination of these factors was considered to be a triggering event requiring an interim impairment test. Based on the first step of the interim goodwill impairment analysis, the fair value for three of the reporting units to which goodwill was assigned in connection with the MarkWest Merger was less than their respective carrying value. In step two of the impairment analysis, the implied fair values of the goodwill were compared to the carrying values within those reporting units. Based on this assessment, it was determined that goodwill was impaired in two of the reporting units. Accordingly, MPLX recorded an impairment charge of approximately $129 million in the first quarter of 2016. In the second quarter of 2016, MPLX completed its purchase price allocation, which resulted in an additional $1 million of impairment expense that would have been recorded

118


in the first quarter of 2016 had the purchase price allocation been completed as of that date. This adjustment to the impairment expense was the result of completing an evaluation of the deferred tax liabilities associated with the MarkWest Merger and their impact on the resulting goodwill that was recognized.
The fair value of the reporting units for the interim goodwill impairment analysis was determined based on applying the discounted cash flow method, which is an income approach, and the guideline public company method, which is a market approach. The discounted cash flow fair value estimate was based on known or knowable information at the interim measurement date. The significant assumptions that were used to develop the estimates of the fair values under the discounted cash flow method include management’s best estimates of the expected future results and discount rates, which ranged from 10.5 percent to 11.5 percent . Fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. As a result, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the interim goodwill impairment test will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
(In millions)
Refining & Marketing
 
Speedway
 
Midstream
 
Total
Balance at January 1, 2015
$
539

 
$
854

 
$
173

 
$
1,566

Acquisitions (a)

 

 
2,454

 
2,454

Disposition

 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
539

 
$
853

 
$
2,627

 
$
4,019

Purchase price allocation adjustments (a)

 

 
(241
)
 
(241
)
Disposition (b)

 
(61
)
 

 
(61
)
Impairment

 

 
(130
)
 
(130
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
539

 
$
792

 
$
2,256


$
3,587

(a)  
See Note 5 for information on the acquisitions and purchase price allocation adjustments.
(b)  
Goodwill associated with our former Speedway travel plaza locations that are now part of the PFJ Southeast joint venture. The amount was included in the initial basis for our equity method investment in the joint venture.



119


Intangible Assets
Our intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:
(In millions)
Refining & Marketing
 
Speedway
 
Midstream
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer contracts and relationships
$
102

 
$
1

 
$
533

 
$
636

Royalty agreements
128

 

 

 
128

Favorable lease contract terms
1

 
57

 

 
58

Other (a)
27

 
75

 

 
102

Gross
$
258

 
$
133

 
$
533

 
$
924

Accumulated amortization
(123
)
 
(35
)
 
(41
)
 
(199
)
Net
$
135

 
$
98

 
$
492

 
$
725

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer contracts and relationships
$
91

 
$
1

 
$
468

 
$
560

Royalty agreements
122

 

 

 
122

Favorable lease contract terms
1

 
70

 

 
71

Other (a)
28

 
75

 

 
103

Gross
$
242

 
$
146

 
$
468

 
$
856

Accumulated amortization
(104
)
 
(31
)
 
(2
)
 
(137
)
Net
$
138

 
$
115

 
$
466

 
$
719

(a)  
The Refining & Marketing and Speedway segments include unamortized intangible assets of $3 million and $46 million , respectively, which are primarily trademarks.
Amortization expense for 2016 and 2015 was $50 million and $29 million , respectively. Estimated future amortization expense related to the intangible assets at December 31, 2016 is as follows:
(In millions)
 
 
2017
 
$
49

2018
 
49

2019
 
49

2020
 
48

2021
 
46


120



17 .
Fair Value Measurements
Fair Values – Recurring
The following tables present assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 by fair value hierarchy level. We have elected to offset the fair value amounts recognized for multiple derivative contracts executed with the same counterparty, including any related cash collateral as shown below; however, fair value amounts by hierarchy level are presented on a gross basis in the following tables.
 
December 31, 2016
 
Fair Value Hierarchy
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Netting and Collateral (a)
 
Net Carrying Value on Balance Sheet (b)
 
Collateral Pledged Not Offset
Commodity derivative instruments, assets
$
688

 
$

 
$

 
$
(688
)
 
$

 
$
126

Other assets
2

 

 

 
 N/A

 
2

 

Total assets at fair value
$
690

 
$

 
$

 
$
(688
)
 
$
2

 
$
126

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commodity derivative instruments, liabilities
$
712

 
$

 
$
6

 
$
(712
)
 
$
6

 
$

Embedded derivatives in commodity contracts (c)

 

 
54

 

 
54

 

Contingent consideration, liability (d)

 

 
130

 
 N/A

 
130

 

Total liabilities at fair value
$
712

 
$

 
$
190

 
$
(712
)
 
$
190

 
$

 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Fair Value Hierarchy
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Netting and Collateral (a)
 
Net Carrying Value on Balance Sheet (b)
 
Collateral Pledged Not Offset
Commodity derivative instruments, assets
$
104

 
$
2

 
$
7

 
$
(62
)
 
$
51

 
$

Other assets
2

 

 

 
 N/A

 
2

 

Total assets at fair value
$
106

 
$
2

 
$
7

 
$
(62
)
 
$
53

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commodity derivative instruments, liabilities
$
39

 
$

 
$

 
$
(39
)
 
$

 
$

Embedded derivatives in commodity contracts (c)

 

 
32

 
$

 
32

 

Contingent consideration, liability (d)

 

 
317

 
 N/A

 
317

 

Total liabilities at fair value
$
39

 
$

 
$
349

 
$
(39
)
 
$
349

 
$

(a)  
Represents the impact of netting assets, liabilities and cash collateral when a legal right of offset exists. As of December 31, 2016 , cash collateral of $24 million was netted with mark-to-market derivative liabilities. As of December 31, 2015 , cash collateral of $23 million was netted with mark-to-market derivative assets.
(b)  
We have no derivative contracts that are subject to master netting arrangements that are reflected gross on the balance sheet.
(c)  
Includes $13 million and $5 million classified as current as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
(d)  
Includes $130 million and $196 million classified as current as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
Commodity derivatives in Level 1 are exchange-traded contracts for crude oil and refined products measured at fair value with a market approach using the close-of-day settlement prices for the market. Commodity derivatives are covered under master netting agreements with an unconditional right to offset. Collateral deposits in futures commission merchant accounts covered by master netting agreements related to Level 1 commodity derivatives are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.
Commodity derivatives in Level 2 include crude oil and natural gas swap contracts and are measured at fair value with a market approach. The valuations are based on the appropriate commodity prices and contain no significant unobservable inputs. LIBO Rates are an observable input for the measurement of these derivative contracts. The measurements for commodity contracts contain observable inputs in the form of forward prices based on WTI crude oil prices; and Columbia Appalachia, Henry Hub, PEPL and Houston Ship Channel natural gas prices.

121


Level 3 instruments include OTC NGL contracts and embedded derivatives in commodity contracts. The embedded derivative liability relates to a natural gas purchase agreement embedded in a keep‑whole processing agreement. The fair value calculation for these Level 3 instruments at December 31, 2016 used significant unobservable inputs including: (1) NGL prices interpolated and extrapolated due to inactive markets ranging from $0.28 to $1.27 per gallon and (2) the probability of renewal of 50 percent for the first five -year term and 75 percent for the second five -year term of the gas purchase agreement and the related keep-whole processing agreement. For these contracts, increases in forward NGL prices result in a decrease in the fair value of the derivative assets and an increase in the fair value of the derivative liabilities. The forward prices for the individual NGL products generally increase or decrease in a positive correlation with one another. Increases or decreases in forward NGL prices result in an increase or decrease in the fair value of the embedded derivative. An increase in the probability of renewal would result in an increase in the fair value of the related embedded derivative liability.
The contingent consideration represents the fair value as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 of the remaining amount we expect to pay to BP related to the earnout provision associated with our 2013 acquisition of BP’s refinery in Texas City, Texas and related logistics and marketing assets. We refer to these assets as the “Galveston Bay Refinery and Related Assets”. The fair value of the remaining contingent consideration was estimated using an income approach and is therefore a Level 3 liability. The amount of cash to be paid under the arrangement is based on both a market-based crack spread and refinery throughput volumes for the months during which the earnout applies, as well as established thresholds that cap the annual and total payment. The earnout payment cannot exceed $250 million per year for the last three years of the arrangement, with the total cumulative payment capped at $700 million over the six-year period commencing in 2014. Any excess or shortfall from the annual cap for a current year’s earnout calculation will not affect subsequent years’ calculations. The fair value calculation used significant unobservable inputs including: (1) an estimate of forecasted monthly refinery throughput volumes; (2) an internal and external monthly crack spread forecast of approximately $13 per barrel; and (3) a range of risk-adjusted discount rates from five percent to 10 percent . An increase or decrease in forecasts for the crack spread or refinery throughput volumes may result in a corresponding increase or decrease in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability. Increases to the fair value as a result of increasing forecasts for both of these unobservable inputs, however, are limited as the earnout payment is subject to annual caps. An increase or decrease in the discount rate may result in a decrease or increase to the fair value of the contingent consideration liability, respectively. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability is reassessed each quarter, with changes in fair value recorded in cost of revenues. Through December 31, 2016 , we have paid BP approximately $569 million in total leaving $131 million remaining under the total cap of $700 million .
The following is a reconciliation of the net beginning and ending balances recorded for net assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Beginning balance
$
342

 
$
478

 
$
625

Contingent consideration payment (a)
(200
)
 
(189
)
 
(180
)
Net derivative positions assumed - MarkWest Merger

 
31

 

Unrealized and realized losses included in net income
55

 
20

 
33

Settlements of derivative instruments
(7
)
 
2

 

Ending balance
$
190

 
$
342

 
$
478

 
 
 
 
 
 
The amount of total (gains) losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized (gains) losses relating to assets still held at the end of period:
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments
$
32

 
$
(7
)
 
$

Contingent consideration agreement
13

 
28

 
33

Total
$
45

 
$
21

 
$
33

(a)  
On the consolidated statements of cash flows for 2016, 2015 and 2014, $164 million , $175 million and $172 million , respectively, of the contingent earnout payment to BP was included as a financing activity with the remainder included as an operating activity.
See Note 18 for the income statement impacts of our derivative instruments.

122


Fair Values – Nonrecurring
The following table shows the values of assets, by major category, measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to their initial recognition.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(In millions)
Fair Value
 
Impairment
 
Fair Value
 
Impairment
 
Fair Value
 
Impairment
Equity method investments
$
42

 
$
356

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Goodwill

 
130

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 
144

 

 

Other noncurrent assets

 

 

 

 

 
11

During the third quarter of 2016, Enbridge Energy Partners announced that its affiliate, North Dakota Pipeline, would withdraw certain pending regulatory applications for the Sandpiper pipeline project and that the project would be deferred indefinitely. These decisions were considered to indicate an impairment of the costs capitalized to date on the project. As the operator of North Dakota Pipeline and the entity responsible for maintaining its financial records, Enbridge completed a fixed asset impairment analysis as of August 31, 2016, in accordance with ASC Topic 360. Based on the estimated liquidation value of the fixed assets, an impairment charge was recorded by North Dakota Pipeline. Based on our 37.5 percent ownership of North Dakota Pipeline, we recognized approximately $267 million of this charge in the third quarter of 2016 through “Income (loss) from equity method investments” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income, which impaired virtually all of our $301 million investment in the project. Also, in accordance with ASC Topic 323, we completed an assessment to determine any additional equity method impairment charge to be recorded on our consolidated financial statements resulting from an other-than-temporary impairment. The result of this analysis indicated no additional charge was required to be recorded.
The fixed assets of North Dakota Pipeline related to the Sandpiper pipeline project consist primarily of project management and engineering costs, pipe, valves, motors and other equipment, land and easements. The fair value of fixed assets was estimated based on a market approach using the estimated price that would be received to sell pipe, land and other related equipment in its current condition, considering the current market conditions for sale of these assets and length of disposal period. The valuation considered a range of potential selling prices from various alternatives that could be used to dispose of these assets. As such, the fair value of the North Dakota Pipeline equity method investment and its underlying assets represents a Level 3 measurement. As a result, actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of this impairment analysis. North Dakota Pipeline expects to dispose of these assets through orderly transactions.
During the second quarter of 2016, forecasts for Ohio Condensate, an equity method investment, were reduced in line with updated forecasts for customer requirements. As the operator of that entity responsible for maintaining its financial records, we completed a fixed asset impairment analysis as of June 30, 2016, in accordance with ASC Topic 360, to determine the potential fixed asset impairment charge. The resulting fixed asset impairment charge recorded within Ohio Condensate’s financial statements was $96 million . Based on our 60 percent ownership of Ohio Condensate, approximately $58 million was recorded in the second quarter of 2016 in “Income (loss) from equity method investments” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
Our investment in Ohio Condensate, which was established at fair value in connection with the MarkWest Merger, exceeded its proportionate share of the underlying net assets. Therefore, in conjunction with the ASC Topic 360 impairment analysis, we completed an equity method impairment analysis in accordance with ASC Topic 323 to determine the potential additional equity method impairment charge to be recorded on our consolidated financial statements resulting from an other-than-temporary impairment. As a result, an additional impairment charge of approximately $31 million was recorded in the second quarter of 2016 in “Income (loss) from equity method investments” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income, which eliminated the basis differential established in connection with the MarkWest Merger.
The fair value of Ohio Condensate and its underlying assets was determined based upon applying the discounted cash flow method, which is an income approach, and the guideline public company method, which is a market approach. The discounted cash flow fair value estimate is based on known or knowable information at the interim measurement date. The significant assumptions that were used to develop the estimate of the fair value under the discounted cash flow method include management’s best estimates of the expected future results using a probability weighted average set of cash flow forecasts and a discount rate of 11.2 percent . Fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions and factors. As such, the fair value of the Ohio Condensate equity method investment and its

123


underlying assets represents a Level 3 measurement. As a result, actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of this impairment analysis.
See Note 16 for additional information on the goodwill impairment.
In the third quarter of 2015, we decided to cancel the ROUX project at our Garyville refinery. The work completed on the project through September 30, 2015 had no alternate use or net salvage value; therefore, we fully impaired the $144 million of cost capitalized for the project through that date. The fair value of our investment in the project was determined using an income approach and is classified as Level 3.
Based on the financial and operational status of a company in which we have an interest, we fully impaired our $11 million investment in that company in 2014. Our investment in this company was accounted for using the cost method and was included in our Refining & Marketing segment. The impairment charge is included in “Other income” on the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The fair value of our investment in this cost company was measured using an income approach. This measurement is classified as Level 3.
Fair Values – Reported
The following table summarizes financial instruments on the basis of their nature, characteristics and risk at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , excluding the derivative financial instruments and contingent consideration reported above.
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
(In millions)
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
 
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments
$
25

 
$
2

 
$
33

 
$
2

Other
21

 
21

 
35

 
33

Total financial assets
$
46

 
$
23

 
$
68

 
$
35

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt (a)
$
10,892

 
$
10,297

 
$
11,366

 
$
11,628

Deferred credits and other liabilities
121

 
109

 
136

 
135

Total financial liabilities
$
11,013


$
10,406

 
$
11,502

 
$
11,763

(a)  
Excludes capital leases and debt issuance costs, however, includes amount classified as debt due within one year.
Our current assets and liabilities include financial instruments, the most significant of which are trade accounts receivable and payables. We believe the carrying values of our current assets and liabilities approximate fair value. Our fair value assessment incorporates a variety of considerations, including (1) the short-term duration of the instruments, (2) our investment-grade credit rating and (3) our historical incurrence of and expected future insignificance of bad debt expense, which includes an evaluation of counterparty credit risk.
Fair values of our financial assets included in investments and other financial assets and of our financial liabilities included in deferred credits and other liabilities are measured primarily using an income approach and most inputs are internally generated, which results in a Level 3 classification. Estimated future cash flows are discounted using a rate deemed appropriate to obtain the fair value. Other financial assets primarily consist of environmental remediation receivables. Deferred credits and other liabilities primarily consist of a liability resulting from a financing arrangement for the construction of the steam methane reformer (“SMR”) at the Javelina gas processing and fractionation complex in Corpus Christi, Texas, insurance liabilities and environmental remediation liabilities.
Fair value of fixed-rate long-term debt is measured using a market approach, based upon the average of quotes for our debt from major financial institutions and a third-party valuation service. Because these quotes cannot be independently verified to the market, they are considered Level 3 inputs. Fair value of variable-rate long-term debt approximates the carrying value.


124


18 .
Derivatives
For further information regarding the fair value measurement of derivative instruments, including any effect of master netting agreements or collateral, see Note 17 . See Note 2 for a discussion of the types of derivatives we use and the reasons for them. We do not designate any of our commodity derivative instruments as hedges for accounting purposes. Our interest rate derivative instruments that were terminated in 2012 had been designated as fair value accounting hedges.
The following table presents the gross fair values of derivative instruments, excluding cash collateral, and where they appear on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 :
(In millions)
December 31, 2016
Balance Sheet Location
Asset
 
Liability
Commodity derivatives
 
 
 
Other current assets
$
688

 
$
712

Other current liabilities (a)

 
13

Deferred credits and other liabilities (a)

 
47

(In millions)
December 31, 2015
Balance Sheet Location
Asset
 
Liability
Commodity derivatives
 
 
 
Other current assets
$
113

 
$
39

Other current liabilities (a)

 
5

Deferred credits and other liabilities (a)

 
27

(a)  
Includes embedded derivatives.
Derivatives not Designated as Accounting Hedges
Derivatives that are not designated as accounting hedges may include commodity derivatives used to hedge price risk on (1) inventories, (2) fixed price sales of refined products, (3) the acquisition of foreign-sourced crude oil, (4) the acquisition of ethanol for blending with refined products, (5) sale of NGLs, (6) the purchase of natural gas and (7) purchase of electricity.
The table below summarizes open commodity derivative contracts for crude oil and refined products as of December 31, 2016 .  
 
Position
 
Total Barrels
(In thousands)
Crude Oil (a)
 
 
 
Exchange-traded
Long
 
53,028

Exchange-traded
Short
 
(52,373
)
OTC
Short
 
(37
)
(a )  
98.7 percent of the exchange-traded contracts expire in the first quarter of 2017 .
 
Position
 
MMbtu
Natural Gas
 
 
 
OTC
Long
 
297,017



125


 
Position
 
Total Gallons
(In thousands)
Refined Products (a)
 
 
 
Exchange-traded
Long
 
196,434

Exchange-traded
Short
 
(221,970
)
OTC
Short
 
(64,212
)
(a )  
100 percent of the exchange-traded contracts expire in the first quarter of 2017 .
The following table summarizes the effect of all commodity derivative instruments in our consolidated statements of income:
(In millions)
Gain (Loss)
Income Statement Location
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Sales and other operating revenues
$
(13
)
 
$
19

 
$
37

Cost of revenues
(167
)
 
294

 
456

Total
$
(180
)
 
$
313

 
$
493


126


19 .
Debt
Our outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:
 
December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Marathon Petroleum Corporation:
 
 
 
Commercial paper
$

 
$

364-day bank revolving credit facility due July 2017

 

Trade receivables securitization facility due July 2019

 

Bank revolving credit facility due 2020

 

Term loan agreement due 2019
200

 
700

Senior notes, 2.700% due December 2018
600

 
600

Senior notes, 3.400% due December 2020
650

 
650

Senior notes, 5.125% due March 2021
1,000

 
1,000

Senior notes, 3.625%, due September 2024
750

 
750

Senior notes, 6.500%, due March 2041
1,250

 
1,250

Senior notes, 4.750%, due September 2044
800

 
800

Senior notes, 5.850% due December 2045
250

 
250

Senior notes, 5.000%, due September 2054
400

 
400

MPLX LP:
 
 
 
MPLX term loan facility due 2019
250

 
250

MPLX bank revolving credit facility due 2020

 
877

MPLX senior notes, 5.500%, due February 2023
710

 
710

MPLX senior notes, 4.500%, due July 2023
989

 
989

MPLX senior notes, 4.875%, due December 2024
1,149

 
1,149

MPLX senior notes, 4.000%, due February 2025
500

 
500

MPLX senior notes, 4.875%, due June 2025
1,189

 
1,189

MarkWest senior notes, 4.500% - 5.500%, due 2023 - 2025
63

 
63

Capital lease obligations due 2016-2028
319

 
348

Total
11,069

 
12,475

Unamortized debt issuance costs
(44
)
 
(51
)
Unamortized discount (a)
(453
)
 
(499
)
Amounts due within one year
(28
)
 
(29
)
Total long-term debt due after one year
$
10,544

 
$
11,896

(a)  
Includes $420 million and $464 million discount as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively, related to the difference at the time of the acquisition between the fair value and the principal amount of the assumed MarkWest debt.


The following table shows five years of scheduled debt payments.  
(In millions)
 
2017
$
28

2018
630

2019
477

2020
683

2021
1,031


127


Commercial Paper
On February 26, 2016, we established a commercial paper program that allows us to have a maximum of $2 billion in commercial paper outstanding, with maturities up to 397 days from the date of issuance. We do not intend to have outstanding commercial paper borrowings in excess of available capacity under our bank revolving credit facilities. During 2016 , we borrowed and repaid $1.26 billion under the commercial paper program. At December 31, 2016 , we had no amounts outstanding under the commercial paper program.
MPC Bank Revolving Credit Facilities
On July 20, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders to replace our existing MPC bank revolving credit facility due in 2017. The new agreement provides for a four -year $2.5 billion bank revolving credit facility (our “four-year revolving credit facility”) maturing on July 20, 2020 . Additionally, we entered into a 364 -day $1 billion bank revolving credit facility (our “364-day revolving credit facility” and together with our four-year revolving credit facility, our “revolving credit facilities”) maturing on July 19, 2017 .
Our four-year revolving credit facility includes letter of credit issuing capacity of up to $2.0 billion and swingline loan capacity of up to $100 million . We may increase our borrowing capacity under our four-year revolving credit facility by up to an additional $500 million , subject to certain conditions including the consent of the lenders whose commitments would be increased. In addition, the maturity date of the four-year revolving credit facility may be extended for up to two additional one -year periods subject to the approval of lenders holding a majority of the commitments then outstanding, provided that the commitments of any non-consenting lenders will terminate on the then-effective maturity date.
Borrowings under our revolving credit facilities bear interest, at our election, at either the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in our revolving credit facilities) plus a margin or the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in our revolving credit facilities), plus a margin . We are charged various fees and expenses under our revolving credit facilities, including administrative agent fees, commitment fees on the unused portion of our borrowing capacity and fees related to issued and outstanding letters of credit. The applicable margin to the benchmark interest rates and the margin to the benchmark commitment fees payable under our revolving credit facilities fluctuate from time-to-time based on our credit ratings.
Our revolving credit facilities contain certain representations and warranties, affirmative and restrictive covenants and events of default that we consider to be usual and customary for arrangements of this type, including a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Net Debt to Total Capitalization (each as defined in our revolving credit facility) of no greater than 0.65 to 1.00 as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. Other covenants, among other things, restrict our ability to incur debt, create liens on our assets or enter into transactions with affiliates. As of December 31, 2016 , we were in compliance with the covenants contained in the revolving credit facilities.
There were no borrowings or letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2016 .
Trade Receivables Securitization Facility
On July 20, 2016, we amended our trade receivables securitization facility (“trade receivables facility”) to, among other things, reduce the capacity from $1 billion to $750 million and to extend the maturity date to July 19, 2019 . The reduction in capacity reflects the lower refined product price environment.
The trade receivables facility consists of one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Marathon Petroleum Company LP (“MPC LP”), selling or contributing on an on-going basis all of its trade receivables (including trade receivables acquired from Marathon Petroleum Trading Canada LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPC LP), together with all related security and interests in the proceeds thereof, without recourse, to another wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote special purpose subsidiary, MPC Trade Receivables Company LLC (“TRC”), in exchange for a combination of cash, equity and/or a subordinated note issued by TRC to MPC LP. TRC, in turn, has the ability to finance its purchase of the receivables from MPC LP by selling undivided ownership interests in qualifying trade receivables, together with all related security and interests in the proceeds thereof, without recourse, to the purchasing group in exchange for cash proceeds. The trade receivables facility also provides for the issuance of letters of credit up to $750 million , provided that the aggregate credit exposure of the purchasing group, including outstanding letters of credit, may not exceed the lesser of $750 million or the balance of our eligible trade receivables at any one time.
To the extent that TRC retains an ownership interest in the receivables it has purchased or received from MPC LP, such interest will be included in our consolidated financial statements solely as a result of the consolidation of the financial statements of TRC with those of MPC. The receivables sold or contributed to TRC are available first and foremost to satisfy claims of the creditors of TRC and are not available to satisfy the claims of creditors of MPC. TRC has granted a security interest in all of its assets to the purchasing group to secure its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

128


Proceeds from the sale of undivided percentage ownership interests in qualifying receivables under the trade receivables facility will be reflected as debt on our consolidated balance sheet. We will remain responsible for servicing the receivables sold to the purchasing group. TRC pays floating-rate interest charges and usage fees on amounts outstanding under the trade receivables facility, if any, and certain other fees related to the administration of the facility and letters of credit that are issued and outstanding under the trade receivables facility.
The Receivables Purchase Agreement and Second Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement include representations and covenants that we consider usual and customary for arrangements of this type. Trade receivables are subject to customary criteria, limits and reserves before being deemed to qualify for sale by TRC pursuant to the trade receivables facility. In addition, further purchases of qualified trade receivables under the trade receivables facility are subject to termination, and TRC may be subject to default fees, upon the occurrence of certain amortization events that are included in the Receivables Purchase Agreement, all of which we consider to be usual and customary for arrangements of this type. At December 31, 2016 , we were in compliance with the covenants contained in the Receivables Purchase Agreement and Second Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement.
During 2016 , we borrowed $430 million under the trade receivables securitization facility at an average interest rate of 1.4 percent and repaid all of these borrowings. There were no borrowings or letters of credit outstanding under the trade receivables facility at December 31, 2016 . As of December 31, 2016 , eligible trade receivables supported borrowings and letter of credit issuances of $684 million .
MPC Term Loan Agreement
On August 26, 2014 , we entered into a $700 million five -year senior unsecured term loan credit agreement (“term loan agreement”) with a syndicate of lenders to fund a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets. The term loan was drawn in full on September 24, 2014. The term loan agreement matures on September 24, 2019 and may be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty. We pay certain customary fees under the term loan agreement, including an annual administrative fee to the administrative agent.
On September 30, 2016, we prepaid $500 million under the MPC term loan agreement with available cash on hand. As of December 31, 2016 , $200 million in borrowings was outstanding under the term loan agreement.
Borrowings under the term loan agreement bear interest, at our election, at either the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the term loan agreement) plus a margin or the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the term loan agreement) plus a margin . The applicable margin to the benchmark interest rates fluctuate from time-to-time based on our credit ratings. The borrowings under this facility during 2016 were at an average interest rate of 1.6 percent .
The term loan agreement contains representation and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default that are substantially similar to those contained in our revolving credit facilities, which we consider to be usual and customary for an agreement of this type. Among other things, our term loan agreement requires us to maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of Consolidated Net Debt to Total Capitalization (as defined in the term loan agreement) of no greater than 0.65 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2016 , we were in compliance with the covenants contained in the term loan agreement.
MPC Senior Notes
On December 14, 2015, we completed a public offering of $1.5 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes (the “new MPC senior notes”), consisting of $600 million aggregate principal amount of 2.700% senior notes due 2018, $650 million aggregate principal amount of 3.400% senior notes due 2020 and $250 million aggregate principal amount of 5.850% senior notes due 2045. The net proceeds from the offering of the new MPC senior notes were $1.49 billion , after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses.
We used a majority of the net proceeds from this offering to extinguish the $750 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.500% senior notes due 2016. During December 2015, we deposited $763 million with our senior notes trustee in full satisfaction of our obligations for the 3.500% senior notes due 2016. Under the terms of the senior notes indenture governing the 3.500% senior notes due 2016, our obligations related to these notes, including the payment of principal and interest to the maturity date, was discharged in full upon making such deposit. As a result, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $5 million . We used the remaining net proceeds from the new MPC senior notes for general corporate purposes.
Interest on each series of the new MPC senior notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2016.
The new MPC senior notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of MPC and rank equally with its other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The new MPC senior notes are structurally subordinate to the secured and unsecured debt of MPC’s subsidiaries, including all debt of MPLX and its subsidiaries.

129


MPLX Credit Agreement
MPLX is party to a credit agreement, dated as of November 20, 2014, and amended as of October 27, 2015 (“MPLX credit agreement”), providing for a $2 billion bank revolving credit facility with a maturity date of December 4, 2020 and an outstanding $250 million term loan facility with a maturity date of November 20, 2019 .
The MPLX credit agreement includes letter of credit issuing capacity of up to $250 million and swingline loan capacity of up to $100 million . The revolving borrowing capacity under the MPLX credit agreement may be increased by up to an additional $500 million , subject to certain conditions, including the consent of the lenders whose commitments would increase. In addition, the maturity date of the bank revolving credit facility may be extended from time-to-time during its term to a date that is one year after the then-effective maturity date, subject to the approval of lenders holding the majority of the loans and commitments then outstanding, provided that the commitments of any non-consenting lenders will be terminated on the then-effective maturity date.
The maturity date for the term loan facility may be extended for up to two additional one -year periods subject to the consent of the lenders holding a majority of the outstanding term loan borrowings, provided that the portion of the term loan borrowings held by any non-consenting lenders will continue to be due and payable on the then-effective maturity date.
Borrowings under the MPLX credit agreement bear interest, at our election, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the MPLX credit agreement) plus a specified margin. MPLX is charged various fees and expenses in connection with the agreement, including administrative agent fees, commitment fees on the unused portion of the borrowing capacity and fees with respect to issued and outstanding letters of credit. The applicable margins to the benchmark interest rates and the commitment fees payable under the MPLX credit agreement fluctuate from time-to-time based on MPLX’s credit ratings.
The MPLX credit agreement includes certain representations and warranties, affirmative and restrictive covenants and events of default that we consider to be usual and customary for an agreement of this type, including a financial covenant that requires MPLX to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Total Debt as of the end of each fiscal quarter to Consolidated EBITDA (both as defined in the MPLX credit agreement) for the prior four fiscal quarters of no greater than 5.0 to 1.0 (or 5.5 to 1.0 for up to two fiscal quarters following certain acquisitions). Consolidated EBITDA is subject to adjustments for certain acquisitions completed and capital projects undertaken during the relevant period. Other covenants, among other things, restrict MPLX and certain of its subsidiaries from incurring debt, creating liens on its assets and entering into transactions with affiliates. As of December 31, 2016 , MPLX was in compliance with the covenants contained in the MPLX credit agreement.
In connection with the closing of the MarkWest Merger, MarkWest’s existing credit facility was terminated and the approximately $943 million outstanding under MarkWest’s bank revolving credit facility was repaid with $850 million of borrowings under MPLX’s bank revolving credit facility and $93 million in cash. During 2016 , MPLX borrowed $434 million under the bank revolving credit facility, at an average interest rate of 1.9 percent , per annum, and repaid $1.31 billion of these borrowings. At December 31, 2016 , MPLX had no outstanding borrowings and $3 million of letters of credit outstanding under the bank revolving credit facility, resulting in total unused loan availability of $2 billion . At December 31, 2016 , MPLX had $250 million in borrowings outstanding under the term loan facility that bore interest at an average rate of 2.0 percent during 2016 .
MPLX and MarkWest Senior Notes
In connection with the MarkWest Merger, MPLX assumed MarkWest’s outstanding debt, which included $4.1 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes outstanding. On December 22, 2015, approximately $4.04 billion aggregate principal amount of MarkWest’s outstanding senior notes were exchanged for an aggregate principal amount of approximately $4.04 billion of new unsecured senior notes issued by MPLX and cash of $1 for each $1,000 of principal amount exchanged in an exchange offer and consent solicitation undertaken by MPLX and MarkWest.
The new MPLX senior notes consist of approximately $710 million aggregate principal amount of 5.500% senior notes due February 15, 2023, approximately $989 million aggregate principal amount of 4.500% senior notes due July 15, 2023, approximately $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.875% senior notes due December 1, 2024 and approximately $1.19 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.875% senior notes due June 1, 2025. Interest on each series of new MPLX senior notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 th and August 15 th of each year with respect to the 5.500% 2023 senior notes, on January 15 th and July 15 th of each year with respect to the 4.500% 2023 senior notes and on June 1 st and December 1 st of each year with respect to the 4.875% 2024 senior notes and the 4.875% 2025 senior notes.

130


After giving effect to the exchange offer and consent solicitation referred to above, as of December 31, 2016, MarkWest had outstanding approximately $40 million aggregate principal amount of 5.500% senior notes due February 15, 2023, approximately $11 million aggregate principal amount of 4.500% senior notes due July 15, 2023, approximately $1 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% senior notes due December 1, 2024 and approximately $11 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% senior notes due June 1, 2025. Interest on each series of the MarkWest senior notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 th and August 15 th of each year with respect to the 5.500% 2023 senior notes, on January 15 th and July 15 th of each year with respect to the 4.500% 2023 senior notes and on June 1 st and December 1 st of each year with respect to the 4.875% 2024 senior notes and the 4.875% 2025 senior notes.
The new MPLX notes are unsecured senior obligations of MPLX and rank equally in right of payment with all of its other senior unsecured debt and are structurally subordinate to the secured and unsecured debt of MPLX’s subsidiaries, including any debt of MarkWest that remains outstanding.
On February 12, 2015, MPLX completed a public offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of four percent unsecured senior notes due February 15, 2025 . The net proceeds, which were approximately $495 million after deducting underwriting discounts, were used to repay the amounts outstanding under the MPLX bank revolving credit facility, as well as for general partnership purposes. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 th and August 15 th of each year.

20 .
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net cash provided by operating activities included:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid (net of amounts capitalized)
$
478

 
$
272

 
$
166

Net income taxes paid to taxing authorities
140

 
1,605

 
1,362

Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Capital lease obligations increase
$

 
$
1

 
$

Contribution of assets to joint venture (a)
272

 

 

Property, plant and equipment sold

 
5

 
4

Property, plant and equipment acquired

 
5

 
4

Acquisition:
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of MPLX units issued (b)

 
7,326

 

Payable to MPLX Class B unitholders

 
50

 

(a)  
Speedway’s contribution of travel plaza locations to new joint venture with Pilot Flying J.
(b)  
See Note 5 .
The consolidated statements of cash flows exclude changes to the consolidated balance sheets that did not affect cash. The following is a reconciliation of additions to property, plant and equipment to total capital expenditures:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Additions to property, plant and equipment per consolidated statements of cash flows
$
2,892

 
$
1,998

 
$
1,480

Non-cash additions to property, plant and equipment

 
5

 
4

Asset retirement expenditures (a)
6

 
1

 
2

Increase (decrease) in capital accruals
(127
)
 
94

 
95

Total capital expenditures before acquisitions
2,771

 
2,098

 
1,581

Acquisitions (b)
(133
)
 
11,397

 
2,744

Total capital expenditures
$
2,638

 
$
13,495

 
$
4,325

(a)  
Included in All other, net – Operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.
(b)  
2016 includes adjustments to the fair values of property, plant and equipment, intangibles and goodwill acquired in connection with the MarkWest Merger. The 2015 acquisitions include the MarkWest Merger. The 2014 acquisitions include the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets. The acquisition numbers above include property, plant and equipment, intangibles and goodwill. See Note 5 .

131


21 . Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The following table shows the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.
(In millions)
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
 
Gain on Cash Flow Hedge
 
Workers Compensation
 
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2014
$
(217
)
 
$
(104
)
 
$
4

 
$
4

 
$
(313
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
(44
)
 
31

 

 
(1
)
 
(14
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization – prior service credit (a)
(46
)
 
(4
)
 

 

 
(50
)
   – actuarial loss (a)
51

 
8

 

 

 
59

   – settlement loss (a)
4

 

 

 

 
4

Tax effect
(3
)
 
(1
)
 

 

 
(4
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(38
)
 
34

 

 
(1
)
 
(5
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
$
(255
)
 
$
(70
)
 
$
4

 
$
3

 
$
(318
)
(In millions)
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
 
Gain on Cash Flow Hedge
 
Workers Compensation
 
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2015
$
(255
)
 
$
(70
)
 
$
4

 
$
3

 
$
(318
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
22

 
64

 

 

 
86

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization – prior service credit (a)
(46
)
 
(3
)
 

 

 
(49
)
   – actuarial loss (a)
38

 
2

 

 

 
40

   – settlement loss (a)
7

 

 

 

 
7

Other (b)

 

 

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Tax effect
1

 

 

 

 
1

Other comprehensive income (loss)
22

 
63

 

 
(1
)
 
84

Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
(233
)
 
$
(7
)
 
$
4

 
$
2

 
$
(234
)
(a)  
These accumulated other comprehensive loss components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. See Note  22 .
(b)  
This amount was reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss and is included in selling, general and administrative on the consolidated statements of income.

22 .
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans
We have noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all employees. Benefits under these plans have been based primarily on age, years of service and final average pensionable earnings. The years of service component of this formula was frozen as of December 31, 2009. Benefits for service beginning January 1, 2010 are based on a cash balance formula with an annual percentage of eligible pay credited based upon age and years of service. Eligible Speedway employees accrue benefits under a defined contribution plan for service years beginning January 1, 2010.
We also have other postretirement benefits covering most employees. Health care benefits are provided through comprehensive hospital, surgical and major medical benefit provisions subject to various cost-sharing features. Retiree life insurance benefits are provided to a closed group of retirees. Other postretirement benefits are not funded in advance.
Obligations and funded status – The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $1,914 million and $1,918 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .

132


The following summarizes our defined benefit pension plans that have accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets.
 
December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Projected benefit obligations
$
2,024

 
$
1,997

Accumulated benefit obligations
1,914

 
1,918

Fair value of plan assets
1,659

 
1,570


The following summarizes the projected benefit obligations and funded status for our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Change in benefit obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligations at January 1
$
1,997

 
$
2,075

 
$
800

 
$
812

Service cost
114

 
101

 
32

 
31

Interest cost
73

 
71

 
35

 
32

Actuarial (gain) loss
15

 
(63
)
 
(101
)
 
(63
)
Benefits paid
(175
)
 
(187
)
 
(26
)
 
(24
)
Other (a)

 

 

 
12

Benefit obligations at December 31
2,024

 
1,997

 
740

 
800

Change in plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at January 1
1,570

 
1,744

 

 

Actual return on plan assets
145

 
(33
)
 

 

Employer contributions
119

 
46

 
26

 
24

Benefits paid from plan assets
(175
)
 
(187
)
 
(26
)
 
(24
)
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
1,659

 
1,570

 

 

Funded status of plans at December 31
$
(365
)
 
$
(427
)
 
$
(740
)
 
$
(800
)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
$
(18
)
 
$
(19
)
 
$
(32
)
 
$
(29
)
Noncurrent liabilities
(347
)
 
(408
)
 
(708
)
 
(771
)
Accrued benefit cost
$
(365
)
 
$
(427
)
 
$
(740
)
 
$
(800
)
Pretax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss: (b)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss
$
645

 
$
723

 
$
17

 
$
120

Prior service credit
(276
)
 
(323
)
 
(6
)
 
(9
)
(a)  
Includes adjustments related to the MarkWest Merger in 2015.
(b)  
Amounts exclude those related to LOOP and Explorer, equity method investees with defined benefit pension and postretirement plans for which net losses of $16 million and less than $1 million were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in 2016 , reflecting our ownership share.

133


Components of net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss – The following summarizes the net periodic benefit costs and the amounts recognized as other comprehensive loss for our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans.
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$
114

 
$
101

 
$
88

 
$
32

 
$
31

 
$
27

Interest cost
73

 
71

 
74

 
35

 
32

 
33

Expected return on plan assets
(98
)
 
(98
)
 
(107
)
 

 

 

Amortization – prior service credit
(46
)
 
(46
)
 
(46
)
 
(3
)
 
(4
)
 
(4
)
 – actuarial loss
38

 
51

 
51

 
2

 
8

 
2

 – settlement loss
7

 
4

 
96

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost (a)
$
88

 
$
83

 
$
156

 
$
66

 
$
67

 
$
58

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss (pretax):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial (gain) loss
$
(33
)
 
$
69

 
$
188

 
$
(101
)
 
$
(63
)
 
$
86

Prior service cost (b)

 

 

 

 
13

 

Amortization of actuarial loss
(45
)
 
(55
)
 
(147
)
 
(2
)
 
(8
)
 
(2
)
Amortization of prior service cost
46

 
46

 
46

 
3

 
4

 
4

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss
$
(32
)
 
$
60

 
$
87

 
$
(100
)
 
$
(54
)
 
$
88

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss
$
56

 
$
143

 
$
243

 
$
(34
)
 
$
13

 
$
146

(a)  
Net periodic benefit cost reflects a calculated market-related value of plan assets which recognizes changes in fair value over three years.
(b)  
Includes adjustments related to the MarkWest Merger in 2015.
Lump sum payments to employees retiring in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 exceeded the plan’s total service and interest costs expected for those years. Settlement losses are required to be recorded when lump sum payments exceed total service and interest costs. As a result, pension settlement expenses were recorded in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 related to our cumulative lump sum payments made during those years.
The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service credit for our defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2017 are $35 million and $39 million , respectively. The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service credit for our other defined benefit postretirement plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2017 is $2 million and $3 million , respectively.
Plan assumptions – The following summarizes the assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations at December 31, and net periodic benefit cost for the defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 .
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
3.90
%
 
4.00
%
 
3.65
%
 
4.25
%
 
4.50
%
 
4.15
%
Rate of compensation increase
5.00
%
 
3.70
%
 
3.70
%
 
5.00
%
 
3.70
%
 
3.70
%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
3.80
%
 
3.70
%
 
4.05
%
 
4.50
%
 
4.30
%
 
4.95
%
Expected long-term return on plan assets (a)
6.50
%
 
6.75
%
 
7.00
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
Rate of compensation increase
5.00
%
 
3.70
%
 
3.70
%
 
5.00
%
 
3.70
%
 
3.70
%
(a)  
Effective January 1, 2017, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is 6.50 percent due to a continuation of a change in our primary plan investment strategy, which began January 1, 2014.

134


Expected long-term return on plan assets
The overall expected long-term return on plan assets assumption is determined based on an asset rate-of-return modeling tool developed by a third-party investment group. The tool utilizes underlying assumptions based on actual returns by asset category and inflation and takes into account our asset allocation to derive an expected long-term rate of return on those assets. Capital market assumptions reflect the long-term capital market outlook. The assumptions for equity and fixed income investments are developed using a building-block approach, reflecting observable inflation information and interest rate information available in the fixed income markets. Long-term assumptions for other asset categories are based on historical results, current market characteristics and the professional judgment of our internal and external investment teams.
Assumed health care cost trend
The following summarizes the assumed health care cost trend rates.
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Health care cost trend rate assumed for the following year:
 
 
 
 
 
Medical: Pre-65
7.00
%
 
7.50
%
 
8.00
%
Prescription drugs
9.00
%
 
7.00
%
 
7.00
%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate):
 
 
 
 
 
Medical: Pre-65
4.50
%
 
5.00
%
 
5.00
%
Prescription drugs
4.50
%
 
5.00
%
 
5.00
%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate:
 
 
 
 
 
Medical: Pre-65
2026

 
2021

 
2021

Prescription drugs
2026

 
2021

 
2021


Increases in the post-65 medical plan premium for the Marathon Petroleum Health Plan and the Marathon Petroleum Retiree Health Plan are the lower of the trend rate or four percent .
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for defined benefit retiree health care plans. A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
1-Percentage-
 
1-Percentage-
(In millions)
Point Increase
 
Point Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
$
6

 
$
(5
)
Effect on other postretirement benefit obligations
33

 
(29
)
Plan investment policies and strategies
The investment policies for our pension plan assets reflect the funded status of the plans and expectations regarding our future ability to make further contributions. Long-term investment goals are to: (1) manage the assets in accordance with the legal requirements of all applicable laws; (2) diversify plan investments across asset classes to achieve an optimal balance between risk and return and between income and growth of assets through capital appreciation; and (3) source benefit payments primarily through existing plan assets and anticipated future returns.
The investment goals are implemented to manage the plans’ funded status volatility and minimize future cash contributions. The asset allocation strategy will change over time in response to changes primarily in funded status, which is dictated by current and anticipated market conditions, the independent actions of our investment committee, required cash flows to and from the plans and other factors deemed appropriate. Such changes in asset allocation are intended to allocate additional assets to the fixed income asset class should the funded status improve. The fixed income asset class shall be invested in such a manner that its interest rate sensitivity correlates highly with that of the plans’ liabilities. Other asset classes are intended to provide additional return with associated higher levels of risk. Investment performance and risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment meetings and periodic asset and liability studies. At December 31, 2016 , the primary plan’s targeted asset allocation was 51 percent equity, private equity, real estate, and timber securities and 49 percent fixed income securities.

135


Fair value measurements
Plan assets are measured at fair value. The following provides a description of the valuation techniques employed for each major plan asset category at December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
Cash and cash equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents include a collective fund serving as the investment vehicle for the cash reserves and cash held by third-party investment managers. The collective fund is valued at net asset value (“NAV”) on a scheduled basis using a cost approach, and is considered a Level 2 asset. Cash and cash equivalents held by third-party investment managers are valued using a cost approach and are considered Level 2.
Equity – Equity investments includes common stock, mutual and pooled funds. Common stock investments are valued using a market approach, which are priced daily in active markets and are considered Level 1. Mutual and pooled equity funds are well diversified portfolios, representing a mix of strategies in domestic, international and emerging market strategies. Mutual funds are publicly registered, valued at NAV on a daily basis using a market approach and are considered Level 1 assets. Pooled funds are valued at NAV using a market approach and are considered Level 2.
Fixed Income – Fixed income investments include corporate bonds, U.S. dollar treasury bonds and municipal bonds. These securities are priced on observable inputs using a combination of market, income and cost approaches. These securities are considered Level 2 assets. Fixed income also includes a well diversified bond portfolio structured as a pooled fund. This fund is valued at NAV on a daily basis using a market approach and is considered Level 2.
Private Equity – Private equity investments include interests in limited partnerships which are valued using information provided by external managers for each individual investment held in the fund. These holdings are considered Level 3.
Real Estate – Real estate investments consist of interests in limited partnerships. These holdings are either appraised or valued using investment manager’s assessment of assets held. These holdings are considered Level 3.
Other – Other investments include two limited liability companies (“LLCs”) with no public market. The LLCs were formed to acquire timberland in the northwest U.S. These holdings are either appraised or valued using investment manager’s assessment of assets held. These holdings are considered Level 3. Other investments classified as Level 1 include publicly traded depository receipts.
The following tables present the fair values of our defined benefit pension plans’ assets, by level within the fair value hierarchy, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
 
December 31, 2016
(In millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
$

 
$
24

 
$

 
$
24

Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stocks
71

 

 

 
71

Mutual funds
160

 

 

 
160

Pooled funds

 
451

 

 
451

Fixed income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate

 
570

 

 
570

Government

 
90

 

 
90

Pooled funds

 
173

 

 
173

Private equity

 

 
60

 
60

Real estate

 

 
39

 
39

Other
2

 

 
19

 
21

Total investments, at fair value
$
233

 
$
1,308

 
$
118

 
$
1,659


136


 
December 31, 2015
(In millions)
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
$

 
$
27

 
$

 
$
27

Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stocks
57

 

 

 
57

Mutual funds
142

 

 

 
142

Pooled funds

 
399

 

 
399

Fixed income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate

 
516

 

 
516

Government

 
103

 

 
103

Pooled funds

 
193

 

 
193

Private equity

 

 
62

 
62

Real estate

 

 
50

 
50

Other
2

 

 
19

 
21

Total investments, at fair value
$
201

 
$
1,238

 
$
131

 
$
1,570


The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances recorded for plan assets classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy:
 
2016
(In millions)
Private Equity
 
Real Estate
 
Other
 
Total
Beginning balance
$
62

 
$
50

 
$
19

 
$
131

Actual return on plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized
8

 
5

 

 
13

Unrealized
2

 
(3
)
 

 
(1
)
Purchases
2

 
1

 

 
3

Sales
(14
)
 
(14
)
 

 
(28
)
Ending balance
$
60

 
$
39

 
$
19

 
$
118

 
2015
(In millions)
Private Equity
 
Real Estate
 
Other
 
Total
Beginning balance
$
66

 
$
57

 
$
21

 
$
144

Actual return on plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized
12

 
6

 

 
18

Unrealized
(1
)
 
(3
)
 
(2
)
 
(6
)
Purchases
5

 
5

 

 
10

Sales
(20
)
 
(15
)
 

 
(35
)
Ending balance
$
62

 
$
50

 
$
19

 
$
131

Cash Flows
Contributions to defined benefit plans – Our funding policy with respect to the funded pension plans is to contribute amounts necessary to satisfy minimum pension funding requirements, including requirements of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, plus such additional, discretionary, amounts from time to time as determined appropriate by management. In 2016 , we made pension contributions totaling $119 million . We have no required funding for 2017 , but may make voluntary contributions at our discretion. Cash contributions to be paid from our general assets for the unfunded pension and postretirement plans are estimated to be approximately $14 million and $32 million , respectively, in 2017 .

137


Estimated future benefit payments – The following gross benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the years indicated.
(In millions)
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
2017
$
174

 
$
32

2018
177

 
35

2019
182

 
37

2020
165

 
39

2021
165

 
41

2022 through 2026
801

 
222

Contributions to defined contribution plans – We also contribute to several defined contribution plans for eligible employees. Contributions to these plans totaled $113 million , $94 million and $86 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Multiemployer Pension Plan
We contribute to one multiemployer defined benefit pension plan under the terms of a collective-bargaining agreement that covers some of our union-represented employees. The risks of participating in this multiemployer plan are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:
Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.
If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.
If we choose to stop participating in the multiemployer plan, we may be required to pay that plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.
Our participation in this plan for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 is outlined in the table below. The “EIN” column provides the Employee Identification Number for the plan. The most recent Pension Protection Act zone status available in 2016 and 2015 is for the plan’s year ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The zone status is based on information that we received from the plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded. The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” column indicates a financial improvement plan or a rehabilitation plan has been implemented. The last column lists the expiration date of the collective-bargaining agreement to which the plan is subject. There have been no significant changes that affect the comparability of 2016 , 2015 and 2014 contributions. Our portion of the contributions does not make up more than five percent of total contributions to the plan.
 
 
 
 
Pension Protection
Act Zone Status
 
FIP/RP Status
Pending/Implemented
 
MPC Contributions 
(
In millions )
 
Surcharge
Imposed
 
Expiration Date of
Collective – Bargaining
Agreement
Pension Fund
 
EIN
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan (a)
 
36-6044243
 
Red
 
Red
 
Implemented
 
$
4

 
$
4

 
$
4

 
No
 
January 31, 2019
(a)  
This agreement has a minimum contribution requirement of $303 per week per employee for 2017 . A total of 280 employees participated in the plan as of December 31, 2016 .
Multiemployer Health and Welfare Plan
We contribute to one multiemployer health and welfare plan that covers both active employees and retirees. Through the health and welfare plan employees receive medical, dental, vision, prescription and disability coverage. Our contributions to this plan totaled $6 million , $7 million and $6 million for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.


138


23 .
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Description of the Plans
Effective April 26, 2012, our employees and non-employee directors became eligible to receive equity awards under the Marathon Petroleum Corporation 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan (“MPC 2012 Plan”). The MPC 2012 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee of our board of directors (“Committee”) to grant non-qualified or incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards), cash awards and performance awards to our employees and non-employee directors. Under the MPC 2012 Plan, no more than 50 million shares of our common stock may be delivered and no more than 20 million shares of our common stock may be the subject of awards that are not stock options or stock appreciation rights. In the sole discretion of the Committee, 20 million shares of our common stock may be granted as incentive stock options. Shares issued as a result of awards granted under these plans are funded through the issuance of new MPC common shares.
Prior to April 26, 2012, our employees and non-employee directors were eligible to receive equity awards under the Marathon Petroleum Corporation 2011 Second Amended and Restated Incentive Compensation Plan (“MPC 2011 Plan”).
Stock-based awards under the Plans
We expense all share-based payments to employees and non-employee directors based on the grant date fair value of the awards over the requisite service period, adjusted for estimated forfeitures.
Stock Options – We grant stock options to certain officer and non-officer employees. All of the stock options granted in 2016 fell under the MPC 2012 Plan. Stock options awarded under the MPC 2011 Plan and the MPC 2012 Plan represent the right to purchase shares of our common stock at its fair market value, which is the closing price of MPC’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock options have a maximum term of ten years from the date they are granted, and vest over a requisite service period of three years . We use the Black Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options granted, which requires the input of subjective assumptions.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units – We grant restricted stock and restricted stock units to employees and non-employee directors. In general, restricted stock and restricted stock units granted to employees vest over a requisite service period of three years . Restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards granted after 2011 to officers are subject to an additional one year holding period after the three-year vesting period. Restricted stock recipients who received grants in 2012 and after have the right to vote such stock; however, dividends are accrued and will be paid upon vesting. Restricted stock units granted to non-employee directors are considered to vest immediately at the time of the grant for accounting purposes, as they are non-forfeitable, but are not issued until the director’s departure from the board of directors. Restricted stock unit recipients do not have the right to vote such shares and receive dividend equivalents payable upon vesting. The non-vested shares are not transferable and are held by our transfer agent. The fair values of restricted stock are equal to the market price of our common stock on the grant date.
Performance Units – We grant performance unit awards to certain officer employees. Performance units are dollar denominated. The target value of all performance units is $1.00 , with actual payout up to $2.00 per unit (up to 200 percent of target). Performance units issued under the MPC 2012 Plan have a 36 -month requisite service period. The payout value of these awards will be determined by the relative ranking of the total shareholder return (“TSR” ) of MPC common stock compared to the TSR of a select group of peer companies, as well as the Standard & Poor’s 500 Energy Index fund over an average of four measurement periods. These awards will be settled 25 percent in MPC common stock and 75 percent in cash. The number of shares actually distributed will be determined by dividing 25 percent of the final payout by the closing price of MPC common stock on the day the Committee certifies the final TSR rankings, or the next trading day if the certification is made outside of normal trading hours. The performance units paying out in cash are accounted for as liability awards and recorded at fair value with a mark-to-market adjustment made each quarter. The performance units that settle in shares are accounted for as equity awards.

139


Total Stock-Based Compensation Expense
The following table reflects activity related to our stock-based compensation arrangements:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Stock-based compensation expense
$
45

 
$
42

 
$
40

Tax benefit recognized on stock-based compensation expense
17

 
16

 
15

Cash received by MPC upon exercise of stock option awards
10

 
33

 
26

Tax benefit received for tax deductions for stock awards exercised
4

 
26

 
19

Stock Option Awards
The Black Scholes option-pricing model values used to value stock option awards granted were determined based on the following weighted average assumptions:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Weighted average exercise price per share
$
35.27

 
$
50.85

 
$
42.51

Expected life in years
6.2

 
6.0

 
5.8

Expected volatility
38
%
 
33
%
 
36
%
Expected dividend yield
3.0
%
 
2.0
%
 
1.9
%
Risk-free interest rate
1.4
%
 
1.7
%
 
1.8
%
Weighted average grant date fair value of stock option awards granted
$
9.84

 
$
13.44

 
$
12.69

The expected life of stock options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be held prior to exercise. The 2016 assumption for expected volatility of our stock price reflects a weighting of 50 percent of our common stock implied volatility and 50 percent of our common stock historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.
The following is a summary of our common stock option activity in 2016 :  
 
Number of
of Shares
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Terms (in years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions)
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
8,724,631

 
$
27.16

 
 
 
 
Granted
1,474,177

 
35.27

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(637,761
)
 
18.78

 
 
 
 
Forfeited, canceled or expired
(29,607
)
 
42.91

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2016
9,531,440

 
28.93

 
 
 
 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016
9,518,269

 
28.90

 
5.4
 
$
205

Exercisable at December 31, 2016
7,094,204

 
24.90

 
4.3
 
181

The intrinsic value of options exercised by MPC employees during 2016 , 2015 and 2014 was $14 million , $60 million and $48 million , respectively.
As of December 31, 2016 , unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option awards was $8 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.

140


Restricted Stock Awards
The following is a summary of restricted stock award activity of our common stock in 2016 :
 
Shares of Restricted Stock (“RS”)
 
Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”)
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
 
Number of Units
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
1,074,543

 
$
47.70

 
513,220

 
$
24.59

Granted
732,074

 
36.17

 
45,495

 
40.85

RS’s Vested/RSU’s Issued
(477,339
)
 
46.26

 
(197,598
)
 
21.62

Forfeited
(78,935
)
 
47.53

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016
1,250,343

 
41.51

 
361,117

 
28.26

Of the 361,117 restricted stock units outstanding, 343,327 are vested and have a weighted average grant date fair value of $27.25 . These vested but unissued units are held by our non-employee directors and certain officers, are non-forfeitable and are issuable upon the director’s departure from our board of directors or officers end of employment with the company.
The following is a summary of the values related to restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards held by MPC employees and non-employee directors:
 
Restricted Stock
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
Intrinsic Value of Awards Vested During the Period (in millions)
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value of Awards Granted During the Period
 
Intrinsic Value of Awards Vested During the Period (in millions)
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value of Awards Granted During the Period
2016
$
17

  
$
36.17

  
$
8

  
$
40.85

2015
27

  
50.64

  
21

  
49.87

2014
28

 
43.82

 

 
42.95

As of December 31, 2016 , unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards was $34 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years. There was no material unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock unit awards.
Performance Unit Awards
The following table presents a summary of the 2016 activity for performance unit awards to be settled in shares:
 
Number of Units
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
6,145,442

 
$
0.92

Granted
2,329,500

 
0.57

Exercised
(1,904,792
)
 
0.95

Canceled
(314,972
)
 
0.93

Outstanding at December 31, 2016
6,255,178

 
0.78

The number of shares that would be issued upon target vesting, using the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2016 would be 124,234 shares.
As of December 31, 2016 , unrecognized compensation cost related to equity-classified performance unit awards was $2 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.



141


Performance units paying out in units have a grant date fair value calculated using a Monte Carlo valuation model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions. The following table provides a summary of these assumptions:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Risk-free interest rate
0.96
%
 
0.95
%
 
0.63
%
Look-back period
2.83 years

 
2.84 years

 
2.84 years

Expected volatility
34.15
%
 
30.38
%
 
38.51
%
Grant date fair value of performance units granted
$
0.57

 
$
0.95

 
$
0.85

The risk-free interest rate for the remaining performance period as of the grant date is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The look-back period reflects the remaining performance period at the grant date. The assumption for the expected volatility of our stock price reflects the average MPC common stock historical volatility.
MPLX Awards
Our wholly-owned subsidiary and the general partner of MPLX, MPLX GP LLC (“MPLX GP”), maintains a unit-based compensation plan for officers, directors and employees (including any other individual who may be considered an “employee” under a Registration Statement on Form S-8 or any successor form) of MPLX GP.
The MPLX 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan (“MPLX Plan”) permits various types of equity awards including but not limited to grants of phantom units and performance units. Awards granted under the MPLX Plan will be settled with MPLX units. Compensation expense for these awards were not material to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 .

24 .
Leases

Lessee
We lease a wide variety of facilities and equipment under operating leases, including land and building space, office equipment, storage facilities and transportation equipment. Most long-term leases include renewal options and, in certain leases, purchase options. Future minimum commitments as of December 31, 2016 , for capital lease obligations and for operating lease obligations having initial or remaining non-cancellable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:
(In millions)
Capital
Lease
Obligations
 
Operating
Lease
Obligations
2017
$
50

 
$
254

2018
50

 
211

2019
45

 
198

2020
49

 
188

2021
45

 
170

Later years
206

 
569

Total minimum lease payments
445

 
$
1,590

Less imputed interest costs
126

 
 
Present value of net minimum lease payments
$
319

 
 
Operating lease rental expense was:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Rental expense
$
327

 
$
331

 
$
256

 



142


Lessor
MPLX has certain natural gas gathering, transportation and processing agreements in which it is considered to be the lessor under several implicit operating lease arrangements in accordance with US GAAP. MPLX’s primary implicit lease operations relate to a natural gas gathering agreement in the Marcellus region for which it earns a fixed-fee for providing gathering services to a single producer using a dedicated gathering system. As the gathering system is expanded, the fixed-fee charged to the producer is adjusted to include the additional gathering assets in the lease. The primary term of the natural gas gathering arrangement expires in 2023 and will continue thereafter on a year to year basis until terminated by either party. Other significant implicit leases relate to a natural gas processing agreement in the Marcellus region and a natural gas processing agreement in the Southern Appalachia region for which MPLX earns minimum monthly fees for providing processing services to a single producer using a dedicated processing plant. The primary term of these natural gas processing agreements expire during 2023 and 2030.
Our revenue from implicit lease arrangements, excluding executory costs, totaled approximately $246 million , $16 million and $0 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The implicit lease arrangements related to the processing facilities contain contingent rental provisions whereby we receive additional fees if the producer customer exceeds the monthly minimum processed volumes. During the year ended December 31, 2016 , we received $7 million in contingent lease payments and less than $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The following is a schedule of minimum future rentals on the non‑cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2016 :
(In millions)
 
2017
$
197

2018
200

2019
202

2020
201

2021
185

Later years
460

Total minimum lease payments
$
1,445

The following schedule summarizes our investment in assets held for operating lease by major classes as of December 31, 2016 :
(In millions)
 
Natural gas gathering and NGL transportation pipelines and facilities
$
650

Natural gas processing facilities
844

Construction in progress
219

Property, plant and equipment
1,713

Less accumulated depreciation
84

Total property, plant and equipment
$
1,629


25 .
Commitments and Contingencies
We are the subject of, or a party to, a number of pending or threatened legal actions, contingencies and commitments involving a variety of matters, including laws and regulations relating to the environment. Some of these matters are discussed below. For matters for which we have not recorded an accrued liability, we are unable to estimate a range of possible loss because the issues involved have not been fully developed through pleadings and discovery. However, the ultimate resolution of some of these contingencies could, individually or in the aggregate, be material.
Environmental matters – We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the environment. These laws generally provide for control of pollutants released into the environment and require responsible parties to undertake remediation of hazardous waste disposal sites and certain other locations including presently or formerly owned or operated retail marketing sites. Penalties may be imposed for noncompliance.

143


At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , accrued liabilities for remediation totaled $132 million and $163 million . It is not presently possible to estimate the ultimate amount of all remediation costs that might be incurred or the penalties if any that may be imposed. Receivables for recoverable costs from certain states, under programs to assist companies in clean-up efforts related to underground storage tanks at presently or formerly owned or operated retail marketing sites, were $58 million and $70 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
We are involved in a number of environmental enforcement matters arising in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome and impact on us cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes the resolution of these environmental matters will not, individually or collectively, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
MarkWest Environmental Proceeding – In July 2015, representatives from the EPA and the United States Department of Justice conducted a raid on a pipeline launcher/receiver site of MarkWest Liberty Midstream & Resources, L.L.C., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MPLX (“MarkWest Liberty Midstream”), utilized for pipeline maintenance operations in Washington County, Pennsylvania pursuant to a search warrant issued by a magistrate of the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania. As part of this initiative, the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Western District of Pennsylvania, with the assistance of EPA’s Criminal Investigation Division proceeded with an investigation of MarkWest’s launcher/receiver, pipeline and compressor station operations. In response to the investigation, MarkWest initiated independent studies which demonstrated that there was no risk to worker safety and no threat of public harm associated with MarkWest’s launcher/receiver operations. These findings were supported by a subsequent inspection and review by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. After providing these studies, and other substantial documentation related to MarkWest's pipeline and compressor stations, and arranging site visits and conducting several meetings with the government’s representatives, on September 13, 2016, the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Western District of Pennsylvania rendered a declination decision, dropping its criminal investigation and declining to pursue charges in this matter.
MarkWest Liberty Midstream continues to discuss with the EPA and the State of Pennsylvania civil enforcement allegations associated with permitting or other related regulatory obligations for its launcher/receiver and compressor station facilities in the region. In connection with these discussions, MarkWest Liberty Midstream received an initial proposal from the EPA to settle all civil claims associated with this matter for the combination of a proposed cash penalty of approximately $2.4 million and proposed supplemental environmental projects with an estimated cost of approximately $3.6 million . MarkWest Liberty Midstream will be submitting a response asserting that this action involves novel issues surrounding primarily minor source emissions from facilities that the agencies themselves considered de minimis were not the subject of regulation and consequently that the settlement proposal is excessive. MarkWest will continue to negotiate with the EPA regarding the amount and scope of the proposed settlement.
Other Lawsuits – In May 2015, the Kentucky attorney general filed a lawsuit against our wholly-owned subsidiary, MPC LP, in the United States District Court for the Western District of Kentucky asserting claims under federal and state antitrust statutes, the Kentucky Consumer Protection Act, and state common law. The complaint, as amended in July 2015, alleges that MPC LP used deed restrictions, supply agreements with customers and exchange agreements with competitors to unreasonably restrain trade in areas within Kentucky and seeks declaratory relief, unspecified damages, civil penalties, restitution and disgorgement of profits. At this early stage, the ultimate outcome of this litigation remains uncertain, and neither the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome nor the ultimate liability, if any, can be determined, and we are unable to estimate a reasonably possible loss (or range of loss) for this matter. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this matter.
In May 2007, the Kentucky attorney general filed a lawsuit against us and Marathon Oil in state court in Franklin County, Kentucky for alleged violations of Kentucky’s emergency pricing and consumer protection laws following Hurricanes Katrina and Rita in 2005. The lawsuit alleges that we overcharged customers by $89 million during September and October 2005 . The complaint seeks disgorgement of these sums, as well as penalties, under Kentucky’s emergency pricing and consumer protection laws. We are vigorously defending this litigation. We believe that this is the first lawsuit for damages and injunctive relief under the Kentucky emergency pricing laws to progress this far and it contains many novel issues. In May 2011, the Kentucky attorney general amended his complaint to include a request for immediate injunctive relief as well as unspecified damages and penalties related to our wholesale gasoline pricing in April and May 2011 under statewide price controls that were activated by the Kentucky governor on April 26, 2011 and which have since expired. The court denied the attorney general’s request for immediate injunctive relief, and the remainder of the 2011 claims likely will be resolved along with those dating from 2005. If the lawsuit is resolved unfavorably in its entirety, it could materially impact our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. However, management does not believe the ultimate resolution of this litigation will have a material adverse effect.

144


We are also a party to a number of other lawsuits and other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While the ultimate outcome and impact to us cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the resolution of these other lawsuits and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Guarantees – We have provided certain guarantees, direct and indirect, of the indebtedness of other companies. Under the terms of most of these guarantee arrangements, we would be required to perform should the guaranteed party fail to fulfill its obligations under the specified arrangements. In addition to these financial guarantees, we also have various performance guarantees related to specific agreements.
Guarantees related to indebtedness of equity method investees – We hold interests in an offshore oil port, LOOP, and a crude oil pipeline system, LOCAP. Both LOOP and LOCAP have secured various project financings with throughput and deficiency agreements. Under the agreements, we are required to advance funds if the investees are unable to service their debt. Any such advances are considered prepayments of future transportation charges. The duration of the agreements vary but tend to follow the terms of the underlying debt, which extend through 2037 . Our maximum potential undiscounted payments under these agreements for the debt principal totaled $172 million as of December 31, 2016 .
We hold an interest in a refined products pipeline through our investment in Centennial, and have guaranteed our portion of the payment of Centennial’s principal, interest and prepayment costs, if applicable, under a Master Shelf Agreement, which is scheduled to expire in 2024 . The guarantee arose in order for Centennial to obtain adequate financing. Our maximum potential undiscounted payments under this agreement for debt principal totaled $29 million as of December 31, 2016 .
In connection with our 50 percent ownership in Crowley Ocean Partners, we have agreed to conditionally guarantee our portion of the obligations of the joint venture and its subsidiaries under a senior secured term loan agreement. The term loan agreement provides for loans of up to $325 million to finance the acquisition of four product tankers. MPC’s liability under the guarantee for each vessel is conditioned upon the occurrence of certain events, including if we cease to maintain an investment grade credit rating or the charter for the relevant product tanker ceases to be in effect and is not replaced by a charter with an investment grade company on certain defined commercial terms. As of December 31, 2016 , our maximum potential undiscounted payments under this agreement for debt principal totaled $163 million .
In connection with our 50 percent indirect interest in Crowley Blue Water Partners, we have agreed to provide a conditional guarantee of up to 50 percent of its outstanding debt balance in the event there is no charter agreement in place with an investment grade customer for the entity’s three vessels as well as other financial support in certain circumstances. The maximum exposure under these arrangements is 50 percent of the amount of the debt, which was $142 million as of December 31, 2016 .
Marathon Oil indemnifications – In conjunction with the Spinoff, we have entered into arrangements with Marathon Oil providing indemnities and guarantees with recorded values of $2 million as of December 31, 2016 , which consist of unrecognized tax benefits related to MPC, its consolidated subsidiaries and the RM&T Business operations prior to the Spinoff which are not already reflected in the unrecognized tax benefits described in Note 12 , and other contingent liabilities Marathon Oil may incur related to taxes. Furthermore, the separation and distribution agreement and other agreements with Marathon Oil to effect the Spinoff provide for cross-indemnities between Marathon Oil and us. In general, Marathon Oil is required to indemnify us for any liabilities relating to Marathon Oil’s historical oil and gas exploration and production operations, oil sands mining operations and integrated gas operations, and we are required to indemnify Marathon Oil for any liabilities relating to Marathon Oil’s historical refining, marketing and transportation operations. The terms of these indemnifications are indefinite and the amounts are not capped.
Other guarantees – We have entered into other guarantees with maximum potential undiscounted payments totaling $82 million as of December 31, 2016 , which consist primarily of a commitment to contribute cash to an equity method investee for certain catastrophic events, up to $50 million per event, in lieu of procuring insurance coverage and leases of assets containing general lease indemnities and guaranteed residual values.
General guarantees associated with dispositions – Over the years, we have sold various assets in the normal course of our business. Certain of the related agreements contain performance and general guarantees, including guarantees regarding inaccuracies in representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, and environmental and general indemnifications that require us to perform upon the occurrence of a triggering event or condition. These guarantees and indemnifications are part of the normal course of selling assets. We are typically not able to calculate the maximum potential amount of future payments that could be made under such contractual provisions because of the variability inherent in the guarantees and indemnities. Most often, the nature of the guarantees and indemnities is such that there is no appropriate method for quantifying the exposure because the underlying triggering event has little or no past experience upon which a reasonable prediction of the outcome can be based.

145


Contractual commitments and contingencies – At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , our contractual commitments to acquire property, plant and equipment and advance funds to equity method investees totaled $899 million and $1.6 billion . The contractual commitments at December 31, 2016 includes $131 million of contingent consideration associated with the acquisition of the Galveston Bay Refinery and Related Assets. The contractual commitments at December 31, 2015 included the $331 million contingent consideration associated with the acquisition of the Galveston Bay Refinery and Related Assets, $630 million for contributions to North Dakota Pipeline and $69 million for contributions to Crowley Ocean Partners. See Note 17 for additional information on the contingent consideration.
Certain natural gas processing and gathering arrangements require us to construct natural gas processing plants, natural gas gathering pipelines and NGL pipelines and contain certain fees and charges if specified construction milestones are not achieved for reasons other than force majeure. In certain cases, certain producer customers may have the right to cancel the processing arrangements if there are significant delays that are not due to force majeure. As of December 31, 2016 , management does not believe there are any indications that we will not be able to meet the construction milestones, that force majeure does not apply, or that such fees and charges will otherwise be triggered.

26 .
Subsequent Events
On February 6, 2017, MPLX announced that its wholly-owned subsidiary, MarkWest, and Antero Midstream Partners L.P. (“Antero Midstream”) formed a strategic joint venture, Sherwood Midstream LLC, to support the development of Antero Resources Corporation’s extensive Marcellus Shale acreage in the prolific rich-gas corridor of West Virginia. In connection with this transaction, MarkWest contributed approximately $134 million of assets currently under construction at the Sherwood Complex and Antero Midstream made an initial capital contribution of approximately $154 million .
On February 10, 2017, MPLX completed a public offering of  $1.25 billion  aggregate principal amount of  4.125%  unsecured senior notes due March 2027 and $1.0 billion  aggregate principal amount of  5.200%  unsecured senior notes due March 2047. MPLX intends to use the net proceeds from this offering for general partnership purposes, which may include, from time to time, acquisitions (including the previously announced planned dropdown of assets from MPC) and capital expenditures.
On February 13, 2017, MPLX announced that it had entered into an asset purchase agreement with Enbridge Pipelines (Ozark) LLC (“Enbridge Ozark”), under which an affiliate of Pipe Line Holdings has agreed to purchase the Ozark pipeline for approximately $220 million from Enbridge Ozark. The Ozark pipeline is a 433 -mile, 22 -inch crude oil pipeline originating in Cushing, Oklahoma, and terminating in Wood River, Illinois, capable of transporting approximately 230 mbpd. The purchase transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of 2017, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals.

146


Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
 
2016
 
2015
(In millions, except per share data)
1st Qtr.
 
2nd Qtr.
 
3rd Qtr.
 
4th Qtr.
 
1st Qtr.
 
2nd Qtr.
 
3rd Qtr.
 
4th Qtr.
Revenues
$
12,755

 
$
16,811

 
$
16,618

 
$
17,155

 
$
17,191

 
$
20,537

 
$
18,716

 
$
15,607

Income from operations
75

 
1,315

 
435

 
553

 
1,470

 
1,335

 
1,549

 
338

Net income (loss)
(78
)
 
783

 
219

 
289

 
903

 
839

 
958

 
168

Net income attributable to MPC
1

 
801

 
145

 
227

 
891

 
826

 
948

 
187

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to MPC per share: (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.003

 
$
1.51

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.43

 
$
1.63

 
$
1.52

 
$
1.77

 
$
0.35

Diluted
0.003

 
1.51

 
0.27

 
0.43

 
1.62

 
1.51

 
1.76

 
0.35

Dividends paid per share
0.32

 
0.32

 
0.36

 
0.36

 
0.25

 
0.25

 
0.32

 
0.32

(a)  
We completed a two-for-one stock split in June 2015. All historical per share data has been retroactively restated on a post-split basis.


147



Supplementary Statistics (Unaudited)
 
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Income from Operations by segment
 
 
 
 
 
Refining & Marketing (a)
$
1,543

 
$
4,086

 
$
3,538

Speedway (a)
734

 
673

 
544

Midstream (b)
871

 
380

 
342

Items not allocated to segments:
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and other unallocated items (b)
(277
)
 
(299
)
 
(277
)
  Pension settlement expenses
(7
)
 
(4
)
 
(96
)
  Impairment (c)
(486
)
 
(144
)
 

Income from operations
$
2,378

 
$
4,692

 
$
4,051

Capital Expenditures and Investments (d)(e)
 
 
 
 
 
Refining & Marketing
$
1,101

 
$
1,045

 
$
1,043

Speedway
303

 
501

 
2,981

Midstream
1,521

 
14,545

 
604

Corporate and Other (f)
144

 
192

 
110

Total
$
3,069

 
$
16,283

 
$
4,738

(a)  
In 2016, the Refining & Marketing and Speedway segments include an inventory LCM benefit of $345 million and $25 million , respectively. In 2015, the Refining & Marketing and Speedway segments include an inventory LCM charge of $345 million and $25 million , respectively.
(b)  
Included in the Midstream segment for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 are $11 million , $20 million and $19 million of corporate overhead expenses attributable to MPLX. The remaining corporate overhead expenses are not currently allocated to other segments, but instead reported in corporate and other unallocated items.
(c)  
2016 relates to impairments of goodwill and equity method investments. 2015 relates to the cancellation of the Residual Oil Upgrader Expansion project. See Notes 15 , 16 and 17 to the audited consolidated financial statements.
(d)  
Capital expenditures include changes in capital accruals.
(e)  
Includes $13.85 billion in 2015 for the MarkWest Merger and $2.71 billion in 2014 for the acquisition of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets. See Note 5 .
(f)  
Includes capitalized interest of $63 million , $37 million and $27 million for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

148


Supplementary Statistics (Unaudited)
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
MPC Consolidated Refined Product Sales Volumes (mbpd) (a)
2,269

 
2,301

 
2,138

Refining & Marketing Operating Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
Refining & Marketing refined product sales volume (mbpd) (b)
2,259

 
2,289

 
2,125

Refining & Marketing gross margin (dollars per barrel) (c)(d)
$
11.26

 
$
15.25

 
$
15.05

Crude oil capacity utilization percent (e)
95

 
99

 
95

Refinery throughputs (mbpd): (f)
 
 
 
 
 
Crude oil refined
1,699

 
1,711

 
1,622

Other charge and blendstocks
151

 
177

 
184

Total
1,850

 
1,888

 
1,806

Sour crude oil throughput percent
60

 
55

 
52

WTI-priced crude oil throughput percent
19

 
20

 
19

Refined product yields (mbpd): (f)
 
 
 
 
 
Gasoline
900

 
913

 
869

Distillates
617

 
603

 
580

Propane
35

 
36

 
35

Feedstocks and special products
241

 
281

 
276

Heavy fuel oil
32

 
31

 
25

Asphalt
58

 
55

 
54

Total
1,883

 
1,919

 
1,839

Refinery direct operating costs (dollars per barrel): (g)
 
 
 
 
 
Planned turnaround and major maintenance
$
1.83

 
$
1.13

 
$
1.80

Depreciation and amortization
1.47

 
1.39

 
1.41

Other manufacturing (h)
4.09

 
4.15

 
4.86

Total
$
7.39

 
$
6.67

 
$
8.07

Refining & Marketing Operating Statistics By Region – Gulf Coast
 
 
 
 
 
Refinery throughputs (mbpd): (i)
 
 
 
 
 
Crude oil refined
1,039

 
1,060

 
991

Other charge and blendstocks
195

 
184

 
182

Total
1,234

 
1,244

 
1,173

Sour crude oil throughput percent
73

 
68

 
64

WTI-priced crude oil throughput percent
8

 
6

 
3

Refined product yields (mbpd): (i)
 
 
 
 
 
Gasoline
514

 
534

 
508

Distillates
399

 
392

 
368

Propane
26

 
26

 
23

Feedstocks and special products
286

 
286

 
274

Heavy fuel oil
21

 
15

 
13

Asphalt
15

 
16

 
13

Total
1,261

 
1,269

 
1,199

Refinery direct operating costs (dollars per barrel): (g)
 
 
 
 
 
Planned turnaround and major maintenance
$
2.09

 
$
0.81

 
$
1.82

Depreciation and amortization
1.14

 
1.09

 
1.15

Other manufacturing (h)
3.70

 
3.88

 
4.73

Total
$
6.93

 
$
5.78

 
$
7.70

 
 
 
 
 
 

149


Supplementary Statistics (Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Refining & Marketing Operating Statistics By Region – Midwest
 
 
 
 
 
Refinery throughputs (mbpd): (i)
 
 
 
 
 
Crude oil refined
660

 
651

 
631

Other charge and blendstocks
39

 
39

 
45

Total
699

 
690

 
676

Sour crude oil throughput percent
40

 
34

 
33

WTI-priced crude oil throughput percent
38

 
43

 
44

Refined product yields (mbpd): (i)
 
 
 
 
 
Gasoline
386

 
379

 
361

Distillates
218

 
211

 
212

Propane
11

 
12

 
13

Feedstocks and special products
35

 
38

 
43

Heavy fuel oil
12

 
17

 
13

Asphalt
43

 
39

 
41

Total
705

 
696

 
683

Refinery direct operating costs (dollars per barrel): (g)
 
 
 
 
 
Planned turnaround and major maintenance
$
1.15

 
$
1.64

 
$
1.66

Depreciation and amortization
1.88

 
1.83

 
1.78

Other manufacturing (h)
4.29

 
4.36

 
4.76

Total
$
7.32

 
$
7.83

 
$
8.20

Speedway Operating Statistics (j)
 
 
 
 
 
Convenience stores at period-end (k)
2,733

 
2,766

 
2,746

Gasoline and distillate sales (millions of gallons)
6,094

 
6,038

 
3,942

Gasoline & distillate gross margin (dollars per gallon) (d)(l)
$
0.1656

 
$
0.1823

 
$
0.1775

Merchandise sales (in millions)
$
5,007

 
$
4,879

 
$
3,611

Merchandise gross margin (in millions)
$
1,435

 
$
1,368

 
$
975

Merchandise gross margin percent
28.7
 %
 
28.0
 %
 
27.0
 %
Same store gasoline sales volume (period over period)
(0.4
)%
 
(0.3
)%
 
(0.7
)%
Same store merchandise sales (period over period) (m)
3.2
 %
 
4.1
 %
 
5.0
 %
Midstream Operating Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
Crude oil and refined product pipeline throughputs (mbpd) (n)
2,311

 
2,191

 
2,119

Gathering system throughput (MMcf/d) (o)
3,275

 
3,075

 
 
Natural gas processed (MMcf/d) (o)
5,761

 
5,468

 
 
C2 (ethane) + NGLs (natural gas liquids) fractionated (mbpd) (o)
335

 
307

 
 
(a)  
Total average daily volumes of refined product sales to wholesale, branded and retail customers.
(b)  
Includes intersegment sales.
(c)  
Sales revenue less cost of refinery inputs and purchased products, divided by total refinery throughputs.
(d)  
Excludes the lower of cost or market adjustment.
(e)  
Based on calendar day capacity, which is an annual average that includes downtime for planned maintenance and other normal operating activities.
(f)  
Excludes inter-refinery volumes of 83 mbpd, 46 mbpd and 43 mbpd for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
(g)  
Per barrel of total refinery throughputs.
(h)  
Includes utilities, labor, routine maintenance and other operating costs.
(i)  
Includes inter-refinery transfer volumes.
(j)  
Includes the impact of Hess’ Retail Operations and Related Assets from the September 30, 2014 acquisition date.
(k)  
Decrease in 2016 was primarily due to the contribution of 41 travel centers to the Pilot joint venture.
(l)  
The price paid by consumers less the cost of refined products, including transportation, consumer excise taxes and bankcard processing fees, divided by gasoline and distillate sales volume.
(m)  
Excludes cigarettes.
(n)  
On owned common-carrier pipelines, excluding equity method investments.
(o)  
Includes the results of the MarkWest assets beginning on the Dec. 4, 2015 acquisition date.Includes amounts related to unconsolidated equity method investments on a 100% basis.

150


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.


Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. Based upon that evaluation, the chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016 , the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2016, we completed the integration of MarkWest into our internal control environment. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and – Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, which reports are incorporated herein by reference.


Item 9B. Other Information
None.

151

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information concerning our directors required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the sub-heading “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Class III Directors” located under the heading “Proposals of the Board” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Information concerning our executive officers is included in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our board of directors has established the Audit Committee and determined our “Audit Committee Financial Expert.” The related information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the sub-headings “The Board of Directors” and “Audit Committee Financial Expert” located under the heading “The Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
We have adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, which applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Controller, Treasurer and other persons performing similar functions. It is available on our website at http://ir.marathonpetroleum.com by selecting “Corporate Governance” and clicking on “Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers.”
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is set forth under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation-Based Risk Assessment” and “Executive Compensation;” under the sub-headings “Compensation Committee” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” located under the heading “The Board of Directors and Corporate Governance;” and under the headings “Compensation of Directors” and “Compensation Committee Report” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.



152

Table of Contents


Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2016 with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under the MPC 2012 Plan and the MPC 2011 Plan:
 
Plan category
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a)
 
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b)
 
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation
plans (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
10,141,025


$
28.93

 
43,002,076

Equity compensation plan not approved by stockholders

 

 

Total
10,141,025

 
N/A

 
43,002,076


  (a) Includes the following:
1)
9,531,440 stock options granted pursuant to the MPC 2012 Plan and the MPC 2011 Plan and not forfeited, cancelled or expired as of December 31, 2016 .
2)
361,117 restricted stock units granted pursuant to the MPC 2012 Plan and the MPC 2011 Plan for shares unissued and not forfeited, cancelled or expired as of December 31, 2016 .
3)
248,468 shares as the maximum potential number of shares that could be issued in settlement of performance units outstanding as of December 31, 2016 pursuant to the MPC 2012 Plan, based on the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2016 of $50.35 per share. The number of shares reported for this award vehicle may overstate dilution. See Note 23 for more information on performance unit awards granted under the MPC 2012 Plan.
In addition to the awards reported above, 1,250,343 shares of restricted stock have been issued pursuant to the MPC 2012 Plan and were outstanding as of December 31, 2016 .
(b)  
Restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units are not taken into account in the weighted-average exercise price as such awards have no exercise price.
(c)  
Reflects the shares available for issuance pursuant to the MPC 2012 Plan. All granting authority under the MPC 2011 Plan was revoked following the approval of the MPC 2012 Plan by shareholders on April 25, 2012. No more than 17,199,310 of the shares reported in this column may be issued for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights. The number of shares reported in this column assumes 248,468 as the maximum potential number of shares that could be issued pursuant to the MPC 2012 Plan in settlement of performance units outstanding as of December 31, 2016 , based on the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2016 , of $50.35 per share. The number of shares assumed for this award vehicle may understate the number of shares available for issuance pursuant to the MPC 2012 Plan. See Note 23 for more information on performance unit awards granted pursuant to the MPC 2012 Plan. Shares related to grants made pursuant to the MPC 2012 Plan that are forfeited, cancelled or expire unexercised become immediately available for issuance under the MPC 2012 Plan.


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” and under the sub-heading “Board and Committee Independence” under the heading “The Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.


Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Fees, Services and Independence” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

153

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
A. Documents Filed as Part of the Report
1.    Financial Statements (see Part II, Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding financial statements)
2.    Financial Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules required under SEC rules but not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is contained in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3.    Exhibits: 
Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Furnished
Herewith
Form
 
Exhibit
 
Filing
Date
 
SEC
File No.
 
2
 
Plan of Acquisition, Reorganization, Arrangement, Liquidation or Succession
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.1 †
 
Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2011, among Marathon Oil Corporation, Marathon Oil Company and Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
10
 
2.1
 
5/26/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
2.2 †
 
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2012, by and among BP Products North America Inc. and BP Pipelines (North America) Inc., as the Sellers and Marathon Petroleum Company LP, as the Buyer
 
8-K
 
2.1
 
10/9/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
2.3 †
 
Purchase Agreement by and between Speedway LLC and Hess Corporation, dated as of May 21, 2014
 
8-K
 
2.1
 
5/27/2014
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
2.4 †
 
Amendment No. 1 effective as of September 30, 2014, to the Purchase Agreement by and between Speedway LLC and Hess Corporation, dated as of May 21, 2014
 
8-K
 
2.2
 
10/6/2014
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
2.5 †
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 11, 2015, by and among MPLX LP, Sapphire Holdco LLC, MPLX GP LLC, MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P. and, for certain limited purposes set forth therein, Marathon Petroleum Corporation.
 
8-K
 
2.1
 
7/16/2015
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
2.6
 
Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 10, 2015, by and among MPLX LP, Sapphire Holdco LLC, MPLX GP LLC, MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P. and Marathon Petroleum Corporation.
 
8-K
 
2.1
 
11/12/2015
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
2.7
 
Amendment Number 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2015, by and among MPLX LP, Sapphire Holdco LLC, MPLX GP LLC, MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P. and Marathon Petroleum Corporation.
 
8-K
 
2.1
 
11/17/2015
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
3
 
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.1
 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
8-K
 
3.1
 
6/22/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
3.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
4
 
Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.1
 
Indenture dated as of February 1, 2011 between Marathon Petroleum Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
 
10
 
4.1
 
5/26/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
4.2
 
Form of the terms of the 3   1/2% Senior Notes due 2016, 5   1/8% Senior Notes due 2021 and 6   1/2% Senior Notes due 2041 of Marathon Petroleum Corporation (including Form of Notes)
 
10
 
4.2
 
5/26/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
4.3
 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 5, 2014, by and between Marathon Petroleum Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (including Form of Notes)
 
10-Q
 
4.1
 
11/3/2014
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 

154

Table of Contents


Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Furnished
Herewith
Form
 
Exhibit
 
Filing
Date
 
SEC
File No.
 
4.4
 
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2015, by and between Marathon Petroleum Corporation and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (including Form of Notes)
 
8-K
 
4.1
 
12/14/2015
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
4.5
 
Indenture, dated February 12, 2015, between MPLX LP and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
 
8-K
 
4.1
 
2/12/2015
 
001-35714
 
 
 
 
4.6
 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated February 12, 2015, between MPLX LP and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (including Form of Notes)
 
8-K
 
4.2
 
2/12/2015
 
001-35714
 
 
 
 
4.7
 
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2015, by and between MPLX LP and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (including Form of Note)
 
8-K
 
4.2
 
12/22/2015
 
001-35714
 
 
 
 
4.8
 
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2015, by and between MPLX LP and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (including Form of Note)
 
8-K
 
4.3
 
12/22/2015
 
001-35714
 
 
 
 
4.9
 
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2015, by and between MPLX LP and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (including Form of Note)
 
8-K
 
4.4
 
12/22/2015
 
001-35714
 
 
 
 
4.10
 
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2015, by and between MPLX LP and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (including Form of Note)
 
8-K
 
4.5
 
12/22/2015
 
001-35714
 
 
 
 
4.11
 
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 22, 2015 by and among MPLX LP, MPLX GP LLC, and each of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
 
8-K
 
4.1
 
12/22/2015
 
001-35714
 
 
 
 
10
 
Material Contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.1
 
Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of May 25, 2011 by and among Marathon Oil Corporation, Marathon Petroleum Corporation and MPC Investment LLC
 
10
 
10.1
 
5/26/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.2
 
Employee Matters Agreement dated as of May 25, 2011 by and between Marathon Oil Corporation and Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
10
 
10.2
 
5/26/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.3
 
Amendment to Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011 by and between Marathon Oil Corporation and Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
7/1/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.4
 
Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, by and among MPC Trade Receivables Company, LLC, Marathon Petroleum Company LP, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch, as administrative agent and sole lead arranger, certain committed purchasers and conduit purchasers that are parties thereto from time to time and certain other parties thereto from time to time as managing agents and letter of credit issuers.
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
12/23/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.5
 
Second Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, by and between Marathon Petroleum Company LP and MPC Trade Receivables Company LLC
 
8-K
 
10.2
 
12/23/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 




155

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Furnished
Herewith
Form
 
Exhibit
 
Filing
Date
 
SEC
File No.
 
10.6
 
$2,500,000,000 Four-Year Credit Agreement, dated July 20, 2016, by and among Marathon Petroleum Corporation, as borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., UBS Securities LLC, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent, each of Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., UBS Securities LLC, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as documentation agents, and several other commercial lending institutions that are party thereto.
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
7/26/2016
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.7
 
$1,000,000,000 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement, dated July 20, 2016, by and among Marathon Petroleum Corporation, as borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., UBS Securities LLC, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent, each of Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., UBS Securities LLC, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as documentation agents, and several other commercial lending institutions that are party thereto.
 
8-K
 
10.2
 
7/26/2016
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.8
 
Credit Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2014, among MPLX LP, as borrower, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, each of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporate and RBS Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, and each of Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, as documentation agents, and the other lenders and issuing banks that are parties thereto.
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
11/26/2014
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.9
 
Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2012, among MPLX LP, MPLX GP LLC, MPLX Operations LLC, MPC Investment LLC, MPLX Logistics Holdings LLC, Marathon Pipe Line LLC, MPL Investment LLC, MPLX Pipe Line Holdings LP and Ohio River Pipe Line LLC.
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
11/6/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.10
 
Omnibus Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2012, among Marathon Petroleum Corporation, Marathon Petroleum Company LP, MPL Investment LLC, MPLX Operations LLC, MPLX Terminal and Storage LLC, MPLX Pipe Line Holdings LP, Marathon Pipe Line LLC, Ohio River Pipe Line LLC, MPLX LP and MPLX GP LLC.
 
8-K
 
10.2
 
11/6/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.11 *
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation Second Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan
 
S-3
 
4.3
 
12/7/2011
 
333-175286
 
 
 
 
10.12 *
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation Policy for Recoupment of Annual Cash Bonus Amounts
 
10-K
 
10.10
 
2/29/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.13 *
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors
 
10-K
 
10.13
 
2/28/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.14 *
 
Marathon Petroleum Amended and Restated Excess Benefit Plan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
10.15 *
 
Marathon Petroleum Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
 
10-K
 
10.13
 
2/29/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.16 *
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation Executive Tax, Estate, and Financial Planning Program
 
10-K
 
10.14
 
2/29/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 


156

Table of Contents


Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Furnished
Herewith
Form
 
Exhibit
 
Filing
Date
 
SEC
File No.
 
10.17 *
 
Speedway Excess Benefit Plan
 
10-K
 
10.15
 
2/29/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.18 *
 
Speedway Deferred Compensation Plan
 
10-K
 
10.16
 
2/29/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.19 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan – Section 16 Officer Restricted Stock Award Agreement (3 year pro rata vesting)
 
8-K
 
10.4
 
7/7/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.20 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan – Section 16 Officer Restricted Stock Award Agreement (3 year cliff vesting)
 
8-K
 
10.5
 
7/7/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.21 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement – Section 16 Officer
 
8-K
 
10.6
 
7/7/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.22 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan Supplemental Restricted Stock Award Agreement – Section 16 Officer
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
12/7/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.23 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan Supplemental Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement – Section 16 Officer
 
8-K
 
10.2
 
12/7/2011
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.24 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan Supplemental Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement – Non-Employee Director
 
10-K
 
10.22
 
2/29/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.25 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan – Performance Unit Award Agreement
 
10-K
 
10.23
 
2/29/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.26 *
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation Amended and Restated Executive Change in Control Severance Benefits Plan
 
10-K
 
10.26
 
2/28/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.27 * `
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Performance Unit Award Agreement – 2012-2014 Performance Cycle
 
10-Q
 
10.3
 
5/9/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.28 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Restricted Stock Award Agreement – Officer
 
10-Q
 
10.4
 
5/9/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.29 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement – Officer
 
10-Q
 
10.5
 
5/9/2012
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.30 *
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan
 
S-8
 
4.3
 
4/27/2012
 
333-181007
 
 
 
 
10.31 *
 
Marathon Petroleum Annual Cash Bonus Program
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
10.32 *
 
MPC Non-Employee Director Phantom Unit Award Policy
 
10-K
 
10.32
 
2/28/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.33 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Performance Unit Award Agreement – 2013-2015 Performance Cycle
 
10-Q
 
10.1
 
5/9/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.34 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Restricted Stock Award Agreement – Officer
 
10-Q
 
10.2
 
5/9/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.35 *
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement – Officer
 
10-Q
 
10.3
 
5/9/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.36 *
 
MPLX LP – Form of MPC Officer Phantom Unit Award Agreement
 
10-Q
 
10.4
 
5/9/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.37 *
 
MPLX LP – Form of MPC Officer Performance Unit Award Agreement – 2013-2015 Performance Cycle
 
10-Q
 
10.5
 
5/9/2013
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.38 *
 
Amendment to Certain Outstanding MPC Restricted Stock Award Agreements and Performance Unit Award Agreements of Garry L. Peiffer
 
10-K
 
10.38
 
2/28/2014
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 



157

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Furnished
Herewith
Form
 
Exhibit
 
Filing
Date
 
SEC
File No.
 
10.39*
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Performance Unit Award Agreement – 2014-2016 Performance Cycle
 
10-Q
 
10.1
 
5/5/2014
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.40
 
Term Loan Agreement, dated August 26, 2014, by and among Marathon Petroleum Corporation, as borrower, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, as administrative agent, each of RBS Securities Inc., The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. Barclays Bank PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners. The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., as syndication agent, each of Barclays Bank PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as documentation agents, and several other commercial lending institutions that are parties thereto
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
8/29/2014
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.41*
 
First Amendment to the Marathon Petroleum Corporation Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan
 
10-Q
 
10.1
 
8/3/2015
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.42*
 
First Amendment to the Marathon Petroleum Corporation 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan
 
10-Q
 
10.2
 
8/3/2015
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.43
 
Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2015, to Credit Agreement, dated November 20, 2014 by and among MPLX LP, Citibank, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and the other institutions named on the signature pages thereto.
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
11/2/2015
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.44*
 
Retention Agreement, by and between Marathon Petroleum Company LP and Randy S. Nickerson, dated November 13, 2015
 
10-K
 
10.44
 
2/26/2016
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.45*
 
Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
10.46
 
Loan Agreement, by and between MPLX LP and MPC Investment LLC, dated December 4, 2015
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
12/10/2015
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.47
 
First Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated July 20, 2016, by and among MPC Trade Receivables Company LLC, Marathon Petroleum Company LP, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ., Ltd., New York Branch, as administrative agent and sole lead arranger, certain committed purchasers and conduit purchasers that are parties thereto from time to time and certain other parties thereto from time to time as managing agents and letter of credit issuers.
 
8-K
 
10.3
 
7/26/2016
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.48
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Performance Unit Award Agreement
 
10-Q
 
10.1
 
5/2/2016
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.49
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Restricted Stock Award Agreement - Officer
 
10-Q
 
10.2
 
5/2/2016
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.50
 
Form of Marathon Petroleum Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement - Officer
 
10-Q
 
10.3
 
5/2/2016
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.51
 
Form of MPLX LP Performance Unit Award Agreement - Marathon Petroleum Corporation Officer
 
10-Q
 
10.4
 
5/2/2016
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
10.52
 
Form of MPLX LP Phantom Unit Award Agreement - Marathon Petroleum Corporation Officer
 
10-Q
 
10.5
 
5/2/2016
 
001-35054
 
 
 
 
12.1
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
14.1
 
Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
21.1
 
List of Subsidiaries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
24.1
 
Power of Attorney of Directors and Officers of Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
31.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14 and 15(d)-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 

158

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
Furnished
Herewith
Form
 
Exhibit
 
Filing
Date
 
SEC
File No.
 
31.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14 and 15(d)-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
32.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
32.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 

The exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K and will be provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
*
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which one or more directors or executive officers of the Registrant may be participants.



159

Table of Contents

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Not applicable.


160

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
February 24, 2017
 
MARATHON PETROLEUM CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
 
By:    /s/ John J. Quaid
 
 
 
 
 
                John J. Quaid
                Vice President and Controller

161

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on February 24, 2017 on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
 
Signature
 
Title
 
 
 
/s/ Gary R. Heminger
 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
Gary R. Heminger
 
 
 
 
/s/ Timothy T. Griffith
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
Timothy T. Griffith
 
 
 
 
/s/ John J. Quaid
 
Vice President and Controller
(principal accounting officer)
John J. Quaid
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
Abdulaziz F. Alkhayyal
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
Evan Bayh
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
Charles E. Bunch
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
David A. Daberko
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
Steven A. Davis
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
Donna A. James
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
James E. Rohr
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
Frank M. Semple
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
John W. Snow
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
J. Michael Stice
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
John P. Surma
 
 
 
 

162

Table of Contents

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this report pursuant to the Power of Attorney executed by the above-named directors and officers of the registrant, which is being filed herewith on behalf of such directors and officers.
 
By:    /s/ Gary R. Heminger
 
February 24, 2017
 
 
 
                Gary R. Heminger
                Attorney-in-Fact
 
 

163


Exhibit 3.2








AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

MARATHON PETROLEUM CORPORATION














AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS OF
MARATHON PETROLEUM CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page No.
ARTICLE I STOCKHOLDERS
1

 
 
Section 1.1
Annual Meetings
1

 
 
Section 1.2
Special Meetings
1

 
 
Section 1.3
Notice of Meetings
1

 
 
Section 1.4
Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record
2

 
 
Section 1.5
List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote
2

 
 
Section 1.6
Adjournments
2

 
 
Section 1.7
Quorum
3

 
 
Section 1.8
Organization
3

 
 
Section 1.9
Voting by Stockholders
3

 
 
Section 1.10
Business to be Conducted at Meetings

5

 
 
Section 1.11
Proxies
7

 
 
Section 1.12
Conduct of Meetings
8

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE II BOARD OF DIRECTORS
8

 
 
Section 2.1

Powers, Number, Qualifications, Classification and Vacancies
8

 
 
Section 2.2
Regular Meetings
10

 
 
Section 2.3
Special Meetings
10

 
 
Section 2.4
Telephonic Meetings
10

 
 
Section 2.5
Organization
10

 
 
Section 2.6
Order of Business
10

 
 
Section 2.7
Notice of Meetings
10

 
 
Section 2.8
Quorum; Vote Required for Action
11

 
 
Section 2.9
Board Action by Unanimous Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting
11

 
 
Section 2.10
Nomination of Directors; Qualifications
11

 
 
Section 2.11
Compensation
15

 
 
Section 2.12
Proxy Access
15

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE III BOARD COMMITTEES
22

 
 
Section 3.1
Board Committees
22

 
 
Section 3.2
Board Committee Rules
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV OFFICERS
23

 
 
Section 4.1
Designation
23

 
 
Section 4.2
Chief Executive Officer
23

 
 
Section 4.3
Powers and Duties of Other Officers
23

 

i




 
Section 4.4
Vacancies
23

 
 
Section 4.5
Removal
23

 
 
Section 4.6
Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations
24

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE V CAPITAL STOCK
24

 
 
Section 5.1
Share Certificates/Uncertificated Shares.
24

 
 
Section 5.2
Transfer of Shares
24

 
 
Section 5.3
Ownership of Shares
24

 
 
Section 5.4
Regulations Regarding Shares
24

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES
25

 
 
Section 6.1
Indemnification
25

 
 
Section 6.2
Advancement of Expenses
25

 
 
Section 6.3
Notice of Proceeding; Request for Indemnification
25

 
 
Section 6.4
Determination of Entitlement; No Change of Control
26

 
 
Section 6.5
Determination of Entitlement; Change of Control
26

 
 
Section 6.6
Presumptions
26

 
 
Section 6.7
Independent Counsel Expenses
28

 
 
Section 6.8
Adjudication to Enforce Rights
28

 
 
Section 6.9
Participation by the Corporation
29

 
 
Section 6.10
Nonexclusivity of Rights; Successors in Interest
29

 
 
Section 6.11
Insurance; Third-Party Payments; Subrogation
30

 
 
Section 6.12
Certain Actions for Which Indemnification Is Not Provided
30

 
 
Section 6.13
Definitions
31

 
 
Section 6.14
Notices under Article VI
32

 
 
Section 6.15
Contractual Nature of Rights; Contribution
32

 
 
Section 6.16
Indemnification of Employees, Agents and Fiduciaries
33

 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS
33

 
 
Section 7.1
Fiscal Year
33

 
 
Section 7.2
Corporate Seal
33

 
 
Section 7.3
Self-Interested Transactions
33

 
 
Section 7.4
Form of Records
34

 
 
Section 7.5
Bylaw Amendments
34

 
 
Section 7.6
Notices; Waiver of Notice
34

 
 
Section 7.7
Resignations
35

 
 
Section 7.8
Books, Reports and Records
35

 
 
Section 7.9
Severability
35

 
 
Section 7.10
Facsimile Signatures
35

 
 
Section 7.11
Construction
35

 
 
Section 7.12
Captions
36

 


ii




AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
MARATHON PETROLEUM CORPORATION

The Board of Directors of Marathon Petroleum Corporation (the “ Corporation ”) by resolution has duly adopted these Amended and Restated Bylaws (these “ Bylaws ”) pursuant to Section 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1    Annual Meetings . The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting (each an “ Annual Meeting ”) of the holders of its capital stock (each, a “ Stockholder ”) each calendar year for the election of Directors of the Corporation (each, a “ Director ”) at such date, time and place as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) by resolution may designate, or if the Board does not designate a date, time and place, the Annual Meeting will be held at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the last Thursday in April, at the principal executive office of the Corporation. The Corporation may transact any other business, or act on any proposal, at an Annual Meeting which has properly come before that meeting in accordance with Section 1.10 .

Section 1.2    Special Meetings . Any of the following may call a special meeting of Stockholders for any purpose or purposes at any time and designate the date, time and place of any such meeting: (a) the Chairman of the Board; (b) the Chief Executive Officer; or (c) the Board pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Directors then in office. Except as the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as amended or amended and restated from time to time and including each certificate of designation, if any, respecting any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation which has been executed, acknowledged and filed in accordance with the DGCL (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”)) or the DGCL or any other applicable law, statute, rule or regulation (collectively, “ Applicable Laws ”) otherwise require, no other person or persons may call a special meeting of Stockholders.

Section 1.3    Notice of Meetings . By or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation (the “ Secretary ”), whenever Stockholders are to take any action at a meeting, the Corporation will give a notice of that meeting to the Stockholders of record, as of the record date established pursuant to Section 1.4 for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of that meeting, which notice shall state the date, time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which Stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at the meeting, the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which that meeting is called. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the DGCL or other Applicable Laws otherwise require, the Corporation will give the notice of any meeting of Stockholders not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of that meeting. Notice of any meeting of Stockholders need not be given to any Stockholder (a) if waived by such Stockholder in accordance with Section 7.6 or (b) to whom (i) notice of two

1




consecutive Annual Meetings, and all notices of meetings to such person during the period between such two consecutive Annual Meetings, or (ii) all, and at least two, payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12-month period, in either case (i) or (ii) above, have been mailed addressed to such person at such person’s address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned as undeliverable; provided, however , that the exception in Section 1.3(b)(i) shall not be applicable to any notice given by electronic transmission that is returned as undeliverable. Any action or meeting taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if the notice had been duly given. If any person to whom notice need not be given in accordance with Section 1.3(b) delivers to the Corporation a written notice setting forth such person’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated.

Section 1.4    Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board by resolution may fix a record date, which record date: (a) must not precede the date on which the Board adopts the resolution; (b) in the case of a determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or adjournment thereof, (i) will, unless Applicable Laws otherwise require, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of the meeting and (ii) may, unless Applicable Laws otherwise require, be as of a date that is later than the record date established by the Board pursuant to this Section 1.4 to determine the Stockholders entitled to notice of that meeting; and (c) in the case of any other action, will not be more than 60 days prior to that other action. If the Board does not fix a record date, (1) the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders will be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived in accordance with Section 7.6 , at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held and (2) the record date for determining Stockholders for any other purpose will be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of Stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders will apply to any adjournment of that meeting; provided, however , that the Board by resolution may fix a new record date for purposes of determining Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at the adjourned meeting.

Section 1.5    List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. At least 10 days before each meeting of Stockholders, the Secretary will prepare a list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at that meeting pursuant to the requirements of section 219 of the DGCL as in effect at that time.

Section 1.6    Adjournments . Any meeting of Stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time by (a) the Chairman of the Board or other Director or officer presiding over the meeting or (b) by the Stockholders representing a majority of shares of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on any matter brought before the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which Stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment

2




is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business it might have transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if, after adjournment the Board fixes a new record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at the adjourned meeting, the Corporation will give notice of the adjourned meeting to each Stockholder of record (as of the applicable record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of the adjourned meeting) in accordance with Section 1.3 .

Section 1.7    Quorum . Except as the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the DGCL or other Applicable Laws otherwise provide: (a) at each meeting of Stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting will be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum; and (b) the holders of capital stock of the Corporation so present and entitled to vote at any duly convened meeting at which the necessary quorum has been ascertained may continue to transact business until that meeting adjourns notwithstanding any withdrawal from that meeting of shares of capital stock counted in determining the existence of that quorum. Any shares held in the street name for which voting instructions have not been received from the beneficial owner and for which the broker does not have discretionary authority to vote (“ Broker non-votes ”) shall be considered present at the meeting for purposes of the determination of a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, the meeting may be adjourned from time to time in the manner provided in Section 1.6 until a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Shares of the Corporation’s capital stock held in treasury by the Corporation or by another corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, holds a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of Directors (or the equivalent), will be neither entitled to vote nor counted for quorum purposes; provided, however , that the foregoing will not limit the right of the Corporation to vote shares of capital stock, including but not limited to its own capital stock, it holds in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 1.8    Organization . The Chairman of the Board will chair and preside over any meeting of Stockholders at which he or she is present. The Board will designate a Director or an officer of the Corporation to preside over any meeting of Stockholders from which the Chairman of the Board is absent. In the absence of such designation by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer will preside over any such meeting. The Secretary will act as secretary of meetings of Stockholders, but in his or her absence from any such meeting, the Chairman of the Board or other Director or officer presiding over that meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of that meeting.

Section 1.9    Voting by Stockholders

(a)     Voting on Matters Other than the Election of Directors . With respect to any matters as to which no other voting requirement is specified by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, or any policy or position statement adopted by the Board that is not inconsistent with any of the foregoing, the affirmative vote required for Stockholder action at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be that of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter (including shares subject to Broker non-votes). In the case of a matter submitted for a vote of the Stockholders as to which a Stockholder approval requirement is applicable under the Stockholder approval policy of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the capital stock of the Corporation is traded or quoted,

3




the requirements (to the extent applicable to the Corporation) of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or any provision of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Internal Revenue Code ”), in each case for which no higher voting requirement is specified by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the vote required for approval shall be the requisite vote specified in such Stockholder approval policy, Rule 16b-3 or Internal Revenue Code provision, as the case may be (or the highest such requirement if more than one is applicable). For the approval or ratification of the appointment of independent public accountants (if submitted for a vote of the Stockholders) or the approval of any other matter recommended for approval to the Stockholders by the Board and for which no other voting requirement is specified by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the DGCL or other Applicable Laws or any policy or position statement adopted by the Board that is not inconsistent with any of the foregoing, including with respect to the compensation of executives and any advisory vote regarding executive compensation, the vote required for approval shall be the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast “for” or “against” by the Stockholders entitled to vote on the matter at a meeting of Stockholders at which a quorum is present. For purposes of these Bylaws, any shares subject to Broker non-votes and abstentions shall not be considered as votes cast.
(b)     Voting in the Election of Directors . Through the date of the Annual Meeting next following the end of the calendar year 2015, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by Stockholders entitled to vote in the election of Directors at a meeting of Stockholders at which a quorum is present. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation, beginning with the date of the Annual Meeting next following the end of calendar year 2016, each Director shall be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to that Director’s election at any meeting for the election of Directors at which a quorum is present, provided that if, as of the 10 th day preceding the date the Corporation first mails its notice for such meeting to Stockholders, the number of nominees exceeds the number of Directors to be elected (a “ Contested Election ”), the Directors shall be elected by the vote of a plurality of the votes cast by Stockholders entitled to vote in the election of Directors at such meeting of Stockholders at which a quorum is present. If, in an election that is not a Contested Election, a Director does not receive a majority of the votes cast, such Director shall submit an irrevocable resignation to the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board, or such other committee as may be designated by the Board pursuant to these Bylaws. Such committee shall make a recommendation to the Board as to whether to accept or reject the resignation of such incumbent Director, or whether other action should be taken. The Board shall act on the resignation, taking into account the committee’s recommendation, and within 90 days following certification of the election results shall publicly disclose its decision regarding the resignation and, if such resignation is rejected, the rationale behind the decision. The committee in making its recommendation and the Board in making its decision each may consider any factors and other information that they consider appropriate and relevant. If the Board accepts a Director’s resignation pursuant to this Section 1.9(b) , or if a nominee for Director is not elected and the nominee is not an incumbent Director, then the Board may fill the resulting vacancy pursuant to Section 2.1(f) of these Bylaws.



4





Section 1.10    Business to be Conducted at Meetings

(a)      Annual Meetings . At an Annual Meeting, only such business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon, as shall have been properly brought before such Annual Meeting. To be properly brought before an Annual Meeting, business or proposals (other than any nomination of Directors, which is governed by Section 2.10 and Section 2.12 ) must (i) be specified in the notice relating to the meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board in accordance with Section 1.3 or (ii) be properly brought before the meeting by a Stockholder who (A) is a Stockholder of record at the time of the giving of notice of the proposal in accordance with this Section 1.10 and on the record date for the determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at such Annual Meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting and (C) complies with the requirements of this Section 1.10 , the DGCL and other Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, only proposals that are proper subjects for Stockholder action may properly be introduced at an Annual Meeting. Clause (ii) of this Section 1.10(a) shall be the exclusive means for a Stockholder to submit business or proposals (other than Director nominations, which are governed by Section 2.10 and Section 2.12 ) before an Annual Meeting. For a proposal to properly be brought before an Annual Meeting by a Stockholder pursuant to these provisions, in addition to any other applicable requirements, such Stockholder must give timely advance notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, such Stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day and not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed proxy materials for the immediately preceding Annual Meeting to Stockholders; provided, however , that if the scheduled Annual Meeting date differs from the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting by more than 30 days, notice by such Stockholder, to be timely, must be so delivered or received not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the scheduled date of the Annual Meeting or, if less than 100 days’ prior notice or public disclosure of the scheduled meeting date is given or made, not later than the 10th day following the earlier of the date on which the notice of such meeting was mailed to Stockholders or the date on which such public disclosure was made. In no event shall any adjournment, postponement or deferral of an Annual Meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a Stockholder’s notice as described above.

(b)     Form of Stockholder Proposals . Any Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting as contemplated by Section 1.10(a) shall set forth in writing as to each matter such Stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting: (i) a description of the proposal desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, together with the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration); (ii) as to such Stockholder proposing such business and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (A) the name and address of such Stockholder, as it appears on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, if any, and the name and address of any other Stockholders known by such Stockholder to be supporting such business or proposal, (B)(1) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such Stockholder and such beneficial owner, (2) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock

5




appreciation right or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of capital stock of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the price, value or volatility of any class or series of shares of capital stock of the Corporation or any derivative or synthetic arrangement having characteristics of a long position in any class or series of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “ Derivative Instrument ”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such Stockholder and by such beneficial owner and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, (3) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power of such Stockholder or beneficial owner with respect to any shares of any security of the Corporation, (4) any pledge by such Stockholder or beneficial owner of any security of the Corporation or any short interest of such Stockholder or beneficial owner in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of this Section 1.10 and Section 2.10 , a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (5) any rights to dividends on the shares of capital stock of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Stockholder and by such beneficial owner that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of capital stock of the Corporation, (6) any proportionate interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such Stockholder or beneficial owner is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (7) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee), to which such Stockholder or beneficial owner is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including, without limitation, for purposes of clauses (B)(1) through (B)(7) above, any of the foregoing held by members of such Stockholder’s or beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household or held by any other Stockholders or beneficial owners acting in concert with such Stockholder or beneficial owner (which information shall be supplemented by such Stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, not later than 10 days after the record date for the determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, to disclose such ownership as of such record date) and (C) any other information relating to such Stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the proposal, or would otherwise be required, in each case pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (iii) any material interest of such Stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, in such business or proposal; and (iv) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such Stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with such business or proposal by such Stockholder.

(c)     Duty to Update Information . A Stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 1.10 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and

6




received at, the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for the determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting and, if practicable (or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to), any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). In addition, a Stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall update and supplement such notice, and deliver such update and supplement to the principal executive office of the Corporation, promptly following the occurrence of any event that materially changes the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 1.10 .

(d)     Chairman of the Board to Determine Whether Requirements Have Been Met . The Chairman of the Board or, if the Chairman of the Board is not presiding, the Director or officer presiding over the meeting of Stockholders shall determine whether the requirements of this Section 1.10 have been met with respect to any Stockholder proposal. If the Chairman of the Board or the other Director or officer presiding over such meeting determines that any Stockholder proposal was not made in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.10 , he or she shall so declare at the meeting and any such proposal shall not be acted upon at the meeting.

(e)     Special Meetings . At a special meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon, as shall have been specified as the purpose of calling the special meeting or otherwise properly brought before such special meeting. To be properly brought before such a special meeting, business or proposals must (i) be specified in the notice relating to the meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board in accordance with Section 1.3 or (ii) constitute matters incident to the conduct of the meeting as the Chairman of the Board or the other Director or officer presiding over such meeting of the meeting shall determine to be appropriate.

(f)     Additional Requirements . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10 , a Stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, to the extent such requirements apply to the Corporation, with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.10 . Nothing in this Section 1.10 shall be deemed to affect any rights of Stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement as required by Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, to the extent such rule applies to the Corporation.

Section 1.11    Proxies . Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of Stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such Stockholder by proxy duly granted and authorized under the DGCL and other Applicable Laws. Proxies for use at any meeting of Stockholders shall be filed with the Secretary, or such other officer as the Board may from time to time determine by resolution to act as secretary of the meeting, before or at the time of the meeting. All proxies shall be received and taken charge of and all ballots shall be received and canvassed by the secretary of the meeting, who shall decide all questions relating to the qualification of voters, the validity of the proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes, unless a different inspector or inspectors shall have

7




been appointed by the Chairman of the Board or other Director or officer presiding over the meeting, in which event such inspector or inspectors shall decide all such questions.

Section 1.12      Conduct of Meetings . The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of Stockholders as it deems appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations, if any, the Chairman of the Board or other Director or officer presiding over any meeting of Stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of the Chairman of the Board or other Director or officer presiding over the meeting, are appropriate for the proper conduct of that meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or other Director or officer presiding over the meeting may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to Stockholders of record, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the Chairman of the Board or other Director or officer presiding over the meeting may determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and (g) policies and procedures with respect to the adjournment of such meetings. Except to the extent the Board or the Chairman of the Board or other Director or officer presiding over any meeting otherwise prescribes, no rules of parliamentary procedure will govern any meeting of Stockholders.

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1    Powers, Number, Qualifications, Classification and Vacancies

(a)     Powers of the Board of Directors . The powers of the Corporation shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of, the Board. In addition to the authority and powers conferred upon the Board by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board is hereby authorized and empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws; provided, however , that no Bylaw of the Corporation hereafter adopted, nor any amendment thereto, shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaw or amendment thereto had not been adopted.

(b)     Management . The Board shall have the right (which, to the extent exercised, shall be exclusive) to establish the rights, powers, duties, rules and procedures, consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws and the DGCL, that (i) from time to time shall govern the Board, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the vote required for any action by the Board and (ii) from time to time shall affect the Directors’ power to manage the business and affairs of the Corporation.


8




(c)     Number of Directors . Within the limits specified in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to such rights, if any, of holders of shares of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock of the Corporation to elect one or more Directors as provided by the Certificate of Designation for such series of preferred stock, the number of Directors which will constitute the whole Board shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by, and may be increased or decreased from time to time exclusively by, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

(d)     Qualifications . Directors must be natural persons. Directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware or Stockholders. No person shall stand for election or re-election, or be nominated to stand for election or re-election, to the Board if such person has attained or will attain the age of 72 prior to the date of election or re-election; provided, however , that any previously elected Director may be nominated for re-election and may be re-elected to the Board through the date of the Annual Meeting next following the end of the calendar year 2013. Any Director elected or re-elected who attains the age of 72 during a term to which he or she was elected or re-elected shall continue to serve for the expiration of his or her term or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. At no time shall more than a minority of the number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum at a meeting of Directors be persons who are not U.S. citizens. In the event that the number of Directors who are not U.S. citizens exceeds such permitted number, it is expected that one or more Directors (whichever number is required to be removed) who are not U.S. citizens will resign from the Board in reverse order of seniority based on such Directors’ length of service on the Board (with the Director who is not a U.S. citizen and has served on the Board the least amount of time resigning first) to reduce the number of Directors who are not U.S. citizens to a number permitted under this Section 2.1(d) . Any resulting vacancies on the Board shall be filled in accordance with Section 2.1(f) .

(e)     Classification and Terms of Directors . As provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Directors, other than those, if any, who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation pursuant to the Certificate of Designation for such series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable: Class I, Class II and Class III. Each Director will serve for a three year term expiring on the date of the third Annual Meeting following the Annual Meeting at which that Director was elected; provided, however , that the Directors first designated as Class I Directors will serve for a term expiring on the date of the Annual Meeting next following the end of the calendar year 2011, the Directors first designated as Class II Directors will serve for a term expiring on the date of the Annual Meeting next following the end of the calendar year 2012, and the Directors first designated as Class III Directors will serve for a term expiring on the date of the Annual Meeting next following the end of the calendar year 2013. Each Director will hold office until the Annual Meeting at which that Director’s term expires and, the foregoing notwithstanding, until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any Director elected by the holders of a series of preferred stock of the Corporation will be elected for the term set forth in the Certificate of Designation for such series of preferred stock. At each annual election, the Directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be of the same class as the Directors they succeed unless the Board shall have designated one or more directorships whose term then expires as directorships of another class in order to more nearly achieve equality of number of Directors among the classes.


9




(f)     Vacancies . Unless otherwise provided by or pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of Directors, and any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause, will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors remaining in office, even if they constitute less than a quorum of the Board, or by the sole remaining Director if only one Director remains in office. Any Director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence will hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred, and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Unless otherwise provided by or pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, no decrease in the number of Directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

Section 2.2    Regular Meetings . The Board will hold its regular meetings at such places within or without the State of Delaware, on such dates and at such times as the Board by resolution may determine from time to time, and any such resolution will constitute due notice to all Directors of the regular meeting or meetings to which it relates. By notice pursuant to Section 2.7 , the Chairman of the Board or a majority of the Directors then in office may change the place, date or time of any regular meeting of the Board.

Section 2.3    Special Meetings . The Board will hold a special meeting at any place within or without the State of Delaware and on any date and at any time such a meeting is called by the Chairman of the Board or by a majority of the Directors then in office by giving notice of such special meeting in accordance with Section 2.7 .

Section 2.4    Telephonic Meetings . Members of the Board may hold and participate in any Board meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment that permits all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and participation of any Director in a meeting by such means will constitute the presence in person of that Director at such meeting for all purposes of these Bylaws, except in the case of a Director who so participates only for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business at such meeting on the ground that the meeting has not been called or convened in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the DGCL or other Applicable Laws.

Section 2.5    Organization . The Chairman of the Board will chair and preside over meetings of the Board at which he or she is present. A majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board from which the Chairman of the Board is absent will designate one of their number as the chair of that meeting. The Secretary will act as secretary of meetings of the Board, but in his or her absence from any such meeting the chair of that meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of that meeting.

Section 2.6    Order of Business . The Board will transact business at its meetings in such order as the Chairman of the Board or the Board may determine.

Section 2.7    Notice of Meetings. To call a special meeting of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or a majority of Directors then in office must give a timely notice to all of the Directors then in office of the time and place of, and the general nature of the business to be transacted at,

10




such special meeting. The notice must be in writing or in an electronic transmission and if given by the majority of the Directors then in office, must be executed by each Director calling the meeting. To change the time or place of any regular meeting of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or a majority of the Directors then in office must give a timely notice to each Director of that change. To be timely, any notice required by this Section 2.7 must be delivered to each Director personally or by mail, facsimile, e-mail or other communication at least one day before the meeting to which it relates; provided, however , that notice of any meeting of the Board need not be given to any Director who waives the requirement of that notice in accordance with Section 7.6(b) .

Section 2.8    Quorum; Vote Required for Action . At all meetings of the Board, the presence in person of a majority of the Directors then in office will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the participation by a Director in any meeting of the Board will constitute that Director’s presence in person at that meeting unless that Director expressly limits that participation to objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business at that meeting on the ground that the meeting has not been called or convened in accordance with the DGCL, other Applicable Laws, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Except in cases in which the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide, the vote of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be the act of the Board.

Section 2.9    Board Action by Unanimous Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting . The Board, without a meeting, prior notice or a vote, may take any action it must or may take at any meeting, if all Directors then in office consent to such action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the written consents or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board that the Secretary is to keep.

Section 2.10    Nomination of Directors; Qualifications

(a)     Director Nominations . Subject to such rights, if any, of holders of shares of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock of the Corporation to elect one or more Directors under circumstances as shall be provided by or pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10 or Section 2.12 shall be eligible for election as, and to serve as, Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of the Stockholders in lieu of an Annual Meeting for which Directors are to be elected may be made only by (i) the Board or at the direction of the Board or (ii) any Stockholder who is a Stockholder of record at the time of the giving of such Stockholder’s notice provided for in this Section 2.10 and on the record date for the determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, who is entitled to vote at such meeting in the election of Directors and who complies with the requirements of this Section 2.10 or pursuant to Section 2.12 . Subject to Section 2.12 , clause (ii) of this Section 2.10(a) shall be the exclusive means for a Stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election as a Director. Any such nomination by a Stockholder shall be preceded by timely advance notice in writing to the Secretary pursuant to this Section 2.10 or Section 2.12 .

(b)     Timeliness of Stockholder Nominations . To be timely with respect to an Annual Meeting, notice of any Stockholder’s nomination made pursuant to this Section 2.10 must be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive office of the

11




Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed proxy materials for the immediately preceding Annual Meeting to Stockholders; provided, however , that (i) if the scheduled date of the Annual Meeting for which the nomination is to be considered differs from the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting by more than 30 days, notice by such Stockholder, to be timely, must be so delivered or received not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the scheduled date of the Annual Meeting or, if less than 100 days’ prior notice or public disclosure of the scheduled meeting date is given or made, not later than the 10th day following the earlier of the day on which the notice of such meeting was mailed to Stockholders or the day on which such public disclosure was made; and (ii) if the number of Directors to be elected to the Board at such Annual Meeting is increased and there is no prior notice or public disclosure by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for Director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least 100 days prior to such anniversary date, a Stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.10 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if delivered to the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the earlier of the day on which the notice of such meeting was mailed to Stockholders or the day on which such public disclosure was made. For purposes of this Section 2.10(b) with respect to the Annual Meeting next following the end of the calendar year 2016, a notice of any Stockholder’s nomination shall be considered timely if delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the close of business on January 9, 2017; provided, however, that the nominating Stockholder or its representative shall have timely requested the form of written questionnaire and form of written representation and agreement referenced in Section 2.10(e) not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed proxy materials for the immediately preceding Annual Meeting to Stockholders. To be timely with respect to a special meeting at which Directors are to be elected, notice of any Stockholder’s nomination made pursuant to this Section 2.10 must be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the scheduled special meeting date; provided, however, that if less than 100 days’ prior notice or public disclosure of the scheduled meeting date is given or made, notice by such Stockholder, to be timely, must be so delivered or received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the earlier of the day on which the notice of such meeting was mailed to Stockholders or the day on which such public disclosure was made. In no event shall any adjournment, postponement or deferral of an Annual Meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a Stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c)     Form of Stockholder’s Notice of Nominations . Notice of a Stockholder’s nomination delivered to the Secretary in accordance with this Section 2.10 shall set forth (i) as to each person whom such Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director, (A) the name, age, country of citizenship, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in a contested election, or would otherwise be required, in each case pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including, without limitation, the written

12




consent of such person to having such person’s name placed in nomination at the meeting and to serve as a Director if elected), and (D) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such Stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if such Stockholder and such beneficial owner, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and (ii) as to such Stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made and the proposed nominee, (A) the name and address of such Stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, if any, and the name and address of any other Stockholders known by such Stockholder to be supporting such nomination, (B)(1) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such Stockholder, such beneficial owner and such nominee, (2) any Derivative Instrument directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such Stockholder, such beneficial owner and such nominee and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, (3) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power of such Stockholder, beneficial owner or nominee with respect to any shares of any security of the Corporation, (4) any pledge by such Stockholder, beneficial owner or nominee of any security of the Corporation or any short interest of such Stockholder, beneficial owner or nominee in any security of the Corporation, (5) any rights to dividends on the shares of capital stock of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Stockholder, beneficial owner and nominee that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of capital stock of the Corporation, (6) any proportionate interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such Stockholder, beneficial owner or nominee is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (7) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such Stockholder, beneficial owner or nominee is entitled based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including, without limitation, for purposes of clauses (B)(1) through (B)(7) above, any of the foregoing held by members of such Stockholder’s, beneficial owner’s or nominee’s immediate family sharing the same household or held by any other Stockholders or beneficial owners with whom such Stockholder, beneficial owner or nominee is acting in concert (which information shall be supplemented by such Stockholder, beneficial owner, if any, and nominee not later than 10 days after the record date for the determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting to disclose such ownership as of such record date), and (C) any other information relating to such Stockholder, beneficial owner, if any, and nominee that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in a contested election, or would otherwise be required, in each case pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Any such Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall also include or be accompanied by, with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board, a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement

13




required by Section 2.10(e) . The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent Director or that could be material to a reasonable Stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

(d)     Duty to Update Information . A Stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to Section 2.10(c) shall be true and correct as of the record date for the determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for the determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting and, if practicable (or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to), any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). In addition, following the occurrence of any event that materially changes the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 , a Stockholder that has provided notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, within 10 days after such event and in any event prior to that meeting, shall deliver an updated and supplemented notice to the Secretary.

(e)     Nominee Requirements . To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a Director pursuant to this Section 2.10 , a person must meet all of the qualifications to serve as a Director as set forth in these Bylaws, the DGCL or other Applicable Laws and deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.10(b) ) to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a Director, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a Director, with such person’s fiduciary duties under the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a Director that has not been disclosed therein, and (C) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a Director, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.


14




(f)     Chairman of the Board to Determine Whether Requirements and Qualifications Have Been Met . The Chairman of the Board or, if he or she is not presiding, the Director or officer presiding over the meeting of Stockholders shall determine whether or not any person nominated to serve as a Director meets the qualifications set forth in these Bylaws, the DGCL or other Applicable Laws and whether or not the requirements of this Section 2.10 have been met with respect to any nomination or purported nomination. If the Chairman of the Board or the other Director or officer presiding over such meeting determines that any purported nomination was not made in accordance with the requirements of this Section 2.10 , or that the person so nominated is not qualified to serve as a Director, the Chairman of the Board or such presiding Director or officer shall so declare at the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 2.11    Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary or other compensation as a Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing Board Committees may also be paid their expenses, if any, and an additional sum, salary or other compensation for attending Board Committee meetings.

Section 2.12 Proxy Access . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in these Bylaws, the Corporation shall include in its proxy materials for an Annual Meeting, provided that the Board has determined that Directors shall be elected at such a meeting, the name, together with the Required Information (as defined below), of any person nominated for election (the “ Stockholder Nominee ”) to the Board by a Stockholder or group of Stockholders that satisfy the requirements of this Section 2.12 , including qualifying as an Eligible Stockholder (as defined in Section 2.12(d) ), and expressly elects at the time of providing the written notice required by this Section 2.12 (a “ Proxy Access Notice ”) to have its or their nominee included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to this Section 2.12 . For purposes of this Section 2.12 :

Voting Stock ” shall mean outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally for the election of Directors;

Constituent Holder ” shall mean any Stockholder, collective investment fund included within a Qualifying Fund (as defined in Section 2.12(d) ) or beneficial holder whose stock ownership is counted for the purposes of qualifying as holding the Proxy Access Request Required Shares (as defined in Section 2.12(d) ) or qualifying as an Eligible Stockholder (as defined in Section 2.12(d) ); and

affiliate ” and “ associate ” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided, however, that the term “partner” as used in the definition of “associate” shall not include any limited partner that is not involved in the management of the relevant partnership.

For purposes of this Section 2.12 , a Stockholder (including any Constituent Holder) shall be deemed to “own” only those outstanding shares of Voting Stock as to which the Stockholder itself (or such

15




Constituent Holder itself) possesses both (i) the full voting and investment rights pertaining to the shares and (ii) the full economic interest in (including the opportunity for profit and risk of loss on) such shares. The number of shares calculated in accordance with the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall be deemed not to include (and to the extent any of the following arrangements have been entered into by affiliates of the Stockholder (or of any Constituent Holder), shall be reduced by) any shares (A) sold by such Stockholder or Constituent Holder (or any of either’s affiliates) in any transaction that has not been settled or closed, including any short sale, (B) borrowed by such Stockholder or Constituent Holder (or any of either’s affiliates) for any purposes or purchased by such Stockholder or Constituent Holder (or any of either’s affiliates) pursuant to an agreement to resell or (C) subject to any option, warrant, forward contract, swap, contract of sale, other derivative or similar agreement entered into by such Stockholder or Constituent Holder (or any of either’s affiliates), whether any such instrument or agreement is to be settled with shares or with cash based on the notional amount or value of Voting Stock, in any such case which instrument or agreement has, or is intended to have, or if exercised by either party thereto would have, the purpose or effect of (1) reducing in any manner, to any extent or at any time in the future, such Stockholder's or Constituent Holder’s (or either’s affiliate’s) full right to vote or direct the voting of any such shares, and/or (2) hedging, offsetting or altering to any degree gain or loss arising from the full economic ownership of such shares by such Stockholder or Constituent Holder (or either’s affiliate), other than any such arrangements solely involving an exchange listed multi-industry market index fund in which Voting Stock represents at the time of entry into such arrangement less than 10% of the proportionate value of such index. A Stockholder (including any Constituent Holder) shall “own” shares held in the name of a nominee or other intermediary so long as the stockholder itself (or such Constituent Holder itself) retains the right to instruct how the shares are voted with respect to the election of Directors and the right to direct the disposition thereof and possesses the full economic interest in the shares. A Stockholder’s (including any Constituent Holder’s) ownership of shares shall be deemed to continue during any period in which such person has loaned such shares so long as such person has retained the power to recall such shares at any time by the Stockholder upon giving requisite notice or delegated any voting power over such shares by means of a proxy, power of attorney or other instrument or arrangement which in all such cases of such proxy, power of attorney or other instrument or arrangement is revocable at any time by the Stockholder. The terms “owned,” “owning” and other variations of the word “own” shall have correlative meanings.

(a)     For purposes of this Section 2.12 , the “ Required Information ” that the Corporation will include in its proxy statement is (i) the information concerning the Stockholder Nominee and the Eligible Stockholder that the Corporation determines is required to be disclosed in the Corporation’s proxy statement by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act, the DGCL or other Applicable Laws; and (ii) if the Eligible Stockholder so elects, a Statement (as defined in Section 2.12(g) ). The Corporation shall also include the name of the Stockholder Nominee in its proxy card. For the avoidance of doubt, and any other provision of these Bylaws notwithstanding, the Corporation may in its sole discretion solicit against, and include in the proxy statement its own statements or other information relating to, any Eligible Stockholder and/or Stockholder Nominee, including any information provided to the Corporation with respect to the foregoing.

(b)     To be timely, a Stockholder’s Proxy Access Notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than

16




the close of business on the 150th day and not later than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed proxy materials for the immediately preceding Annual Meeting to Stockholders. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting, the date of which has been announced by the Corporation, commence a new time period for the giving of a Proxy Access Notice.

(c)     The number of Stockholder Nominees (including Stockholder Nominees that were submitted by an Eligible Stockholder for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to this Section 2.12 but either are subsequently withdrawn or that the Board decides to nominate as Board nominees) appearing in the Corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such Annual Meeting shall not exceed the greater of (x) two and (y) the largest whole number that does not exceed 20% of the number of Directors in office as of the last day on which a Proxy Access Notice may be delivered in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12 (such greater number, the “ Permitted Number ”); provided, however, that the Permitted Number shall be reduced by:

(i)     the number of such Director candidates for which the Corporation shall have received one or more Stockholder notices nominating Director candidates pursuant to Section 2.10 of these Bylaws plus the number of directors in office that were elected to the Board after being nominated at any of the two preceding Annual Meetings pursuant to such Section 2.10 ;

(ii)     the number of Directors in office or Director candidates that in either case were elected or appointed to the Board or will be included in the Corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such Annual Meeting as an unopposed (by the Corporation) nominee pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or other understanding with a Stockholder or group of Stockholders (other than any such agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into in connection with an acquisition of Voting Stock, by such Stockholder or group of Stockholders, from the Corporation), other than any such Director referred to in this clause (ii) who at the time of such Annual Meeting will have served as a Director continuously, as a nominee of the Board, for at least one full three-year term, but only to the extent the Permitted Number after such reduction with respect to this clause (ii) equals or exceeds one; and

(iii)     the number of Directors in office for whom access to the Corporation’s proxy materials was previously provided (or requested) pursuant to this Section 2.12 , other than (A) any such Director referred to in this Section 2.12 (c)(iii) whose term of office will expire at such Annual Meeting and who is not seeking (or agreeing) to be nominated at such meeting for another term of office and (B) any such Director referred to in this Section 2.12 (c)(iii) who at the time of such Annual Meeting will have served as a Director continuously, as a nominee of the Board, for at least one full three-year term; provided, that in no circumstance shall the Permitted Number exceed the number of Directors to be elected at the applicable Annual Meeting as noticed by the Corporation; and provided, further, that in the event the Board resolves to reduce the size of the Board effective on or prior to the date of the Annual Meeting, the Permitted Number shall be calculated based on the number of Directors in office as so reduced. In the event that the number of Stockholder Nominees submitted by Eligible Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.12 exceeds the Permitted Number, each Eligible Stockholder will promptly upon request of the Corporation select one Stockholder Nominee for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials until the Permitted Number is reached,

17




going in order of the amount (largest to smallest) of shares of Voting Stock each Eligible Stockholder disclosed as owned in its Proxy Access Notice submitted to the Corporation. If the Permitted Number is not reached after each Eligible Stockholder has selected one Stockholder Nominee, this selection process will continue as many times as necessary, following the same order each time, until the Permitted Number is reached.

(d)     An “ Eligible Stockholder ” is one or more Stockholders of record who own and have owned, or are acting on behalf of one or more beneficial owners who own and have owned (in each case as defined above), in each case continuously for at least three years as of both the date that the Proxy Access Notice is received by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 2.12 , and as of the record date for determining Stockholders eligible to vote at the applicable Annual Meeting, at least three percent of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock (the “ Proxy Access Request Required Shares ”), and who continue to own the Proxy Access Request Required Shares at all times between the date such Proxy Access Notice is received by the Corporation and the date of the applicable Annual Meeting, provided that the aggregate number of Stockholders, and, if and to the extent that a Stockholder is acting on behalf of one or more beneficial owners, of such beneficial owners, whose stock ownership is counted for the purpose of satisfying the foregoing ownership requirement shall not exceed 20. Two or more collective investment funds that are (i) part of the same family of funds or sponsored by the same employer or (ii) a “group of investment companies” as such term is defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (a “ Qualifying Fund ”) shall be treated as one Stockholder for the purpose of determining the aggregate number of Stockholders in this Section 2.12(d) provided that each fund included within a Qualifying Fund otherwise meets the requirements set forth in this Section 2.12 . No shares may be attributed to more than one group constituting an Eligible Stockholder under this Section 2.12 (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no Stockholder may be a member of more than one group constituting an Eligible Stockholder). A record holder acting on behalf of one or more beneficial owners will not be counted separately as a Stockholder with respect to the shares owned by beneficial owners on whose behalf such record holder has been directed in writing to act, but each such beneficial owner will be counted separately, subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.12(d) , for purposes of determining the number of Stockholders whose holdings may be considered as part of an Eligible Stockholder’s holdings. For the avoidance of doubt, Proxy Access Request Required Shares will qualify as such if and only if the beneficial owner of such shares as of the date of the Proxy Access Notice has itself individually beneficially owned such shares continuously for the three-year period ending on that date and through the other applicable dates referred to above (in addition to the other applicable requirements being met).

(e)     No later than the final date when a nomination pursuant to this Section 2.12 may be delivered to the Corporation, an Eligible Stockholder (including each Constituent Holder) must provide the information set forth in Section 2.10 of these Bylaws to the Secretary and also provide the following information in writing to the Secretary:

(i)     with respect to each Constituent Holder, the name and address of, and number of shares of Voting Stock owned by, such person;

(ii)     one or more written statements from the record holder of the shares (and from each intermediary through which the shares are or have been held during the requisite three-

18




year holding period) verifying that, as of a date within seven calendar days prior to the date the Proxy Access Notice is delivered to the Corporation, such person owns, and has owned continuously for the preceding three years, the Proxy Access Request Required Shares, and such person’s agreement to provide:

(A)     within 10 days after the record date for the applicable Annual Meeting, written statements from the record holder and intermediaries verifying such person’s continuous ownership of the Proxy Access Request Required Shares through the record date, together with any additional information reasonably requested to verify such person’s ownership of the Proxy Access Request Required Shares; and

(B)     immediate notice if the Eligible Stockholder ceases to own any of the Proxy Access Request Required Shares prior to the date of the applicable Annual Meeting;

(iii)     any information relating to such Eligible Stockholder (including any Constituent Holder) and its or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith, and any information relating to such Eligible Stockholder’s Stockholder Nominee(s), in each case that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement and form of proxy or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of such Stockholder Nominee(s) in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(iv)     a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among the Eligible Stockholder (including any Constituent Holder) and its or their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each of such Eligible Stockholder’s Stockholder Nominee(s), and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the Eligible Stockholder (including any Constituent Holder), or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the Stockholder Nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant;

(v)     a representation that such person:

(A)     acquired the Proxy Access Request Required Shares in the ordinary course of business and not with the intent to change or influence control of the Corporation, and does not presently have such intent;

(B)     has not nominated and will not nominate for election to the Board at the applicable Annual Meeting any person other than the Stockholder Nominee(s) being nominated pursuant to this Section 2.12 ;

(C)     has not engaged and will not engage in, and has not and will not be a “participant” in another person’s, “solicitation” within the meaning of Rule 14a-1(l) under the

19




Exchange Act in support of the election of any individual as a Director at the applicable Annual Meeting other than its Stockholder Nominee(s) or a nominee of the Board;

(D)     will not distribute to any Stockholder any form of proxy for the applicable Annual Meeting other than the form distributed by the Corporation; and

(E)     will provide facts, statements and other information in all communications with the Corporation and its Stockholders that are and will be true and correct in all material respects and do not and will not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and will otherwise comply with all Applicable Laws in connection with any actions taken pursuant to this Section 2.12 ;

(vi)     in the case of a nomination by a group of Stockholders that together is such an Eligible Stockholder, the designation by all group members of one group member that is authorized to act on behalf of all members of the nominating Stockholder group with respect to the nomination and matters related thereto, including withdrawal of the nomination; and

(vii)     an undertaking that such person agrees to:

(A)     assume all liability stemming from, and indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and each of its directors, officers, and employees individually against any liability, loss or damages in connection with any threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding, whether legal, administrative or investigative, against the Corporation or any of its directors, officers or employees arising out of any legal or regulatory violation arising out of the Eligible Stockholder’s communications with the Stockholders of the Corporation or out of the information that the Eligible Stockholder (including such person) provided to the Corporation; and

(B)     file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any solicitation by the Eligible Stockholder of Stockholders of the Corporation relating to the Annual Meeting at which the Stockholder Nominee will be nominated.

In addition, no later than the final date on which a Proxy Access Notice may be submitted under this Section 2.12 , a Qualifying Fund whose stock ownership is counted for purposes of qualifying as an Eligible Stockholder must provide to the Secretary any documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Board that demonstrates that the funds included within the Qualifying Fund are either part of the same family of funds or sponsored by the same employer. In order to be considered timely, any information required by this Section 12.2 to be provided to the Corporation must be supplemented (by delivery to the Secretary) (1) no later than 10 days following the record date for the applicable Annual Meeting, to disclose the foregoing information as of such record date, and (2) no later than the fifth day before the applicable Annual Meeting, to disclose the foregoing information as of the date that is no earlier than 10 days prior to such Annual Meeting. For the avoidance of doubt, the requirement to update and supplement such information shall not permit any Eligible Stockholder or other person to change or add any proposed Stockholder Nominee or be deemed to cure any defects or limit the remedies (including without limitation under these Bylaws) available to the Corporation relating to any defect.

20





(f)     The Eligible Stockholder may provide to the Secretary, at the time the information required by this Section 2.12 is originally provided, a written statement for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy statement for the applicable Annual Meeting, not to exceed 500 words, in support of the candidacy of such Eligible Stockholder’s Stockholder Nominee (the “ Statement ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.12 , the Corporation may omit from its proxy materials any information or Statement that it, in good faith, believes is materially false or misleading, omits to state any material fact or would violate any Applicable Laws.

(g)     No later than the final date when a nomination pursuant to this Section 2.12 may be delivered to the Corporation, each Stockholder Nominee must provide the information set forth in Section 2.10(c) of these Bylaws, the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 2.10(e) of these Bylaws and such additional information as necessary to permit the Board to determine if any of the matters contemplated by Section 2.12(i) apply. In the event that any information or communications provided by the Eligible Stockholder (or any Constituent Holder) or the Stockholder Nominee to the Corporation or its Stockholders ceases to be true and correct in all material respects or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, each Eligible Stockholder or Stockholder Nominee, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the Secretary of any defect in such previously provided information and of the information that is required to correct any such defect; it being understood for the avoidance of doubt that providing any such notification shall not be deemed to cure any such defect or limit the remedies (including without limitation under these Bylaws) available to the Corporation relating to any such defect.

(h)     Any Stockholder Nominee who is included in the Corporation’s proxy statement for a particular Annual Meeting, but subsequently is determined not to satisfy the eligibility requirements of this Section 2.12 or any other provision of these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any Applicable Laws any time before such Annual Meeting will not be eligible for election at such Annual Meeting.

(i)     The Corporation shall not be required to include, pursuant to this Section 2.12 , a Stockholder Nominee in its proxy materials for any Annual Meeting, or, if the proxy statement already has been filed, to allow the nomination of a Stockholder Nominee, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation:

(i)     who is not independent under the listing the principal U.S. exchange upon which the common stock of the Corporation is listed, any applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and any publicly disclosed standards used by the Board in determining and disclosing independence of the Corporation’s Directors, in each case as determined by the Board;

(ii)     whose service as a member of the Board would violate or cause the Corporation to be in violation of these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, the rules and listing standards of the principal U.S. exchange upon which the common stock of the Corporation is traded or other Applicable Laws;


21




(iii)     if the Eligible Stockholder (or any Constituent Holder) or applicable Stockholder Nominee otherwise breaches or fails to comply in any material respect with its obligations pursuant to this Section 2.12 or any agreement, representation or undertaking required by this Section 2.12 ; or

(iv)    if the Eligible Stockholder ceases to be an Eligible Stockholder for any reason, including but not limited to not owning the Proxy Access Request Required Shares through the date of the applicable Annual Meeting.

For the purposes of this Section 2.12(i) , clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.12(i) and, to the extent related to a breach or failure by the Stockholder Nominee, clause (iii) of this Section 2.12(i) will result in the exclusion from the proxy materials pursuant to this Section 2.12 of the specific Stockholder Nominee to whom the ineligibility applies, or, if the proxy statement already has been filed, the ineligibility of such Stockholder Nominee to be nominated; provided, however , that clause (iv) of this Section 2.12(i) and, to the extent related to a breach or failure by an Eligible Stockholder (or any Constituent Holder), clause (iii) of this Section 2.12(i) will result in the Voting Stock owned by such Eligible Stockholder (or Constituent Holder) being excluded from the Proxy Access Request Required Shares (and, if as a result the Proxy Access Notice shall no longer have been filed by an Eligible Stockholder, the exclusion from the proxy materials pursuant to this Section 2.12 of all of the applicable Stockholder’s Stockholder Nominees from the applicable Annual Meeting or, if the proxy statement has already been filed, the ineligibility of all of such Stockholder’s Stockholder Nominees to be nominated).

ARTICLE III
BOARD COMMITTEES

Section 3.1    Board Committees . The Board may designate one or more Board Committees consisting of one or more of the Directors. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any Board Committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of that Committee. The Board may change the membership of any Board Committee and fill vacancies on any such Committee at any time. A majority of the members of any Board Committee will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that Committee unless the Board requires a greater number for that purpose. The Board may elect a chair of any Board Committee. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, the election or appointment of any Director to a Board Committee will not create any contract rights for such Director, and the Board’s removal of any member of any Board Committee will not prejudice any contract rights that such Director otherwise may have. Subject to the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, each Board Committee the Board may designate pursuant to this Section 3.1 will have and may exercise all the powers and authorities of the Board to the extent the Board so provides. Each Board Committee may appoint such subcommittees as it may deem necessary, advisable or appropriate.


22




Section 3.2    Board Committee Rules . Unless the Board otherwise provides, each Board Committee may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of those rules, each Board Committee will conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to ARTICLE II or any rules and procedures adopted by the Board in accordance with Section 2.1(b) .
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

Section 4.1    Designation . The officers of the Corporation will consist of a Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, Treasurer and such senior or other Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers as the Board may elect or appoint from time to time. Any number of offices of the Corporation may be held by the same person. The Board shall also elect or appoint from among the Directors a person to act as Chairman of the Board who shall not be deemed to be an officer of the Corporation unless he or she has otherwise been elected or appointed as such. The Chairman of the Board must be a U.S. citizen.

Section 4.2    Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer will, subject to the control of the Board: (a) have general supervision and control of the affairs, business, operations and properties of the Corporation; (b) see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect; and (c) have the power to appoint and remove all subordinate officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, except for those the Board elects or appoints. The Chief Executive Officer also will perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as generally pertain to his or her office or these Bylaws or the Board by resolution assigns to him or her from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer must be a U.S. citizen.

Section 4.3    Powers and Duties of Other Officers . The other officers of the Corporation will have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as the Board by resolution may prescribe and, except to the extent so prescribed, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board. The Board may require any officer, agent or employee to give security for the faithful performance of his or her duties.

Section 4.4    Vacancies . Whenever vacancies occur in any office by death, resignation, increase in the number of officers of the Corporation or otherwise, the same shall be filled by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and the officer so elected shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected or appointed or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 4.5    Removal . Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may be removed by the Board whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract, common law and statutory rights, if any, of the person so removed. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, no election or appointment of an officer or agent, or service of such officer or agent in such capacity, in and of itself, will create contract rights.


23




Section 4.6    Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President and the Treasurer of the Corporation shall each have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of security holders of or with respect to any action of security holders of any other corporation in which the Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which the Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK

Section 5.1    Share Certificates/Uncertificated Shares . Shares of capital stock of the Corporation will be uncertificated and shall not be represented by certificates except as to the extent required by Applicable Laws or as may otherwise be authorized by the Secretary. Ownership of all uncertificated shares shall be evidenced by book entry notation on the books of the Corporation. Any shares of capital stock represented by a certificate shall be issued in such form as approved by the Board. No certificate representing shares, if any, will be valid unless it is signed by or in the name of the Corporation in accordance with the DGCL. Any certificates issued by the Corporation for any class of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby, with the class and number of such shares and the date of issue shall be entered in the books and records of the Corporation.

Section 5.2    Transfer of Shares . The Corporation may act as its own transfer agent and registrar for shares of its capital stock or use the services of one or more transfer agents and registrars as the Board by resolution may appoint from time to time. Transfers of uncertificated shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder or from such holder’s attorney upon presentment of a power of attorney or other proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer in accordance with customary procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form. Transfers of shares, if any, represented by certificates will be made on the books of the Corporation only upon receipt by the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares properly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by appropriate stock transfer powers. No transfer of shares shall be valid until such transfer has been made upon the books of the Corporation.

Section 5.3    Ownership of Shares . Unless otherwise required by the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, the Corporation may regard the person in whose name any shares issued by the Corporation are registered in the stock transfer records of the Corporation at any particular time (including, without limitation, as of a record date fixed pursuant to Section 1.4 ) as the owner of such shares at that time for all purposes including but not limited to voting, receiving distributions thereon or notices in respect of, transferring, exercising rights of dissent with respect to, entering into agreements with respect to, or giving proxies with respect to such shares; and neither the Corporation nor any of its officers, Directors, employees or agents shall be liable for regarding that person as the owner of such shares at that time for any of those purposes.

Section 5.4    Regulations Regarding Shares . The Board will have the power and authority to make all such additional rules and regulations, or authorize the Corporation’s transfer

24




agent or registrar to make such additional rules and regulations, as the Board or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be, may deem expedient or desirable concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Section 6.1    Indemnification . The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and other Applicable Laws in effect on the effective date of these Bylaws, and to such greater extent as the DGCL or other Applicable Laws may thereafter permit, indemnify and hold each Indemnitee (as this and all other capitalized words used in this ARTICLE VI and not previously defined in these Bylaws are defined in Section 6.13 ) harmless from and against any and all Losses and any and all reasonable Expenses incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding in which such Indemnitee is made or threatened to be made a party, or is made or threatened to be made a witness, by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving in another Corporate Capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 6.2    Advancement of Expenses . In the event of any threatened or pending Proceeding that may give rise to a right of indemnification to an Indemnitee under this ARTICLE VI, following a written request to the Corporation by such Indemnitee pursuant to Section 6.3 , the Corporation shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee, or pay directly to the third party or parties to whom such Expenses are payable, amounts to cover all reasonable Expenses incurred by such Indemnitee in such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon the receipt by the Corporation of (a) a written undertaking executed by or on behalf of such Indemnitee providing that the Indemnitee will repay the advances if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as provided in this ARTICLE VI or otherwise under the DGCL or other Applicable Laws and (b) reasonably satisfactory evidence as to the amount and nature of such Expenses incurred.

Section 6.3    Notice of Proceeding; Request for Indemnification . Promptly upon receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of, or a threat to commence, any Proceeding for which such Indemnitee anticipates or contemplates making a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this ARTICLE VI, the Indemnitee shall notify the Corporation of the commencement or threat of commencement of such Proceeding; provided, however , that any delay in so notifying the Corporation shall not constitute a waiver or release by the Indemnitee of his or her rights hereunder and that any omission by the Indemnitee to so notify the Corporation shall not relieve the Corporation from any liability that it may have to the Indemnitee otherwise than under this ARTICLE VI unless and only to the extent that the Corporation can demonstrate that it was materially prejudiced by such delay or omission. The Indemnitee, along with the notice of commencement of, or threat to commence, such Proceeding, shall submit to the Secretary a written claim for indemnification and advancement of Expenses. Such written claim shall contain sufficient information to reasonably inform the Corporation about the nature of the Proceeding and the extent of the indemnification and advancement of Expenses sought by the Indemnitee. The Secretary shall promptly advise the Board of such claim.


25




Section 6.4    Determination of Entitlement; No Change of Control . If there has been no Change of Control on or before the date of the determination of an Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE VI, such determination shall be made in accordance with Section 145(d) of the DGCL. If the determination is to be made by an Independent Counsel, the Corporation shall furnish notice to the Indemnitee, within 10 days after receipt of the Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification, specifying the identity and address of the selected Independent Counsel. The Indemnitee may, within 14 days after receipt of such written notice, deliver to the Corporation a written objection to such selection. Such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of an Independent Counsel (as set forth in Section 6.13 ) and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis for such assertion. If the Indemnitee so objects to the selection of an Independent Counsel, the Corporation may petition the Court for a determination that the Indemnitee’s objection is without a reasonable basis, and the Indemnitee may petition the Court for the appointment of an Independent Counsel selected by the Court. No Independent Counsel may serve if a timely objection has been made to his or her selection until a court has determined that such objection is without a reasonable basis.

Section 6.5    Determination of Entitlement; Change of Control . If there has been a Change of Control on or before the date of the determination of an Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE VI, such determination shall be made in a written opinion by an Independent Counsel selected by the Indemnitee. The Indemnitee shall give the Corporation written notice advising of the identity and address of the Independent Counsel so selected. The Corporation may, within 14 days after receipt of such written notice of selection, deliver to the Indemnitee a written objection to such selection. The Indemnitee, within 14 days after the receipt of such objection from the Corporation, may submit the name of another Independent Counsel and the Corporation, within seven days after receipt of such written notice, may deliver to the Indemnitee a written objection to the Indemnitee’s second selection. Any objections referred to in this Section 6.5 may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of an Independent Counsel (as set forth in Section 6.13 ) and such objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis for such assertion. The Indemnitee may petition the Court for a determination that the Corporation’s objection to the first or second selection of an Independent Counsel is without a reasonable basis or for the appointment of an Independent Counsel selected by the Court. No Independent Counsel may serve if a timely objection has been made to his or her selection until a court has determined that such objection is without a reasonable basis. Upon the final selection of an Independent Counsel in accordance with this Section 6.5 , the disinterested members of the Board shall direct the Independent Counsel to make a determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification in a written opinion as permitted under Section 145(d) of the DGCL.

Section 6.6    Presumptions . In any determination or adjudication of an Indemnitee’s right to receive indemnification or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this ARTICLE VI:

(a)     Standard of Conduct Presumed to Have Been Satisfied . Any Indemnitee shall be presumed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct under the DGCL or other Applicable Laws to entitle him or her to indemnification in accordance with Section 6.1 , and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome the presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

26





(b)     No Effect of Adverse Resolution of Proceeding . The termination of any Proceeding, or of any Matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, in and of itself, shall not adversely affect the right of an Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not satisfy the applicable standard of conduct under the DGCL or other Applicable Laws to entitle him or her to indemnification.

(c)     Employee Plans . A person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan of the Corporation shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

(d)     Reliance on Books and Records; Opinions, Reports . A person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action was taken in reliance upon (i) the records or books of account or other records of the Corporation or another entity for which such person is or was serving in a Corporate Capacity at the request of the Corporation, (ii) information, opinions, reports or statements presented to him or her or to the Corporation or another entity for which such person is or was serving in a Corporate Capacity at the request of the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s or such other entity’s officers, employees or Directors, or Board Committees, or by any other person as to matters that the person relying on such information reasonably believes are in such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation or such other entity or (iii) on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation, or to another entity for which such person is or was serving in a Corporate Capacity at the request of the Corporation, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation or such other entity. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which an Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standards of conduct for determining entitlement to rights under this ARTICLE VI.

(e)     Expenses Presumed Reasonable . An Indemnitee will have the burden of showing that the Indemnitee actually incurred any Expenses for which the Indemnitee requests indemnification or advancement pursuant to Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 . If the Corporation has made any advance payments in respect of any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee without objecting in writing to the Indemnitee at the time of the advance to the reasonableness thereof, the incurrence of that Expense by the Indemnitee will be deemed for all purposes hereunder to have been reasonable. In the case of any Expense as to which such an objection has been made, or any Expenses for which no advance has been made, the incurrence of that Expense will be presumed to have been reasonable, and the Corporation will have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(f)     No Knowledge Imputed to Indemnitee . Neither the knowledge nor the conduct of any other Director, officer, employee, agent, manager, member, representative, administrator or other official of the Corporation, or any other entity for which an Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, shall be imputed to the Indemnitee.

27





(g)     Presumed to be Serving at the Request of the Corporation . A person serving in a Corporate Capacity with a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation or another entity in the course of carrying out his or her duties to the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation will, absent evidence to the contrary, be deemed to be serving in such Corporate Capacity at the request of the Corporation regardless of whether or not such request was made in writing.

Section 6.7    Independent Counsel Expenses . The Corporation shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of an Independent Counsel selected or appointed pursuant to this ARTICLE VI and in any Proceeding brought pursuant to Section 6.8 to which such Independent Counsel is a party or witness in respect of its investigation and written report. The Corporation shall also pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed, including all reasonable fees and expenses incident to a Court petition to select or appoint an Independent Counsel.

Section 6.8    Adjudication to Enforce Rights . In the event that (a) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 that an Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this ARTICLE VI; (b) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6.2 ; (c) a determination to be made pursuant to Section 6.4 (unless such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel) is not made and furnished to Indemnitee in writing within 60 days after the date of the Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification delivered pursuant to Section 6.3 ; (d) an Independent Counsel has not made and delivered a written opinion determining the claim for indemnification (i) within 90 days after being appointed by the Court, (ii) within 90 days after objections to his or her selection have been overruled by the Court or (iii) within 90 days after the time for the Corporation or Indemnitee to object to such Independent Counsel’s selection has expired; or (e) payment of indemnification is not made within five days after a determination in favor of the Indemnitee has been made pursuant to Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 , the Indemnitee may petition the Court to enforce his or her rights to indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this ARTICLE VI. In the event that a determination shall have been made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any adjudication commenced pursuant to this Section 6.8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. If a determination shall have been made or is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any Proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 6.8 , or otherwise, unless the Indemnitee knowingly misrepresented a material fact in connection with the claim for indemnification, or such indemnification is prohibited by Applicable Laws. In the event of any determination pursuant to Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 that is adverse to the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee must commence Proceedings under this Section 6.8 within one year following notice of such determination to the Indemnitee or be bound by such determination for all purposes under this ARTICLE VI. The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any Proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 6.8 that the procedures and presumptions of this ARTICLE VI are not valid, binding and enforceable. If an Indemnitee prevails in any Proceeding brought pursuant to this Section 6.8 , then the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the Corporation against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such Proceeding.

28




If it shall be determined in such Proceeding that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, then the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding shall be prorated between the Indemnitee and the Corporation based upon the percentage that the amount of indemnification and Expenses awarded to the Indemnitee in such Proceeding bears to the total amount of indemnification and Expenses sought by the Indemnitee in such Proceeding.

Section 6.9    Participation by the Corporation . With respect to any Proceeding (or any Matter therein) to which the Corporation is not a party: (a) the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; (b) except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that, and for so long as, the Corporation has agreed in writing that an Indemnitee is entitled to full indemnification for a Proceeding or any Matter therein, the Corporation (jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified) will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; and (c) the Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this ARTICLE VI for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. After receipt of notice from the Corporation to the Indemnitee of the Corporation’s election to assume the defense of a Proceeding (or any Matter therein) pursuant to this Section 6.9 , the Corporation will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this ARTICLE VI for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof except as otherwise provided below. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after the Corporation has assumed the defense thereof shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee unless the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall have no right to assume the defense of any Proceeding or any Matter therein if (x) the Indemnitee reasonably concludes that there is a conflict of interest between the Corporation and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such Proceeding or Matter; (y) the Corporation does not employ counsel or otherwise fails to diligently defend such Proceeding or Matter; or (z) the Proceeding involves allegations of criminal violations against the Indemnitee, and the fees and expenses of counsel employed by Indemnitee shall be subject to advancement and indemnification (and all limitations thereto) pursuant to the terms of this ARTICLE VI. The Corporation shall not settle any Proceeding or any Matter therein in any manner that would impose any restrictions or unindemnified Losses on the Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Section 6.10    Nonexclusivity of Rights; Successors in Interest

(a)     Nonexclusivity . The rights of indemnification and advancement of Expenses as provided by this ARTICLE VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of Stockholders or a resolution of Directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE VI or any provision of these Bylaws shall be effective as to any Indemnitee for acts, events and circumstances that occurred, in whole or in part, before such amendment, alteration or repeal was adopted. The provisions of this ARTICLE VI shall be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in this ARTICLE VI as having the right to receive indemnification.

29





(b)     Successors in Interest . The provisions of this ARTICLE VI shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators or personal representatives and be binding upon, and enforceable against, the Corporation and its successors and assigns, including (i) any resulting or surviving entity or entities of any consolidation or merger in which the Corporation is a constituent entity and ceases to exist as a separate entity; and (ii) any successor of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Corporation (in which event, the Corporation shall cause any such successor of the Corporation’s assets and properties to agree to assume the obligations of the Corporation under this ARTICLE VI).

Section 6.11    Insurance; Third Party Payments; Subrogation . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any Losses or Expenses, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such Losses or Expenses under the DGCL or other Applicable Laws. The Corporation shall not be liable under this ARTICLE VI to make any payment of amounts otherwise payable hereunder if, but only to the extent that, an Indemnitee has previously actually received such payment of such amounts from a third party under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or other arrangement. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, in the event that any Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses for the same Losses or Expenses from both the Corporation under this ARTICLE VI or otherwise and another entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, whether owned directly by the Corporation or indirectly through other subsidiaries) as a result of such Indemnitee serving in a Corporate Capacity for such other entity, then, as between the Corporation and such other entity, the Corporation’s obligations to provide indemnification or advancement of Expenses will be secondary to the obligations of such other entity, and the Corporation will only be obligated to pay such indemnification or advancement of Expenses upon the denial of any claim for such indemnification or advancement of Expenses by such other entity. In the event of any payment hereunder, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all the rights of recovery of an Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents or other instruments and take all other actions, at the Corporation’s expense, as are reasonably requested by the Corporation and necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of any documents necessary to enable the Corporation to bring a Proceeding to enforce such rights.

Section 6.12      Certain Actions for Which Indemnification Is Not Provided . Notwithstanding any other provision of this ARTICLE VI, no person shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this ARTICLE VI with respect to (a) any Proceeding or any Matter therein initiated by such person or any counter-claim or third-party claim made or threatened in response to a Proceeding initiated by such person except for (i) any Proceeding authorized by the Corporation or (ii) any Proceeding brought by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 6.8 or otherwise to enforce his or her rights under this ARTICLE VI, or (b) any claim made against an Indemnitee for an accounting of profits, under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or any similar provision of the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, by the Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation.


30




Section 6.13    Definitions . For purposes of this ARTICLE VI:

Change of Control ” means a change in control of the Corporation after the date Indemnitee acquired his or her Corporate Capacity, which shall be deemed to have occurred in any one of the following circumstances occurring after such date: (i) there shall have occurred an event that is or would be required to be reported with respect to the Corporation in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, if the Corporation is or were subject to such reporting requirement; (ii) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) shall have become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 40% or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities without prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (iii) the Corporation is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which members of the Board in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Directors then in office thereafter; (iv) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board (including, for this purpose, any new Director whose election or nomination for election by the Stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who were Directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Directors then in office; or (v) approval by the Stockholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, other than a liquidation or dissolution in connection with a transaction to which clause (iii) above applies.

Corporate Capacity ” describes the status of an individual as (i) a Director or officer of the Corporation, or (ii) a director, officer, manager, partner, member, member representative, trustee or other duly appointed official of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise or entity.

Court ” means the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction.

Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, expert fees, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

Indemnitee ” means any person who is or is threatened to be made a party or witness in any Proceeding by reason of serving as a Director or officer of the Corporation or in another Corporate Capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither presently is, nor in the five years previous to his, her or its selection or appointment has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or the applicable

31




Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.

Losses ” means losses, judgments, fines, penalties, damages, amounts paid in settlement and other actual out of pocket losses.

Matter ” means a claim, a material issue or a substantial request for relief.

Proceeding ” means any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

Section 6.14    Notices under Article VI . Any communication required or permitted to be given to the Corporation under this ARTICLE VI shall be addressed to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal office and any such communication to an Indemnitee shall be addressed to the Indemnitee’s address as shown on the Corporation’s records unless he or she specifies otherwise and shall be personally delivered, delivered by U.S. Mail, or delivered by commercial express overnight delivery service, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission consented to by the intended recipient. Any such notice shall be effective upon receipt.

Section 6.15    Contractual Nature of Rights; Contribution

(a)     Contractual Nature of Rights . The rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided in this ARTICLE VI shall be considered the equivalent of a contract right that vests upon the occurrence or alleged occurrence of any act or omission that forms the basis for or is related to the Proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses is sought by an Indemnitee, to the same extent as if the provisions of this ARTICLE VI were set forth in a separate, written contract between such Indemnitee and the Corporation. Such rights shall survive the termination of any Indemnitee’s service, whether by resignation, removal or otherwise, and will continue to be effective with respect to actions taken or events occurring, in whole or in part, during the term of such Indemnitee’s office regardless of when any Proceeding giving rise to an Indemnitee’s rights under this ARTICLE VI are commenced. No repeal, amendment or modification to this ARTICLE VI, or any provisions of these Bylaws, will limit, restrict or otherwise adversely affect the rights of any Indemnitee with respect to any actions taken or events occurring, in whole or part, prior to the date of such repeal, amendment or modification regardless of when any Proceeding giving rise to an Indemnitee’s rights under this ARTICLE VI are commenced.

(b)     Contribution . If it is established that any Indemnitee has the right to be indemnified under Section 6.1 or is entitled to advancement of Expenses under Section 6.2 in respect of any Proceeding, or Matter therein, but that right is unenforceable by reason of any Applicable Laws or public policy, then, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnitee in accordance with Section 6.1 , will contribute or cause to be contributed an amount to the Indemnitee to offset the Losses the Indemnitee has incurred, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement or for Expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such Proceeding or Matter, as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all the circumstances of the Proceeding or Matter in order to reflect: (i) the relative benefits that the

32




Indemnitee and the Corporation have received as a result of the events or transactions giving rise to the Proceeding or Matter; or (ii) the relative fault of the Indemnitee and of the Corporation and its other employees, officers or agents in connection with the events or transactions.

Section 6.16    Indemnification of Employees, Agents and Fiduciaries . The Corporation, by adoption of a resolution of the Board, may indemnify and advance Expenses to a person who is an employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation including any such person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee, agent or fiduciary of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity to the same extent and subject to the same conditions (or to such lesser extent and/or with such other conditions as the Board may determine) under which it may indemnify and advance Expenses to an Indemnitee under this ARTICLE VI. The Board, by resolution, may delegate its right and authority to approve the indemnification of, or the advancement of Expenses to, any employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation to the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, in consultation with the General Counsel or other chief legal officer of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1    Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 31st day of December of each year or as otherwise provided by a resolution adopted by the Board.

Section 7.2    Corporate Seal . The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which will have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and will be in such form as the Board by resolution may approve from time to time.

Section 7.3    Self-Interested Transactions . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other entity in which one or more of its Directors or officers are Directors or officers (or hold equivalent offices or positions), or have a financial interest, will be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or Board Committee which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for that purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the Board Committee, and the Board or Board Committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested Directors, even though the disinterested Directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to the Director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of those Stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a Board Committee or the Stockholders. Common or interested Directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a Board Committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.


33




Section 7.4    Form of Records . Any records the Corporation maintains in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of electronic media or any other information storage device or system, provided that such records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.

Section 7.5    Bylaw Amendments . The Board has the power to adopt, amend, repeal or restate from time to time these Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment, repeal or restatement of these Bylaws by the Board shall require the approval of a majority of the Directors then in office. The Stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend, repeal or restate these Bylaws at any meeting of the Stockholders before which such matter has been properly brought in accordance with Section 1.10 ; provided, however , that, except for any amendment, repeal or restatement approved by a majority of the Directors then in office prior to submission for a Stockholder vote, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by the DGCL or other Applicable Laws or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend, repeal or restate any provision of these Bylaws.

Section 7.6    Notices; Waiver of Notice.

(a)     Delivery of Notice . Any notice required to be given to any Director under the provisions of the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, will be deemed to be sufficient if given (i) by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission or (ii) by deposit of the same in the United States mail, with postage paid thereon, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his or her address as it appears in the records of the Corporation, and that notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such transmission or mailing, as the case may be. Any notice required to be given to any Stockholder under the provisions of the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, will be deemed to be sufficient if given (i) by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission consented to by such Stockholder or (ii) by deposit of the same in the United States mail, with postage paid thereon, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his or her address as it appears in the records of the Corporation, and that notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such transmission or mailing, as the case may be.

(b)     Waiver of Notice . As to any notice required to be given to any Stockholder or Director under the provisions of the DGCL or other Applicable Laws, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to that notice or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, will be equivalent to the giving of that notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting will constitute a waiver of notice of that meeting, except when the person attends a meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Stockholders, the Board or any Board Committee need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws so require.

34





Section 7.7    Resignations . Any Director or officer of the Corporation may resign at any time. Any such resignation shall be made by notice in writing (including by electronic transmission) provided to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary and shall take effect at the time specified in such notice, or, if such notice does not specify any time, at the time of its receipt by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation by the Chairman of the Board, in the case of a Director or officer, or by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary in the case of an officer, will not be necessary to make it effective, unless that resignation expressly so provides.

Section 7.8    Books, Reports and Records. The Corporation shall keep books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of the Stockholders, the Board and each Board Committee. Each Director and each member of any Board Committee shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith on the books of account or other records of the Corporation and on information, opinions, reports or statements presented to him or her or to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers, employees or other Directors, or Board Committees, or by any other person as to matters the Director or member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 7.9    Severability . If any provision or provisions of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and the provisions of these Bylaws so held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall be modified to the extent necessary to be conformed with Applicable Laws and to give effect, to the fullest extent possible, the intent manifested hereby.

Section 7.10    Facsimile Signatures . Facsimile or electronic signatures of the Chairman of the Board, any other Director, or any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board.

Section 7.11    Construction . When used in these Bylaws, the word “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to these Bylaws as a whole and not to any provision of these Bylaws, and the words “Article” and “Section” refer to Articles and Sections of these Bylaws unless otherwise specified. Whenever the context so requires, the singular number includes the plural and vice versa, and a reference to one gender includes the other gender and the neuter. The word “including” (and, with correlative meaning, the word “include”) means including, without limiting the generality of any description preceding that word, and the words “shall” and “will” are used interchangeably and have the same meaning. Except as otherwise provided, wherever any statute, rule or regulation, or any section or provision thereof, is referred to in these Bylaws such reference shall be deemed to include any amendment or modification thereof from time to time, or any successor statute, rule or regulation.


35




Section 7.12    Captions. Captions to Articles and Sections of these Bylaws are included for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of these Bylaws for any other purpose or in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of these Bylaws.





Adopted: December 16, 2016

36


Exhibit 10.14




MARATHON PETROLEUM
EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN




















Amended and Restated As Of
January 1, 2017












EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN
ARTICLE I.     Purpose
The Marathon Petroleum Excess Benefit Plan was initially established on February 5, 1976 as the Marathon Oil Company Excess Benefit Plan, and has been amended from time to time. Its stated purpose is to compensate employees for the loss of benefits that occur due to limitations placed by the Internal Revenue Code on benefits payable and contributions permitted under qualified retirement plans. These limitations include Code section 415, Code section 401(k), Code section 401(m), Code section 402(g), and Code section 401(a)(17).
On January 1, 1998, Marathon Oil Company and Ashland Petroleum Inc. entered into a joint venture, called Marathon Ashland Petroleum LLC (“MAPLLC”). As a result of the formation of the joint venture and the transfer of a significant number of Marathon employees to MAPLLC, on April 1, 1998 a portion of the Marathon Oil Company Retirement Plan was spun off to create the Marathon Ashland Petroleum LLC Retirement Plan (“Retirement Plan”). Consistent with that action and pursuant to the agreement of the parties, Excess Retirement Benefits and Excess Thrift Benefits under the Marathon Oil Company Excess Benefit Plan for employees who transferred to MAPLLC during the 1998 calendar year were spun-off to create the Marathon Ashland Petroleum LLC Excess Benefit Plan (the “MAPLLC Excess Benefit Plan”). Any elections in effect under the Marathon Oil Company Excess Benefit Plan (such as beneficiary designations or Group I employee elections, etc.) continued to apply under the MAPLLC Excess Benefit Plan, until and unless changed. The terms and conditions of this MAPLLC Excess Benefit Plan were substantially the same as the terms and conditions of the Marathon Oil Company Excess Benefit Plan.
Effective September 1, 2005, MAPLLC changed its name to Marathon Petroleum Company LLC (“MPC” or “the Company”). Therefore, “MAP” has been replaced with “MPC” throughout this document, and all references to MPC are one and the same with respect to previous references to MAP. The name change from MAP to MPC does not affect any benefits under this Plan.
Effective January 1, 2006, this Excess Benefit Plan was restated to incorporate prior amendments.
Effective January 1, 2009, this Excess Benefit Plan was restated and shall apply only to benefits that are not fully distributed as of such date, including both 409A Accruals and Grandfathered Accruals. With respect to the 409A Accruals, the Excess Benefit Plan, as amended and restated, is intended to conform to the requirements of Code section 409A, and, in all respects, shall be administered and construed in accordance with such requirements. With respect to the Grandfathered Accruals, the Excess Benefit Plan, as amended and restated, does not represent a material enhancement of the benefits or rights available under the Excess Benefit Plan on October 3, 2004.
Effective July 1, 2011, this Excess Benefit Plan was restated primarily to provide for the allocation of liabilities between this Excess Benefit Plan and the corresponding excess



benefit plan for employees of Marathon Oil Company in accordance with the Employee Matters Agreement and to provide the Select Group Members with a Final Average Pay adjustment for their Legacy Retirement Benefit which corresponds to the Final Average Pay adjustment made available under the Retirement Plan to other Members for their Legacy Retirement Benefit. October 1, 2010, Marathon Petroleum Company LLC changed its name to Marathon Petroleum Company LP and is reflected as such throughout this document. (References to “MPC” include MAPLLC, Marathon Petroleum Company LLC, and Marathon Petroleum Company LP).
Effective October 29, 2014, the Excess Benefit Plan was amended and restated, primarily to provide for an additional Excess Retirement Benefit, as set forth in Section 3.1(d) herein. This additional Excess Retirement Benefit is intended to address the decrease in the lump sum benefit that may occur as a result of age-related conversion factors used to calculate the lump sum Legacy Retirement Benefit, to provide a retention incentive for certain individuals whose continued service is deemed to be in the best interests of the Company, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Marathon Petroleum Corporation Board of Directors.
This Excess Benefit Plan sets forth the terms and conditions under which benefits designed to compensate Employees for the aforementioned losses of benefits shall be accrued and paid by the applicable Employer. Capitalized terms, unless otherwise specified, are defined under the Retirement Plan, the Thrift Plan, and the Employee Matters Agreement. In addition, for purposes of this Article I and the remainder of this Excess Benefit Plan, the following definitions apply:
409A Accruals ” means those benefits that were accrued after or became vested after 2004, as adjusted for interest or changes in present value, as applicable. Such amounts shall be determined in accordance with Code section 409A.
Beneficiary ” means the person or persons who under this Excess Benefit Plan becomes entitled to receive a Participant’s interest in the event of the Participant’s death, as determined under Section 3.3(b) of this Excess Benefit Plan
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code.
Code section 409A ” means section 409A of the Code and any Treasury and Internal Revenue Service regulations and guidance issued thereunder.
Company ” means Marathon Petroleum Company LP.
Distribution Agreement ” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of May 25, 2011 among Marathon Oil Corporation, Marathon Oil Company and Marathon Petroleum Corporation.
Distribution Date ” means June 30, 2011.
Employee ” means any individual employed by an Employer.
Employee Matters Agreement ” means the agreement respecting certain employee matters dated as of May 25, 2011 between Marathon Oil Corporation and Marathon Petroleum Corporation.



Employer ” includes the Company and each related company or business which is part of the same controlled group under Code sections 414(b) or 414(c); provided that where specified by the Employer in accordance with Code section 409A in applying Code section 1563(a)(1) – (a)(3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code section 414(b) and in applying Treasury Regulation section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining whether trades or businesses are under common control under Code section 414(c), the phrase “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent.” In addition, the term “Employer” shall also include any entity that previously met the requirements of an “Employer” as set forth herein that continues to employ a Participant to the extent so designated by the Plan Administrator.
Excess Benefit Plan ” means the Marathon Petroleum Excess Benefit Plan.
Grandfathered Accruals ” means those benefits that are exempt from Code section 409A because they were accrued and vested before January 1, 2005, as adjusted for interest or changes in present value, as applicable. Such amounts shall be determined in accordance with Code section 409A.
“Gross Pay” shall have the same meaning as “Gross Pay” as applicable under the terms of the Thrift Plan.
“Legacy Retirement Benefit” as defined in the Retirement Plan, means the Member’s retirement benefit (if any) determined under Article 6 of the Retirement Plan without taking into account any Plan Participation Service after December 31, 2009.
Participant ” means any individual who satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Article II.
Retirement Plan ” means the Refining, Marketing and Transportation Sub-Plan of the Marathon Petroleum Retirement Plan.
Select Group Member ” means a Member of the Retirement Plan who, on August 17, 2009, either was a supervisor in Grade 14 or above or had a base pay of $190,000 (specifically excluding bonus) or higher.
Separation from Service ” shall have the same meaning as set forth under Code section 409A with respect to an Employer.
Specified Employee ” shall have the meaning as set forth under Code section 409A and as determined by the Employer in accordance with its established policy.
Thrift Plan ” means the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, as amended.
ARTICLE II. Eligibility
2.1    Eligibility for Benefits
The following individuals are eligible to accrue Excess Benefit Plan benefits:
(a)    (1) Every individual who qualifies for a benefit under the terms of the Retirement Plan and (i) whose benefit as determined under the Retirement Plan is reduced due to salary deferrals under the Marathon Petroleum Deferred Compensation Plan or any similar plan maintained by the Employer or by either



Code section 415 or the annual compensation limit as set forth under Code section 401(a)(17) (collectively, the “Defined Benefit Limits”), or (ii) would accrue a Special Excess Bonus Recognition benefit as set forth in section 3.1(b) hereof and is designated by the Plan Administrator and (2) each Select Group Member whose Legacy Retirement Benefit under the Retirement Plan is determined without taking into account his or her changes in Final Average Pay after December 31, 2009.
(b)     Individuals who have contributed to the Thrift Plan for the applicable year and whose Company matching contributions under Article VI of the Thrift Plan for that year were limited by Code Section 401(a)(17)
2.2    No Duplication of Benefits
Any individual who is eligible under the terms of the Marathon Petroleum Deferred Compensation Plan or any similar plan maintained by the Employer shall receive excess Thrift accruals under that plan. No Participant shall receive duplicate benefits under the Thrift Plan, Excess Benefit Plan, or Deferred Compensation Plan.
2.3     Allocation of Liabilities under the Employee Matters Agreement
(a)    Immediately following the Distribution Date this Excess Benefit Plan pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement shall assume the Liabilities of the Marathon Oil Company Excess Benefit Plan representing any benefits accrued by individuals (1) who are either MPC Employees or Delayed Transfer Employees who move from the MRO Group to the MPC Group and (2) who have accrued benefits under the Marathon Oil Company Excess Benefit Plan.
(b)    Immediately following the Distribution Date this Excess Benefit Plan pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement shall no longer have any Liabilities representing benefits accrued under this Excess Benefit Plan by individuals (1) who are MRO Employees or Delayed Transfer Employees who move from the MPC Group to the MRO Group and (2) who have accrued benefits under this Excess Benefit Plan, and the MRO Employees and Transfer Employees described in this Section 2.3(b) shall after the Distribution Date look exclusively to the Marathon Oil Company Excess Benefit Plan for the payment of such accrued benefits.
ARTICLE III. Excess Retirement and Thrift Benefits
3.1    Amount of Excess Retirement Benefit
The amount of a Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.1 (the “Excess Retirement Benefit”), and as specified in Appendix I, shall be determined as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, as follows:
(a)    The amount of Excess Retirement Benefit which a Participant or Beneficiary (as defined in Section 3.3(b)) is entitled to receive shall be equal to the excess of (1) over (2) below:



(1)     The amount of benefit which such Participant or Beneficiary would be entitled to receive under the Retirement Plan if such benefit were computed without giving effect to the Defined Benefit Limitations and including elected deferred compensation contributions as permitted under the Marathon Petroleum Deferred Compensation Plan or any similar plan maintained by the Employer; less

(2)     The amount of benefit which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive under the Retirement Plan.

(b)     The following individuals shall be entitled to an additional Excess Retirement Benefit equal to the difference between (1) and (2) below (“Special Excess Bonus Recognition”): (i) Eligible Grandfather Employees and (ii) any Grade 19 and above Employee of Marathon Petroleum Company LP and its subsidiaries, who is recommended by the Senior Vice President of Human Resources of Marathon Petroleum Corporation and approved by the President and CEO of Marathon Petroleum Corporation.
(1)     An amount calculated under the Retirement Plan benefit formula, without regard to any Code mandated limitations (including, but not limited to, the Defined Benefit Limits) and including elected deferred compensation contributions as permitted under the Marathon Petroleum Deferred Compensation Plan or any similar plan maintained by the Employer, and substituting the following Final Average Pay (FAP) definition for the definition of “Final Average Pay” contained in the Retirement Plan:

Final Average Pay shall be the highest pay, excluding bonuses, of a member for any consecutive 36-month period during the ten years of employment immediately prior to January 1, 2013, plus the highest three bonuses paid out during the same ten years (not necessarily consecutive), divided by 36.
(2)    An amount as normally determined under the Retirement Plan, plus any retirement benefit otherwise payable under the Excess Benefit Plan ( i.e. , exclusive of any benefits attributable to the calculation in Section 3.1(b)(1) above).

For purposes of the calculations in (1) and (2) of this Section 3.1(b) “Eligible Grandfather Employee” means any MPC employee eligible for Special Excess Bonus Recognition under Article III, Section A of this Plan prior to October 1, 2006. However, an individual’s Eligible Grandfather Employee status shall permanently cease upon termination, retirement, or death as an employee.
(c)     If a Participant is a Select Group Member or a Beneficiary (as defined in Section 3.3(b)) is the Beneficiary of a Select Group Member, he or she shall be



entitled to an additional Excess Retirement Benefit equal to the excess of (1) over (2) below:
(1)    The amount of the benefit which such Participant or Beneficiary would have been entitled to receive under the Retirement Plan as a Legacy Retirement Benefit if any changes in the Select Group Member’s Final Average Pay after December 31, 2009, through December 31, 2012, had been taken into account under Section 4.02(c) of the Retirement Plan in computing his or her Legacy Retirement Benefit; less
(2)    The amount of the benefit which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive under the Retirement Plan as a Legacy Retirement Benefit.
(d)     If a Participant (i) is appointed an Officer of Marathon Petroleum Corporation by the Marathon Petroleum Corporation Board of Directors, (ii) is approved to be eligible to receive the additional Excess Retirement Benefit, as determined in this Section 3.1(d)(1) and (2) below, by the Marathon Petroleum Corporation Board of Directors Compensation Committee, (iii) retires or dies on or after age 62 as an active employee, and (iv) at the time of such retirement or death, such Participant is eligible for a Legacy Retirement Benefit under the terms of the Retirement Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan, he or she shall be entitled to an additional Excess Retirement Benefit, as follows:
(1)    In the event the lump sum interest rate at age 62 is less than or equal to the lump sum interest rate at retirement or death, the lump sum Legacy Retirement Benefit will be supplemented in an amount equal to the difference between (a.) and (b.), below:
a. The lump sum Legacy Retirement Benefit calculated using the age 62 lump sum conversion factor based on the applicable lump sum interest rate in effect at retirement or death under the terms of the Retirement Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan; and
b. The lump sum Legacy Retirement Benefit calculated using the lump sum conversion factor for the actual age of retirement or death based on the lump sum interest rate in effect at retirement or death under the terms of the Retirement Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan.
(2)    In the event the lump sum interest rate at age 62 is greater than the lump sum interest rate at retirement or death, the lump sum Legacy Retirement Benefit will be supplemented in an amount equal to the difference between (a.) and (b.), below:
a. The lump sum Legacy Retirement Benefit calculated using the lump sum interest rate and lump sum conversion factor in effect at age 62 under the terms of the Retirement Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan, and



b. The lump sum Legacy Retirement Benefit calculated using the lump sum interest rate and lump sum conversion factor in effect at retirement or death under the terms of the Retirement Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan.
Refer to Appendix II for examples of benefit calculations, as described in this Section 3.1(d).
3.2    Amount of Excess Thrift Benefit
A Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.2 for each year shall be equal to the maximum matching contribution determined under Article VI of the Thrift Plan with respect to Gross Pay in excess of the applicable Code Section 401(a)(17) limit.
3.3    Payment of Excess Benefit
A Participant shall be entitled to a cash distribution of the Participant’s Excess Retirement Benefit and Excess Thrift Benefit, as applicable (collectively, the “Excess Benefit”), as provided in this Section 3.3.
(a)    Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.3, a Participant’s Excess Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum within 90 days of Separation from Service for any reason other than death.
(b)     In the event of the death of a Participant, the Participant’s Excess Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s applicable Beneficiary in a lump sum within 90 days of the Participant’s death or, if earlier, within the 90-day period following the Participant’s Separation from Service as described in Section 3.3(a) (or, in the event of a Separation from Service of a Specified Employee (as defined below) not on account of death, the 90-day period described in Section 3.3(c)). The Participant’s “Beneficiary” shall be: (i) with respect to the Participant’s Excess Retirement Benefit, the Beneficiary will be his or her Eligible Surviving Spouse or estate (if no Eligible Surviving Spouse); and (ii) with respect to the Participant’s Excess Thrift Benefit, the Participant’s Beneficiary will be the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated under the Thrift Plan. In any event, if there is no valid Beneficiary under the terms of this Excess Benefit Plan, the Excess Benefit will be paid to the person or persons comprising the first surviving class of the eligible classes as set forth: (1)    the Participant’s spouse; (2) the Participant’s natural born and legally adopted children; (3) the Participant’s surviving parents; (4) the Participant’s surviving brothers and sisters; and (5) the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate.
(c)     Distribution of the Excess Benefit of a Participant who the Plan Administrator determines is a Specified Employee (other than such Participant’s Grandfathered Accruals) shall be paid in a lump sum within the 90-day period following the first of the month following 6 months after Separation from Service (other than a Separation from Service on account of the death of Participant). In the event of a Separation from Service of a Specified Employee on account of death, payment shall be made pursuant to Section 3.3(b). Payment of a



Specified Employee’s Grandfathered Accruals shall be made in accordance with Section 3.3(a).
(d)     A Participant must be vested under the Retirement Plan in order for an Excess Retirement Benefit to be payable. The amount of any lump sum payment hereunder shall be determined by using the same factors and assumptions which would be used by the Retirement Plan for such Participant or Beneficiary at the Participant’s Separation from Service. The balance of any Excess Retirement Benefit not paid at the Participant’s Separation from Service shall accrue interest beginning at the Participant’s Separation from Service at a rate used under the Retirement Plan to determine the actuarial equivalent lump sum of a life only monthly annuity.
(e)     A Participant must be fully vested under the Thrift Plan in order for an Excess Thrift Benefit to be payable. The balance of any Excess Thrift Benefit not paid at the Participant’s Separation from Service shall accrue interest at the “Stable Value Fund” rate provided under Article VIII of the Thrift Plan until the entire balance has been paid. If the “Stable Value Fund” rate becomes unavailable for any reason, whether for purposes of this Section 3.3(e) or for purposes of Section 3.2, the Company shall, at its sole discretion, substitute a similar interest rate which will be applicable for time periods thereafter.
(f)    Distributions of 409A Accruals prior to January 1, 2009 were made under reasonable good faith interpretations of Code section 409A and transition guidance provided thereunder. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Section 3.3, to the extent the Plan Administrator permitted a Participant to submit an election to receive payment in a form of distribution other than a lump sum and such payment commenced prior to 2009, the distribution of such Participant’s Excess Benefit after 2008 shall be governed by procedures established by the Plan Administrator.
ARTICLE IV. Funding
Benefits under this Excess Benefit Plan shall be paid from the general assets of the applicable Employer. This Excess Benefit Plan shall be administered as an unfunded plan which is maintained primarily for the purpose of providing supplemental retirement compensation “for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” as set forth in sections 201(2), 301(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, and is not intended to meet the qualification requirements of section 401 of the Code. Any assets set aside by the Employer for the purpose of paying benefits under this Excess Benefit Plan shall not be deemed to be the property of the Participant and shall be subject to claims of creditors of the Employer. No Participant or other person shall have any claim against, right to, or security or other interest in, any fund, account or asset of the Employer from which any payment under the Excess Benefit Plan may be made. Any use of the words “contributions” or “contribute,” or any similar phrase, shall not require actual contributions or funding of this Excess Benefit Plan and is only used for convenience when describing the deferral activities of this Excess Benefit Plan.



ARTICLE V. Plan Administration
5.1    General Duty
The Company has delegated its administrative authority hereunder to the Plan Administrator of the Retirement Plan or its successor (the “Plan Administrator.”) It shall be the principal duty of the Plan Administrator to determine that the provisions of the Excess Benefit Plan are carried out in accordance with its terms, for the exclusive benefit of persons entitled to participate in this Excess Benefit Plan.
5.2    Plan Administrator’s General Powers, Rights and Duties
The Plan Administrator shall have full power to administer this Excess Benefit Plan in all of its details, subject to the applicable requirements of law. For this purpose, the Plan Administrator is, as respects the rights and obligations of all parties with an interest in this Excess Benefit Plan, given the powers, rights and duties specifically stated elsewhere in this Excess Benefit Plan, or any other document, and in addition is given, but not limited to, the following powers, rights and duties:
(a)    to determine all questions arising under this Excess Benefit Plan, including the power to determine the rights or eligibility of Employees or Participants and any other persons, and the amounts of their contributions or benefits under this Excess Benefit Plan, to interpret the Excess Benefit Plan, and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions;
(b)    to adopt such rules of procedure and regulations, including the establishment of any claims procedure that may be required by law, as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Excess Benefit Plan and as are consistent with this Excess Benefit Plan;
(c)    to direct payments or distributions from this Excess Benefit Plan in accordance with the provisions of this Excess Benefit Plan;
(d)     to develop such information as may be required by it for tax or other purposes as respects this Excess Benefit Plan; and
(e)    to employ agents, attorneys, accountants or other persons (who also may be employed by the Company), and allocate or delegate to them such powers as the Plan Administrator may consider necessary or advisable to properly carry out the administration of this Excess Benefit Plan.
The Plan Administrator’s decision in any matter involving the interpretation and application of this Excess Benefit Plan shall be final and binding. In the event the Plan Administrator would have to decide any issue under this Excess Benefit Plan which could affect the form or timing of the payment of deferred compensation under this Excess Benefit Plan, then the Company shall make that decision.
5.3    Indemnification of Administrator
The Company agrees to indemnify and to defend to the fullest extent permitted by law any Employee serving as the Plan Administrator against all liabilities, damages, costs and



expenses (including attorney’s fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Company) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with this Excess Benefit Plan, if such act or omission is or was in good faith. This Section 5.3 shall comply with Code section 409A and Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) with regard to the requirements for reimbursements, to the extent applicable, for the period that such Employee’s indemnification right hereunder shall exist.
5.4    Information Required by Plan Administrator
The Plan Administrator shall obtain such data and information as deemed necessary or desirable in order to administer this Excess Benefit Plan. The records of the Company as to an Employee’s or Participant’s period or periods of employment, termination of employment and the reason therefor, leave of absence, re-employment and earnings will be conclusive on all persons unless determined by independent agents or delegates of the Plan Administrator to be incorrect. Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under this Excess Benefit Plan also shall furnish the Plan Administrator with such evidence, data or information, as the Plan Administrator considers necessary or desirable to administer this Excess Benefit Plan.
5.5    Claims and Review Procedures
(a)    Claims Procedure . If a Participant believes any rights or benefits are being improperly denied under this Excess Benefit Plan, such Participant may file a claim in writing with the Plan Administrator. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall notify such Participant of its decision in writing. Such notification shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such Participant and shall contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Excess Benefit Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Participant to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the Participant wishes to submit a request for review. Such notification shall be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Plan Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such Participant within the initial 90 day period.) If such notification is not given within such period the claim shall be considered denied as of the last day of such period and such Participant may request a review of his claim.
(b)    Review Procedure . Within 60 days after the date on which a Participant receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred) such Participant (or the Participant’s duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Plan Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents, and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall notify such Participant of its decision in writing. Such notification shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such Participant and shall contain specific reasons for the



decision as well as specific references to pertinent Excess Benefit Plan provision. The decision on review shall be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Plan Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Plan Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60 day period). If the decision on review is not made within such period, the claim shall be considered denied.
(c)    Section 409A Requirements. Any claim for benefits under this Section must be made by the Participant no later than the time prescribed by Code section 409A. If a claimant’s claim or appeal is approved, any resulting payment of benefits will be made no later than the time prescribed for payment of benefits by Code Section 409A.
ARTICLE VI. Modification and Discontinuance
6.1    Amendment and Termination
The Company reserves the right to modify, suspend, or terminate this Excess Benefit Plan at any time, in whole or in part, in such manner as it shall determine, provided that such action conforms to the requirements of Code section 409A. Included in the Company’s right to amend, suspend or terminate is the Company’s right at any time to no longer permit any additional Participants under this Excess Benefit Plan, to cease benefit accruals, and to distribute all benefits upon Excess Benefit Plan termination , all subject to the requirements of Code section 409A. The Plan Administrator may promulgate rules and procedures from time to time to carry out the provisions of this Article VI. However, in no event shall the Company have the right to eliminate or reduce any benefit, which has been vested or become forfeitable under this Excess Benefit Plan. o future amendment to this Excess Benefit Plan shall apply to Grandfathered Accruals to the extent such provision or amendment would constitute a “material modification” within the meaning of Code section 409A with respect to the Grandfathered Accruals unless such amendment expressly indicates otherwise .
6.2     Delegation of Authority
In addition to the other methods of amending MPC’s employee benefit plans, practices, and policies (hereinafter referred to as “MPC Employee Benefit Plans”) which have been authorized, or may in the future be authorized, by Marathon Petroleum’s Board of Directors, the Company’s Senior Vice President of Human Resources may approve the following types of amendments to MPC Employee Benefit Plans:
(a)    With the opinion of counsel, technical amendments required by applicable laws and regulations;
(b)     With the opinion of counsel, amendments that are clarifications of plan provisions;




(c)     Amendments in connection with a signed definitive agreement governing a merger, acquisition or divestiture such that, for MPC Employee Benefit Plans, needed changes are specifically described in the definitive agreement, or if not specifically described in the definitive agreement, the needed changes are in keeping with the intent of the definitive agreement;
(d)    Amendments in connection with changes that have a minimal cost impact (as defined below) to the Company; and
(e)    With the opinion of counsel, amendments in connection with changes resulting from state or federal legislative actions that have a minimal cost impact (as defined below) to the Company.
For purposes of the above, “minimal cost impact” is defined as an annual cost impact to the Company per MPC Employee Benefit Plan case that does not exceed the greater of (i) an amount that is less than one-half of one percent of its documented total cost (including administrative costs) for the previous calendar year, or (ii) $500,000.
6.3     Transfer of Liabilities
In the event of a corporate transaction involving a Participant’s Employer, the liabilities with respect to the Participant’s Excess Benefit may be transferred to the entity or organization that becomes the Participant’s employer following the corporate transaction to the extent that such transfer (i) is permitted by applicable law, (ii) with respect to the 409A Accruals is consistent with Code section 409A, and (iii) with respect to Grandfathered Accruals, does not represent a material enhancement of the Participant’s benefits or rights available under the Excess Benefit Plan on October 3, 2004. For these purposes, a corporate transaction shall include, but not be limited to, a merger, consolidation, separation, reorganization, liquidation, split-up, or spin-off.
ARTICLE VII. General Provisions
7.1    Notices
Each Participant entitled to benefits under this Excess Benefit Plan must file in writing with the Plan Administrator such Participant’s post office address and each change of post office address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to any such Participant at the last post office address filed with the Plan Administrator will be binding upon such person for all purposes of this Excess Benefit Plan, and the Plan Administrator shall not be obligated to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any Participant. Any notice or document required to be given or filed with the Plan Administrator shall be considered as given or filed if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to Rodney P. Nichols, Senior Vice President of Human Resources, P. O. Box 1, Findlay, Ohio 45839-0001.
7.2    Employment Rights
This Excess Benefit Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in this Excess Benefit Plan will not give any Participant the right to be retained in the employ



of the Company or any Employer nor any right or claim to any benefit under this Excess Benefit Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of this Excess Benefit Plan.
7.3    Interests Not Transferable
Except as may be required by law, including the federal income and employment tax withholding provisions of the Code, or of an applicable state’s income tax act, the interests of Participants and their Beneficiaries under this Excess Benefit Plan are not subject to the claims of their creditors and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred, alienated, assigned or encumbered. Notwithstanding any provision of this Excess Benefit Plan to the contrary, this Excess Benefit Plan shall not recognize or give effect to any domestic relations order attempting to alienate, transfer or assign any Participant benefits. The preceding shall not preclude the Employer from asserting any claim for damages or for any debt that the Employer may have with respect to the Participant; provided that any offset shall apply only where such debt is incurred in the ordinary course of the service relationship between the Employer and the Participant, the entire amount of reduction in any of the Participant’s taxable years does not exceed $5,000, and the reduction is made at the same time and in the same amount as the debt otherwise would have been due and collected from the Participant.
7.4    Facility of Payment
When a Participant entitled to benefits under this Excess Benefit Plan is under a legal disability, or, in the Plan Administrator’s opinion, is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage their financial affairs, the Plan Administrator may direct that the benefits to which such Participant otherwise would be entitled shall be made to such Participant’s legal representative, or to such other person or persons as the Plan Administrator may direct the application of the benefits for the benefit of such Participant. Any payment made in accordance with such provisions of this Section 7.4 shall be a full and complete discharge of any liability for such payment.
7.5    Controlling State Law
To the extent not superseded by the laws of the United States, the laws of the State of Ohio shall be controlling in all matters relating to the Excess Benefit Plan.
7.6    Severability
In case any provisions of this Excess Benefit Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Excess Benefit Plan, and this Excess Benefit Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been set forth in this Excess Benefit Plan.
7.7    Statutory References
All references to the Code and ERISA include reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation, which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.




7.8    Headings
Section headings and titles are for reference only. In the event of a conflict between a title and the content of a section, the content of the section shall control.
7.9    Non-taxable Benefits
It is the intention of the Company that this Excess Benefit Plan meet all requirements of the Code so that the benefits provided be non-taxable during the period of deferral and until actual distribution is made.
7.10    Affect on Other Benefit Plans
Any benefit payable under the Retirement Plan or the Thrift Plan shall be paid solely in accordance with the terms and provisions of those Plans, and nothing in this Excess Benefit Plan shall operate or be construed in any way to modify, amend, or affect the terms and provisions of the Retirement Plan or Thrift Plan.




Appendix I
This Appendix I amends Section 3.1(b) of the Plan with respect to Donald C. Templin only. For the purpose of calculating Mr. Templin’s benefit under this Plan, Section 3.1(b) of the Plan shall be disregarded, and the following language shall be substituted:
(b)
Donald C. Templin shall be entitled to an additional Excess Retirement Benefit equal to the difference between (1) and (2) below.
(1)
An amount calculated under the Retirement Plan benefit formula as if Mr. Templin had 70 or more Points (as defined in Article 5 of the RMT Sub-Plan of the Marathon Petroleum Retirement Plan), without regard to any Code mandated limitations (including, but not limited to, the Defined Benefit Limitations) and including elected deferred compensation contributions as permitted under the Marathon Petroleum Deferred Compensation Plan or any similar plan maintained by the Employer.
(2)
An amount as normally determined under the Retirement Plan, plus any retirement benefit otherwise payable under this Excess Benefit Plan ( i.e. , exclusive of any benefits attributable to the calculation in Section 3.1(b)(1) above).




Appendix II
Benefit Calculation Example per Section 3.1(d)
Example 1: Lump sum interest rate at age 62 = lump sum interest rate at retirement (age 65)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Step 1:
Calculate lump sum benefit using the age 62 lump sum conversion factor based on interest rate in
 
effect at retirement (1.00%).
 
 
 
 
Step 2:
Calculate lump sum benefit using the conversion factor for the actual age of retirement (65) based
 
on the lump sum interest rate in effect at retirement (1.00%).
 
 
Step 3:
Difference = supplemental payment.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
 
 
 
Hypothetical lump sum benefit at age 62
Lump sum benefit at age 65
Supplemental Payment
 
 
Annuity Payable
$
30,000
 
$
30,000
 
 
 
 
Lump Sum Conversion Factor
224.23
 
197.06
 
 
 
 
Lump Sum Benefit
$
6,726,900
 
$
5,911,800
 

$815,100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Example 2: Lump sum interest rate at age 62 > lump sum interest rate at retirement (age 65)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Step 1:
Calculate lump sum benefit using the age 62 lump sum conversion factor based on interest rate in
 
effect at age 62 (1.50%)
 
 
 
 
Step 2:
Calculate lump sum benefit using the conversion factor for the actual age of retirement (65) based
 
on the lump sum interest rate in effect at retirement (1.00%).
 
 
Step 3:
Difference = supplemental payment.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
 
 
 
Hypothetical lump sum benefit at age 62
Lump sum benefit at age 65
Supplemental Payment
 
 
Annuity Payable
$
30,000
 
$
30,000
 
 
 
 
Lump Sum Conversion Factor
211.62
 
197.06
 
 
 
 
Lump Sum Benefit
$
6,348,600
 
$
5,911,800
 

$436,800

 

    

Exhibit 10.31




ACBPROGRAMDOCUMENTEFF_IMAGE1.JPG








Marathon Petroleum
Annual Cash Bonus (“ACB”) Program












Effective January 1, 2016






Preamble

This program document explains the Annual Cash Bonus Program (the “Program”) of Marathon Petroleum Corporation.

The Program is a sub-plan operating under the Marathon Petroleum Corporation 2012 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2012 Plan”), and any successor shareholder-approved omnibus equity plan, which are hereby incorporated into this document by reference. All Awards under the Program are granted pursuant to Section 7 of the 2012 Plan (or applicable provisions of any other Plan). Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein have the meanings specified in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the Program and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

Program Objectives

The purpose of the Program is to motivate and reward Eligible Employees for achieving short-term (annual) business objectives that drive overall shareholder value while encouraging responsible risk taking and accountability.


Definitions

As used in the Program, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

a.
“Affiliate” means, any person or entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such person.

b.
“Award” means a Stock Award, a Cash Award or an award of Incentive Stock Options, Non-qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit, or Cash granted to a Participant pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, any of which the Committee or its delegate may structure to qualify in whole or in part as a Performance Award.

c.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of Marathon Petroleum Corporation.

d.
“Change in Control” means a transaction of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i)
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation (not including the amount of the securities




beneficially owned by such person, any such securities acquired directly from the Corporation or its Affiliates) representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan the term “Person” shall not include (A) the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (B) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation; and provided, further, however, that for purposes of this paragraph (i), there shall be excluded any Person(s) who become(s) such a beneficial owner in connection with an Excluded Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii) below); or

(ii)
the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(iii)
there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation (an “Excluded Transaction”) which would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving corporation or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the entity surviving the merger or consolidation (or the parent of such surviving entity) immediately after such merger or consolidation,

(iv)
or the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation; or there is consummated the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets; or

(v)
A Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company undergoes a bankruptcy, liquidation, or reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code.





e.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rulings and regulations issued thereunder.

f.
“Committee” means the Committee delegated by the Board with the authority to administer the Plan. To the extent the Committee has delegated authority to any person(s) or committee(s) pursuant to Section 6 (or other applicable section) of the Plan, a reference to the Committee herein may also include such person(s) or committee(s). However, in no event shall the Committee delegate its authority with respect to the compensation of any Participant whose compensation the Board or Committee reasonably believes may become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code.

g.
“Company” means
Blanchard Refining Company LLC,
Catlettsburg Refining, LLC,
Cincinnati Renewable Fuels LLC,
Marathon Petroleum Company Canada, Ltd,
Marathon Petroleum Company LP,
Marathon Petroleum Corporation,
Marathon Petroleum Services LLC,
Marathon Petroleum Logistics Services LLC,
Marathon Petroleum Service Company,
Speedway LLC, and
any other subsidiaries or controlled company of the above, as applicable.

All of the above entities are collectively referred to as “Company” or “Marathon Petroleum” for purposes of this document.

h.
“Covered Employees" has the same meaning as defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

i.
“Eligible Employees” means regular full-time and regular part-time Company employees who on the last day of the last pay period completed for the Performance Period are assigned to a salary grade within the Company salary structure. However, eligibility for employees of Speedway LLC is limited to those classified as President during the Performance Period. Eligible Employees may also include employees of other companies selected by the Committee and select employees of an approved Affiliate as approved by the Committee.




j.
“Eligible Wages” for non-Officer employees include:

(i)
base wages paid for time worked and wages deferred during the Performance Period, and

(ii)
overtime wages paid during the Performance Period. 

Eligible Wages for non-Officer employees exclude non-cash compensation, equity-based compensation, allowances, reimbursements, premiums and any bonus or recognition payments made. They also exclude wages paid or processed by a third party. Eligible wages are the amounts specified above before (i) deductions for taxes or benefits, and (ii) deferrals of compensation pursuant to any Company or Affiliate-sponsored plan.

Eligible Wages for employees designated as Officers shall be equal to their annualized base salary in effect on the last day of the Performance Period. However, Eligible Wages for Officers who retire, are hired or who die during the Performance Period shall be equal to their actual base wages paid plus any compensation deferred during the Performance Period.

In the event of a Change in Control, Eligible Wages shall be the actual wages paid during the Performance Period, as of the date of Change in Control, for all employees.

k.
“Performance Period” means any fiscal year or such other measurement period determined by the Committee or its delegate in their sole discretion.
 
l.
“Qualifying Performance Criteria” shall mean any one or more of the following performance criteria that are in the Plan and were approved by shareholders (or other performance criteria approved by shareholders in the Plan), either individually, alternatively, or in any combination, applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit or Subsidiary or Affiliate, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either quarterly, annually, or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Committee or its delegate: (i) revenue, (ii) income measures (which include revenue, gross margin, income from operations, net income, net sales, earnings per share, earnings before interest, depreciation, taxes, and amortization (“EBIDTA”), earnings before interest, taxes and amortization (“EBITA”) and earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT), and economic value added, (iii) expense measures (which include costs of goods sold, selling, finding and development costs, general and administrative expenses, and overhead costs), (iv) operating measures (which include refinery throughput, mechanical availability, productivity, operating income, funds from operations, product quality, cash from operations, after-tax operating income, market share, margin, and sales volumes), (v) margins (which include crack-



spread measures), (vi) refined product measures, (vii) cash management and cash flow measures (which include net cash flow from operating activities, working capital, receivables management and related customer terms), (vii) liquidity measures (which include earnings before or after the effect of certain items such as interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, improvement in or attainment of working capital levels, and free cash flow (viii) leverage measures (which include debt-to-equity ratio, debt reduction and net debt), (ix) market measures (which include market share, stock price, growth measure, total shareholders return, share price performance, return on equity, return on invested capital and return on assets, and market capitalization measures), (x) return measures (which include return on equity, return on assets, and return on invested capital), (xi) corporate value and sustainability measures (which include compliance, safety, environmental, and personnel matters), (xii) project completion measures (which may include measures regarding whether interim milestones regarding budgets and deadlines are met, as well as whether projects are completed on time and on or under budget), and (xii) other measures such as those relating to acquisitions, dispositions, or customer satisfaction.


Participants and Target Funding

Prior to March 30 th of the Performance Period, or at such later time as may be permitted by applicable provisions of the Code, the Committee shall establish in writing (1) the Eligible Employees who will be Participants in the Program, (2) each Participant's target funding percentage for such Performance Period or the formula for determining each Participant's Award and (3) the applicable performance objective or objectives for such Performance Period which will be based on the Qualifying Performance Criteria. Each Participant’s funding range will have a threshold of 0% and a maximum of two times (2X) their target funding percentage.

Threshold funding for individual metrics is one-half (.5X) of target and the maximum that can be funded is two times (2X) target. Percentages may be rounded. No metric will fund when results are below threshold performance.





Funding ranges for Participants shall be based on grade:

Participant Classification
Target
Award Range
Exempt Grades
Above
Grade 18
Per the Committee
Per the
Committee
Grade 18
50%
0% - 100%
Grade 17
40%
0% - 80%
Grade 16
35%
0% - 70%
Grade 15
30%
0% - 60%
Grade 14
25%
0% - 50%
Grade 13
20%
0% - 40%
Grade 12
15%
0% - 30%
Grade 11
12%
0% - 24%
Grade 10
12%
0% - 24%
Grade 9
10%
0% - 20%
Grade 8 or Below
10%
0% - 20%
Non-Exempt Grades
All
7%
0% - 14%



Performance Metrics

The Committee, or its delegate, will establish performance metrics with threshold, target and maximum performance criteria. All performance criteria approved by the Committee are incorporated into the Program document by this reference for the applicable Performance Period.

When any final performance metric result falls between threshold and target or between target and maximum performance levels, linear interpolation will be used to determine funding based on actual performance. For example, if the final result of a metric is halfway between threshold and target performance levels, the funding for that metric would be halfway between the corresponding payout percentages.


Determination of Awards

Final calculated bonus payments are automatically rounded up to the nearest $50 for non-officer employees and to the nearest $1,000 for Officers.






Bonus Pool(s)

The Program for a Performance Period may consist of one or more umbrella performance pools. The Committee shall approve the structure of each such pool (if any) and designate the Participants in the pool, the total amount of the pool, and such Participant's allocable percentage share of such pool prior to March 30 of the Performance Period (or such later time as may be permitted by applicable provisions of the Code). To the extent a pool includes "Covered Employees" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the pool shall be operated in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m), which require that (1) each Participant's percentage share of the pool must be established no later than 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (2) the exercise of negative discretion with respect to one Participant in the pool may not result in an increase in the amount payable to any Covered Employee who is a Participant in such pool.  Moreover, if the amount payable to each Participant in a pool that includes one or more Covered Employees is stated in terms of a percentage of the pool, the sum of the individual percentages of the pool may not exceed 100 percent.

The performance goals for any performance pools, to the extent they cover or potentially cover Covered Employees, will be based solely on Qualifying Performance Criteria. Satisfaction of these Criteria will enable a Participant to earn 100% of his or her allocated amount under such pools. The Committee may then take into account other criteria (whether or not Qualifying Performance Criteria) and use negative discretion to decrease a Participant's Award, but it may not use other criteria or positive discretion to increase the Award for any Covered Employee.
    
The same objective goals can be used both to set the amount of each performance pool and to function as the Qualifying Performance Criteria to determine if a bonus (and the amount of the bonus) was earned. The Committee shall establish a minimum threshold for the Qualifying Performance Criteria, below which no bonus will be earned.

Without regard to anything contained within this Program, the Committee reserves the unconditional right to award a payout to any Covered Employee up to the full value of their funding pool allocation without regard to the performance achieved under this operational program.


Individual Funding Vs. Payout

The operation of this Program funds individual payments based on pre-established metrics and subjective metrics as approved by the Committee. The final payout to each Participant is determined based on the assessment of their management considering each Participant’s relative performance to other employees. However, no Participant can be awarded more than their maximum percent as specified on page 6 without approval of the Committee or its delegate.






Hires, Promotions and Transfers

In the case of a newly hired, promoted, or transferred Participant, the Committee may provide for a guaranteed bonus, or a bonus that would exceed the bonus that would otherwise be payable in the Program unless the Participant is a Covered Employee, in which case no guarantees or excess payments would apply.

Participants who change from one eligible position to another during the Performance Period may experience a change to their Program target funding, individual objectives or the formula for determining each Participant’s Award. In this situation, funding shall be based on the associated target level and business unit for the position held by the Participant on the last day of the Performance Period, provided the position held is not temporary.

If a Participant transfers to a position that is not eligible (e.g. casual position) under the Program during the Performance Period, such Participant will be ineligible for any payout under this Program for such Performance Period. Except however, if a Participant transfers to a Speedway position that is not eligible under the Program during the Performance Period, such Participant will remain eligible for an Award based on their Eligible Wages paid while a Participant under the Program.


Temporary Assignments

Eligibility and funding targets for employees who are on a temporary assignment on the last day of the last pay period completed for the Performance Period shall be determined based on their regular assignment.


Exclusions and Adjustments

To the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee or its delegate may (A) adjust the actual performance or performance goals (either up or down) and the level of the Performance Award that a Participant may earn under the Program if it determines that the occurrence of external changes or other unanticipated business conditions have materially affected the fairness of the goals and / or have unduly influenced the Company’s ability to meet them, including, without limitation, events such as material acquisitions, asset write-downs, litigation, claims, judgments or settlements, force majeure events, unlawful acts committed against the Company or its property (including terrorism), labor disputes, legal mandates, accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs and changes in the capital structure of the Company, the effect of changes in tax law or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, accruals of any amounts for payment under the Program or any other compensation arrangement maintained by the Company, or other events not contemplated at the time the goals are set; provided, however, that Performance Awards granted to Covered Employees or Executive Officers shall be adjusted only to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, Performance Goals and Performance Awards



shall be calculated without regard to any changes in accounting standards or codifications that may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other standards board or the effect of changes in tax law or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results after such Performance Goals are established.


Certification by Committee

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no payments shall be made hereunder in respect of any Performance Period unless the Committee shall certify in writing following the end of the Performance Period that the performance objectives applicable to the Performance Period have been satisfied. In all events, no payments hereunder shall be made to any "Covered Employee" (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) until after satisfaction of the performance criteria has been certified in writing by the Committee.


Separation of Employment

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and except as may otherwise be provided in a Participant's written agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant's employment terminates for any reason prior to payment, such Participant shall not be eligible for an Award under the Program, unless the Participant's employment is terminated as a result of death, Severance or Retirement. Except in the case of death, the decision to make an Award will be at the Committee's discretion, but payment of Awards will (i) only be made after the end of the Performance Period (and as close as practicable to the same time as all other Award payments for such Performance Period, but in no event later than the last day of the calendar year beginning immediately after the Performance Period), and (ii) only be paid to the extent that the performance criteria were achieved.

Any employee who terminates employment for any reason during a Performance Period, other than as a result of Severance or Retirement, and is subsequently rehired after the Performance Period completes, will not be eligible for payment under the Program for such wages earned during the Performance Period.

Any Participant who retires on or after July 1 of a Performance Period is eligible for an Award under the Program, based on his or her Eligible Wages paid during the Performance Period, at the discretion of the Committee. A Participant is considered to have had a Retirement if the Participant, at the time of separation:

a.
is at least age 50 with 10 or more years of accredited service; and
b.
is deemed to be in good standing, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee






Severance

Severance is defined to include any Participant who separates employment during a Performance Period and becomes eligible for a termination allowance under the Company’s Termination Allowance Plan. However, any Participant who voluntarily requests termination under the Company’s Termination Allowance Plan is not considered to be an Eligible Employee under the Program.

In addition, Eligible Employees who would have otherwise been eligible for the Marathon Petroleum Termination Allowance Plan, but accepted an offer of employment with:

a.
the “buyer” of sold Company assets, or
b.
the “new operator” of a jointly-owned facility, or
c.
a company that has been contracted to perform services being outsourced.

will remain eligible for consideration of an Award provided the termination date is after June 30 th of the Performance Period.


Death of Participant

If the death of a Participant occurs:

a.
during a Performance Period, the Participant’s eligibility for the Program will end and a payment will be made to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following death, but in all cases no later than the last day of the calendar year beginning immediately after the Performance Period. The payment shall be based on target performance levels for all metrics and the Participant’s Eligible Wages paid during the Performance Period; or
b.
after a Performance Period, but before payment for that Performance Period has been made, the full Award otherwise deemed payable under the Program will be paid to the Participant’s estate (at the time all other Award payments for such Performance Period are made).


Payment of Awards

Following the Performance Period, each Participant's Award for the Performance Period will be determined in accordance with the terms of the Program and the Participant shall be eligible to receive payment of the Award. The payment of the Award shall occur during the first calendar year beginning immediately after the end of the Performance Period.





The Committee shall determine whether payment of the Award will be in cash, Common Stock, the right to receive Common Stock, Stock Options or other Awards provided for under the Plan; and whether any such payments will be subject to restrictions on transfer, vesting, forfeiture or deferral requirements; provided, however, that if an Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, any such action shall only be taken if it complies with Section 409A of the Code. Any equity or equity-based Awards shall be granted under the terms and conditions of the Plan.


Change in Control

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to a Change in Control, and except as otherwise may be provided in a Participant’s written agreement with the Company or Affiliate upon a Change in Control, the Program will automatically terminate and all Participants employed by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control will be vested and entitled to a pro-rated lump sum payment equal to 100% of the Participant’s target bonus percentage multiplied by the Participant’s Eligible Wages. This payment will be made as soon as administratively practicable following the Change in Control, but in no event later than 45 days from the date of the Change in Control. The timing of the payment within such 45-day period shall be determined solely by the Committee without regard to any tax implications to a Participant.


No Right to Awards

Except as may be provided for under the Change in Control section of the Program, no Participant or other person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Program. Neither the establishment of the Program, nor any action taken hereunder, shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, or participate hereunder in the current or succeeding Performance Periods. Nothing contained in the Program document shall limit the ability of the Company to make payments or Awards to Participants under any other program, agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that no payment under any other program, agreement, or arrangement will be made because of a failure of a Participant to earn an Award hereunder, and no such payment outside of the Program will be in the nature of or in any way related to make-whole payments for what would have been earned or paid hereunder if the performance goals had been met.


Non-Transferability

The rights and benefits of a Participant hereunder are personal to the Participant and, except for any payments that may be made following a Participant's death, shall not be subject to any voluntary or involuntary alienation, assignment, pledge, transfer, encumbrance, attachment, garnishment or other disposition.





No Impact on Benefits

Except as may be required by law or otherwise be specifically stated under any employee benefit plan, policy, or program, no amount payable in respect of any Award shall be treated as compensation for purposes of calculating a Participant's right under any such plan, policy, or program; nor shall any Award be treated as compensation for purposes of termination indemnities or other similar rights, except as may be required by law.


No Constraint on Corporate Actions
    
Nothing in the Program document shall be construed (a) to limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company's right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets, or (b) to limit the right or power of the Company or any of its Affiliates to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.


Program Administration

The program shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full authority to:

a.
interpret the Program,
b.
establish, interpret, amend or revoke rules and regulations relating to the operation of the Program,
c.
interpret the Program, to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Program,
d.
adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Program, and
e.
make all determination and take all other actions necessary or appropriate for the proper administration of the Program.

The Committee has complete, unilateral discretion with respect to all aspects of the operation, administration, design, features, benefits and Awards under the Program and can change, terminate, or modify Awards, or otherwise change any aspect of the Program in its discretion prospectively or retroactively, regardless of anything stated in this document. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to a Covered Employee, the Committee cannot (1) grant or change an Award, or the Qualified Performance Criteria thereunder, after the deadline under Code Section 162(m) for setting such Award (generally March 30th of a Performance Period for annual Awards), (2) deem its performance goals satisfied when they have not been met, or (3) use its discretion to increase the amount otherwise payable under any Award.

The Committee may delegate any or all of their authorities hereunder, provided that the Committee shall, in no event, delegate its authority with respect to the compensation of



any Participant whose compensation the Board or Committee reasonably believes may become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code. No member of the Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Program.


Taxes

For U.S.-based Participants, any Award received under the Program is subject to all applicable employment withholding taxes in the year paid. For Participants outside the United States, local country tax regulations will apply.


Deductions

There shall be deducted from all individual payouts any taxes required to be withheld by national, Federal, state provincial or local governments and paid over to such government for the accounts of such Participants.

Subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code and applicable state withholding laws, the Company may also deduct from an individual Award, at its sole discretion, any and all amounts determined by Company management to be owed to the Company by the Participant.


Affiliate Requirements

Prior to the selection of employees of an Affiliate to participate in the Program, the Committee may require the Affiliate to consent to the participation of such employee or employees in the Program and to the charging of such Affiliate with the amount of any Award which may be made to such employee or employees.


Recoupment / Clawback

Officers are subject to recoupment provisions in the Program, in the case of certain forfeiture events. If the Company is required, pursuant to a determination made by the SEC or the Audit Committee of the Board, to prepare a material accounting restatement due to the noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under applicable securities laws as a result of misconduct, the Audit Committee of the Board may determine that a forfeiture event has occurred based on an assessment of whether an officer knowingly engaged in misconduct, was grossly negligent with respect to misconduct, knowingly failed or was grossly negligent in failing to prevent misconduct or engaged in fraud, embezzlement, or other similar misconduct materially detrimental to the Company.

Upon the Audit Committee’s determination that forfeiture event has occurred, the Company has the right to request and receive reimbursement of any portion of an



officer’s bonus from the Program that would not have been earned or paid had the forfeiture event not have taken place.

These recoupment provisions are in addition to the requirements in Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which provide that the CEO and CFO shall reimburse the Company for any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation as well as any related profits received in the 12-month period prior to the filing of an accounting restatement due to non-compliance with financial reporting requirements as a result of Company misconduct.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Program to the contrary, the Company may also require that the Participant repay to the Company any compensation paid to the Participant under this Program, as is required by the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations thereunder or any other “clawback” provisions as required by law or by the applicable listing standards of the exchange on which the Corporation’s common stock is listed for trading.


Other Provisions

In all events, whether any cash Award is paid to a Participant will depend on the decision of the Committee (or its delegate, as appropriate). All Awards are subject to the sole discretion of the Committee or its delegate, and nothing in this document (except as may be provided for in the Change in Control provisions) or any other document describing or referring to the Program shall confer any right whatsoever on any person to be considered for any Award.

The program document does not purport to be complete and is subject to and governed by actions, rules and regulations of the Committee (or its delegate, as appropriate).

The Program document may be changed or discontinued at any time without notice or liability at the sole discretion of the Committee.

Awards shall be subject to and governed by the specific terms and conditions of the Plan, and any applicable Award.
 
Nothing contained herein shall require the Company to segregate any monies from its general fund or to create any trusts, or to make any special deposits for amounts payable to any Participant.
The Program is intended to provide compensation which is exempt from or which complies with Section 409A of the Code, and ambiguous provisions of the Program, if any, shall be construed in a manner that would cause Awards to be compliant with or exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code, as appropriate. If any payment, or portion thereof, must be delayed to comply with Section 409A of the Code because a Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, the payment, or the portion so delayed, shall be made on the soonest date permissible without triggering the additional tax due under Section 409A of the Code.




The Program is intended to be operated in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code where applicable, and shall be interpreted consistent with that intent.

No member of the Committee, or employee of the Company or the Corporation, shall be liable for any act done, or determination made in good faith, with respect to the administration of the Program. The Company indemnifies and holds harmless to the fullest extent allowed by law such persons individually and collectively, from and against any and all losses resulting from liability to which the Committee, or the members of the Committee, or employees of the Company or the Corporation may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct (except willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence) in their official capacities in the administration of the Program, including all expenses reasonably incurred in their defense, in case the Company fails to provide such defense.
 
Any provision of the Program prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition without invalidating the remaining provisions.

The terms of the Program document supersede any written or verbal agreements, representations, proposals, or plans with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that the forgoing shall not act to supersede an existing written agreement between a Participant and the Company that has been approved by the Committee.



MARATHON PETROLEUM CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 /s/ Rodney P. Nichols
By:
Rodney P. Nichols
Its:
Senior Vice President,
 
Human Resources and Administrative
 
Services
 
 



MARATHON PETROLEUM
THRIFT PLAN
Restatement effective January 1, 2016





1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page


 
 
 
Article I.
Purpose
1

Article II.
Eligibility
1

Article III.
Joining the Plan
3

Article IV.
Classes of Membership
3

Article V.
Member Contributions
6

Article VI.
Matching Contributions
14

Article VII.
Maximum Contributions Limitation
14

Article VIII.
Accounting and Investment of Funds
16

Article IX.
Transfers
19

Article X.
Stock Options, Rights or Warrants
20

Article XI.
Vesting
20

Article XII.
Change of Control Provisions
22

Article XIII.
In-Service Withdrawals
24

Article XIV.
Withdrawals After Separation From Service
28

Article XV.
Settlement Options
31

Article XVI.
Beneficiary
34

Article XVII.
Loans and Assignability
36

Article XVIII.
Trustee
37

Article XIX.
Plan Year
37

Article XX.
Claims Procedures
37

Article XXI.
Administration of the Plan
40

Article XXII.
Participation by Other Employers and Employees
43

Article XXIII.
Top-Heavy Provisions
43

Article XXIV.
Modification and Termination
43

Article XXV.
Effective Date of the Plan
46

APPENDIX A:
SERVICE CREDIT FOR FORMER AFFILIATED COMPANIES
1

APPENDIX B:
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
1

APPENDIX C:
SERVICE WITH ACQUIRED COMPANIES
1

APPENDIX D:
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
1

APPENDIX E:
RULES GOVERNING ROTH DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






MARATHON PETROLEUM
THRIFT PLAN
ARTICLE I. PURPOSE
The purpose of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan (the “Plan”) is to assist employees in maintaining a steady program of savings, in supplementing their retirement income and in meeting their financial emergencies.
ARTICLE II. ELIGIBILITY
2.01
Any employee of Marathon Petroleum Company LP (the “Company”) or a Participating Employer is eligible to become a member of the Plan, except:
A.
any employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement with a Participating Employer that does not expressly provide for the employee’s participation in the Plan, provided that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith negotiation between the applicable Participating Employer and the employee’s collective bargaining representatives;
B.
any employee compensated through a leasing entity, whether or not the leased employee falls within the definition of “leased employee” as defined in Section 414(n) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”);
C.
any individual who has signed an agreement, or has otherwise agreed to provide services to a Participating Employer as an independent contractor, regardless of the tax or other legal consequences of such an arrangement; and
D.
any employee of Speedway LLC or Speedway Prepaid Card LLC regularly classified by such Participating Employer as salary grade 11 or below.
Prior to January 1, 2014, an employee was also required to be at least age 21 and to have completed one year of vesting service in order to become a member. That requirement was eliminated effective as of January 1, 2014. Beginning on January 1, 2014, student workers were not eligible to become a member of the Plan; that restriction was eliminated effective as of January 1, 2016. For purposes of this Plan, the term “member,” unless otherwise

1




described, shall mean Active Members, Members with Account(s) in Suspense, Retired Members, and Non-employee Members, all as defined in Article IV.
2.02
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
A.
“Controlled Group” means any entity or organization required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to Code Section 414(b), (c), (m), (n), or (o). Within this Plan document, the term “Controlled Group” refers to the Controlled Group to which the Company belongs, as in effect from time to time.
B.
“Service Year” means a twelve month period beginning on the date an employee first performs an Hour of Service and ending on the anniversary of that date. Following an employee’s first employment year, Service Year will be calculated based on the Plan Year. The first Plan Year measured is the Plan Year that begins coincident with or next following the date the employee first performs an Hour of Service.
C.
“Participating Employer” means Marathon Petroleum Corporation (“Corporation”); Marathon Petroleum Company LP; Marathon Petroleum Service Company; Marathon Pipe Line LLC; Catlettsburg Refining LLC; Marathon Petroleum Logistics Services LLC; MW Logistics Services LLC; Blanchard Refining Company LLC; Speedway LLC, Speedway Prepaid Card LLC.  
D.
“Hours of Service” means the hours for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by an employer in the Controlled Group for performing duties during the applicable Service Year and for reasons other than performance of duties, including each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has either been awarded or agreed to by the employer, such hours to be credited and calculated in accordance with Department of Labor Reg. Sec. 2530.200b-2. Each Hour of Service shall be credited to the employee for the Service Year in which he or she performed the duties, regardless of when payment is made or due. In the event a member performed services for an employer formerly in the Controlled

2



Group, Appendix A provides additional provisions with respect to the Plan’s service crediting rules. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, service credit with respect to qualified military service (as defined in Article XVI) will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).
ARTICLE III. JOINING THE PLAN
Participation in the Plan is entirely voluntary and any employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Article II is eligible to participate in the Plan. An eligible employee may commence participation by completing and properly submitting a valid pay reduction agreement by which the member elects to make Pre-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, or Roth Deferral Contributions, or by electing to make a Rollover Contribution in accordance with Section 5.02D. The member’s initial deferral election and any subsequent elections shall be effective as of the first day of the first payroll period for which it is administratively practicable to implement that election after the date it is received by the Plan Administrator or its delegate.
ARTICLE IV. CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP
The manner in which a member is permitted to direct their account(s) depends on the class of membership to which the member belongs. These classes of membership are:
A.
Active Member . An eligible employee of a Participating Employer is an Active Member for any period during which the employee is receiving Compensation and has elected to make contributions to the Plan in accordance with Article III.
B.
Member with Account(s) in Suspense . A member who (i) transfers at the request of his or her Participating Employer to a non-Participating Employer within the Controlled Group (including a member who is reclassified into a position with a Participating Employer that is excluded from participation in this Plan), or (ii) is an eligible employee of a Participating Employer and has voluntarily or involuntarily (for example, a member on approved leave who is not receiving Compensation) had member contributions suspended or had contributions suspended pursuant to Sections 13.01 or 13.05, will have their account(s) held in suspense. A Deferred

3



Member who is subsequently rehired by a non-Participating Employer in the Controlled Group will be considered a Member with Account(s) in Suspense. A member who transferred at the request of his or her Participating Employer to a non-Participating Employer who is required to be aggregated with Marathon Oil Corporation pursuant to Code Section 414(b), (c), (m), (n), or (o) (the “MOC controlled group”) before July 1, 2011 and whose balance under the Marathon Oil Company Thrift Plan was transferred to the Plan in connection with the spin-off of the Corporation from Marathon Oil Corporation (“MOC”) is also a Member with Account(s) in Suspense.
The definition of Member with Account(s) in Suspense includes an employee who was an Active Member but whose status is changed from a common law employee to a leased employee (as defined in Code Section 414(n)(2)) of a Participating Employer and/or a member of the Controlled Group.
The definition of Member with Account(s) in Suspense also includes all Scurlock Permian employees who on the closing date of the sale of Scurlock Permian (May 18, 1999) continue in employment with Scurlock Permian, the purchasing company or any affiliated company.
C.
Retired Member . On and after January 1, 2016, any member who terminates employment from a member of the Controlled Group either (i) on or after attaining age 50, with ten years of vesting service (as determined under Article XI), or (ii) on or after attaining age 65, is a Retired Member for purposes of this Plan until the entire balance of the member’s Account(s) is distributed. A member who retired (and was considered a retired member under the terms of the Marathon Oil Company Thrift Plan) prior to July 1, 2011 from a member of the MOC controlled group and whose balance under the Marathon Oil Company Thrift Plan was transferred to the Plan in connection with the spin-off of the Corporation from MOC is also a Retired Member. A member who terminated employment from a member of the Controlled Group prior to January 1, 2016 and on or after attaining age 50, with three years of vesting service (as determined under Article XI), is a Retired Member for purposes of this Plan until the entire balance of the member’s Account(s) is distributed. A

4



Retired Member with a vested Plan balance of $5,000 or less may maintain an open Thrift account(s) until no later than 60 days after their retirement date.
D.
Non-employee Member . Non-employee Members include the following membership types:
1.
Deferred Member. A Deferred Member is any member who terminates employment with all members of the Controlled Group, does not qualify as a Retired Member, and continues to maintain an open account. Deferred Members who have a vested Plan balance of $5,000 or less may maintain open accounts until no later than 60 days after their date of termination of employment. All other Deferred Members may maintain open accounts until no later than the April 1 immediately following the calendar year in which such members attain age 70½.
2.
Spouse Beneficiary Member. A Spouse Beneficiary Member is a beneficiary who was the spouse of an Active Member, Retired Member, or a Member with Account(s) in Suspense at the time of such member’s death. A Spouse Beneficiary Member who has a Plan balance of $5,000 or less may defer final settlement of their Thrift Account(s) until no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year during which they became a Spouse Beneficiary Member. All other Spouse Beneficiary Members may maintain open accounts for their lifetime, subject to the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9).
3.
Beneficiary Member. Beneficiaries, including beneficiaries of Spouse Beneficiary Members (designated by the member or provided under the terms of this Plan), who have a Plan balance of $5,000 or less may defer final settlement of their account(s) until no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year during which they become a Beneficiary Member. All other Beneficiary Members may maintain open accounts until no later than the fifth anniversary of the date of the member’s death, subject to the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9).

5



4.
Alternate Payee Member. An Alternate Payee Member is an individual who becomes a member as the result of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Effective January 9, 2012, if a withdrawal of the Alternate Payee Member’s account balance has not been made earlier, then Alternate Payee Members will receive an automatic distribution of the account balance from the Plan no later than 180 days after the account has been established. An Alternate Payee Member with a Plan balance of $5,000 or less may maintain an open account(s) until no later than 60 days after becoming such a member or as soon as administratively feasible thereafter when a distribution may be processed.
ARTICLE V. MEMBER CONTRIBUTIONS
5.01
General . A member may elect to change the rate of their contributions or to voluntarily suspend or resume their contributions at any time with each change becoming effective as soon as administratively practicable after the member has validly filed a pay reduction agreement with the Plan Administrator.
5.02
Types of Contributions. Members may make the following types of contributions to the Plan:
A.
Pre-Tax Contributions . Each Active Member may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions from 1% to 25% (in whole percentages only) of Compensation. This election may be changed at any time, including automatically through a member’s election to participate in the Automatic Increase Program as specified in Section 5.04.
B.
After-Tax Contributions . Active Members may elect to contribute from 1% to 18% (in whole percentages only) of Compensation as After-Tax Contributions, except that highly compensated employees (as defined in Section 5.03C.) will not be eligible to make After-Tax Contributions on or after January 1, 2016. This election may be changed at any time, including automatically through a member’s election to participate in the Automatic Increase Program as specified in Section 5.04.

6



C.
Roth Deferral Contributions . Each Active Member may elect to make Roth Deferral Contribution from 1% to 25% (in whole percentages only) of Compensation. This election may be changed at any time, including automatically through a member’s election to participate in the Automatic Increase Program as specified in Section 5.04. The sum of Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Deferral Contributions cannot exceed 25% of Compensation. See Appendix E for more details regarding the terms and conditions that apply to Roth Deferral Contributions.
D.
Rollover Contributions or Direct Plan Transfer Contributions . Active Members, Members with Account(s) in Suspense, and Retired Members may make Rollover Contributions or Direct Plan Transfer Contributions of qualified distributions from any tax-qualified plan or any IRA holding amounts described in Code Section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii). However, Roth Rollover Contributions will only be accepted from another tax-qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a). The Plan will not accept Rollover Contributions or Direct-Plan Transfer Contributions from a Code Section 403(a) plan or a Roth IRA. For purposes of this Section 5.02D., “tax-qualified plan” shall mean:
- a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(b), including after-tax employee contributions.
- an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.
Deferred Members, and prior Deferred Members, may also make Rollover Contributions (but not Direct Plan Transfer Contributions), from any of the above.
Individuals who are eligible to become Active Members, but have elected not to contribute to the Plan or have previously elected to withdraw their entire account balance are permitted to make Rollover Contributions to the Plan. The Plan may also accept Rollover Contributions from prior Members with Account(s) in Suspense and Retired Members who previously closed their Plan Account(s).
Subject to Plan Administrator approval, Spouse Beneficiary Members have the right to roll over distributions from qualified retirement plans sponsored by any employer

7



whereby the Plan has recognized vesting time for prior service of the deceased member. This right is limited solely to Spouse Beneficiary Members as permitted by applicable laws and regulations.
All such Rollover Contributions or Direct Plan Transfer Contributions must consist of cash, unless the Plan Administrator agrees, in its sole discretion, to accept any property other than cash. The member must submit written certification that the Rollover Contribution qualifies as a Rollover Contribution.
Rollover Contributions must be made by the member within 60 days after the member has received their distribution from the applicable eligible retirement plan.
5.03
Limitations on Member Contributions
A.
In General . Subject to adjustments by the Plan Administrator to comply with the provisions of the Code, an Active Member may make Pre-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, and Roth Deferral Contributions as specified in Sections 5.02A, 5.02B, and 5.02C above.
Contributions to the Plan will be elected in percentages of Compensation. “Compensation” shall mean all wages, salaries and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered by an eligible employee in the course of employment with the Participating Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in the eligible employee’s gross income for federal income tax purposes, and, shall only include remuneration items that constitute compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2 including, but not limited to:
(i)
commissions and bonuses;
(ii)
Differential Pay (as defined below);
(iii)
the Marathon Petroleum Company LP Success Through People (STP) payouts;
(iv)
sick pay (including short-term disability payments made by a Participating Employer), vacation pay, or holiday pay; and

8



(v)
except as otherwise provided herein, any other annual incentive compensation programs as may be established by the Company and other Participating Employers from time to time.
The foregoing inclusions are to be interpreted to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(b), as modified by Treasury Regulations Sections 1.415(c)-2(d)(2) and 1.414(s)-1(c)(3). Compensation shall also include amounts that are not includible in the eligible employee’s gross income under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), or 457(b).
Where an eligible employee terminates employment with the Controlled Group, Compensation shall include regular compensation for services actually performed during regular working hours (including, but not limited to, overtime, commissions, and bonus compensation) that is paid after employment termination solely because the applicable pay date occurs after the employee’s employment is terminated, but shall not include, in any circumstance, (i) amounts paid after the later of the end of the Plan Year that includes the employee’s employment termination date or 2½ months after the employment termination date, (ii) remuneration for accrued vacation or other leave paid after the employment termination date; (iii) salary continuation paid after the employment termination date; or (iv) severance pay paid after the employment termination date.
Differential Pay means any payment made by a Participating Employer to an eligible employee with respect to any period during which the eligible employee is performing service in the uniformed services (as defined in USERRA) while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days, the amount of which represents the difference, if any, between the wages the eligible employee would have received from the Participating Employer if the eligible employee were performing service for the Participating Employer and the military pay the eligible employee receives while on active duty performing service in the uniformed services.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Compensation for any eligible employee does not include the following remuneration items:

9



(i)
amounts includible in an eligible employee’s gross income for federal income tax purposes under the rules of Code Section 409A or Code Section 457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the employee;
(ii)
reimbursements and allowances for expenses, including (but not limited to) relocation expenses, company-paid parking and transportation expenses, certain tax allowances specified as not eligible compensation by the Participating Employer, moving expenses and automobile allowances, whether or not includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes;
(iii)
fringe benefits (cash and noncash), deferred compensation (including, but not limited to, performance share awards), certain employee prizes specified as not eligible compensation by the Participating Employer (including awards such as Marawards), company-paid premiums for group term life insurance (whether or not includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes), and welfare benefits (exclusive of short-term disability benefits paid by a Participating Employer);
(iv)
employer contributions to a deferred compensation plan (whether non-qualified and unfunded or tax-qualified) to the extent that the contributions are not includible in the eligible employee’s gross income for federal income tax purposes for the taxable year in which contributed;
(v)
distributions from a deferred compensation plan (whether non-qualified and unfunded or tax-qualified), whether or not includible in the eligible employee’s gross income for federal income tax purposes;
(vi)
amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option or when restricted stock or other property held by the eligible employee either becomes freely transferrable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
(vii)
amounts realized from the disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option;
(viii)
other amounts that receive special tax benefits; and

10



(ix)
severance payments made to the eligible employee after the employee’s employment termination date.
The foregoing exclusions are to be interpreted to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(c), as modified by Treasury Regulations Sections 1.415(c)-2(d)(2) and 1.414(s)-1(c)(3). The maximum annual Compensation recognized by the Plan for an eligible employee may not exceed the amount set forth under Code Section 401(a)(17), as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the law. Compensation means gross pay during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which gross pay is otherwise determined under the Plan (the “determination period”). Any adjustment in accordance with the law in effect for a calendar year applies to Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.
B.
Maximum Deferrals . Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Deferral Contributions, including any contributions to this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by an employer in the Controlled Group, that exceed the limit under Code Section 402(g), will not be permitted and, subject to appropriate adjustment for any gains or losses through December 31 of the year of the excess, or the date of return, if earlier, will be returned to the affected member no later than April 15 of the year following the year in which the excess occurred unless they are recharacterized, as described in the following paragraph. Any references in this Plan to the amount of excess Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Deferral Contributions that are to be reallocated and/or distributed pursuant to this Section 5.03 shall be interpreted to include the appropriate adjustment for gains and losses described above.
Any excess Pre-Tax Contributions and excess Roth Deferral Contributions will not be permitted and will first be transferred to the After-Tax Account, up to the limit, and subject to the eligibility conditions, specified in Section 5.02B. with any remaining balance to be included in the member’s paycheck. Pre-Tax Contributions will be decreased first, followed by Roth Deferral Contributions, which will be decreased to comply with the limits specified in Sections 5.02A. and 5.02C. If it is not possible to transfer such excess to the member’s After-Tax Account or to include

11



such excess in the member’s paycheck, a separate check in the amount of the excess, subject to appropriate adjustment for any gains or losses as described above, will be issued to the affected member as permitted by law.    
C.
Limitations on After-Tax Contributions . After-Tax Contributions must satisfy the Actual Contribution Percentage (“ACP”) test of Code Section 401(m), which is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan elects to use the current year testing method for the ACP test.
In the event that the ACP test is not satisfied, any excess After-Tax Contributions (referred to as “ACP test contributions”), and adjustment for any gains or losses attributable to the ACP test contributions for the year in which the excess occurred, shall be distributed no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the failure occurred. Excess ACP test contribution amounts shall be determined by ranking all highly compensated employees in descending order based on the dollar amount of their ACP test contributions. ACP test contributions of the highly compensated employee with the highest dollar amount of ACP test contributions shall be reduced until the amount is equal to the ACP test contributions of the highly compensated employee with the next highest dollar amount. This procedure is repeated until all excess ACP test contributions are identified and distributed from the Plan.
The term “highly compensated employee” means an employee who (i) was a 5% owner, as that term is defined in Code Section 416(i), either during the current Plan Year or the prior Plan Year, or (ii) had Gross Pay (as defined in Section 7.02 of the Plan) in excess of $120,000 (as increased by cost-of-living adjustment sunder Code Section 414(q)) for the prior Plan Year.
5.04
Automatic Increase Program
Active Members may elect to enroll in a program that will automatically increase their rate of contributions on an annual basis. A member choosing to participate in the program must elect an increase amount, in whole percentages of Compensation only, and a date on which the increase is to be applied each year (for example, increase member contributions by 2%

12



of Compensation each April 1). Subject to the Plan and statutory limits, the increase will be applied to the member’s election for Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Deferral Contributions to the extent possible and then to the member’s After-Tax election. A member may elect to voluntarily terminate his or her participation in this program at any time. Any election to voluntarily terminate participation in the program shall become effective as soon as administratively practicable after the election has been properly made with the Plan Administrator.
5.05
Catch-Up Contributions
All members who are eligible to make Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Deferral Contributions under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 414(v). Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415.
Eligible members may elect to make Catch-Up Contributions from 1% to 50% (in whole percentages only) of Compensation. Catch-Up Contributions shall be permitted only by eligible members with respect to whom no Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Deferral Contributions may be made to the Plan for that taxable year by reason of the application of the Section 402(g) limit or any other limitations on Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Deferral Contributions for that taxable year in accordance with, and subject to the limits of, Code Section 414(v). Members must specify whether their Catch-Up Contributions will be Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions or Roth Deferral Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions may not exceed a maximum annual dollar limit pursuant to Code Section 414(v), as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the law.
5.06
Roth In Plan Conversion
A member may elect to convert all or a portion of their vested accounts within the Plan that are eligible for distribution, and qualifies as an eligible rollover distribution (as defined in Code Section 402(c)(4)), to a Roth Conversion Account within the Plan. Amounts converted

13



will be included in gross income to the extent they would be included in gross income as if distributed in the year of conversion.
ARTICLE VI. MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
The Participating Employers will make Matching Contributions for its members for each Plan Year as provided in this Article VI. Each Participating Employer will, for any given pay period, match the Pre-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, and Roth Deferral Contributions, of its Active Members up to a maximum of 6% of Compensation, at the rate of $1.17 per dollar contributed; provided, however, that a Participating Employer will not contribute Matching Contributions on behalf of a member who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement with his or her Participating Employer unless the Participating Employer has entered into a definitive agreement with a member’s union expressly requiring the Participating Employer to contribute matching contributions. The intent is that the Matching Contributions are to be administered on a pay-period-by-pay-period basis such that the Participating Employer will contribute Matching Contributions each pay period based on the member’s Compensation and Pre-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, and Roth Deferral Contributions for that pay period.  The Participating Employer will true-up Matching Contributions at the end of the Plan Year so that the member’s  aggregate Matching Contributions for the Plan Year shall equal the amount determined under the Matching Contribution formula (that is, up to 6% of Compensation, at the rate of $1.17 per dollar contributed)  using the member’s Compensation and eligible contributions, which would include for this purpose Pre-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Roth Deferral Contributions, and Catch-Up Contributions, for the Plan Year. Participating Employers will not match Rollover Contributions or Direct Plan Transfer Contributions.
ARTICLE VII. MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS LIMITATION
7.01
General . The annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a participant’s Thrift account(s) for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of:
(a)
$53,000, as automatically increased as of January 1 of any calendar year to reflect any cost-of-living adjustment or other increase authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, or

14



(b)
100% of the participant’s Gross Pay, as defined in this Article VII of the Plan.
The limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or Code Section 419A(f)(2)), which is otherwise treated as an annual addition.
7.02
For purposes of the limitation in Section 7.01, a member’s Gross Pay shall include the member’s wages, salaries, fees for professional service, and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Participating Employer or any of the members of the Controlled Group (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, and bonuses) and elective deferrals under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), and 457(b). A member’s Gross Pay shall also include amounts described in Code Sections 104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to the extent includable in the member’s gross income; nondeductible reimbursed moving expenses; amounts includible in the member’s gross income upon grant of a nonstatutory stock option, or an election under Code Section 83(b); and amounts includible in the member’s gross income as constructively received under the rules of Code Section 409A or 457(f)(1)(A). However, a member’s Gross Pay shall exclude such items as employer contributions to a qualified plan of deferred compensation, income realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, income realized from the disposition of stock acquired under an incentive stock option, and reimbursed deductible moving expenses. Gross Pay, for the purposes of the foregoing limitation, shall also include: amounts paid or made available after a member’s severance from service, required to be included under Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(i) and 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(ii); gross pay to a member who does not currently perform services for the Participating Employer by reason of qualified military service (as defined in Article XVI) made in accordance with the Participating Employer’s current policy with regard to such qualified military service, to the extent these payments do not exceed the amount the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Participating Employer rather than entering qualified military service, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(e)(4); and payments of

15



back pay within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8). This definition of Gross Pay is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2.
For purposes of compliance with Code Section 414(u), a member’s Gross Pay shall include differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)) from the Employer.
7.03
Prevention of Excess Annual Additions
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the otherwise permissible annual addition for any member under this Plan may be reduced to the extent necessary, as determined by the Plan Administrator, to prevent disqualification of the Plan under Code Section 415, which imposes limitations on the benefits payable to members who also may be participating in another tax-qualified pension, thrift savings, or employee stock ownership plan maintained by the Company or any of the members of the Controlled Group.
For purposes of this article the term “annual addition” means the sum of:
A.
Employer contributions (including Pre-Tax Contributions),
B.
All employee contributions (but excluding Catch-Up and Rollover Contributions), and
C.
Forfeitures.
ARTICLE VIII. ACCOUNTING AND INVESTMENT OF FUNDS
8.01
Accounts
Contributions to the Plan shall be accounted for with a separate account maintained for each member to which contributions and earnings thereon will be credited so as to provide separate accounting and allocations of gains and losses for each member relative to the following accounts:
A.
Pre-Tax Account . This account contains all Pre-Tax Contributions (which may include Direct Plan Transfer Contributions from a Code Section 401(k) account) and the related earnings.
B.
Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contribution Account . This account contains all Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions made by eligible members and the related earnings.

16



C.
After-Tax Account . This account contains (1) all post-1986 After-Tax Contributions (including the tax-paid employee contribution portion of the 1987 ESOP Direct Plan Transfer Contributions and Retroactive After-Tax Contributions made after 1986), and (2) all pre-1987 tax-paid contributions plus the related earnings. A separate subaccount of this account contains the pre-1987 tax-paid contributions and the related earnings.
D.
Roth Deferral Contribution Account . This account contains Roth Deferral Contributions, which are described in Appendix E, and the related earnings.
E.
Rollover Account . This account contains monies contributed to the Plan as the result of a rollover from another tax-qualified plan or an IRA holding amounts described in Code Section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) and the related earnings, except for Roth deferral amounts that have been rolled over from another tax-qualified plan.
F.
Company Matching Account . This account contains all Matching Contributions and the related earnings made to the Plan with respect to periods prior to January 1, 2016. Amounts held in the Company Matching Account are not intended to satisfy the “safe harbor” requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11).
G.
Roth Catch-Up Account . This account contains all Roth Catch-Up Contributions made by eligible members and the related earnings.
H.
Roth Rollover Account . This account contains Roth deferral amounts that have been rolled over from another tax-qualified plan and the related earnings.
I.
Roth In-Plan Conversion Account . This account contains amounts that have been converted pursuant to Section 5.06 and the related earnings.
J.
Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account . This account contains all Matching Contributions and the related earnings made to the Plan with respect to periods on or after January 1, 2016. Amounts held in this account are intended to satisfy the “safe harbor” requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11).
K.
Other Accounts . The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain other accounts as necessary to depict accurately a member’s interest under the Plan.

17



For purposes of this Plan, the terms “account” or account(s), unless otherwise defined, shall mean each of the accounts listed above.
8.02
Investment of Accounts
Members may direct the investment of their contributions and their existing account balance amounts in active investment options in whole increments of 1%. For this purpose, active investment options include:
A.
Marathon Petroleum Corporation Common Stock Fund . Invests in Marathon Petroleum Corporation Common Stock, and a small portion may also be invested in cash for liquidity purposes.
B.
Designated Investment Options . A Designated Investment Option is any investment fund or product designated by the Investment Committee. “Designated Investment Options” may include (without limitation) a mutual fund, interest in a collective fund or another commingled vehicle, separately managed account, or managed account option.
The Investment Committee may select, add, substitute, or remove from time to time, in its sole discretion, the investment funds that constitute the Designated Investment Options in which contributions may be invested pursuant to the member’s investment directions. Members who have not provided an investment direction to the Plan Administrator for any reason, shall have their Accounts invested as determined by the Plan Administrator in a “Default Investment Fund.” The Default investment Fund is intended to be a Qualified Default Investment Alternative as that term is defined in regulations issued pursuant to Section 404(c)(5) of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). The Plan Administrator may prescribe procedures (including any rules, restrictions, or requirements) for investment directions and changes to investment directions by members from time to time in its sole discretion. To the extent the Plan Administrator procedures provide, members shall provide investment directions to the administrative delegate and the administrative delegate shall carry out such direction without obtaining prior confirmation or authorization from the Plan Administrator.

18



Subject to such procedures as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion from time to time, an investment direction will be given effect as soon as is administratively practicable after receipt of the member’s investment direction.
Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Plan Administrator may, at its own discretion, impose any rules, restrictions, and requirements regarding the members’ investment directions and changes in their investment directions. The Plan Administrator may decline to implement a member’s investment direction, or may override an existing investment direction, where it deems appropriate in its sole discretion, including without limitation in circumstances where following (or continuing to follow) an investment direction (i) would result in a prohibited transaction described in Section 406 of ERISA or Code Section 4975, (ii) would generate taxable income to the Plan, or (iii) result in violations of market timing or frequent trading rules imposed by any manager or other provider of an active investment option.
All investment elections made by a member will apply to all accounts (except Rollover Contributions and Roth In-Plan conversions) a member contributes to and will also apply to Matching Contributions.
All dividends and interest will be directed to the option that generated such dividend and interest even if the member is no longer contributing to that option except that frozen MOC stock dividends will be reinvested according to the investment election applicable to new contributions in force at the time such dividend becomes payable.
The Plan Administrator intends for the active investment options to qualify as participant-controlled accounts under Section 404(c) of ERISA.
ARTICLE IX. TRANSFERS
Subject to such procedures as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion from time to time, a member may at any time direct the Trustee to sell any or all of the assets in the member’s account(s) in whole percentages, units, or dollar increments and at the same time inform the Trustee how to distribute the proceeds of such sale into investment options.

19



The member may direct the Trustee to execute investment transfers at a frequency no greater than the periodicity of transfers limit formally approved by the Plan Administrator. When the member directs the Trustee to buy or sell investments, the member will receive or pay the unit or share price when executed.
ARTICLE X. STOCK OPTIONS, RIGHTS OR WARRANTS
If any options, rights, or warrants are granted or issued with respect to shares of stock, the Trustee shall give the members for whom the stock is held a reasonable opportunity after notice to direct the Trustee to exercise the options, rights, or warrants. If no instructions are received from the member, the Trustee may sell the option, right, or warrant, or take such other action as the Trustee may deem necessary.
For an Active Member, any proceeds shall be credited to the member’s account(s) in the same manner as current contributions unless elected otherwise.
For all other members, any proceeds will be invested in the active investment option(s) to which their most recent contributions were directed, unless elected otherwise.
ARTICLE XI. VESTING
11.01
General
A member is fully and immediately vested in their member contributions (including Pre-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, and Roth Deferral Contributions). A member is fully and immediately vested in all of the Matching Contributions made to the Plan, including earnings on such contributions, with respect to periods on or after January 1, 2016.
A member shall acquire a fully vested, nonforfeitable right to the Matching Contributions made to the Plan, including earnings on such contributions, with respect to periods prior to January 1, 2016 upon the earliest of the following:
A.
The member has performed an hour of service on or after January 1, 2002, and has completed three (3) years of service;
B.
The member has attained the Plan’s normal retirement age (age 65);

20



C.
The member has retired under the Marathon Petroleum Retirement Plan as then in effect;
D.
The death of an Active Member or a Member with Account(s) in Suspense; or
E.
The termination or partial termination of the Plan.
F.
The member is Disabled (as defined in Section 13.04) at any time on or after January 1, 2016.
11.02
Vesting Service
“Service,” for the purposes of this Article XI, means the length of time in months during which: (1) a member either receives or is entitled to receive pay from a Participating Employer or a member of the Controlled Group; (2) a member is laid off (if such lay off is for less than 12 consecutive months) or on approved leave status with a member of the Controlled Group; (3) a member was a “leased employee” as defined in Code Section 414(n) for a Participating Employer or a member of the Controlled Group. A member shall be credited with a year of service if the member is compensated or entitled to pay by a Participating Employer or a member of the Controlled Group for 1,000 hours in a Service Year, as defined in Section 2.02B.
11.03
Equivalency Rules
For purposes of the 1,000-hour test, the Plan provides as follows, strictly for the purpose of processing work hours for Plan vesting, use of the equivalency rule:
The equivalency rule shall be: 45 hours for a weekly payroll, and 90 hours for a biweekly payroll. All work hours shall be associated with the month of the pay period begin date.
For a non-exempt employee, when payroll wages and hours are received and the employee is not on a leave, actual hours shall be used. If a non-exempt employee is on an accepted leave status covered under the terms of the Plan, their hours are determined by the equivalency rule.

21



For an exempt employee, if the employee receives any payroll wages, their hours are determined by the equivalency rule. If the employee is on an accepted leave status covered under the terms of the Plan, their hours are determined by the equivalency rule.
11.04
Service With Other Employers
If a former employee of a Participating Employer is hired (for reasons other than a transfer) by a non-Participating Employer of the Controlled Group, or a former employee of a member of the Controlled Group is hired (for reasons other than a transfer) by a Participating Employer, service with members of the Controlled Group shall be recognized for purposes of computing vesting service under the Plan provided that such vesting service is attributable to time while the employer(s) was a member of the Controlled Group.
If a former member or Retired Member is subsequently reemployed by the Company or a Participating Employer, all prior service which has been credited for vesting purposes hereunder shall be reinstated.
Members who were employed by an employer at the time such employer was acquired by a member of the Controlled Group may, with the approval of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (“Board”) or any committee to which the Board has specifically delegated sufficient authority, be entitled to additional vesting service based on employment with the acquired employer. Appendix C outlines the additional vesting service that has been approved.
ARTICLE XII. CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS
12.01
Vesting on Change of Control
Employees who are terminated within 24 months of a Change of Control (defined below) will become immediately vested in the accounts under the Plan.
12.02
Definition of Change of Control
For purposes of the Plan the following shall apply:
A.
For purposes of this Article XII, a “Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Corporation of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to

22



Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(i)
any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Person”) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such person any such securities acquired directly from the Corporation or its affiliates) representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan the term “Person” shall not include (a) the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (b) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (c) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (d) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation; and provided, further, however, that for purposes of this paragraph (i), there shall be excluded any Person who becomes such a beneficial owner in connection with an Excluded Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii) below); or
(ii)
the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or

23



whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or
(iii)
there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation (an “Excluded Transaction”) which would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving corporation or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the entity surviving the merger or consolidation (or the parent of such surviving entity) immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation or there is consummated the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets.
The provisions of this Article XII shall apply only to employees classified by a Participating Employer as non-officer regular employees. A regular employee is an employee who is employed to work on a full-time or part-time basis and not on a time, special job completion, or call-when-needed basis, and who has been classified by a Participating Employer as a regular employee. Employees classified by a Participating Employer as “casual employees” are not subject to the provisions of this Article XII. A casual employee is an employee who is employed to work on a time, special job completion, call-when-needed basis, or is classified as a student worker, and who has been classified by a Participating Employer as a casual employee.
ARTICLE XIII. IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
13.01
Distributions to Active Members
Active Members, provided they are not 5% owners of any employer within the Controlled Group, determined pursuant to Code Section 416(i), may elect to defer the commencement of benefits until no later than the April 1 immediately following the calendar year in which

24



they retire. Eligible Active Members presently over age 70½ and receiving distributions under the Plan may elect to suspend such payments until they actually retire.
Active Members who are 5% owners of an employer within the Controlled Group, determined pursuant to Code Section 416(i), may elect to defer commencement of benefits until no later than the April 1 immediately following the calendar year in which such members attain age 70½.
The Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) as described in Appendix D.
A participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals from another 401(k) plan maintained by a member of the Controlled Group on account of financial hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and all other plans of members of the Controlled Group for six (6) months after receipt of the distribution.
13.02
In-Service Withdrawal of a Portion of Thrift Balance
Payments may be made from the Plan to an Active Member or a Member with Account(s) in Suspense as an “In-Service Withdrawal” under the terms of this Article XIII of the Plan.
Active Members or Members with Account(s) in Suspense are eligible to withdraw a portion of their After-Tax Account, Rollover Account, Roth Rollover Account, or vested Company Matching Account without losing such other rights as they may have in the balance of their accounts, subject to the provisions outlined below.
Active Members or Members with Account(s) in Suspense who have attained age 59½ are also eligible to withdraw a portion of their Pre-Tax Account, Roth Deferral Contribution Account, Roth In Plan Conversion Account, Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, and Roth Catch-Up Account without losing such other rights as they may have in the balance of their accounts, subject to the provisions outlined below. In-Service Withdrawals are limited to a maximum of four (4) in a Plan Year. No In-Service Withdrawal of less than $100 will be permitted.
13.03
Account and Investment Withdrawal Order for Partial In-Service Withdrawals

25



Unless elected otherwise by the member, the order in which funds from the Plan are withdrawn is as follows, with the type of account taking precedence over the type of investment:
A.
Account :
(i)
Pre-1987 tax-paid employee contributions in the After-Tax Account
(ii)
All remaining funds in the After-Tax Account
(iii)
Rollover Account – After-Tax
(iv)
Rollover Account – Pre-Tax
(v)
Company Matching Account
(vi)
Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account (to the extent permitted by the Plan and by law)
(vii)
Pre-Tax Account (to the extent permitted by the Plan and by law)
(viii)
Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contribution Account (to the extent permitted by the Plan and by law)
(ix)
Roth Deferral Contribution Account
(x)
Roth Catch-Up Contribution Account
(xi)
Roth In-Plan Conversion Account
(xii)
Roth Rollover Contribution Account
B.
Investments :
(i)
Stable Value Fund
(ii)
Mutual Funds
(iii)
Marathon Oil Corporation Stock
(iv)
Marathon Petroleum Corporation Stock
The member may elect a different order from the one given above provided that all pre-1987 tax-paid employee contributions must be distributed before any funds from the Company Matching Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, and the Rollover Contribution Account may be withdrawn.
13.04
In-Service Withdrawal of Entire Distributable Vested Thrift Balance

26



Subject to the conditions under this Section 13.04, an Active Member or a Member with Account(s) in Suspense may request an In-Service Withdrawal of their entire distributable vested Plan balance. The amount available for withdrawal depends on the member’s age, disability status, vested status, and employment date as follows:
A.
Fully Vested Members . A fully vested member who has not attained age 59½ will receive the value of their After-Tax Account, Rollover Account, Roth Rollover Account, and Company Matching Account. A fully vested member who has attained age 59½ or who is disabled (as defined below) will receive the value of their above mentioned accounts plus the value of their Pre-Tax Account, Pre‑Tax Catch-Up Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Roth Deferral Contribution Account, and Roth Catch-Up Contribution Account, as well as the value of their Roth In Plan Conversion Account.
B.
Non-fully Vested Members . A non-fully vested member who has not attained age 59½ and who is not disabled will receive the value of their After-Tax Account, Rollover Account, and any vested portion of their Company Matching Account, excluding their Roth Rollover Account. A non-fully vested member who has attained age 59½ or who is disabled will also receive the value of their Pre-Tax Account, Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Roth Rollover Account, Roth Deferral Contribution Account, Roth In Plan Conversation Account, and Roth Catch-Up Account.
For purposes of this Plan, members will be considered “Disabled” if either:
1.
they have been disabled for at least two (2) years, and are wholly and continuously disabled to the extent that they are unable to engage in any occupation or perform any work for gainful compensation or profit for which they are, or may become, reasonably qualified by education, training, or experience, all as determined by the Marathon Petroleum Long Term Disability Plan, or
2.
they provide proof of a Social Security determination of disability.

27



13.05
Distributions due to Military Service
A member shall be deemed as severed from employment for purposes of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I) during any period when the member is performing service in the uniformed service while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days, as described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A). However, a member who obtains a distribution by reason of service in the uniformed service for more than 30 days may not make any elective deferrals or employee contributions to the Plan during the six-month period beginning on the date of such distribution.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a member who is a member of a reserve component (as defined in Section 101 of title 37), and who was ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period may request, during the period beginning on the date of the order or call to duty and ending at the close of the active duty period, a distribution of all or part of his or her elective deferrals. The distribution shall be paid to the member as promptly as practicable after the Administrator (or its delegate) receives the member’s request.
ARTICLE XIV. WITHDRAWALS AFTER SEPARATION FROM SERVICE
14.01
General
Any nonvested Matching Contributions held in the Company Matching Account are forfeited on the earlier of a complete distribution or five (5) years after the date when a member is no longer an Active Member or a Member with Account(s) in Suspense. Vested members are entitled to receive their entire vested balance in all accounts when the member is no longer an Active Member or a Member with Account(s) in Suspense.
14.02
Deferral of Commencement of Benefits
The following members may elect to defer the commencement of benefits until no later than the April 1 immediately following the calendar year in which such members attain age 70½:
A.
Retired Members with a vested Plan balance in excess of $5,000,
B.
Members with Account(s) in Suspense;

28



C.
Non-employee Members (other than Non-employee Members with a vested Plan balance of $5,000 or less, Beneficiary Members, and Spouse Beneficiary Members with a vested Plan balance in excess of $5,000).
Spouse Beneficiary Members with a Plan balance in excess of $5,000 may maintain an open Plan Account(s) for their lifetime, subject to the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9). Spouse Beneficiary Members with a Plan balance of $5,000 or less must commence their final settlement no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year during which they become a Spouse Beneficiary Member. Beneficiary Members may maintain an open Account(s) until no later than the fifth anniversary of the date of the member’s death.
All other Non-employee Members (including Beneficiary Members) with a vested Plan balance of $5,000 or less must commence their final settlement no later than 60 days from the date of becoming such members unless, in the case of an Alternate Payee Member, the distribution of any part of such Plan balance is then not permitted under Code Section 401(k).
However, the member or, if applicable, the beneficiary or beneficiaries may request earlier payment of benefits, in which case payment shall commence as soon as practicable after the member has filed a written notice of such election with the Plan Administrator.
Account balances attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto), are included in determining a member’s eligibility to receive a $5,000 de minimus distribution. If the value of the member’s nonforfeitable account balance as so determined is $5,000 or less, the Plan shall immediately distribute the member’s entire nonforfeitable account balance, subject to the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(31)(B).
14.03
Withdrawal Rights After Separation from Service
Withdrawal rights after separation from service are as follows:
A.
A Retired Member, Spouse Beneficiary Member, or Beneficiary Member may withdraw during any year all or any portion of the remaining balance in their account(s), provided that no withdrawal of less than $500 may be made unless it constitutes

29



the entire remaining balance. Such withdrawals, however, are limited to a maximum of four (4) in a Plan Year.
B.
A Member with Account(s) in Suspense may take In-Service Withdrawals as provided under Article XIII of this Plan.
C.
Except as provided in Section 14.03A, a Non-employee Member may only make a withdrawal of his or her entire Plan balance; provided, however, that a Non-employee Member may also make a one-time withdrawal to pay off an outstanding Plan loan(s) without triggering the requirement to make a withdrawal of his or her entire Plan balance.
14.04
Reinstatements
Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, any nonvested amounts held in the Company Matching Account forfeited by a member’s termination of employment prior to vesting will be used to reduce the applicable Participating Employer’s subsequent Matching Contributions to the Plan; provided, however, that such amounts may not be used to fund amounts contributed to the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. However, the amounts forfeited shall be reinstated if the member is rehired by a Participating Employer, and, within five (5) years after the date of rehire, repays an amount equal to the lesser of: (1) the Matching Contributions and earnings thereon credited to their Company Matching Account for the last 24 months in which they contributed to the Plan, or (2) the amount of the Plan distribution received upon termination of employment. The maximum an Active Member may repay is their After-Tax Contributions, and, if applicable, Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Deferral Contributions, the total of which must not exceed the amount of their previous total distribution. Reinstated contributions by an eligible rehired employee are deposited into the After-Tax Account (if attributable to pre-1987 tax-paid employee contributions in the After-Tax Account, such contributions are credited to the pre-1987 subaccount). In any case, the rehired employee shall have reinstated towards vesting the total number of months for which contributions were matched prior to the member’s complete distribution.

30



Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Deferred Member who is reemployed by a Participating Employer or any member of the Controlled Group will have nonvested forfeited Matching Contributions automatically reinstated into the Company Matching Account as of the date of reemployment provided that such reemployment date occurs within five (5) years of the date of such member’s last termination of employment from an employer within the Controlled Group. All automatic reinstatements will be invested in accordance with the member’s direction. A Deferred Member who is reemployed by a Participating Employer or any member of the Controlled Group will have reinstated towards vesting the total number of months recognized for vesting under Article XI immediately prior to such member’s last termination of employment from an employer within the Controlled Group.
Rollover Contributions or Direct Plan Transfer Contributions may be recognized as contributions for purposes of satisfying the reinstatement provisions, provided such contributions are made within five (5) years after the date of last termination from a member of the Controlled Group.
14.05
Re-Entry into Plan
A former member who is rehired is eligible to become a member of the Plan immediately so long as they meet the eligibility provisions of the Plan.
ARTICLE XV. SETTLEMENT OPTIONS
15.01
General
Unless a member elects otherwise and except as provided below, distribution of his or her account(s) will be made in a single sum payment, in either cash or in securities.
A member’s elective deferrals and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the member’s severance from employment, regardless of when the severance from employment occurred. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a separation from service before such amounts may be distributed.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Article XV, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the

31



manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.
15.02
Definitions
Eligible rollover distribution: An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only (1) to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or (2) to a qualified plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a) or (3) to a plan described in Code Section 403(b) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
Eligible retirement plan: An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution.
An eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into

32



such plan from this plan. An eligible retirement plan shall also mean a Roth individual retirement account under Code Section 408A(b). The applicable definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). In the case of a non-spouse beneficiary, a direct rollover may be made only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Sections 408(a) or 408(b) that is established on behalf of the designated beneficiary and that will be treated as an inherited IRA pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 402(c)(11).
Distributee: A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition, the employee’s or former employee’s surviving spouse and the employee’s or former employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. A distributee also includes a non-spouse beneficiary who is a designated beneficiary under the Plan.
Direct rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
15.03
Installment Option
Retired Members of any age and Spouse Beneficiary Members may elect the Installment Option. Under the Installment Option, members may elect annual, or semi-annual, installments to be paid in cash and/or securities. Monthly installments may also be elected, but they will be paid only in cash. After benefits commence under the Installment Option, the member may elect to discontinue receiving further installments at any time. A Retired Member and a Spouse Beneficiary Member may be permitted to take a Retired Member withdrawal during the payout period of the Installment Option. If a member dies during the payout period under the Installment Option, the installment payments will cease and any further benefits with respect to the member’s account(s) will be payable pursuant to the provisions of Article XVI.
Any new installment elections or changes to current elections result in proceeds being redeemed in the order described in Section 13.03, with the type of account taking precedence

33



over the type of investment. For minimum required distribution withdrawals for retirees, the required withdrawals will also be distributed in the order defined by the Plan default.
15.04
Small Cash-Outs
The Plan balance of members, other than Active Members and Members with Account(s) in Suspense, will be distributed to such members in the form of a lump sum in cash without their consent if their Plan balance is less than or equal to $5,000, determined immediately after the forfeiture of any nonvested Matching Contributions. Account balances attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto), are included in determining a participant’s eligibility to receive the small cash-out under this Section 15.04.
In the event of a small cash-out under this Section 15.04 in which the Plan balance is greater than $1,000, if the member does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B), then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement account designated by the Plan Administrator.
ARTICLE XVI. BENEFICIARY
Each member shall designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries, subject to any requirements established by the Plan Administrator, and may change this designation at any time. Any change to a member’s beneficiary designation revokes all prior beneficiary designations made by the member.
If a married member has a beneficiary designation which results in the member’s spouse not being the member’s sole beneficiary, such designation must be consented to by the spouse in writing on forms approved by the Plan Administrator and witnessed by a notary public.
The Plan shall only recognize beneficiary designations submitted to the Plan on forms approved by the Plan Administrator. Any beneficiary designation shall be effective only after it is received and accepted by the Plan Administrator, and the Plan’s procedure for determining a beneficiary shall be controlling over any disposition by will or otherwise.

34



In the event a beneficiary designation is not completed for a member who transferred to this Plan from the Marathon Oil Company Thrift Plan on July 1, 2011, the default is to apply the Marathon Oil Company Thrift Plan designation in effect on July 1, 2011. For Delayed Transfer Employees (as defined in Appendix A), the beneficiary designation will default to the Marathon Oil Company Thrift Plan designation in effect on the date of transfer.
Subject to Section 15.04 of this Plan, a beneficiary, in the event of the member’s death, may receive funds from the Plan in cash and/or securities commencing pursuant to the terms of Article XIV.
If settlement of the member’s Account(s) pursuant to Article XV of the Plan has commenced before the member’s death, the remaining balance of the member’s benefit will be distributed to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries at least as rapidly as required under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder.
If a member dies on or after January 1, 2007 while performing qualified military service, that Member will be deemed to have resumed employment with the Participating Employer in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under USERRA on the day preceding death and will be deemed to have terminated employment on the actual date of death. The term “qualified military service” means military service as used in Code Section 414(u)(1).
If a member dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the member’s account(s) will be paid to the person or persons comprising the first surviving class of the classes listed in order below and such person or persons will receive the funds in a single sum. The eligible classes are set forth below:
A.
The member’s surviving spouse;
B.
The member’s surviving children (either natural born or adopted through a final adoption order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction prior to the member’s death) but specifically excluding step-children;
C.
The member’s surviving parents;
D.
The member’s surviving brothers and sisters;

35



E.
The executor or administrator of the member’s estate.
ARTICLE XVII LOANS AND ASSIGNABILITY
Except as specifically provided herein, no right or interest of any member in the Plan or in their account(s) shall be assignable or transferable in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including, but not by way of limitation, execution, levy unless otherwise required by the Code or the regulations thereunder, garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy, or in any other manner, and no right or interest of any member in the Plan or in their account(s) shall be liable for, or subject to any obligation or liability of such member; and the Trustee shall not loan any funds or securities of this Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall: (1) authorize the assignment and distribution of all or a portion of a member’s account(s) in accordance with a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in Code Section 414(p), (2) establish procedures for the review of domestic relations orders and Qualified Domestic Relations Orders, and (3) establish a loan policy whereby, upon proper application by a member, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make loans to members, provided that such loans:
A.
Are made available to all Plan members, other than Non-employee Members who are not parties in interest (to the extent permitted by ERISA or applicable Department of Labor regulations), on a uniform, nondiscriminatory basis,
B.
Bear a reasonable rate of interest; and
C.
Are adequately secured.
Each loan shall be evidenced by a member’s promissory note for the amount of the loan including interest, payable to the order of the Trustee, and secured by collateral consisting of the assignment of the member’s account(s) as provided in the loan rules.
All loans granted hereunder shall be subject to the application of the rules established by the Plan Administrator including, but not limited to, provisions relating to the application, repayment and renewal thereof. The Plan Administrator is specifically authorized to amend such rules from time to time. Further, to the extent that such rules conflict with any other portion of the Plan, such rules shall control.

36



Loan repayments will be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4).
ARTICLE XVIII. TRUSTEE
The Company and Fidelity Management Trust Company (Fidelity) have entered into a Trust Agreement pursuant to which Fidelity is to act as Trustee under this Plan. The Company may, from time to time, enter into further agreements with the Trustee or other parties, and make amendments to the Trust Agreement or further agreements as it may deem necessary or desirable to carry out the Plan. The Company may also designate additional or successor trustees. The Trustee shall have the voting rights with respect to all shares held pursuant to this Plan, and may vote the shares itself or by proxy to the extent permitted by law. The Trustee, itself or by proxy, shall, however, vote shares of common stock of the Corporation and MOC in accordance with the directions, if any, of the members for whom the stock is held.
The Trustee may purchase common stock of the Corporation on the open market or directly from the Corporation, out of authorized and unissued shares or Treasury shares at the current market price thereof. The Trustee may sell the common stock of the Corporation on the open market or directly to the Corporation, at the current market price thereof.
The Trustee shall be the named fiduciary with respect to the control or management of the assets of the Plan. The Trustee may appoint an investment manager for purposes of the management of all or a portion of the trust assets. An investment manager who is appointed by the Trustee must evidence to the Trustee that it satisfies the eligibility requirements to be an investment manager under ERISA, must accept the appointment in writing, and must acknowledge, in writing, that it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan. The Trustee may also remove an investment manager who was previously appointed.
ARTICLE XIX. PLAN YEAR
For the purpose of this Plan, a Plan Year shall be defined as the period from January 1 of any calendar year through December 31 of the same year.
ARTICLE XX. CLAIMS PROCEDURES

37



Any claim for benefits under the Plan shall be made in writing, identified as a claim for benefits, and filed with the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may treat any writing or other communication received by the Plan Administrator as a claim for benefits under these procedures, even if the writing or communication is not identified as a claim for benefits. Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within 60 days after the claim is filed, except that such period may be extended for an additional 60 days if the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require such extension. In the event the claim is wholly or partially denied, the specific reasons for the denial shall be set forth in writing, and:
A.
pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited;
B.
a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim, if possible, and an explanation of why that material or information is needed; and
C.
an explanation as to how the claimant can request a review of the claim will be given, along with an explanation of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.
Upon denial of a claim in whole or in part, a claimant (or the claimant’s authorized representative) shall have the right to submit a written request to the Plan Administrator, for a full and fair review of the denied claim, and shall have, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits and may submit issues and comments in writing. The review shall take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. A request for review of a claim must be submitted within 65 days of receipt by the claimant of written notice of the denial of the claim. If the claimant fails to file a request for review within 65 days of the denial notification, the claim will be deemed permanently waived and abandoned, and the claimant will be precluded from reasserting it. If the claimant does file a request for review, the claimant’s request shall include a description of the issues and evidence the claimant

38



deems relevant. Failure to raise issues or present evidence on review will preclude those issues or evidence from being presented in any subsequent proceeding or judicial review of the claim. A decision shall be rendered no more than 60 days after the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the request for review, except that such period may be extended for an additional 60 days if the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances (such as for a hearing) require such extension. If an extension of time is required, written notice of the expected decision date and the reasons for the extension shall be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 60-day period. In the event the appeal is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide a prompt written decision setting forth:
A.
the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination;
B.
a reference to specific Plan provisions on which the adverse determination was made;
C.
a statement that claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and
D.
a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.
To the extent of its responsibility to review the denial of benefit claims, the Plan Administrator shall have full authority to interpret and apply in its sole discretion the provisions of the Plan. The decision of the Plan Administrator on appeal shall be final and binding upon any and all claimants, including, but not limited to, members and beneficiaries, and any other individuals making a claim through or under them.
Claimants must follow the claims procedures described by this Article XX before taking action in any other forum regarding a claim for benefits under the Plan. Any suit or legal action initiated by a claimant under the Plan must be brought by the claimant no later than one year following a final decision on the claim for benefits under these claim procedures. The one-year statute of limitations on suits for benefits shall apply in any forum where a claimant initiates such suite or legal action. If a civil action is not filed within this period,

39



the claimant’s benefit claim will be deemed permanently waived and abandoned, and the claimant will be precluded from reasserting it.
The Plan Administrator in its sole discretion may from time to time delegate such of its power and authority under the provisions of this Article XX to such person(s) as it deems appropriate for the orderly administration and determination of claims. Such delegation may include, without limitation, the Plan Administrator’s power and authority to decide a claim or to review and decide an appealed claim. Upon any such delegation, the delegee(s) shall have, to the extent of the delegation, the full power, authority and discretion of the Plan Administrator with respect to the affected claim(s).
ARTICLE XXI. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
21.01
Plan Administrator
The Corporation’s Vice President of Human Resources and Administrative Services shall serve as Plan Administrator. The Company shall appoint such assistant administrators as may be deemed necessary. The Plan Administrator shall be the named fiduciary under the Plan for all purposes other than for purposes of the control or management of the assets of the Plan.
21.02
Duties of Plan Administrator
The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the administration and interpretation of the Plan. The Plan intends to meet the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c) and its regulations. Under these rules, the Plan fiduciaries may be relieved of liability for any losses that are the direct and necessary result of investment instructions given by a member or beneficiary. In determining the eligibility of members and other individuals for benefits and in construing the Plan’s terms, the Plan Administrator has the power to exercise its discretion in the construction of doubtful, disputed, or ambiguous terms or provisions of the Plan, in cases where the Plan terms are silent, or in the application of Plan terms or provisions to situations not clearly or specifically addressed in the Plan itself. In situations in which the Plan Administrator deems it to be appropriate, the Plan Administrator may evidence (i) the exercise of such discretion, or (ii) any other type of decision, directive, or determination

40



they may make with respect to the Plan, in the form of a written administrative ruling which, until revoked, or until superseded by plan amendment or by a different administrative ruling or a different administration of the ruling, shall thereafter be followed in the administration of the Plan.
21.03
Delegation of Duties
The Trustee and the Company may, by agreement in writing, arrange for a delegation by the Trustee to the Plan Administrator of any of the Trustee’s functions, except the custody of assets and discretion to manage and control the assets, the voting with respect to shares held by the Trustee, and the purchase, sale, or redemption of securities.
The Plan Administrator may, from time to time, delegate to any assistant plan administrator appointed pursuant to this Article XXI the authority to exercise any or all of the foregoing powers and such others as the Plan Administrator deems necessary and appropriate to carry out the provisions of the Plan.
21.04
Investment Committee
With respect to investment matters, an Investment Committee shall meet, from time to time, but in no event less frequently than annually, and shall be responsible (i) for reviewing and monitoring the performance of any investment managers that have been appointed and in developing appropriate guidelines and investment strategies for such investment managers, and (ii) for carrying out the Plan’s investment policy, in selecting and reviewing appropriate investment options, and in addressing any related investment matters. The Committee shall consist of the Plan Administrator, the Treasurer of the Company, and any other officers of the Company or the Corporation whom the Plan Administrator may appoint, from time to time, to serve upon the Committee. The Plan Administrator is also authorized to obtain the services of legal counsel, outside consultants, and other appropriate persons, as they deem necessary or appropriate, to assist the Committee in performing its responsibilities. Any fees, charges, and/or costs associated with the retention of such services shall be paid by the Company.
21.05
Records; Statements of Accounts

41



In the administration of the Plan, the Trustee or the Plan Administrator shall maintain individual ledger records on each member’s account(s). Such records shall reflect a member’s account(s) as between employer and employee contributions on a continuous basis.
The records of the Trustee, the Plan Administrator, and the Company shall be conclusive in respect to all matters involved in the administration of this Plan except as otherwise provided herein or by law.
Any application to make member contributions, any election, any withdrawal request, or any other direction under the Plan by a member must be accepted on behalf of the Plan Administrator, before it shall be effective.
21.06
Costs, Expenses and Fees
All costs, expenses, and fees incurred in administering this Plan, to the extent not paid by the Company, shall be incurred by members. Fees or charges for investment management services shall not be paid by the Company but shall be borne by the members electing such services. Any taxes applicable to the member’s account(s) shall be charged or credited to the member’s account(s) by the Trustee.
21.07
Uniformity; Governing Law
Any discretionary acts taken under this Plan by the Plan Administrator, the Company, or the Trustee shall be uniform in their nature, shall be applicable to all members similarly situated, and shall be administered in a nondiscriminatory manner in accordance with the provisions of the Code and ERISA. It is intended that the standard of judicial review applied to any determination made by the Plan Administrator shall be the “arbitrary and capricious” standard of review.
The Plan shall be construed, whenever possible, to be in conformity with the requirements of the Code and ERISA. To the extent not in conflict with the preceding sentence and to the extent not preempted by ERISA, the construction of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. Decisions of the Plan Administrator made on all matters within the scope of their authority shall be final and binding upon all persons, including the

42



Company; any trustee, all members and beneficiaries; their heirs and personal representatives, and all labor unions or other similar organizations representing members.
ARTICLE XXII. PARTICIPATION BY OTHER EMPLOYERS AND EMPLOYEES
Upon specific authorization by the Board and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may establish, the Company may permit other members of the Controlled Group to participate in this Plan. The terms “employer,” “employee” and words of similar import as used in this Plan shall be deemed to include the Company and such members of its Controlled Group, unless otherwise provided.
ARTICLE XXIII. TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
If the Plan is or becomes “top-heavy” as such term is defined in Code Section 416(g) in any Plan Year, the provisions of Appendix B will supersede any conflicting provision of this Plan.
ARTICLE XXIV. MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION
24.01
General
The right is reserved by the Company to terminate this Plan at any time in its entirety or as to any Participating Employer, or to modify the Plan, either prospectively or retroactively, from time to time by action of the Board.
The Company may exercise its reserved rights of amendment, modification or termination (i) by written resolution by the Board, or a separate written document approved by action of the Board, (ii) by the General Partner of the Company, (iii) by written resolution by the Executive Committee of the Board, or a separate written document approved by action of the Executive Committee, (iv) by written actions exercised by any other committee or individual to which the Board or the Executive Committee of that Board has specifically delegated rights of amendment, modification or termination, or (v) by written actions exercised by any other entity or person to which or to whom the Board or the Executive Committee of that Board has specifically delegated rights of amendment, modification or termination.
24.02
Amendment by Vice President of Human Resources and Administrative Services

43



In addition to the other methods of amending the Plan which have been authorized, or may in the future be authorized, by the Board, the Corporation’s Vice President of Human Resources and Administrative Services may approve the following types of amendments to the Plan:
(i)
With the opinion of counsel, technical amendments required by applicable laws and regulations;
(ii)
With the opinion of counsel, amendments that are clarifications of plan provisions;
(iii)
Amendments in connection with a signed definitive agreement governing a merger, acquisition or divestiture such that, for the Plan, needed changes are specifically described in the definitive agreement, or if not specifically described in the definitive agreement, the needed changes are in keeping with the intent of the definitive agreement;
(iv)
Amendments in connection with changes that have a minimal cost impact (as defined below) to the Company; and
(v)
With the opinion of counsel, amendments in connection with changes resulting from state or federal legislative actions that have a minimal cost impact (as defined below) to the Company.
For purposes of the above, “minimal cost impact” is defined as an annual cost impact to the Company per amendment that does not exceed the greater of (i) an amount that is less than one-half of one percent of its documented total cost (including administrative costs) for the previous calendar year, or (ii) $500,000.
24.03
Amendment by Plan Administrator
The Board has delegated to the Plan Administrator the authority to make amendments to this Plan as needed regarding any mandated changes evolving from regulations governing the Uniformed Services Employment and Re-employment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA).
24.04
Plan Termination

44



Upon termination of this Plan in its entirety or as to any Participating Employer, or upon the complete discontinuance of employer contributions hereto, each member affected shall have a fully vested, nonforfeitable right to receive their Plan balance hereunder, including all employer contributions made thereto at such time as permitted by law.
24.05
Retroactive Modification
The Company may modify this Plan in whole or in part, with effect retroactively, in order to preserve its qualification, either alone or in conjunction with other plans of the Company, under the Code or to comply with ERISA and applicable state or federal regulations. The Company may also modify this Plan in whole or in part with effect retroactively for any other reason, to the extent permitted by the Code, ERISA, and other applicable laws.
24.06
Merger
This Plan may not merge or consolidate with, or transfer its assets or liabilities to, any other plan unless each member in the Plan would (if the Plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after such merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit they would have been entitled to receive immediately before such merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had been terminated).
24.07
Change in Plan Sponsorship
In accordance with the exclusive benefit rule of Code Section 401(a), the sponsorship of this Plan may not be transferred from the Company to an unrelated taxpayer unless the transfer is in connection with a transfer of business assets, operations or employees from the Company to the unrelated taxpayer.







45



ARTICLE XXV. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN
The original Marathon Oil Company Thrift Plan was initially put into effect November 1, 1953, and as a result of the spin-off of the downstream related business, this Plan was created as a spinoff of the original Marathon Oil Company Thrift Plan, effective as of July 1, 2011. This Plan document is effective as of January 1, 2016.

46





SIGNATURE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan Document to be adopted and executed on its behalf effective as of January 1, 2016 by an authorized officer.
 
MARATHON PETROLEUM COMPANY, LP
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
12/23/2015
 
 
 
 
 




47



APPENDIX A: SERVICE CREDIT FOR FORMER AFFILIATED COMPANIES
1. The Plan will recognize a new hire’s previous Speedway LLC vesting service back to January 1, 1998, for purposes of eligibility and vesting.
2. For new hires with service with an employer of the Controlled Group, other than described above, vesting service will be recognized for eligibility and vesting as presently defined in the Plan. Service with an employer in the MOC controlled group, through July 1, 2011 will count for vesting and eligibility under the Plan for hires to the Company from the MOC controlled group on July 1, 2011. Except with respect to Delayed Transfer Employees, as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement, service with an employer in the MOC controlled group after July 1, 2011 will not count for vesting and eligibility under the Plan. Service of Delayed Transfer Employees, as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement, with the MOC controlled group through their date of transfer will count for vesting and eligibility under the Plan.
3. For any new hires (non-transferees) to any Participating Employer with previous employment with USX Corporation (“USX”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, their service between March 11, 1982 and the December 31, 2001 effective date of the United States Steel Corporation (“U.S. Steel”) spin-off from USX will count for vesting and eligibility purposes. For these non-transferees, service with U.S. Steel on or after the December 31, 2001 effective date of the spin-off will not count for vesting and eligibility purposes under the Plan.


1



APPENDIX B: TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
Section 1.
Application of Top-Heavy Provisions
This Appendix B sets forth the provisions of Code Section 416 and should be interpreted to apply only in accordance with Code Section 416. The provisions in this Appendix B shall take precedence over any other provisions in the Plan with which they conflict.
Section 2.
Definitions
For purposes of this Appendix B, the following words and terms shall have the meanings indicated:
A.
“Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was an officer of the Employer having annual Gross Pay greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual Gross Pay of more than $150,000. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable Treasury Regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
B.
“Top-Heavy Plan” means a plan where any of the following conditions exist:
1.
The Top-Heavy Ratio for the plan exceeds 60% and the plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group;
2.
The plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60%;

1



3.
The plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.
C.
“Top-Heavy Ratio” means
1.
If the Employer maintains one or more defined contributions plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the value of all defined contribution plan account balances maintained on behalf of a Key Employee as of the Determination Date (including any part of the account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date) (five-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability), and the denominator of which is the sum of all defined contribution plan account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date) (five-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability), both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
2.
If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan), and the Employer maintains or has

2



maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of all defined contribution plan account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with the paragraph above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date, and the denominator of which is the sum of all defined contribution account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with the above paragraph, and the present value of accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan or plans for all members as of the Determination Date, all determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date (five-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability).
3.
For purposes of the above paragraphs, the value of a member’s account balance and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant (i) who is not a key employee but who was a key employee in a prior year, or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one hour of service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during the one-

3



year period ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
The accrued benefit of a member other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (i) a method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).
D.
“Permissive Aggregation Group” means a Required Aggregation Group plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
E.
“Required Aggregation Group” means a group consisting of (1) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participated at any time during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (1) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.
F.
“Determination Date” means the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which top-heaviness is to be determined or, in the case of the first Plan Year of a new plan; the last day of such Plan Year.

4



Section 3.
Accelerated Vesting
In the event the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the vesting schedule of Section 11.01 shall continue to apply.
Section 4.
Minimum Contribution
For any Plan Year in which this Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan, a minimum contribution shall be made to the account of each non-Key Employee who participates in the Plan. For the purpose of this Section, the minimum employer contribution shall be equal to the lesser of (a) 3% of such non-Key Employee’s Gross Pay, or (b) the largest percentage of such Gross Pay provided for a Key Employee during the Plan Year. For purposes of this Section, elective deferrals of Key Employees shall be treated as Employer contributions, and Gross Pay will be defined in the same way as to apply the limit in Section 7.01(b). In determining the amount of Employer contributions which are needed to satisfy the requirements of this Section, employee deferrals for non-Key Employees shall not be taken into account. Notwithstanding the prior provisions of this Section, a minimum contribution shall not be made to any employee to the extent the employee is covered under any other plan of the Employer and the Employer has provided that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to Top-Heavy Plans shall be met in the other plan or plans.
Section 5.
Coordination With Other Plans
If a non-Key Employee participates in this Plan and a defined benefit plan which is part of the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group that is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the defined benefit and defined contribution minimums of Code Section 416(c) will be satisfied by providing each such employee with the defined benefit minimum established in Section 5.01 of Appendix A to the Marathon Petroleum Retirement Plan (RMT Sub-Plan).


5



APPENDIX C: SERVICE WITH ACQUIRED COMPANIES
Except as otherwise noted, for individuals who became members of the Plan as a direct result of the Company’s or a Participating Employer’s acquisition of any of the following companies (or portions thereof), the service of such individuals which was recognized by such companies (or portions thereof) for purposes of vesting under a defined benefit or defined contribution plan, is recognized as vesting service for purposes of the Plan:
Acquired Companies Prior to January 1, 2016
Amoco Corporation
MarkWest Hydrocarbon, Inc.
Occidental Petroleum Company with
Aurora Gasoline Company - Option 1*
CLAM
- Option 2
Pan Ocean Oil Corporation
BP Products North America, Inc.
Pennaco Energy, Inc.
Buckeye Pipe Line Company
Platte Pipe Line Company
Center Terminal Company – Hartford
Plymouth Oil Company
Center Terminal Company – Indianapolis
PPG Industries, Inc.
Chevron Corporation
R.I. Marketing, Inc. (certain employees
CMS Energy Corporation
transferred to a Participating Employer)
Conoco, Inc.
Republic Barge Transportation Company
Cotton Valley Operators Committee
Rock Island Refining Corporation
Ecol, Ltd.
Ross Oil Corporation
ExxonMobil Terminal (Charleston, WV)
Shell Pipeline Company LP***
ExxonMobil Terminal (Selma, NC)
Signal Oil Company
Felda Iffco, LLC***
Texaco, Inc.
Globe Oil and Refining Company
Unocal
Haynesville Operators Committee**
Ultramar Diamond Shamrock
Hess Corporation and Hess Retail Operations LLC***
Wake Up Oil Company
Husky Oil Company
WilcoHess LLC
Joint Venture Company – Ashland Inc. (limited to individuals transferred from Ashland Inc. to Marathon Ashland Petroleum LLC (MAP or any one of MAP’s participating employers between January 1, 1998 and June 30, 2005)
 


1



*
75% of the vesting service recognized by Aurora Gasoline Company is recognized by the Plan for the time period prior to January 1, 1975. 100% of such service is recognized thereafter.
**
50% of the vesting service recognized by Haynesville Operators Committee is recognized by the Plan.
***
Service, if fractional, will be rounded up to the next whole number.

2



APPENDIX D: MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
Section 1.      General Rules
1.1      Effective Date. The provisions of this Appendix will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.
1.2      Precedence. The requirements of this Appendix will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the plan.
1.3      Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Appendix will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).
1.4      TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Appendix, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
Section 2.      Time and Manner of Distribution
2.1      Required Beginning Date. The participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the participant no later than the participant’s required beginning date.
2.2      Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the participant dies before distributions begin, the participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(a)
If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the participant would have attained age 70½, if later.

1



(b)
If the participant’s surviving spouse is not the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died.
(c)
If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participant’s death, the participant’s entire interest will be distributed by the second anniversary of the participant’s death.
(d)
If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 2.2, other than Section 2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.
For purposes of this Section 2.2 and Section 4, unless Section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the participant’s required beginning date. If Section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the participant before the participant’s required beginning date (or to the participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
2.3      Forms of Distribution. Unless the participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 3 and 4 of this Appendix. If the participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and Treasury Regulations.
Section 3.      Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime

2



3.1      Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
(a)
the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the participant’s age as of the participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
(b)
if the participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
3.2      Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the participant’s date of death.
Section 4.      Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death
4.1      Death On or After Date Distributions Begin
(a)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the participant or the remaining life expectancy of the participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

3



(1)
The participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(2)
If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
(3)
If the participant’s surviving spouse is not the participant’s sole designated beneficiary. the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(b)
No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant’s account balance by the participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
4.2      Death Before Date Distributions Begin.
(a)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. Except as provided in the Plan, if the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant’s death is the quotient obtained by

4



dividing the participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 4.1.
(b)
No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participant’s death, distribution of the participant’s entire interest will be completed by the second anniversary of the participant’s death.
(c)
Death of Surviving spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the participant dies before the date distributions begin, the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a), this Section 4.2 will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.
Section 5.      Definitions
5.1      Designated beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under Article XVI of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&A-1, of the Treasury Regulations.
5.2      Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 2.2. The required minimum distribution for the participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

5



5.3      Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations.
5.4      Participant’s account balance. The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
5.5      Required beginning date. April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½ or (ii) the calendar year in which the participant retires; provided, however, that if the participant is a 5% owner of the business, the required beginning date is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½.
Section 6. Exceptions to Distribution Requirements Described Elsewhere in Appendix D
6.1      Election to Apply 5-Year Rule to Distributions to Designated Non-Spouse Beneficiaries. If the participant dies before distributions begin and there is a designated non-spouse beneficiary, distribution to the designated non-spouse beneficiary is not required to begin by the date specified in Section 2.2 of this Appendix D, but the participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated non-spouse beneficiary by the fifth anniversary of the participant’s death. If the participant’s surviving spouse is the participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the participant but before distributions to either the participant or the surviving spouse begin, this election will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.
6.2      Participant Election to Receive Required Minimum Distribution for 2009. Participants, alternate payees and beneficiaries who would otherwise receive a required minimum distribution under this Appendix have the right to elect to receive for 2009: (a) no distribution, (b) the amount which would, but for this paragraph, have been the required minimum distribution under the Plan for 2009 or (c) any other amount otherwise available under the Plan. If the participant, alternate

6



payee or beneficiary fails to make an election, then the Plan will make no distribution for 2009 to the participant, alternate payee or beneficiary.


7



APPENDIX E: RULES GOVERNING ROTH DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 1.      General Application
1.1      This article will apply to Roth Deferral Contributions.
1.2      The Plan will accept Roth Deferral Contributions made on behalf of members. A member’s Roth Deferral Contributions will be allocated into a separate account maintained for such deferrals as described in section 2 (referred to in the Plan as the “Roth Deferral Contribution Account”).
1.3      Unless specifically stated otherwise, Roth Deferral Contributions will be treated as elective deferrals for all purposes under the Plan.
Section 2.      Separate Accounting
2.1      Contributions and withdrawals for Roth Deferral Contributions will be credited and debited to the Roth Deferral Contribution Account maintained for each member.
2.2      The Plan will maintain a record of the amount of Roth Deferral Contributions in each member’s account.
2.3      No contributions other than Roth Deferral Contributions and properly attributable earnings will be credited to each member’s Roth Deferral Contribution Account.
Section 3.      Direct Rollovers
3.1      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a direct rollover of a distribution from a Roth Deferral Contribution Account under the Plan will only be made to another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) or to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).
3.2      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan will accept a rollover contribution to a Roth Rollover Account only if it is a direct rollover from another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).

1



3.3      The Plan will not provide for a direct rollover (including an automatic rollover) for distributions from a member’s Roth Deferral Contribution Account if the amount of the distributions that are eligible rollover distributions are reasonably expected to total less that $200 during a year. Eligible rollover distributions from a member’s Roth Deferral Contribution Account are taken into account in determining whether the total amount of the member’s account balances under the Plan exceeds $1,000 for purposes of mandatory distributions from the Plan.
Section 4.      Definition
4.1      Roth Deferral Contributions. A Roth Deferral Contribution is an elective deferral that is:
(a)
Designated irrevocably by the member at the time of the cash or deferred election as a Roth Deferral Contribution that is being made in lieu of all or a portion of the Pre-Tax Contributions the member is otherwise eligible to make under the Plan; and
(b)
Treated by the employer as includible in the member’s income at the time the member would have received that amount in cash if the member had not made a cash or deferred election.




2



FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
MARATHON PETROLEUM THRIFT PLAN

Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Section 24.01 of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, restated effective January 1, 2016 (“Plan”), the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of January 1, 2016:

FIRST AND ONLY CHANGE

The following paragraph is hereby inserted immediately before Article I:
“The Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan (the “Marathon Plan”) was originally adopted by Marathon Petroleum Company LP effective July 1, 2011. It has been amended and restated several times since then, most recently effective as of January 1, 2016. Effective January 1, 2016, pursuant to an Instrument of Merger and Amendment between the Company and Speedway LLC (an affiliate of the Company), the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan (the “Speedway Plan”) was merged with and into the Marathon Plan to form a single plan (the “Merged Plan”). The Merged Plan is hereby named the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, and until otherwise amended, the provisions of the Merged Plan shall be maintained in two separate documents known as (a) the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, the provisions of which are set forth in the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, restated effective as of January 1, 2016 (the “Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document”), and (b) the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan, the provisions of which are set forth in the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016 (the “Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document”). The rights and benefits of the participants and beneficiaries under the Speedway Plan as in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on January 1, 2016 shall continue to be governed on and after January 1, 2016 by the provisions of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document, as such document may be amended from time to time, and the rights and benefits of the participants and beneficiaries under the Marathon Plan, as in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on January 1, 2016, shall be governed by the provisions of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document set forth herein and as may be amended from time to time. Whenever the term “Plan” is used herein, it shall refer only to the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document.”

The Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, as amended by the foregoing change, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer has caused this Amendment to be executed effective as of the date specified above.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
2/12/2016
 
 
 
 
 





SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE
MARATHON PETROLEUM THRIFT PLAN

Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Sections 24.01 and 24.02 of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, restated as of January 1, 2016 (“Plan”), the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan document is hereby amended as follows, effective as provided herein.
FIRST CHANGE
Effective as of January 1, 2016, the term “Compensation” as used in Section 5.03A. is hereby deleted and replaced with the term “Gross Pay,” and all references in the Plan to the capitalized term “Compensation” shall be deleted and replaced with the capitalized term “Gross Pay.”
SECOND CHANGE
Effective as of January 1, 2016, the term “Gross Pay” as used in Section 7.02 is hereby deleted and replaced with the term “Compensation,” and all references in the Plan to the capitalized term “Gross Pay” shall be deleted and replaced with the capitalized term “Compensation.”
THIRD CHANGE
Effective immediately after the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March 28, 2016 (the “Plan Merger Date”), the following paragraph is hereby added to the end of the existing paragraph, immediately before Article I:
“Effective immediately after the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March 28, 2016 (the “Plan Merger Date”), pursuant to the Instrument of Merger and Amendment by Marathon Petroleum Company LP, the MarkWest Hydrocarbon Inc. 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan (“MarkWest Plan”) was merged with and into the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan to form a single plan (the “Merged Plan”). The participants and beneficiaries in the MarkWest Plan immediately prior to the Plan Merger Date shall continue as or become, as the case may be, members, and participate under and in accordance with the terms, of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document as of the Plan Merger Date. In no case shall such participants and beneficiaries or their benefits under the MarkWest Plan be subject to the terms of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document, unless they subsequently transfer employment within the Controlled Group so that they are eligible for coverage under the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan. On and after the Plan Merger Date, the Merged Plan shall continue to be known as the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, and will continue to be comprised of the following two separate documents: the Marathon


Case #2016-030
 
Page 1  of 4



Petroleum Thrift Plan Document, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016, and the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016, both of which as further amended from time to time.”
FOURTH CHANGE
Effective as of the Plan Merger Date, Article IV.D.1. of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph to the end thereof:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, a MarkWest Employee (as defined in Appendix F) who terminated employment with MarkWest Hydrocarbon, Inc., (or a predecessor employer) prior to December 4, 2015, shall be a Deferred Member; provided however, that if such MarkWest Employee becomes employed by a member of the Controlled Group on or after December 4, 2015, his or her membership status shall be determined by the terms of the Plan.”
FIFTH CHANGE
Effective as of the Plan Merger Date, Section 14.04 of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence of that Section and replacing it with the following:
“Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, any nonvested amounts held in the Company Matching Account forfeited by a member’s termination of employment prior to vesting may be a source of reducing Participating Employer contributions to the Plan for the Plan Year, or may be used to pay reasonable administrative expenses of the Plan, as directed by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that such amounts may not be used to fund amounts contributed to the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account.”
SIXTH CHANGE
Effective as of the Plan Merger Date, or as otherwise indicated below, the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document is hereby amended by adding the following new Appendix F:
“Appendix F: PROVISIONS SPECIFIC TO MARKWEST EMPLOYEES

The following provisions are specific to anyone who (i) maintained an account balance under the MarkWest Plan (as defined prior to Article I), and (ii) had an amount (vested or nonvested) transferred to the Plan on the Plan Merger Date (“MarkWest Employee”).

Effective as of the Plan Merger Date, and notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in the Plan, the following provisions shall apply to MarkWest Employees:


Case #2016-030
 
Page 2  of 4



1.
For purposes of determining the vesting service (within the meaning of Section 11.02) of MarkWest Employees (as defined in this Appendix F) under the Plan, each MarkWest Employee shall be credited with the same vesting service (and vested interest) such MarkWest Employee was credited with under the MarkWest Plan (as defined prior to Article I) immediately prior to the Plan Merger Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective as of January 1, 2016, any fractional vesting service as of December 31, 2015 of individuals who were employed by MarkWest Hydrocarbon, Inc. on December 4, 2015 (as of the time of the merger by and among MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P., MPLX LP, MPLX GP LLC, Marathon Petroleum Corporation, and Sapphire Holdco LLC), as recognized by the MarkWest Plan, shall be rounded up to the next whole year under this Plan.
2.
A MarkWest Employee’s nonvested amounts held under the Plan as of the Plan Merger Date, if any, shall continue to be subject to the following vesting schedule. The following vesting schedule is the same vesting schedule that was used under the MarkWest Plan immediately prior to the Plan Merger Date. For purposes of clarification, any amounts that were previously vested under the MarkWest Plan, including amounts that were vested as a result of the merger by and among MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P., MPLX LP, MPLX GP LLC, Marathon Petroleum Corporation, and Sapphire Holdco LLC, shall continue to be 100% vested and shall not be subject to the following vesting schedule. Additionally, any Matching Contributions, including earnings on such contributions, made on behalf of MarkWest Employees on or after January 1, 2016 under the Plan shall be immediately vested as provided in Section 11.01 of the Plan.
Years of Service          Vested Interest
0                0
1                25%
2                50%
3                75%
4                100%
3.
A MarkWest Employee’s nonvested amounts held under the Plan as of the Plan Merger Date, if any, shall be subject to the forfeiture and reinstatement rules under this Plan, which are the same as, or more favorable to members than that of, the MarkWest Plan.
4.
If a MarkWest Employee performs an Hour of Service with the Controlled Group on or after January 1, 2016, such MarkWest Employee shall become 100% vested in all nonvested amounts contributed under the MarkWest Plan, but only to the extent such amounts have not previously been forfeited without the possibility of reinstatement.”


Case #2016-030
 
Page 3  of 4




The Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, as amended by the foregoing changes, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer has caused this Amendment to be executed effective as of the date specified above.


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
3/15/2016
 
 
 
 
 




Case #2016-030
 
Page 4  of 4



THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE
MARATHON PETROLEUM THRIFT PLAN
Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Sections 24.01 and 24.02 of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document, restated as of January 1, 2016 (“Plan”), the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as provided herein.
FIRST CHANGE
Effective as of 12:01 a.m. on August 8, 2016 the following paragraph is hereby added to the end of the existing paragraph, immediately before Article I:
“Effective as of 12:01 a.m. on August 8, 2016 (“WH Plan Merger Date”), pursuant to the Instrument of Merger and Amendment by Marathon Petroleum Company LP and Speedway LLC, the Savings and Profit Sharing Plan of WilcoHess LLC (“WilcoHess Plan”) was merged with and into the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan to form a single plan. The participants and beneficiaries in the WilcoHess Plan immediately prior to the WH Plan Merger Date shall continue as or become, as the case may be, members, participants, or beneficiaries under, and in accordance with the terms of, either the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document or the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document, as of the WH Plan Merger Date. On and after the WH Plan Merger Date, the Plan (as merged) shall continue to be known as the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, and will continue to be comprised of the following two separate documents: the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016, and the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016, both of which may be further amended from time to time.”

The Plan, as amended by the foregoing change, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer has caused this Amendment to be executed effective as specified above.
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
8/5/2016
 
 
 
 
 

Case: #2016-050
 
Page 1 of 1



FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE
MARATHON PETROLEUM THRIFT PLAN

Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Sections 24.01 and 24.02 of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document, restated as of January 1, 2016, the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document is hereby amended as follows, effective as provided herein.
FIRST CHANGE
Section 2.02(D) is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2017, by deleting this Section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
D.
“Hours of Service” means the hours for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by an employer in the Controlled Group for performing duties during the applicable Service Year and for reasons other than performance of duties, including each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has either been awarded or agreed to by the employer, such hours to be credited and calculated in accordance with Department of Labor Reg. Sec. 2530.200b-2. In the event a member performed services for an employer formerly in the Controlled Group, Appendix A provides additional provisions with respect to the Plan’s service crediting rules. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, service credit with respect to qualified military service (as defined in Article XVI) will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).
SECOND CHANGE
Section 5.02 is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2017, by deleting Sections 5.02A., 5.02B., and 5.02C., in their entirety and replacing those Sections with the following:
5.02    Types of Contributions. Members may make the following types of contributions to the Plan:
A.
Pre-Tax Contributions . Each Active Member may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions from 1% to 75% (in whole percentages only) of Compensation. This election may be changed at any time, including automatically through a member’s election to participate in the Automatic Increase Program as specified in Section 5.04. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum combined contribution percentage under 5.02A., 5.02B., 5.02C., and 5.05 is 75%.

Case: #2016-084
 
Page 1  of 3



B.
After-Tax Contributions . Active Members may elect to contribute from 1% to 75% (in whole percentages only) of Compensation as After-Tax Contributions, except that highly compensated employees (as defined in Section 5.03C.) will not be eligible to make After-Tax Contributions on or after January 1, 2016. This election may be changed at any time, including automatically through a member’s election to participate in the Automatic Increase Program as specified in Section 5.04. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum combined contribution percentage under 5.02A., 5.02B., 5.02C., and 5.05 is 75%.
C.
Roth Deferral Contributions . Each Active Member may elect to make Roth Deferral Contributions from 1% to 75% (in whole percentages only) of Compensation. This election may be changed at any time, including automatically through a member’s election to participate in the Automatic Increase Program as specified in Section 5.04. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum combined contribution percentage under 5.02A., 5.02B., 5.02C., and 5.05 is 75%. See Appendix E for more details regarding the terms and conditions that apply to Roth Deferral Contributions.
THIRD CHANGE
Section 5.05 is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2017, by deleting this section in its entirety and replacing with the following:
5.05    Catch-Up Contributions
All members who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 414(v). Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415.
Eligible members may elect to make Catch-Up Contributions from 1% to 75% (in whole percentages only) of Compensation. Catch-Up Contributions shall be permitted only by eligible members with respect to whom no Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Deferral Contributions may be made to the Plan for that taxable year by reason of the application of the Section 402(g) limit or any other limitations on Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Deferral Contributions for that taxable year in accordance with, and subject to the limits of, Code Section 414(v). Members must specify whether their Catch-Up Contributions will be Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions or Roth Deferral Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions may not exceed a maximum annual dollar limit pursuant to Code Section 414(v), as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum combined contribution percentage under 5.02A., 5.02B., 5.02C., and 5.05 is 75%.

Case: #2016-084
 
Page 2  of 3



FOURTH CHANGE
Section 11.01F. is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2017, by deleting this section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

F.
The member became Disabled (as defined in Section 13.04) as an Active Member or Member with Account in Suspense at any time on or after January 1, 2016.
FIFTH CHANGE
Section 11.04 is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2016, by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof:

In the event of any transfer of assets and liabilities (including a consolidation or merger) from another plan to this Plan (other than a Rollover Contribution or individual Direct Plan Transfer Contributions), any person who becomes a Member after the transfer date and who was credited with vesting service credit under the transferor plan based on the Member’s prior employment shall receive at least the same vesting service credit determined under that transferor plan as of the date of that transfer.




The Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document, as amended by the foregoing changes, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer has caused this Amendment to be executed effective as of the date specified above.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
12/22/2016
 
 
 
 
 


Case: #2016-084
 
Page 3  of 3



INSTRUMENT OF MERGER AND AMENDMENT
Marathon Petroleum Company LP (the “Company”), as plan sponsor of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016 (the “Marathon Plan”), and Speedway LLC (“Speedway”), as plan sponsor of the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan (as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016) (the “Speedway Plan”) (collectively, the “Plans” and individually, a “Plan”), hereby take the following actions with respect to the Plans effective as of the opening of business on January 1, 2016 (the “Effective Date”). Words and phrases used herein with initial capital letters that are defined in the Plans are used herein as so defined.
I.
Effective as of the Effective Date, the Speedway Plan shall be, and hereby is, merged into the Marathon Plan to form a single plan (the “Merged Plan”), within the meaning of Treasury Regulations issued under Section 414(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The last Plan Year of the Speedway Plan shall end on December 31, 2015 and the first Plan Year of the Merged Plan shall begin on January 1, 2016.
II.
Effective as of the Effective Date, all of the assets of the Plans shall be combined and thereafter shall be available to pay benefits to all participants and beneficiaries in the Merged Plan.




III.
Each Participant in the Merged Plan shall be entitled to receive benefits from the Merged Plan, if it were to terminate immediately after the Effective Date, at least equal to the benefits that the Participant would have been entitled to receive from the Plan in which he or she was a Participant prior to the Effective Date, if such Plan had then terminated.
IV.
The terms and conditions of the Merged Plan shall be comprised of the following two separate documents: the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan (the provisions of which are set forth in the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, restated effective as of January 1, 2016) and the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan (the provisions of which are set forth in the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan (as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016)) (collectively, the “Plan Documents”). The terms and conditions and other provisions contained in the Plan Documents as in effect on the Effective Date shall remain in effect without change unless and until such terms and conditions are superseded by amendments to such Plan Documents or a complete amendment and restatement of the Merged Plan. On and after the Effective Date, the Merged Plan shall be known as the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan.
The Company and Speedway agree to take any and all other actions necessary and appropriate to effectuate the actions specified in this Instrument of Merger and Amendment.





EXECUTED on the dates indicated below, to be effective as stated herein.


 
 
 
MARATHON PETROLEUM COMPANY LP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
2/12/2016
 
By:
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
 
 
Title:
 
Senior Vice President Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPEEDWAY LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
2/12/2016
 
By:
 
/s/ Philip E. Hall
 
 
 
Title:
 
Vice President Human Resources and Training
                        











SPEEDWAY
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
( As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2016 )





ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS
1

 
1.1
 
Definitions
1

 
1.2
 
Construction
20

ARTICLE II - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
22

 
2.1
 
Prior Participation
22

 
2.2
 
Participation on or after January 1, 2016
22

 
2.3
 
Duration of Participation
22

 
2.4
 
Veterans Reemployment
22

ARTICLE III - PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
24

 
3.1
 
Pre-Tax Contributions; Roth Contributions
24

 
3.2
 
After-Tax Contributions
24

 
3.3
 
Catch-Up Contributions
24

 
3.4
 
Rollover Contributions and Plan to Plan Transfers
25

 
3.5
 
Roth In-Plan Conversion
26

 
3.6
 
Contribution Elections
26

 
3.7
 
Change in Participant Contributions
27

 
3.8
 
Automatic Increase Program
27

 
3.9
 
Restrictions on Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions
28

ARTICLE IV - EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
30

 
4.1
 
Employer Matching Contributions
30

 
4.2
 
Non-Elective Employer Contribution
30

 
4.3
 
Employer Contributions
32

 
4.4
 
Return of Contributions to Employers
32

 
4.5
 
Safe Harbor Provisions
33

ARTICLE V - INVESTMENTS; LOANS
34

 
5.1
 
Investment of Funds
34

 
5.2
 
Account
35

 
5.3
 
Reports
36

 
5.4
 
Valuation of Accounts
36

 
5.5
 
Loans to Participants
38

ARTICLE VI - VESTING AND FORFEITURES
41

 
6.1
 
Participants’ Accounts Vested
41


i



 
6.2
 
Forfeiture on Termination of Employment
43

ARTICLE VII - IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
44

 
7.1
 
In-Service Withdrawals
44

 
7.2
 
Account and Investment Withdrawal Order for Partial In-Service Withdrawals
44

 
7.3
 
In-Service Withdrawal of Entire Distributable Vested Plan Balance
46

 
7.4
 
Distributions due to Military Service
47

ARTICLE VIII - WITHDRAWALS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
48

 
8.1
 
General
48

 
8.2
 
Timing and Commencement of Benefits
48

 
8.3
 
Withdrawal Rights after Termination of Employment
49

 
8.4
 
Reinstatements
49

 
8.5
 
Settlement Options
51

 
8.6
 
Installment Options
54

 
8.7
 
Distributions on Account of Death
55

 
8.8
 
Distributions Pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
55

 
8.9
 
Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(9) of the Code
56

 
8.10
 
Automatic Rollovers
56

ARTICLE IX - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN AND TRUST
57

 
9.1
 
Plan Administrator
57

 
9.2
 
Duties of Plan Administrator
57

 
9.3
 
Delegation of Duties
57

 
9.4
 
Investment Committee
58

 
9.5
 
Records; Statements of Accounts
58

 
9.6
 
Costs, Expenses and Fees
59

 
9.7
 
Uniformity
59

 
9.8
 
The Trust Fund
60

 
9.9
 
Payment of Benefits
60

ARTICLE X - CLAIMS PROCEDURES
61

 
10.1
 
Filing Claim
61

 
10.2
 
Notification by Administrator
61

 
10.3
 
Review Procedure
61


ii



 
10.4
 
Timing of Legal Action
63

 
10.5
 
Delegation by Administrator
63

ARTICLE XI - FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY
64

 
11.1
 
Immunities
64

 
11.2
 
Allocation and Delegation of Fiduciary Responsibilities
64

ARTICLE XII - CODE SECTIONS 415 AND 416 PROVISIONS
66

 
12.1
 
Provision Pursuant to Code Section 415(c)
66

 
12.2
 
Provision Pursuant to Code Section 416
68

ARTICLE XIII - MISCELLANEOUS
76

 
13.1
 
Prohibition on Assignment of Interest
76

 
13.2
 
Facility of Payment
76

 
13.3
 
No Enlargement of Employment Rights
77

 
13.4
 
Merger or Transfer of Assets
77

 
13.5
 
Severability Provision
77

 
13.6
 
Military Service
77

 
13.7
 
Electronic Media
78

 
13.8
 
Limitations on Investments and Transactions/Conversions
78

 
13.9
 
Subrogation and Reimbursement
79

ARTICLE XIV - OTHER EMPLOYERS
80

 
14.1
 
Adoption by Other Employers
80

 
14.2
 
Contribution of Employers
80

 
14.3
 
Withdrawal of Employer
80

ARTICLE XV - AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
81

 
15.1
 
Right to Amend or Terminate
81

 
15.2
 
Procedure for Termination or Amendment
81

 
15.3
 
Distribution Upon Termination
81

 
15.4
 
Provision Pursuant to Section 411(d)(3) of the Code
81

APPENDIX A - MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
83




iii






SPEEDWAY
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
( As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2016 )


Speedway LLC (the “Company”) hereby amends and restates the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”) effective, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, January 1, 2016. The Plan, originally effective January 1, 1993, has been amended and restated several times, most recently effective December 7, 2012, and has been further amended several times after the December 7, 2012 restatement. The Company desires to amend the Plan to incorporate a safe harbor matching contribution, to change the eligibility for nonelective employer contributions, to make other nonsubstantive revisions, and to restate the Plan, as so amended, as an individually designed plan, all effective January 1, 2016.

1



ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS
1.1     Definitions . The following terms when used herein with initial capital letters, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, shall have the following respective meanings:
(1)     Account . A Participant’s entire account under this Plan, consisting of his or her Pre-Tax Basic Contributions Account, Pre-Tax Catch Up Contributions Account, After-Tax Contributions Account, Non-Roth Rollover Contributions Account, Non-Roth After-Tax Rollover Contributions Account, Roth Basic Contributions Account, Roth Catch Up Contributions Account, Roth Rollover Contributions Account, Roth In-Plan Conversion Account, Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account, Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions Account, Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account, Prior Plan After-Tax Contributions Account and Prior Plan Employer Contributions Account.
(2)     Active Participant . An Eligible Employee of an Employer is an Active Participant for any period during which the Employee is receiving Considered Compensation and has elected to make Contributions to the Plan in accordance with Article III.
(3)     Administrator or Plan Administrator . The Administrator of the Plan, as defined in Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA and Section 414(g) of the Code, shall be Philip E. Hall, who may delegate all or any part of his powers, duties and authorities in such capacity (without ceasing to be the Administrator of the Plan) as hereinafter provided.
(4)     After-Tax Contributions . The contributions which an Active Participant elects to make to the Plan in accordance with Section 3.2.
(5)     After-Tax Contribution Account . That portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to the Participant’s own After-Tax Contributions and any investment earnings or losses thereon.

2




(6)     Alternate Payee . A person who, pursuant to a QDRO, is entitled to all or any portion of the balance of the Account of a Participant or Beneficiary.
(7)     Beneficiary .
(a)    In the case of a Participant other than an Alternate Payee, the Participant’s Spouse or, if the Participant has no Spouse or the Participant’s Spouse consents (in the manner hereinafter described in this paragraph) to the designation hereinafter provided for in this paragraph, such person or persons other than, or in addition to, the Participant’s Spouse as may be designated by a Participant as his or her death beneficiary under the Plan. Such a designation may be made, revoked or changed only by an instrument (in form acceptable to the Administrator) which is signed by the Participant, which includes the Participant’s Spouse’s written consent to the action to be taken pursuant to such instrument (unless such action results in the Spouse being named as the Participant’s sole Beneficiary), and which is filed with the Administrator before the Participant’s death. A Spouse’s consent required by this paragraph shall be signed by the Spouse, shall designate a Beneficiary (or a form of benefits) which may not be changed without spousal consent (unless the consent of the Spouse expressly permits designation by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by the Spouse), shall acknowledge the effect of such consent, shall be witnessed by a notary public and shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse.
(b)    In the case of an Alternate Payee, such person or persons as may be designated by the Alternate Payee as the Alternate Payee’s death beneficiary under the Plan. Such a designation may be made, revoked or changed only by an instrument (in

3



form acceptable to the Administrator) which is signed by the Alternate Payee and filed with the Administrator before the Alternate Payee’s death.
(c)    If a Participant dies without a valid beneficiary designation, the Participant’s Account(s) will be paid to the person or persons comprising the first surviving class of the classes listed in the order below and such person or persons will receive the funds in a single sum. The eligible classes are set forth below:
(i)    The Participant’s surviving Spouse;
(ii)    The Participant’s surviving children (either natural born or adopted through a final adoption order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction prior to the Participant’s death) but specifically excluding step children;
(iii)    The Participant’s surviving parents;
(iv)    The Participant’s surviving brothers and sisters;
(v)    The executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate.
(8)     Catch-Up Contributions . The contributions which an Active Participant elects to make to the Plan in accordance with Section 3.3.
(9)     Change in Control . A change in control of Marathon Petroleum Corporation (the “Corporation”) of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:

4




(a)    Any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation (not included in the securities beneficially owned by such person any such securities acquired directly from the Corporation or its affiliates) representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan the term “Person” shall not include (i) the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities; or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that for purposes of this paragraph (a), there shall be excluded any Person who becomes such a beneficial owner in connection with an Excluded Transaction (as defined in paragraph (c) below); or
(b)    The following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new directors (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the board of the Corporation or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date

5



hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or
(c)    There is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation (an “Excluded Transaction”) which would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving corporation or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the entity surviving the merger or consolidation (or the parent of such surviving entity) immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation, or there is consummated the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets.
Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, in no event shall the transfer of ownership interests in the Company in and of itself constitute a Change in Control under this Plan.
(10)     Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it has been and may be amended from time to time.
(11)     Company . Speedway LLC.
(12)     Comparable Plan . A pension, profit sharing, or stock bonus plan which meets the requirements for qualification under Section 401(a) of the Code and is exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code.

6




(13)     Considered Compensation . A Participant’s “compensation” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(d)(2), that is, a Participant’s wages (including short-term disability payments made by an Employer), salaries, fees for professional services, and other amounts received (without regard to whether the amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with an Employer as an Employee during the relevant Plan Year to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (or to the extent the amounts would have been received and includible in gross income but for an election under Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), or 457(b) of the Code), reduced by all of the following items (even if includible in gross income): reimbursements or other expense allowances (including, but not limited to, relocation expenses, company-paid parking and transportation expenses, tax allowances, moving expenses and automobile allowances), fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), deferred compensation (including, but not limited to, performance share awards), certain employee prizes (including awards such as Marawards and awards similar thereto), premiums for group-term life insurance, and welfare benefits (exclusive of short-term disability benefits paid by an Employer). In addition, those items of compensation listed in Treasury Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(c) are excluded. Considered Compensation does not include amounts earned for service with Controlled Group Members who are not Employers nor amounts earned other than as an Eligible Employee. Considered Compensation shall also include any differential wage payments (within the meaning of Section 3401(h)(2) of the Code) made to an Eligible Employee by an Employer.
Where an Eligible Employee terminates employment such that the Eligible Employee is no longer employed by a Controlled Group Member, Considered Compensation shall include regular compensation for services actually performed during regular working hours

7



(including, but not limited to, overtime, commissions, and bonus compensation) that is paid after employment termination solely because the applicable pay date occurs after the Eligible Employee’s employment is terminated, but shall not include, in any circumstance, (i) amounts paid after the later of the end of the Plan Year that includes the Eligible Employee’s employment termination date or 2½ months after the employment termination date, (ii) remuneration for accrued vacation or other leave paid after the employment termination date; (iii) salary continuation paid after the employment termination date; or (iv) severance pay paid after the employment termination date. The maximum annual Considered Compensation recognized by the Plan for an Eligible Employee may not exceed the amount set forth under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the law. Considered Compensation means Considered Compensation (as defined herein) paid during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Considered Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (“determination period”). Any adjustment in accordance with the law in effect for a calendar year applies to Considered Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.
(14)     Contributions . Contributions shall mean with respect to a Participant, the amount of the Participant’s Pre-Tax Basic Contributions, Pre-Tax Catch Up Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Non-Roth Rollover Contributions, Non-Roth After-Tax Rollover Contributions, Roth Basic Contributions, Roth Catch Up Contributions, Roth Rollover Contributions, Roth In-Plan Conversions, Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions, Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions, Non-Elective Employer Contributions, Prior Plan After-Tax Contributions and Prior Plan Employer Contributions.

8




(15)     Controlled Group . The Company and any and all other corporations, trades and/or businesses, the employees of which together with Employees of the Company are required, by Section 414 of the Code to be treated as if they were employed by a single employer. Each corporation or unincorporated trade or business that is or was a member of the Controlled Group shall be referred to herein as a “Controlled Group Member,” but only with respect to such period as it is or was such a member.
(16)     Deferred Participant . A Deferred Participant is any Participant who ceases to have an employment relationship with any Controlled Group Member, does not qualify as a Retired Participant, and continues to maintain an open Account. Deferred Participants who have a vested Plan balance of $5,000 or less may maintain open accounts until no later than 60 days after their date of termination of employment or as soon as administratively feasible thereafter. All other Deferred Participants may maintain open accounts until no later than the April 1 immediately following the calendar year in which such Participants attain age 70-1/2.
(17)     Disability or Disabled . Any permanent disability qualifying the Participant for disability benefits under the federal Social Security system or under the Employer’s long-term disability program.
(18)     Eligible Employee .
(a)    Any Employee of an Employer who is regularly classified by an Employer as an Employee in Salary Grade 11 or below and who meets the following requirements:
(i)    The Employee is employed by an Employer and receives a Form W-2 from the Employer for such employment; and

9




(ii)    The Employee is not covered by a collective bargaining agreement (unless such agreement, or other agreement between the applicable union and Employer, provides for participation in the Plan) or if the Employee is subject to any other employment agreement or contract that waives or excludes participation in the Plan.
(b)    Specifically excluded from eligibility to participate in the Plan are any individuals who have signed an agreement, or have otherwise agreed to provide services to an Employer as an independent contractor, regardless of the tax or other legal consequences of such an arrangement. Also, specifically excluded are leased employees compensated through a leasing entity, whether or not the leased employee falls within the definition of “leased employee” in Section 414(n) of the Code.
(19)     Employee . An employee of a Controlled Group Member, including an officer but not a director as such, and including “leased employees” and individuals who are treated as Employees of a Controlled Group Member pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code. For purposes of this Subsection, a “leased employee” means any person who, pursuant to an agreement between a Controlled Group Member and any other person (“leasing organization”), has performed services for the Controlled Group Member on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Controlled Group Member. Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for a Controlled Group Member will be treated as provided by the Controlled Group Member. A leased employee will not be considered an Employee of a Controlled Group Member, however, if (a) leased employees do not constitute more than 20% of the Controlled Group Member’s

10



nonhighly compensated work force (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code) and (b) such leased employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization that provides (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation (including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the leased employee’s gross income under Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code), (ii) immediate participation and (iii) full and immediate vesting.
(20)     Employer . The Company, Speedway PrePaid Card LLC, or a corporation or other entity that is part of the Controlled Group and which has adopted this Plan pursuant to Section 14.1. Each of the entities described in the preceding sentence shall be considered an “Employer” under this Plan only during the period of time it has adopted this Plan.
(21)     Employer Matching Contributions . Contributions made by an Employer pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Plan.
(22)     Employer Matching Contributions Account . The portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to Employer Matching Contributions made on his or her behalf, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon. Separate records will be kept within a Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions Account to reflect (a) the portion of such Account attributable to Employer Matching Contributions made to the Plan with respect to Considered Compensation paid prior to January 1, 2016, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon (the “Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions Account”), (b) the portion of such Account attributable to Employer Matching Contributions made to the Plan with respect to Considered Compensation paid on or after January 1, 2016, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon (the “Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions

11



Account”), and (c) the portion of such Account attributable to Prior Plan Employer Contributions.
(23)     ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it has been and may be amended from time to time.
(24)     Fiduciary . Any person who is a “fiduciary” as defined by Section 3(21) of ERISA with respect to the Plan.
(25)     Highly Compensated Employee .
(a)    For a particular Plan Year, any Employee (i) who, during the current or preceding Plan Year, was at any time a 5% owner (as such term is defined in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code), or (ii) for the preceding Plan Year, received compensation from the Controlled Group in excess of the amount in effect for such Plan Year under Section 414(q)(1)(B) of the Code.
(b)    For purposes of this Subsection, the term “compensation” shall mean an Employee’s compensation under Section 12.1(4).
(26)     Hour of Service .
(a)    Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Controlled Group and for reasons other than the performance of duties and each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Controlled Group. The manner of determining Hours of Service for reasons other than the performance of duties and the crediting of Hours of Service to an applicable 12-month period following an Employee’s employment date shall be in accordance with the rules and regulations as promulgated by the Secretary of Labor in DOL Regulation Sections 2530.200b-2(b) and (c).

12




(b)    Hours of Service are credited under the following equivalency rule for exempt Employees for all periods and for non-exempt Employees on an accepted leave status covered under the Plan: 45 hours for a weekly payroll, and 90 hours for a bi-weekly payroll.
(27)     Investment Advisor . An investment manager, as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA.
(28)     Investment Funds . The Funds provided for in Section 5.1.
(29)     Loan Account . The separate recordkeeping account within a Participant’s Account established by the Administrator pursuant to Section 5.5.
(30)     Named Fiduciaries . The Named Fiduciaries under the Plan shall be the Company and the Administrator, each of which shall have such powers, duties and authorities as shall be specified in the Plan and Trust Agreement and may delegate all or any part of such powers, duties and authorities as hereinafter provided. Any other person may be designated as a Named Fiduciary as provided in Section 11.2.
(31)     Non-Elective Employer Contributions . Contributions made by an Employer pursuant to Section 4.2
(32)     Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account . A Participant’s Account reflecting Non-Elective Employer Contributions made for such Participant and any investment earnings and losses thereon.
(33)     Non-Employee Participants . Non-Employee Participants include the following Participant categories:
(a)    Deferred Participants. As defined in Section 1.1(16).

13




(b)    Spouse Beneficiary Participant. A Spouse Beneficiary Participant is a Beneficiary who was the Spouse of an Active Participant, Retired Participant or a Participant with Account(s) in Suspense at the time of such Participant’s death.
(c)    Beneficiary Participants. A Beneficiary Participant is a Beneficiary, including the Beneficiary of a Spouse Beneficiary Participant (designated by the Participant or provided under the terms of this Plan).
(d)    Alternate Payee Participant. As defined in Section 1.1(6).
(34)     Participant . An individual who is or formerly was an Eligible Employee and has become and continues to be a Participant of this Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article II. Unless the context otherwise requires, certain individuals described in Section 1.1(33) who have not been Eligible Employees are treated as Participants for certain purposes of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the withdrawal and distribution provisions of the Plan.
(35)     Participant with Account(s) in Suspense . A Participant who (i) transfers at the request of his or her Employer to a non-participating employer within the Controlled Group (including a Participant who is reclassified into a position with an Employer that is excluded from participation in this Plan), or (ii) is an Eligible Employee of an Employer and has voluntarily or involuntarily had Participant contributions suspended (for example, a Participant on approved leave without Considered Compensation), will have his or her Account(s) held in suspense. A Deferred Participant who is subsequently rehired by a nonparticipating Controlled Group Member will be considered a Participant with Account(s) in Suspense. A Participant with Account(s) in Suspense includes an Employee who was an Active Participant but whose status is changed from a common law employee to a leased employee (as defined in Code Section 414(n)(2)) of a Controlled Group Member.

14




(36)     Plan . Speedway Retirement Savings Plan, the terms and provisions of which are set forth in this document.
(37)     Plan to Plan Transfer . A transfer to the Plan from a Comparable Plan of cash or other property (acceptable to the Administrator and the Trustee) held under the Comparable Plan for the benefit of an Eligible Employee.
(38)     Plan Year . The 12-month period commencing on January 1st of each year and ending on the next following December 31st, and on which the primary records of the Plan and Trust Fund are to be kept.
(39)     Pre-Tax Basic Contributions . The contributions which an Active Participant elects to make to the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1 on a pre-tax basis.
(40)     Pre-Tax Basic Contributions Account . The portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to Pre-Tax Basic Contributions made on his or her behalf, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon.
(41)     Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions . The contributions that an Active Participant elects to make to the Plan in accordance with Section 3.3 on a pre-tax basis.
(42)     Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions Account . The portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions made on his or her behalf, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon.
(43)     Pre-Tax Contributions . The contributions an Active Participant elects to make to the Plan pursuant to a qualified cash or deferral arrangement, as defined in Code Section 401(k), and which are credited to the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions Account in accordance with Section 3.1. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, the term “Pre-Tax Contributions” shall include Pre-Tax Basic Contributions and Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions.

15




(44)     Pre-Tax Contributions Account . The portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to Pre-Tax Basic and Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions made on his or her behalf, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon.
(45)     Prior Plan After-Tax Contributions Account . The portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to amounts contributed by the Participant on an after-tax basis to the Ashland Savings Plan, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon.
(46)     Prior Plan Employer Contributions Account . The portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to amounts contributed as discretionary matching contribution on behalf of the Participant to the Ashland Savings Plan, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon.
(47)     QDRO . A “qualified domestic relations order” within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code.
(48)     Retired Participant . Any Participant who terminated employment from a Controlled Group Member on or after January 1, 2016, either (a) on or after attaining age 50, with 10 Years of Vesting Service, or (b) on or after age 65.
(49)     Rollover Contribution . The amount contributed to the Plan as a rollover contribution from an Eligible Retirement Plan in accordance with Section 3.4.
(50)     Rollover Contributions Account . The portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to Rollover Contributions made on the Participant’s behalf, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon. Separate records will be kept within a Participant’s Rollover Contributions Account to reflect (a) the portion of

16



such Account attributable to Rollover Contributions that the Participant has irrevocably designated as Roth Rollover Contributions and any investment earnings and losses thereon (the “Roth Rollover Contributions Account”), (b) the portion of such Account attributable to all other Rollover Contributions, other than after-tax contributions, and any investment earnings and losses thereon (the “Non-Roth Rollover Contributions Account”), and the portion of such Account attributable to after-tax contributions made to a Comparable Plan and any investment earnings and losses thereon (the “Non-Roth After-Tax Rollover Contributions Account”).
(51)     Roth Basic Contributions . The contributions which an Active Participant elects to make to the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1 that are designated as Roth Basic Contributions.
(52)     Roth Basic Contributions Account . The portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to Roth Basic Contributions made on his or her behalf, and any investment earnings and gains and losses thereon.
(53)     Roth Catch-Up Contributions . The contributions which an Active Participant elects to make to the Plan in accordance with Section 3.3 that are designated as Roth Contributions.
(54)     Roth Catch-Up Contributions Account . That portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to the Participant’s own Roth Catch-Up Contributions and any investment earnings and losses thereon.
(55)     Roth Contributions . Contributions of an Active Participant that the Active Participant has irrevocably designated as being contributed in lieu of all or a portion of the Pre-Tax Contributions that the Active Participant is otherwise entitled to make under the Plan and which are treated by the Employer as includible in the Active Participant’s gross income pursuant

17



to Section 402A of the Code at the time the Active Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Active Participant had not made such election. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, the term “Roth Contributions” shall include “Roth Basic Contributions” and “Roth Catch-Up Contributions,” as described in Sections 3.1 and 3.3, respectively.
(56)     Roth Contributions Account . That portion of the Trust Fund which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to the Participant’s Roth Contributions and the Participant’s Roth In-Plan Conversion Amounts, if any, and any investment earnings and losses thereon.
(57)     Roth In-Plan Conversion . The amount which a Participant (including Spouse Beneficiary Participants and Alternate Payee Participants) has irrevocably elected to convert to Roth Contributions, as described in Section 3.5, and which are treated by the Employer as includible in the Participant’s gross income pursuant to Section 402A(c)(4) of the Code, at the time of the conversion. All Roth In-Plan Conversions shall be transferred directly to a Roth In-Plan Conversion Subaccount within the Participant’s Roth Contributions Account. Roth In-Plan Conversions (and the earnings thereon) shall be eligible for distribution under Article VIII and withdrawal under Article VII of the Plan at the same time and in the same order and classification as applied to such amounts prior to their conversion.
(58)     Roth In-Plan Conversion Subaccount . That portion of the Roth Contribution Account which, with respect to any Participant, is attributable to the Participant’s Roth Conversions, if any, and any investment earnings or losses thereon.
(59)     Roth Rollover Contribution . The amount contributed to the Plan as a Roth rollover contribution from another tax-qualified plan in accordance with Section 3.4

18




(60)     Spouse . The person to whom a Participant has been married as of the relevant date, or an alternate payee designated as a Spouse pursuant to a QDRO. Regardless of any provision in the Plan to the contrary, effective June 26, 2013 through September 15, 2013, the term “Spouse” will include the same-sex spouse of a married Participant only if the Participant was domiciled, at that time, in a state that recognized same-sex marriages. Effective September 16, 2013, for Plan purposes, the term “Spouse” will include the same-sex spouse of a Participant whose marriage is validly entered into in a state whose laws authorize the marriage of two individuals of the same sex at that time, even if the individuals are domiciled in a state that does not recognize the validity of same-sex marriages. Individuals, whether part of an opposite-sex or same-sex couple, who have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar formal relationship that is not denominated as marriage under the laws of that state, will not be treated as married under the Plan. For this purpose, the term “state” means any domestic or foreign jurisdiction having the legal authority to sanction marriages.
(61)     Trust . The trust created by the Trust Agreement.
(62)     Trust Agreement . The Trust Agreement between the Company and the Trustee, providing, among other things, for the Trust, the investment of the Trust Fund and allocations of responsibilities among Trustees, as such Trust Agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
(63)     Trustee . The Trustee or Trustees designated in the Trust Agreement, or their successor or successors in trust under the Trust Agreement.
(64)     Trust Fund . The entire trust estate held by the Trustee under the provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement, without distinction as to principal or income, and which shall be comprised of the Investment Funds.

19




(65)     Valuation Date . Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.
(66)     Year of Vesting Service . A 12-consecutive month vesting computation period during which the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. An Employee’s initial vesting computation period will be the twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing on the date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service and ends on the first anniversary of that date. Subsequent vesting computation periods for Employees shall mean the Plan Year, commencing with the Plan Year that includes such first anniversary.
1.2     Construction .
(1)    Unless the context otherwise indicates, the masculine wherever used herein shall include the feminine and neuter, the singular shall include the plural and words such as “herein”, “hereof”, “hereby”, “hereunder”, and words of similar import refer to this Plan as a whole and not to any particular part thereof.
(2)    Where headings have been supplied to portions of this Plan, they have been supplied for convenience only and are not to be taken as limiting or extending the meanings of any of its provisions.
(3)    Wherever the word “person” appears in this Plan, it shall refer to both natural and legal persons.
(4)    Except to the extent federal law controls, the Plan shall be governed, construed and administered according to the laws of the State of Delaware. All persons accepting or claiming benefits under the Plan shall be bound by and deemed to consent to its provisions.

20




(5)    This amendment and restatement of the Plan is effective as of January 1, 2016. Events occurring before the applicable effective date of any provision of this amendment and restatement of the Plan shall be governed by the applicable provision of the Plan in effect on the date of the event.
(6)    A number of the provisions hereof and of the Trust Agreement are designed to contain provisions required or contemplated by certain federal laws and/or regulations thereunder. All such provisions herein and in the Trust Agreement are intended to have the meaning required or contemplated by such provisions of such law or regulations and shall be construed in accordance with valid regulations and valid published governmental rulings and interpretations of such provisions. In applying such provisions hereof or of the Trust Agreement, each Fiduciary may rely (and shall be protected in relying) on any determination or ruling made by any agency of the United States Government that has authority to issue regulations, rulings or determinations with respect to the federal law thus involved.
(7)    The benefits payable, if any, under the Plan with respect to an Employee or former Employee whose employment with the Controlled Group terminated before January 1, 2016 (and who is not rehired by a Controlled Group Member on or after January 1, 2016) or who ceased to be an Eligible Employee under this Plan prior to January 1, 2016 (and who does not again become an Eligible Employee on or after January 1, 2016) shall be determined by and paid in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan as in effect at the date of such termination or the date such Employee or former Employee otherwise ceased to be an Eligible Employee.

21



ARTICLE II - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.1     Prior Participation. Each Employee, who was a Participant on December 31, 2015 and who continues to be an Eligible Employee on January 1, 2016 shall continue to be a Participant in this Plan on that date.
2.2     Participation on or after January 1, 2016 .
(1)    Each Employee, who would have been a Participant in the Plan on January 1, 2016 but for the failure to satisfy the age and service requirement applicable to the Plan prior to that date, shall become a Participant in this Plan on January 1, 2016 provided that the Employee is an Eligible Employee on that date.
(2)    Each Employee who becomes an Eligible Employee on or after January 1, 2016 shall become a Participant in this Plan as soon as administratively feasible following the date on which the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee.
2.3     Duration of Participation . An Eligible Employee who has become a Participant shall remain a Participant in the Plan so long as an Account is held for the Participant’s benefit; provided, however, no further contributions, other than Rollover Contributions, will be made to the Plan by or for a Participant who ceases to be an Eligible Employee with respect to the period after the Employee ceases to be an Eligible Employee. A Participant who has ceased to be an Eligible Employee but who subsequently is an Eligible Employee shall be considered to be eligible to participate in the Plan commencing on the date such Participant again becomes an Eligible Employee.
2.4     Veterans Reemployment . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to “qualified military service” will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). “Qualified military service” means any service in the uniformed services (as defined in chapter 43 of title 38 of the United States

22



Code) by any individual if such individual is entitled to reemployment rights under such chapter with respect to such service.

23



ARTICLE III - PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1     Pre-Tax Contributions; Roth Contributions . Each Active Participant may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan from 1% to 25% of the Participant’s Considered Compensation (in whole percentages only) to the Plan as Pre-Tax Basic Contributions and/or Roth Basic Contributions in lieu of an equal amount being paid to him as current Considered Compensation. Pre-Tax Basic and/or Roth Basic Contributions are made through payroll deductions.
3.2     After-Tax Contributions . An Active Participant, other than a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee, may elect to make Contributions to the Plan on an after-tax basis, either in lieu of or in combination with Pre-Tax Basic Contributions and/or Roth Basic Contributions by authorizing After-Tax Contributions of from 1% to 18% (in whole percentages only) of the Participant’s Considered Compensation. After-Tax Contributions are made through payroll deductions.
3.3     Catch-Up Contributions . Active Participants who have elected to make Pre-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions under this Plan who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions for such Plan Year in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 414(v). Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415.
Active Participants may elect to make Catch-Up Contributions from 1% to 50% (in whole percentages only) of Considered Compensation. Catch-Up Contributions shall be permitted only by Participants with respect to whom no Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Basic Contributions may be made to the Plan for that taxable year by reason of the application of the Code Section 402(g) limit, the limit in Section 3.1 or any other limitations on Pre-Tax

24



Contributions or Roth Basic Contributions for that taxable year in accordance with, and subject to the limits of Code Section 414(v). Participants must specify whether their Catch-Up Contributions will be Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions or Roth Catch-Up Contributions, and if the Participant does not designate whether the Catch-Up Contributions to be made are to be Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions or Roth Catch-Up Contributions, such contributions shall be deemed to be Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions may not exceed a maximum annual dollar limit pursuant to Code Section 414(v), as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the law.
3.4     Rollover Contributions and Plan to Plan Transfers .
(1)    Active Participants, Participants with Account(s) in Suspense, and Retired Participants may make Rollover Contributions or Plan to Plan Transfers of qualified distributions from any tax-qualified plan or any individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii). However, Roth Rollover Contributions will only be accepted from another tax-qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a). The Plan will not accept Rollover Contributions or Plan to Plan Transfers from a Code Section 403(a) plan or a Roth IRA. For purposes of this Section 3.4, “tax-qualified plan” means:
(a)    A qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(b), including after-tax employee contributions held thereunder; and
(b)    An eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.
(2)    Deferred Participants and prior Deferred Participants may also make Rollover Contributions (but not Plan to Plan Transfers) from any of the above. Individuals who

25



are eligible to become Active Participants, but have elected not to contribute to the Plan or have previously elected to withdraw their entire account balance, are permitted to make Rollover Contributions to the Plan. The Plan may also accept Rollover Contributions from prior Participants with Account(s) in Suspense and Retired Participants who previously received a distribution of their entire Account balance. Subject to Administrator approval, Spouse Beneficiary Participants have the right to roll over distributions from qualified retirement plans sponsored by any employer whereby the Plan has recognized vesting time for prior service of the deceased Participant. This right is limited solely to Spouse Beneficiary Participants to the extent such is permitted by applicable laws and regulations.
(3)    All such Rollover Contributions or Plan to Plan Transfers must consist of cash, unless the Administrator agrees, in its sole discretion, to accept any property other than cash. The individual must submit written certification that the Rollover Contribution or Plan to Plan Transfer qualifies as a Rollover Contribution or Plan to Plan Transfer. Rollover Contributions must be made within 60 days after the eligible individual has received the distribution from the applicable eligible retirement plan or IRA.
3.5     Roth In-Plan Conversion . A Participant (including Spouse Beneficiary Participants and Alternate Payee Participants) may elect to convert all or a portion of his or her vested Accounts within the Plan that are eligible for distribution, and which qualify as an Eligible Rollover Distribution, as defined in Section 8.5(3), to a Roth In-Plan Conversion within the Plan. Amounts converted will be included in the Participant’s gross income to the extent they would be included in gross income if distributed in the year of conversion.
3.6     Contribution Elections . An Eligible Employee who becomes (or will become) a Participant under Section 2.2 may make an election in a manner prescribed by the

26



Administrator in which he or she (i) designates the percentage of Considered Compensation to be contributed as Pre-Tax and/or Roth Basic Contributions, including whether any Catch-Up Contributions will be made, (ii) authorizes applicable payroll deductions and (iii) chooses one or more Investment Fund(s). In the event that a Participant does not designate on his or her application whether the contributions elected to be made are Pre-Tax or Roth Basic Contributions, all contributions elected on such application shall be deemed to be Pre-Tax Basic Contributions.
3.7     Change in Participant Contributions . Subject to the provisions of this Article III, Active Participants may elect to change the percentages of their authorized payroll deductions and/or elect to automatically increase the percentage of their authorized payroll deductions by giving notice to the Administrator in such manner as the Administrator may prescribe. Such changed percentage and/or automatic increase election shall become effective beginning with the first payroll period commencing after processing such notice or, if later, on a future date specified by the Participant and acceptable to the Administrator.
3.8     Automatic Increase Program . Active Participants may elect to enroll in a program that will automatically increase their rate of contributions on an annual basis. A Participant choosing to participate in the program must elect an increase amount, in whole percentages of Considered Compensation only, and a date on which the increase is to be applied each Plan Year. Subject to the Plan and statutory limits, the increase will be applied to the Participant’s election for Pre-Tax Basic Contributions and Roth Basic Contributions to the extent possible and then to the Participant’s election for After-Tax Contributions. A Participant may elect to voluntarily terminate his or her participation in this program at any time. Any election to

27



voluntarily terminate participation in the program shall become effective as soon as administratively possible after the election has been properly made with the Administrator.
3.9     Restrictions on Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions .
(1)    In no event may the sum of Pre-Tax Contributions and/or Roth Contributions (but excluding any Catch-Up Contributions) exceed the applicable dollar limit as provided in Code Section 402(g) in a calendar year. In the event the annual dollar limit provided in Code Section 402(g) is reached with respect to a Participant during a calendar year, no additional Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions, other than Catch-Up Contributions, shall be permitted to be made to the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the remainder of that calendar year.
(2)    Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, Allocable Excess Contributions, and income allocable thereto to the end of the calendar year for which such Allocable Excess Contributions were made, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to Participants who claim Allocable Excess Contributions for the preceding calendar year. “Allocable Excess Contributions” shall mean the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions (but excluding any Catch-Up Contributions) for a calendar year that the Participant allocates to this Plan that exceed the limits of Code Section 402(g). In the event that a Participant’s Allocable Excess Contributions include both Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions, the Plan shall distribute Pre-Tax Contributions first.
(3)    Any Allocable Excess Contributions will first be transferred to the After-Tax Contribution Account, up to the limit, and subject to the eligibility conditions of Section 3.2, with any remaining balance distributed in accordance with this Section 3.9. The Allocable Excess Contributions distributed to a Participant with respect to a calendar year shall be adjusted for

28



income allocable thereto to the end of the calendar year for which such Allocable Excess Contributions were made and, if there is a loss allocable to the Allocable Excess Contributions, shall in no event be less than the lesser of the Participant’s Accounts attributable to Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions under the Plan or the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions for the calendar year.
(4)    Employer Matching Contributions, if any, made with respect to such Allocable Excess Contributions distributed to a Participant pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall be forfeited.

29



ARTICLE IV - EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
4.1     Employer Matching Contributions . The Employer shall contribute, for each pay period, an Employer Matching Contribution in the amount of one hundred seventeen percent (117%) of the amount of Pre-Tax Basic Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, and/or Roth Basic Contributions made for each Active Participant that do not exceed six percent (6%) of such Participant’s Considered Compensation. The Employer will true-up Employer Matching Contributions following the end of the Plan Year so that the amount of the Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions for the Plan Year equals the amount determined under the Matching Contribution formula provided in this Section 4.1 using the Participant’s Considered Compensation and eligible Contributions (including for this purpose Pre-Tax Catch Up Contributions and Roth Catch Up Contributions) for the Plan Year. In no event will the Employer match Rollover Contributions, Plan to Plan Transfers or Roth In-Plan Conversions.
4.2     Non-Elective Employer Contributions .
(1)    Initial Eligibility Requirements. To be initially eligible for the Non-Elective Employer Contribution, a Participant must satisfy the following conditions:
(a)    The Participant has attained age 21;
(b)    The Participant has completed 1,000 Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period. For this purpose, the initial Eligibility Computation Period will be the twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing on the date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service and ends on the first anniversary of that date. Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods for Employees shall mean the Plan Year, commencing with the Plan Year that includes such first anniversary. The determination of whether a Participant has completed 1,000 Hours of Service shall be made as of the last date of the Eligibility Computation Period, and a Participant will not be considered to

30



have satisfied the Initial Eligibility Requirements until such last date of the Eligibility Computation Period.
(2)    Continuing Eligibility Requirements. Participants who have satisfied the Initial Eligibility Requirements in Section 4.2(1) shall receive a Non-Elective Employer Contribution for a Plan Year only if the Participant satisfies the Continuing Eligibility Requirements set forth in this Section 4.2(2) for such Plan Year:
(a)    The Participant is classified by the Company as employed in an Eligible Position. An Eligible Position is a Speedway store employee other than a General Manager, Co-Manager, or Co-Manager Trainee during the Plan Year;
(b)    The Participant was credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year;
(c)    The Participant was employed by a Controlled Group Member on the last day of the Plan Year.
(3)    Exception to Continuing Eligibility Requirement. The requirements of paragraphs 4.2(2)(b) or (c) shall not apply for a Plan Year to Participants who become Disabled, terminate employment after attaining age 65 or after attaining age 50 with 10 Years of Vesting Service, or die during such Plan Year.
(4)    Non-Elective Employer Contribution. On behalf of each Participant who satisfies the Initial Eligibility Requirements (as determined under Section 4.2(1)) and the Continuing Eligibility Requirements for the Plan Year (as determined under Section 4.2(2), as modified by Section 4.2(3)), the Employer shall contribute an amount equal to three and one-half percent (3.5%) of a Participant’s Considered Compensation received during the Plan Year; provided, however, that the Non-Elective Employer Contribution shall be based only on

31



Considered Compensation paid to the Participant (i) after the date on which the Participant satisfies the Initial Eligibility Requirements, and (ii) with respect to the time period during which the Participant was classified by the Company as employed in an Eligible Position.
4.3     Employer Contributions . Contributions of the Employer under this Article IV shall in no event exceed the limitations on deductions from gross income under the provisions of the Code and such amounts to be contributed shall be conditioned upon such deductibility. All Employer Matching and Non-Elective Employer Contributions for any Plan Year shall be made on or before the due date (including extensions) for filing the income tax returns of the Employers for the taxable year coinciding with such Plan Year.
4.4     Return of Contributions to Employers .
(1)    Except as provided in Subsection (2) of this Section 4.4, the Trust Fund shall never inure to the benefit of any Employer and shall be held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.
(2)    If the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that an Employer has contributed an amount for any Plan Year which is in excess of the amount which is deductible by it under Section 404 of the Code for such Year, such contribution (to the extent the deduction is disallowed) shall, upon written request of the Employer filed with the Trustee, be returned to the Employer within one year after the deduction was disallowed. If any contribution is made by an Employer due to a mistake of fact, such contribution shall, upon written request of the Employer filed with the Trustee, be returned to the Employer within one year after it is made. Earnings attributable to contributions returned to an Employer pursuant to this Subsection may not be returned, but losses attributable thereto shall reduce the amount to be returned; provided,

32



however, that if the withdrawal of the amount attributable to the mistaken or non-deductible contribution would cause the balance of the individual Account of any Participant to be reduced to less than the balance that would have been in such Account had the mistaken or non-deductible amount not have been contributed, the amount to be returned to the Employer pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall be limited so as to avoid such reduction.
4.5     Safe Harbor Provisions . The nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code will be met by this Plan pursuant to the ADP safe harbor provisions of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-3; the safe harbor contribution will be the Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contribution. The nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code will be met by this Plan pursuant to the ACP safe harbor provisions of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-3 and by the fact that no Highly Compensated Employee is eligible to contribute After-Tax Contributions; the safe harbor contribution will be the Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contribution. The provisions of this Section shall apply for the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2016 and each subsequent Plan Year until this Plan is otherwise amended.

33



ARTICLE V - INVESTMENTS; LOANS
5.1     Investment of Funds .
(1)    The Trust Fund (other than the portion of the Trust Fund consisting of the Loan Accounts) shall be divided into Investment Funds, as the Investment Committee may in its discretion select or establish. Each such Investment Fund shall comply with applicable law, including ERISA. The Investment Funds shall include a Marathon Petroleum Corporation Common Stock Fund, which will invest in Marathon Petroleum Corporation common stock, with a small portion invested in cash for liquidity purposes. The Trustee shall hold, manage, administer, invest, reinvest, account for and otherwise deal with the Trust Fund and each separate Investment Fund as provided in the Trust Agreement.
(2)    Upon becoming a Participant and at any time thereafter, each Participant may elect, pursuant to rules and procedures adopted by the Administrator, and effective at such time as prescribed by the Administrator, that future Contributions made on the Participant’s behalf, as well as repayments of a loan made pursuant to Section 5.5, shall be invested in any proportion in any one or more Investment Funds. Each Eligible Employee may elect, pursuant to rules and procedures adopted by the Administrator, and effective at such time as prescribed by the Administrator, upon making a Rollover Contribution or having a Plan to Plan Transfer made on the Participant’s behalf that the assets contributed to the Plan on his or her behalf in such Rollover Contribution or Plan to Plan Transfer shall be invested in any proportion in any one or more Investment Funds. In the absence of a Participant’s effective direction pursuant to this Section 5.1(2) as to the investment of all or a portion of the amounts in a Participant’s Account, the amounts for which there is no such direction shall be invested in the Investment Fund or Funds designated by the Investment Committee for such purpose (each of which shall be a

34



“qualified default investment alternative” within the meaning of the Department of Labor regulations).
(3)    Subject to rules established by the Administrator, a Participant may direct that any portion of his or her Account (other than the Loan Account) be reallocated in any proportion among the Investment Funds.
5.2     Account . Each Participant shall have established for him by the Administrator an Account which reflects, to the extent applicable, the Participant’s Pre-Tax Basic Contributions Account, Pre-Tax Catch Up Contributions Account, After-Tax Contributions Account, Roth Basic Contributions Account, Roth Catch Up Contributions Account, Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account, Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions Account, Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account, Non-Roth Rollover Contributions Account, Roth Rollover Contributions Account, Non-Roth After Tax Contributions Account, Roth In-Plan Conversion Account, Prior Plan After-Tax Contributions Account and Prior Plan Employer Contributions Account. The Roth Contributions Account shall be comprised of Roth Contributions, Roth In-Plan Conversions and properly attributable income, gains, losses, withdrawals and other credits and debits thereto. The After-Tax Contributions Account and the Prior Plan After-Tax Contributions Account shall separately reflect the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions and the earnings thereon. In the case of any individual with respect to whom a Plan to Plan Transfer has been made, the Rollover Contributions Account shall be further subdivided and separate records maintained to reflect the Participant’s after-tax employee contributions to the plan from which the Plan to Plan Transfer originated, the earnings thereon, the employer contributions made on behalf of the Participant to the plan from which the Plan to Plan Transfer originated and the earnings thereon. An Alternate Payee’s Account shall be created

35



by allocation from the Account of the Participant to whom the QDRO relates to a new account established for the Alternate Payee such portion of the Participant’s Account as is specified in the applicable QDRO. The Administrator shall also maintain for each such Account separate records showing the amount of contributions thereto, payments, withdrawals and, in the case of the Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account and the Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions Account, forfeitures therefrom, and the amount of income, expenses, gains and losses attributable thereto. The interest of each Participant hereunder at any time shall consist of the amount standing to the Participant’s Account (as determined in Section 5.4 below) as of the last preceding Valuation Date plus credits and minus debits to such Account since that Valuation Date.
5.3     Reports . The Administrator shall cause reports to be made at least annually to each Participant as to the value of the Participant’s Account. In addition, the Administrator shall cause such a report to be made to each Participant who terminates his or her employment with the Controlled Group.
5.4     Valuation of Accounts .
(1)    As of the close of business on each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall determine the value of each Participant’s Account as provided in the Plan and the Trust Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator, all Contributions shall be credited to each Participant’s Account as of the close of business on the Valuation Date on which the Trustee has received such Contributions.
(2)    The Trustee shall make each valuation described in Subsection (1) on the basis of the market value (as determined by the Trustee) of the assets of each Investment Fund, except that property which the Trustee determines does not have a readily determinable market

36




value shall be valued at fair market value as determined by the Trustee in such manner as it deems appropriate.
(3)    The Trustee shall determine, from the change in value of each Investment Fund between the current Valuation Date and the then last preceding Valuation Date, the net gain or loss of each such Investment Fund during such period resulting from expenses paid and realized and unrealized earnings, profits and losses of such Investment Fund during such period. Contributions allocated to an Investment Fund described in this Subsection and payments, distributions and withdrawals from any such Investment Fund to provide benefits under the Plan for Participants or Beneficiaries shall not be deemed to be earnings, profits, expenses or losses of such Investment Fund. The net gain or loss of each Investment Fund determined pursuant to this Subsection (3) shall be allocated as of each Valuation Date by the Trustee to the Accounts of Participants in such Investment Fund in proportion to the amounts of such Accounts invested in such Investment Fund on such Valuation Date, exclusive of amounts to be credited or debited to such Accounts as of such Valuation Date.
(4)    The total value of a Participant’s Account on each Valuation Date shall be the value determined under the preceding provisions of this Section for the portions of the Account invested in the respective Investment Funds described in such provisions, plus the value of a Participant’s Loan Account on the last preceding Valuation Date on which the Administrator valued such Loan Account pursuant to Section 5.5(3), reduced by any fees or expenses charged against the Account on any Valuation Date in accordance with the terms of this Plan or Trust.
(5)    The reasonable and equitable decision of the Trustee as to the value of each Investment Fund, and as to the value of each Participant Account, as of each Valuation Date

37



shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest, direct or indirect, in such Investment Fund or Account.
5.5     Loans to Participants .
(1)    A Participant, other than Non-Employee Participants, whose Account Balance is at least $1,000 and who is a “party in interest” within the meaning of Section 3(14) of ERISA may apply for a loan from his or her Account (not including any portion of the Participant’s Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account) in the manner prescribed by the Administrator. Each loan shall be charged against the Participant’s Accounts in the order established by the Administrator.
(2)    Each loan shall be in an amount which is not less than $500. A Participant, other than Non-Employee Participants, may have no more than five (5) loans outstanding at any one time. The maximum loan to any Participant (when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant from all qualified employer plans (as defined in Section 72(p)(4) of the Code) of the Controlled Group) shall be an amount which does not exceed the lesser of
(a)    $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of (i) the highest outstanding balance of such other loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made, over (ii) the outstanding balance of such other loans on the date on which such loan is made, or
(b)    50% of the value of such Participant’s vested Accounts (not including any portion of the Participant’s Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account) on the date on which such loan is made.

38




(3)    For each Participant for whom a loan is authorized pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall (a) liquidate the Participant’s interest in the Investment Funds as determined by the Administrator, to the extent necessary to provide funds for the loan, (b) disburse such funds to the Participant upon the Participant’s execution of the promissory note and security agreement referred to in Subsection 4(d) of this Section, and (c) maintain copies of the Participant’s executed promissory note and security agreement referred to in Subsection 4(d) of this Section. The Administrator shall establish and maintain a separate recordkeeping account within the Participant’s Account (the “Loan Account”) (d) which initially shall be in the amount of the loan, (e) to which the funds for the loan shall be deemed to have been allocated and then disbursed to the Participant, (f) to which the promissory note shall be allocated and (g) which shall show the unpaid principal of and interest on the promissory note from time to time. All payments of principal and interest by a Participant shall be credited initially to the Loan Account and applied against the Participant’s promissory note, and then invested in the Investment Funds pursuant to Section 5.1(2). The Administrator shall value each Participant’s Loan Account for purposes of Section 5.4 at such times as the Administrator shall deem appropriate, but not less frequently than monthly.
(4)    Loans made pursuant to this Section 5.5, (a) shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis, (b) shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in a percentage amount greater than the percentage amount made available to other Participants, (c) shall be secured by the Participant’s Loan Account; and (d) shall be evidenced by a promissory note and security agreement executed by the Participant. Such promissory note and security agreement shall provide for (e) the security referred to in clause (c) of this Subsection, (f) a rate of interest for the loan, consistent with the rate being

39



charged by other lending institutions for a similar loan to an unrelated borrower on the same date, (g) repayment within a specified period of time, which shall not extend beyond five years, (h) repayment in equal payments over the term of the loan, with payments not less frequently than quarterly, and (i) for such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.
(5)    Each loan made pursuant to this Section 5.5 to a Participant who is an Employee will be repaid pursuant to authorization by the Participant of equal payroll deductions over the repayment period sufficient to amortize fully the loan within the repayment period; provided, however, the Administrator may waive the requirement of equal payroll deductions if the payroll through which the Participant is paid cannot accommodate such deductions. The loan shall be repayable in whole or in part at any time without penalty by payment in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator.
(6)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, loan repayments will be suspended under the Plan as permitted under Section 414(u)(4) of the Code (for Participants on a leave of absence for “qualified military service” (as defined in Section 2.4)).

40



ARTICLE VI - VESTING AND FORFEITURES
6.1     Participants’ Accounts Vested .  
(1)    Participants will have an immediate fully vested right to the portion of their Account attributable to Pre-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions, Roth Contributions, Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions and Prior Plan After-Tax Contributions.
(2)    The vested percentage of a Participant’s Account attributable to Non-Elective Employer Contributions and Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions shall be determined as follows:
Years of Vesting Service:
Vested Percentage is:

Less than 3
0%
3 or More
100%
(3)    The vested percentage of a Participant’s Account attributable to Prior Plan Employer Contributions shall be determined as follows:
Years of Vesting Service:
Vested Percentage is:

Less than 1
0%
1 or More
100%

(4)    Notwithstanding the vesting schedules specified above, a Participant’s right to the portion of his or her Account attributable to Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions, Non-Elective Employer Contributions and Prior Plan Employer Contributions shall be fully vested (a) upon death or Disability, provided such Participant is an Employee on the date of death or Disability, (b) upon attainment of age 65, and (c) upon a Change in Control, provided the Participant is a non-officer, active, exempt, full-time, non-store employee in grade 7 or higher who is separated from service from the Company and its direct subsidiaries, or their

41



successors, within the twenty-four (24) month period following the effective date of such Change in Control.
(5)    If a Participant forfeits all or a portion of the balance in his or her unvested Account on account of a distribution or deemed distribution of the vested portion of his or her Account pursuant to Section 6.2, and is subsequently rehired by a Controlled Group Member, the amount forfeited shall be restored to the Participant’s Account by means of a special Employer contribution if, not later than the earlier of the end of the five-year period beginning with (i) the first date on which the Participant is subsequently rehired by a Controlled Group Member; or (ii) the date of the distribution of the vested portion of the Participant’s Account, the Participant repays to the Plan an amount equal to such distribution. Such restoration shall be made as of the date of the Participant’s repayment (or deemed repayment) described in this Subsection. Any amounts restored to a Participant’s Account pursuant to this Subsection shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable upon such restoration.
(6)    Service with Controlled Group Members shall be recognized for purposes of computing Years of Vesting Service under the Plan provided that such service is attributable to time while the employer(s) was a Controlled Group Member. If a former Employee is subsequently reemployed by an Employer, all prior service which has been credited for vesting purposes hereunder shall be reinstated.
Participants who were employed by a company at the time such company was acquired by the Company may, with the approval of the Company or any committee to which the Company has specifically delegated sufficient authority, be entitled to additional vesting service based on employment with the acquired company.

42



 
        
6.2     Forfeiture on Termination of Employment. If a Participant’s employment is terminated with all Controlled Group Members, Non-Elective Employer Contributions and Prior Plan Employer Contributions in which he or she is not vested shall be forfeited upon the earlier of (i) the distribution of the Participant’s vested Account or (ii) five (5) years after the date when a Participant is no longer an Active Participant or a Participant with Account(s) in Suspense. All forfeitures shall be used to reduce Employer Contribution otherwise payable under the Plan; provided, however, that forfeitures shall not be used to fund Contributions to the Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account.

43



ARTICLE VII - IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS
7.1     In-Service Withdrawals . Payments may be made from the Plan to an Active Participant or Participant with Account(s) in Suspense as an “In-Service Withdrawal” under the terms of this Section 7.1.
(1)    Active Participants or Participants with Account(s) in Suspense are eligible to withdraw a portion of their After-Tax Contributions Account, Rollover Contributions Account, Roth Rollover Contributions Account or vested Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions Account without losing such other rights as they may have in the balance of their Accounts, subject to the provisions outlined below.
(2)    Active Participants or Participants with Account(s) in Suspense who have attained age 59-1/2 are also eligible to withdraw a portion of their Pre-Tax Basic Contributions Account, Roth Basic Contributions Account, Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions Account, Roth Catch-Up Contributions Account, Roth In-Plan Conversion Account and Safe Harbor Matching Contributions Account without losing such other rights as they may have in the balance of their Accounts, subject to the provisions outlined below.
(3)    In-Service Withdrawals are limited to a maximum of four (4) in a Plan Year. No In-Service Withdrawals of less than $100 will be permitted.
7.2     Account and Investment Withdrawal Order for Partial In-Service Withdrawals .
(1)    Unless elected otherwise by the Participant, the order in which funds from the Plan are withdrawn is as follows, with the type of Account taking precedence over the type of Investment.
Account :

44




(a)    Pre-1987 tax-paid employee contributions in the After-Tax Contributions Account;
(b)    All remaining funds in the After-Tax Account;
(c)    Rollover Contributions Account – After-Tax;
(d)    Rollover Contributions Account – Pre-Tax;
(e)    Pre 2016 Employer Matching Contributions;
(f)    Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contribution Account (to the extent permitted by the Plan and by law);
(g)    Pre-Tax Contribution Account (to the extent permitted by the Plan and by law);
(h)    Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contribution Account (to the extent permitted by the Plan and by law);
(i)    Roth Basic Contribution Account;
(j)    Roth Catch-Up Contributions Account;
(k)    Roth In-Plan Conversion Account;
(l)    Roth Rollover Contributions Account.
Investment:
(a)      Stable Value Funds;
(b)      Mutual Funds;
(c)      Marathon Petroleum Corporation Common Stock.
The Participant may elect a different order from the preceding order provided that all pre-1987 After-Tax Contributions must be distributed before any funds from the Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions Account, Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account, Non-

45



Elective Employer Contributions Account, and the Rollover Contributions Account may be withdrawn.
7.3     In-Service Withdrawal of Entire Distributable Vested Plan Balance . Subject to the conditions of this Section 7.3, Active Participants or Participants with Account(s) in Suspense may request an In-Service Withdrawal of their entire distributable vested Plan balance. The amount available for withdrawal depends on the Participant’s age, disability status, vested status, and employment date as follows:
(1)    Fully Vested Participants. Fully vested Participants who have not attained age 59-1/2 may receive the value of their After-Tax Contributions Account, Rollover Contributions Account, Roth Rollover Contributions Account, Prior Plan After-Tax Contributions Account and Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions Account. Fully vested Participants who have attained age 59-1/2 or who are Disabled may receive the value of such Accounts plus the value of their Pre-Tax Contributions Account, Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions Account, Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account, Prior Plan Employer Contributions Account, Roth Basic Contributions Account, and Roth Catch-Up Contributions Account, as well as the value of their Roth In-Plan Conversion Account.
(2)    Non-Fully Vested Participants. Non-fully vested Participants who have not attained age 59-1/2 and who are not Disabled may receive the value of their After-Tax Contributions Account, Rollover Contributions Account, and any vested portion of their Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions Account, excluding their Roth Rollover Contributions Account. Non-fully vested Participants who have attained age 59-1/2 or who are Disabled may also receive the value of their Pre-Tax Contributions Account, Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions Account, Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account, Roth Rollover

46



Contributions Account, Roth Basic Contributions Account, Roth In-Plan Conversation Account, and Roth Catch-Up Contributions Account.
7.4     Distributions due to Military Service . A Participant shall be deemed as severed from employment for purposes of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I) during any period when the Participant is performing service in the uniformed service while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days, as described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A). However, a Participant who obtains a distribution by reason of service in the uniformed service for more than 30 days may not make any elective deferrals or employee contributions to the Plan during the six-month period beginning on the date of such distribution.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Participant who is a member of a reserve component (as defined in Section 101 of title 37), and who was ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period may request, during the period beginning on the date of the order or call to duty and ending at the close of the active duty period, a distribution of all or part of his or her elective deferrals. The distribution shall be paid to the Participant as promptly as practicable after the Administrator (or its delegate) receives the Participant’s request.


47



ARTICLE VIII - WITHDRAWALS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
8.1     General . Any nonvested Employer Matching Contributions held in the Employer Matching Contributions Account, any Non-Elective Employer Contributions held in the Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account, and any Prior Plan Employer Contributions held in the Prior Plan Employer Contributions Account are forfeited on the earlier of a complete withdrawal or five (5) years after the date when a Participant is no longer an Active Participant or a Participant with Account(s) in Suspense. Vested Participants are entitled to receive their entire vested balance in all accounts when the Participant is no longer an Active Participant or a Participant with Account(s) in Suspense.
8.2     Timing of Commencement of Benefits .
(1)    The following Participants may elect to defer the commencement of benefits until no later than the April 1 immediately following the calendar year in which such Participants attain age 70½:
(a)    Retired Participants with vested Plan Accounts in excess of $5,000;
(b)    Participants with Account(s) in Suspense; and
(c)    Non-employee Participants (other than Non-employee Participants with a vested Plan balance of $5,000 or less, Beneficiary Participants, and Spouse Beneficiary Participants with a vested Plan balance in excess of $5,000).
(2)    Spouse Beneficiary Participants with a Plan balance in excess of $5,000 may maintain an open Plan Account(s) for their lifetime, subject to the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9). Spouse Beneficiary Participants with a Plan balance of $5,000 or less must commence their final settlement no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year during which they become Spouse Beneficiary Participants. Beneficiary Participants

48



may maintain an open Account(s) until no later than the fifth anniversary of the date of the Participant’s death. All other Non-employee Participants (including Beneficiary Participants) with a vested Plan balance of $5,000 or less must commence their final settlement no later than 60 days from the date of becoming such Participants unless, in the case of an Alternate Payee Participants, the distribution of any part of such Plan balance is then not permitted under Code Section 401(k). The Participant or, if applicable, the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, however, may request earlier payment of benefits, in which case payment shall commence as soon as practicable after the Participant or, if applicable, the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries has filed a written notice of such election with the Administrator.
8.3     Withdrawal Rights after Termination of Employment . The following are the distribution rights after termination of employment with all Controlled Group Members:
(1)    Retired Participants, Spouse Beneficiary Participants, or Beneficiary Participants may withdraw during any year all or any portion of the remaining balance in their Account(s), provided that no withdrawal of less than $500 may be made unless it constitutes the entire remaining balance. Such withdrawals, however, are limited to a maximum of four (4) in a Plan Year.
(2)    Except as provided in Section 8.3(1), Non-employee Participants may only withdraw their entire Plan Account(s); provided, however, that Non-employee Participants may also make a one-time withdrawal to pay off any outstanding Plan loan(s) without triggering the requirement to make a withdrawal of their entire Plan balance.
8.4     Reinstatements .
(1)    Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, any amounts held in the Employer Matching Contributions Account, Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account and

49



Prior Plan Employer Contributions Account forfeited by a Participant’s termination of employment prior to vesting will be used to reduce the applicable Employer’s subsequent Contributions to the Plan; provided, however, that such forfeited Contributions shall not be used to fund Contributions to the Safe Harbor Employer Matching Contributions Account. The amounts forfeited held in the Employer Matching Contributions Account, Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account and Prior Plan Employer Contributions Account, however, shall be reinstated if the Participant is rehired by an Employer, and, within five (5) years after the date of rehire, repays an amount equal to the lesser of: (1) the Employer Matching Contributions, Non-Elective Employer Contributions and Prior Plan Employer Contributions, and earnings thereon as of the date of forfeiture, for the last 24 months in which they contributed to the Plan, or (2) the amount of the Plan distribution received upon termination of employment. The maximum an Active Participant may repay is the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions, and, if applicable, Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Deferral Contributions, the total of which must not exceed the amount of the previous total distribution. Reinstated contributions by an eligible rehired employee are deposited into the After-Tax Contributions Account (if attributable to pre-1987 after-tax employee contributions in the After-Tax Contributions Account, such contributions are credited to the pre-1987 subaccount). In any case, the rehired Participant shall have reinstated toward vesting the total number of months for which contributions were matched prior to the Participant’s complete distribution. The reinstatement contribution shall not be adjusted for earnings or losses during the forfeiture period.
(2)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Deferred Participant who is reemployed by a Controlled Group Member will have nonvested forfeited Employer Matching Contributions, Non-Elective Employer Contributions and Prior Plan Employer Contributions automatically

50



reinstated into the Employer Matching Contributions Account, Non-Elective Employer Contributions Account or Prior Plan Employer Contributions Account, as the case may be, as of the date of reemployment provided that such reemployment date occurs within five (5) years of the date of such Participant’s last termination of employment from a Controlled Group Member. All automatic reinstatements will be invested in accordance with the Participant’s direction. A Deferred Participant who is reemployed by an Employer or any Controlled Group Member will have reinstated toward vesting the total number of months recognized for vesting under Article VI immediately prior to such Participant’s last termination of employment from a Controlled Group Member.
8.5     Settlement Options .
(1)    Unless a Participant elects otherwise and except as provided below, distribution of his or her Account(s) will be made in a single sum payment, in either cash or in securities.
(2)    A Participant’s elective deferrals and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the Participant’s severance from employment, regardless of when the severance from employment occurred. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a separation from service before such amounts may be distributed.
(3)    Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. For purposes of this Section 8.5(3), the following definitions shall apply:

51




(a)    Eligible rollover distribution. Any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee from the Plan, except (a) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more, (b) any distribution to the extent the distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, (c) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (other than a distribution from a designated Roth account, as defined in Section 402A of the Code), and (d) any distribution which is made upon the hardship of the distributee. For purposes of this Section, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax contributions which are not includible in gross income, including any amounts distributed from a designated Roth account (as defined in Section 402A of the Code). However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified trust (within the meaning of Section 402(c) of the Code) or an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred (and earnings thereon), including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
(b)    Eligible retirement plan. An eligible retirement plan shall means an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408 of the Code, a defined contribution plan that meets the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code and

52



accepts rollovers, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, a Roth IRA described in Section 408A(b) of the Code, or any other type of plan that is included within the definition of “eligible retirement plan” under Section 401(a)(31)(E) of the Code. The preceding definition of “eligible retirement plan” shall apply in the case of a distribution to a spouse after a Participant’s death, or to a spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee. However, in the case of a distributee other than the Participant, spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee, the term “eligible retirement plan” shall mean only an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408 of the Code.
(c)    Distributee. A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a QDRO, are distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. A distributee also includes a non-Spouse Beneficiary who is a designated beneficiary under the Plan.
(d)    Direct rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
(4)    Notwithstanding the foregoing Subsections of this Section, a direct rollover of a distribution from the Roth Contributions Account will only be made to another designated Roth account (as defined in Section 402A of the Code) under an applicable retirement

53



plan described in Section 402A(e)(1) of the Code or to a Roth IRA described in Section 408A of the Code, and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Section 402(c) of the Code. The provisions of Subsection (3) of this Section that allow a Participant to elect a direct rollover of only a portion of an eligible rollover distribution shall be applied by treating any amount distributed from the Participant’s Roth Contributions Account as a separate distribution from any amount distributed from the rest of the Participant’s Account, even if the amounts are distributed at the same time.
8.6     Installment Options .
(1)    Retired Participants of any age and Spouse Beneficiary Participants may elect the Installment Option. Under the Installment Option, Participants may elect annual, or semi-annual, installments to be paid in cash and/or securities. Monthly installments may also be elected, but they will be paid only in cash. After benefits commence under the Installment Option, the Participant may elect to discontinue receiving further installments at any time. A Retired Participant and a Spouse Beneficiary Participant may be permitted to take a Retired Participant withdrawal during the payout period of the Installment Option. If a Participant dies during the payout period under the Installment Option, the installment payments will cease and any further benefits with respect to the Participant’s Account(s) will be payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.7.
(2)    Any new installment elections or changes to current elections result in proceeds being redeemed in the order described in Section 7.2, with the type of Account taking precedence over the type of Investment. For minimum required distribution withdrawals for Retired Participants, these required withdrawals will also be distributed in the order defined by the Plan default.

54



 
8.7     Distributions on Account of Death . Subject to Section 8.9, a Beneficiary, in the event of the Participant’s death, may receive funds from the Plan in cash and/or securities commencing pursuant to the terms of Article VIII. If payment of the Participant’s Account(s) pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan has commenced before the Participant’s death, the remaining balance of the Participant’s benefit will be distributed to the designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries at least as rapidly as required under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder
8.8     Distributions Pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Alternate Payees shall be eligible to receive distribution of their Accounts at any time after the “earliest retirement age” (as defined in Section 414(p)(4)(B) of the Code) of the Participant from whose Account the Alternate Payee’s Account was created or, if the QDRO applicable to the Alternate Payee so provides, at any time after the date the Alternate Payee’s Account is established pursuant to Section 5.2. If a QDRO orders the Administrator to distribute all or any portion of the Account of the Alternate Payee to such Alternate Payee, the Administrator as soon as practicable shall make such distribution of such interest in the Account to such Alternate Payee. If a withdrawal of the Alternate Payee Participant’s account balance has not been made earlier, then Alternate Payee Participants will receive an automatic distribution of the account balance from the Plan no later than 180 days after the account has been established. An Alternate Payee Participant with a Plan balance of $5,000 or less may maintain an open Account until no later than 60 days after becoming an Alternate Payee Participant or as soon as administratively feasible thereafter when a distribution may be processed.

55




8.9     Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(9) of the Code . The Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9), as described in Appendix A.
8.10     Automatic Rollovers . The Plan balance of Participants, other than Active Participants and Participants with Account(s) in Suspense, will be distributed to such Participants in the form of a lump sum in cash without their consent if their Plan balance is less than or equal to $5,000, determined immediately after the forfeiture of any nonvested Employer Matching Contributions, Non-Elective Employer Contributions and Prior Plan Employer Contributions. Account balances attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto), are included in determining a participant’s eligibility to receive the small cash-out under this Section 8.10. In the event of a small cash-out under this Section 8.10 in which the Plan balance is greater than $1,000, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B), then the Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement account designated by the Administrator.

56



ARTICLE IX - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN AND TRUST
9.1     Plan Administrator . The Company has appointed Philip E. Hall as Plan Administrator. The Company may appoint such assistant administrators as may be deemed necessary. The Administrator shall be a Named Fiduciary under the Plan for all purposes other than for purposes of the control or management of the assets of the Plan.
9.2     Duties of Plan Administrator . The Administrator shall be responsible for the administration and interpretation of the Plan. The Plan intends to meet the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c) and its regulations. Under these rules, the Plan fiduciaries may be relieved of liability for any losses which are the direct and necessary result of investment instructions given by a Participant or Beneficiary. In determining the eligibility of Participants and other individuals for benefits and in construing the Plan’s terms, the Administrator has the power to exercise discretion in the construction of doubtful, disputed, or ambiguous terms or provisions of the Plan, in cases where the Plan document is silent, or in the application of Plan terms or provisions to situations not clearly or specifically addressed in the Plan itself. In situations in which the Administrator deems it to be appropriate, the Administrator may evidence (i) the exercise of such discretion, or (ii) any other type of decision, directive, or determination it may make with respect to the Plan, in the form of a written administrative ruling which, until revoked, or until superseded by plan amendment or by a different administrative ruling or a different administration of the ruling, shall thereafter be followed in the administration of the Plan.
9.3     Delegation of Duties . The Trustee and the Company may, by agreement in writing, arrange for a delegation by the Trustee to the Administrator of any of the Trustee’s functions, except the custody of assets and discretion to manage and control the assets, the voting with respect to shares held by the Trustee, and the purchase, sale, or redemption of securities.

57



The Administrator may, from time to time, delegate to any assistant plan administrator appointed pursuant to this Article the authority to exercise any or all of the foregoing powers and such others as the Administrator deems necessary and appropriate to carry out the provisions of the Plan.
9.4     Investment Committee . With respect to investment matters, an Investment Committee shall be responsible (i) for reviewing and monitoring the performance of any investment managers which have been appointed and in developing appropriate guidelines and investment strategies for such investment managers, and (ii) for carrying out the Plan’s funding policy, in selecting and reviewing appropriate Investment Funds, and in addressing any related investment matters. The Committee shall consist of the Administrator and any other officers of the Company or the Corporation whom the Administrator (or the Company or Corporation) may appoint, from time to time, to serve upon the Committee. The Administrator is also authorized to obtain the services of legal counsel, outside consultants, and other appropriate persons, as it deems necessary or appropriate, to assist the Committee in performing its responsibilities. Any fees, charges, and/or costs associated with the retention of such services shall be paid by the Company.
9.5     Records; Statements of Accounts .
(1)    In the administration of the Plan, the Trustee or the Administrator shall maintain individual ledger records on each Participant’s account(s). Such records shall reflect a Participant’s Account(s) as between Employer and Employee Contributions and among different forms of Employee and Employer Contributions on a continuous basis. The records of the Trustee, the Administrator, and the Company shall be conclusive in respect to all matters involved in the administration of this Plan except as otherwise provided herein or by law.

58




(2)    At least annually, a statement will be furnished to each Participant of the status of the Participant’s account(s) which shall specify whether the Participant has a vested right to all or any portion of his or her Account. This statement shall be deemed to have been accepted as correct unless written notice to the contrary is received by the Administrator within 90 days after its mailing to the Participant.
(3)    Any application to make Participant contributions, any election, any withdrawal request, or any other direction under the Plan by a Participant must be accepted on behalf of the Administrator before it shall be effective.
9.6     Costs, Expenses and Fees . All costs, expenses, and fees incurred in administering this Plan, to the extent not paid by the Company, shall be incurred by Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees. Fees or charges for investment management services shall not be paid by the Company but shall be borne by the Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees electing such services. Any taxes applicable to the Participant’s account(s) shall be charged or credited to the Participant’s account(s) by the Trustee.
9.7     Uniformity . Any discretionary acts taken under this Plan by the Administrator, the Company, or the Trustee shall be uniform in their nature, shall be applicable to all Participants similarly situated, and shall be administered in a nondiscriminatory manner in accordance with the provisions of the Code and ERISA. It is intended that the standard of judicial review applied to any determination made by the Administrator shall be the “arbitrary and capricious” standard of review. Decisions of the Administrator made on all matters within the scope of its authority shall be final and binding upon all persons, including the Company, any Trustee, all Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees; their heirs and personal representatives, and all labor unions or other similar organizations representing Participants.

59




9.8     The Trust Fund . The Trust Fund shall be held by the Trustee for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, and the Trust Fund shall be invested by the Trustee upon such terms and in such property as is provided in the Plan and in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee will, from time to time, make payments, distributions and deliveries from the Trust Fund as provided in the Plan. The Trustee in its relation to the Plan shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, immunities and benefits conferred upon it and shall be subject to all of the duties imposed upon it under the Trust Agreement. The Trust Agreement is hereby incorporated in the Plan by reference, and each Employer, by adopting the Plan, authorizes the Company to execute the Trust Agreement (including any amendment or Plan thereof) in its behalf with respect to the Plan.
9.9     Payment of Benefits . All payments of benefits provided for by the Plan (less any deductions provided for by the Plan) shall be made solely out of the Trust Fund in accordance with instructions given to the Trustee by the Administrator pursuant to the terms of the Plan, and no Employer shall otherwise be liable for any benefits payable under the Plan.

60



ARTICLE X - CLAIMS PROCEDURES
10.1     Filing Claim . Any claim for benefits under the Plan shall be made in writing, identified as a claim for benefits, and filed with the Administrator. The Administrator may treat any writing or other communication received by the Administrator as a claim for benefits under these procedures, even if the writing or communication is not identified as a claim for benefits.
10.2     Notification by Administrator . Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within 60 days after the claim is filed, except that such period may be extended for an additional 60 days if the Administrator determines that special circumstances require such extension. In the event the claim is wholly or partially denied, the claimant shall be notified in writing that the claim has been denied. Such notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall (1) state the specific reasons for the denial of the claim, (2) make references to the specific provisions of this Plan and/or Trust Agreement on which the denial of the claim is based, (3) contain a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why it is necessary, and (4) contain a description of this Plan’s review procedures under Section 10.3, and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.
10.3     Review Procedure . Upon denial of a claim in whole or in part, a claimant (or the claimant’s authorized representative) shall have the right to submit a written request to the Administrator, for a full and fair review of the denied claim, and shall have, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits and may submit issues and comments in writing.

61



The review shall take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. A request for review of a claim must be submitted within 65 days of receipt by the claimant of written notice of the denial of the claim. If the claimant fails to file a request for review within 65 days of the denial notification, the claim will be deemed permanently waived and abandoned, and the claimant will be precluded from reasserting it. If the claimant does file a request for review, the claimant’s request shall include a description of the issues and evidence the claimant deems relevant. Failure to raise issues or present evidence on review will preclude those issues or evidence from being presented in any subsequent proceeding or judicial review of the claim. A decision shall be rendered no more than 60 days after the Administrator’s receipt of the request for review, except that such period may be extended for an additional 60 days if the Administrator determines that special circumstances (such as for a hearing) require such extension. If an extension of time is required, written notice of the expected decision date and the reasons for the extension shall be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 60-day period. In the event of an adverse benefit determination on review, the notice of the determination (1) shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, (2) shall state the specific reasons for the decision, (3) shall make reference to the specific provisions of this Plan and/or Trust Agreement on which the determination was based, (4) shall contain a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request, and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits, and (5) shall contain a statement of the claimant's right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA. To the extent of its responsibility to review the denial of benefit claims, the

62



Administrator shall have full authority to interpret and apply in its sole discretion the provisions of the Plan. The decision of the Administrator on appeal shall be final and binding upon any and all claimants, including, but not limited to, Participants and Beneficiaries, and any other individuals making a claim through or under them.
10.4     Timing of Legal Action . Claimants must follow the claims procedures described by this Article X before taking action in any other forum regarding a claim for benefits under the Plan. Any suit or legal action initiated by a claimant under the Plan must be brought by the claimant no later than one year following a final decision on the claim for benefits under these claim procedures. The one-year statute of limitations on suits for benefits shall apply in any forum where a claimant initiates such suite or legal action. If a civil action is not filed within this period, the claimant’s benefit claim will be deemed permanently waived and abandoned, and the claimant will be precluded from reasserting it.
10.5     Delegation by Administrator . The Administrator in its sole discretion may from time to time delegate such of its power and authority under the provisions of this Article X to such person(s) as it deems appropriate for the orderly administration and determination of claims. Such delegation may include, without limitation, the Administrator’s power and authority to decide a claim or to review and decide an appealed claim. Upon any such delegation, the delegatee(s) shall have, to the extent of the delegation, the full power, authority and discretion of the Administrator with respect to the affected claim(s).

63



ARTICLE XI - FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY
11.1     Immunities . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, (1) no Fiduciary shall be liable for any action taken or not taken in good faith with respect to the Plan except for his or her own willful misconduct; (2) no Fiduciary shall be personally liable upon any contract, agreement or other instrument made or executed by him or in his behalf in the administration of the Plan; (3) no Fiduciary shall be liable for the neglect, omission or wrongdoing of another Fiduciary nor shall any Fiduciary be required to make inquiry into the propriety of any action by another Fiduciary; (4) each Employer, its directors, officers, and employees, the Administrator and its Participants, and the Investment Committee and its Participants, and any other person to whom the Company delegates (or the Plan or Trust Agreement assigns) any duty with respect to the Plan, may rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon the advice of counsel, who may be counsel for an Employer, upon the records of an Employer, upon the opinion, valuation, report, or determination of the auditor of the Company, or upon any certificate, statement or other representation made by an Employee, a Participant, a Beneficiary or the Trustee concerning any fact required to be determined under any of the provisions of the Plan; (5) if any responsibility of a Fiduciary is allocated to any other person, then such Fiduciary shall not be responsible for any act or omission of such person in carrying out such responsibility and (6) no Fiduciary shall have the duty to discharge any duty, function or responsibility which is assigned by the terms of the Plan or Trust Agreement or delegated pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.2 to another person.
11.2     Allocation and Delegation of Fiduciary Responsibilities .
(1)    The Fiduciaries shall have only such powers, duties, responsibilities and authorities as are specified in the Plan or Trust Agreement or as shall be delegated to them pursuant to this Section. The Administrator shall have the responsibility and authority to carry

64



out the duties assigned or allocated to it hereunder or under the Trust Agreement, and to interpret and administer the Plan, subject to the provisions hereof. The Trustee shall have the responsibility and authority for the administration of the Trust Fund subject to the provisions of the Trust Agreement. The Company shall have the responsibility (along with the other Employers) for making contributions under the Plan, and shall have the authority to amend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part. The Investment Committee shall have the responsibility and authority as set forth in Article IX.
(2)    The Company, the Investment Committee and the Administrator may each designate any person (in addition to those specifically designated in the Plan) as a Fiduciary or Named Fiduciary and may delegate to any such person any one or more powers, functions, duties and/or responsibilities with respect to the Plan, provided that no such power, function, duty or responsibility which is assigned to a Fiduciary (other than the delegator) pursuant to some other Section of the Plan or Trust Agreement shall be so delegated without the written consent of such Fiduciary.
(3)    Any delegation pursuant to Subsection (2) of this Section 11.2, (a) shall be signed by the delegator, be delivered to and accepted in writing by the delegatee and be delivered to the Administrator, (b) shall contain such provisions and conditions relating to such delegation as the delegator deems appropriate, (c) shall specifically designate the powers, functions, duties and responsibilities therein delegated, (d) may be amended from time to time by written agreement signed by the delegator and the delegatee and delivered to the Administrator and (e) may be revoked (in whole or in part) at any time by written notice from the delegator delivered to the delegatee and the Administrator or from the delegatee delivered to the delegator and the Administrator.

65



ARTICLE XII - CODE SECTIONS 415 AND 416 PROVISIONS
12.1     Provision Pursuant to Code Section 415(c) .
(1)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan (except to the extent permitted under Section 3.3 and Section 414(v) of the Code), the maximum annual addition (as defined in Subsection (2) of this Section) to a Participant’s Account (and to any account for the Participant under the Plan or any other defined contribution plan, whether or not terminated, maintained by any Controlled Group Member) shall in no event exceed the lesser of (a) 100% of the participant’s compensation (as defined in Subsection (4) of this Section), or (b) $40,000 (as such amount may be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 415(d)), except that this compensation limitation shall not apply to: (i) any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an annual addition, or (ii) any amount otherwise treated as an annual addition under Section 415(l)(1) of the Code.
(2)    For the purpose of this Section 12.1, the term “annual addition” means the sum for any Plan Year (which shall be the limitation year) of:
(a)    All contributions (excluding Catch-Up Contributions and Rollover Contributions) made by the Controlled Group which are allocated to the Participant’s account pursuant to a defined contribution plan maintained by a Controlled Group Member;
(b)    The amount of employee contributions made by the Participant (excluding Catch-Up Contributions and Rollover Contributions);
(c)    All forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s account pursuant to a defined contribution plan maintained by a Controlled Group Member; and

66




(d)    Amounts described in Sections 415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2) of the Code.
(3)    For purposes of this Section 12.1, the definition of “Controlled Group” set forth in Subsection 1.1(15) shall be modified as provided by Section 415(h) of the Code.
(4)    For purposes of the limitation in Section 12.1(1), a Participant’s compensation shall include the Participant’s wages, salaries, fees for professional service, and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with any Controlled Group Member (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, and bonuses) and elective deferrals under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), and 457(b). A Participant’s compensation shall also include amounts described in Code Section 104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to the extent includable in the Participant’s gross income; nondeductible reimbursed moving expenses; amounts includible in the Participant’s gross income upon grant of a nonstatutory stock option, or an election under Code Section 83(b); and amounts includible in the Participant’s gross income as constructively received under the rules of Code Section 409A or 457(f)(1)(A). However, a Participant’s compensation shall exclude such items as Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation, income realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, income realized from the disposition of stock acquired under an incentive stock option, and reimbursed deductible moving expenses. Compensation, for the purposes of the foregoing limitation, shall also include: amounts paid or made available after a Participant’s severance from service, required to be included under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(i) and 1.415(c)-2(e)(3)(ii); and payments of back pay within the meaning of Treasury Regulation

67



Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(8). This definition of compensation is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2. The term “compensation” shall also include any differential wage payments (within the meaning of Section 3401(h)(2) of the Code) made to a participant by the Controlled Group.
12.2     Provision Pursuant to Code Section 416 .
(1)     Definitions . For the purposes of this Section, the following terms, when used with initial capital letters shall have the following respective meanings:
(a)     Aggregation Group : Permissive Aggregation Group or Required Aggregation Group, as the context shall require.
(b)     Compensation : Compensation as defined in Section 12.1(4).
(c)     Defined Benefit Plan : A qualified plan which is not a defined contribution plan.
(d)     Defined Contribution Plan : A qualified plan which provides for an individual account for each participant, and for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the participant’s account, and any income, expenses, gains and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other participants which may be allocated to the participant’s account.
(e)     Determination Date : For any Plan Year, the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year, except that in the case of the first Plan Year of a Plan, the Determination Date shall be the last day of such first Plan Year.
(f)     Former Key Employee : A Non-Key Employee with respect to a Plan Year who was a Key Employee in a prior Plan Year. Such term shall also include the Participant’s Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death.

68




(g)     Key Employee : An Employee or former Employee who at any time during the Plan Year is (i) an officer of an Employer (as the term “officer” is limited in Section 416(i)(1)(A) of the Code) having an annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), (ii) a 5% owner (as such term is defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code) of an Employer, or (iii) a 1% owner (as such term is defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code) of an Employer having an annual Compensation of more than $150,000. For purposes of this paragraph (g), the term “Compensation” has the meaning given such term by Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The term “Key Employee” shall also include such Employee's Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death. The determination of who is a Key Employee shall be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable Treasury Regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
(h)     Non-Key Employee : An Employee or former Employee who is not a Key Employee. Such term shall also include the Participant’s Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death.
(i)     Permissive Aggregation Group: The group of qualified plans of the Employer consisting of:
(i)    The plans in the Required Aggregation Group; plus
(ii)    One (1) or more plans designated from time to time by the Administrator that are not part of the Required Aggregation Group but that satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code when considered with the Required Aggregation Group.

69




(j)     Required Aggregation Group : The group of qualified plans of the Employer consisting of,
(i)    Each plan in which a Key Employee participates; plus
(ii)    Each plan which enables a plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.
(k)     Top-Heavy Account Balance : A Participant’s (including a Participant who has received a total distribution from this Plan) or a Beneficiary’s aggregate balance standing to his or her Account as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the Determination Date; provided , however , that such balance shall include the aggregate distributions made to such Participant or Beneficiary during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date (including distributions under a terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have been included in a Required Aggregation Group) unless such aggregate distributions were made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability in which case the preceding provisions of this paragraph (k) shall be applied by substituting a 5-year period for the 1-year period and; provided , further , that if an Employee or former Employee has not performed services for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date, such Account (and/or the Account of the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall not be taken into account.
(l)     Top-Heavy Group : An Aggregation Group if, as of a Determination Date, the aggregate present value of accrued benefits for Key Employees in all plans in the Aggregation Group (whether Defined Benefit Plans or Defined

70



Contribution Plans) is more than sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate present value of accrued benefits for all employees in such plans.
(m)     Top-Heavy Plan : See Section 12.2(2).
(2)     Determination of Top-Heavy Status .
(a)    Except as provided by paragraph (b) of this Subsection, the Plan shall be a Top-Heavy Plan if, as of a Determination Date:
(i)    The aggregate of Top-Heavy Account Balances for Key Employees is more than sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate of all Top-Heavy Account Balances, excluding for this purpose the aggregate Top-Heavy Account Balances of Former Key Employees; or
(ii)    If the Plan is included in a Required Aggregation Group which is a Top-Heavy Group.
(b)    If the Plan is included in a Permissive Aggregation Group which is not a Top-Heavy Group, the Plan shall not be a Top-Heavy Plan notwithstanding the fact that the Plan would otherwise be a Top-Heavy Plan under paragraph (a) of this Subsection.
(3)     Top-Heavy Plan Requirements . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, the Plan shall then satisfy the following requirements for such Plan Year:
(a)    The minimum contribution requirement as set forth in Subsection (4).
(b)    The adjustment to maximum benefits and allocations as set forth in Subsection (5).

71




(4)     Minimum Contribution Requirement .
(a)    Each Non-Key Employee who is eligible to share in any Employer Matching Contribution for such Plan Year shall be entitled to receive an allocation of such Contribution which is at least equal to three percent (3%) of the Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year.
(b)    The three percent (3%) minimum contribution requirement under paragraph (a) above shall be increased to four percent (4%) in the circumstances set forth in paragraph (a) of Subsection (5) of this Section.
(c)    The percentage minimum contribution requirement set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) above with respect to a Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage at which Employer Matching Contributions are made (or required to be made) under the Plan for such Plan Year for the Key Employee for whom such percentage is the highest for such Year. The determination referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be determined for each Key Employee by dividing the Employer Matching Contribution allocated to such Key Employee in that Plan Year by such Key Employee’s Compensation for such Plan Year. For purposes of the percentage minimum contribution requirement set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, Employer Matching Contributions shall include all Employer Matching Contributions and those Deferred Salary Contributions and/or Roth Contributions made for Key Employees; provided, however, that Employer Matching Contributions that are taken into account in satisfying the percentage minimum contribution requirement set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code.

72




(d)    The percentage minimum contribution requirement set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Subsection may also be reduced in accordance with paragraph (b) of Subsection (6) of this Section.
(e)    For the purpose of paragraph (c) of this Subsection, contributions taken into account shall include like contributions under all other Defined Contribution Plans in the Required Aggregation Group, excluding any such plan in the Required Aggregation Group if that plan enables a Defined Benefit Plan in such Required Aggregation Group to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410 of the Code.
(5)     Adjustment to Maximum Benefits and Allocations . If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, and if the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit Plan which could or does provide benefits to Participants in this Plan, then Subsection (4)(b) shall apply so that the percentage minimum contribution requirement in Subsection(4)(b) is four percent (4%).
(6)     Coordination With Other Plans .
(a)    In applying this Section, an Employer and all Controlled Group Members shall be treated as a single employer, and the qualified plans maintained by such single employer shall be taken into account.
(b)    In the event that another Defined Contribution Plan or Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer provides contributions or benefits on behalf of Participants in this Plan, such other Plan(s) shall be taken into account in determining whether this Plan satisfied Subsection (3); and the minimum contribution required for a Non-Key Employee in this Plan under Subsection (4) will be eliminated if the Employer

73



maintains another qualified plan under which such minimums are required to be provided.
(c)    In the event a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer provides benefits on behalf of Participants in this Plan, the provisions contained in paragraph (d) of this Subsection shall be applied in order to preclude either required duplication or inappropriate omission of minimum benefits or contributions.
(d)    Each Non-Key Employee for whom a minimum contribution is required under Subsection (4) of this Section and for whom a minimum benefit is required under a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer shall be provided with the minimum benefit under the Defined Benefit Plan(s), provided that such benefit shall be reduced by an amount (but such reduction shall not result in a minimum benefit of less than zero) of benefits which (if the benefits provided under this Plan were converted to a benefit under the Defined Benefit Plan(s)) is the actuarial equivalent of the benefits provided by the vested portion of the Non-Key Employee’s account balance (including any prior distributions or withdrawals therefrom) in this Plan determined as of the Determination Date of the Plan Year for which the minimum benefit is to be provided and shall not be provided with such minimum contribution under this Plan.
(7)     Construction : The term “present value of accrued benefits” as used in this Section shall in all appropriate cases include account balances of affected Employees.
(8)     Accrued Benefit : Solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in a required aggregation group of which this Plan is a part, is top-heavy (within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code) the accrued benefit of an Employee other than a key employee (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) shall be determined

74



under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Controlled Group, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

75



ARTICLE XIII - MISCELLANEOUS
13.1     Prohibition on Assignment of Interest . Except as provided in a QDRO, and to the extent permitted by law and except as otherwise provided in this Plan, no interest, right or claim of any kind of a Participant or Beneficiary hereunder shall be assignable or transferable by the Participant or Beneficiary, nor shall any such right or interest be subject to sale, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, commutation, alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, voluntary or involuntary. The Administrator shall establish procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders in accordance with Section 414(p) of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall honor a judgment, order, decree or settlement providing for the offset of all or a part of a Participant’s benefit under the Plan, to the extent permitted under Section 401(a)(13)(C) of the Code; provided that the requirements of Section 401(a)(13)(C)(iii) of the Code relating to the protection of the Participant’s spouse (if any) are satisfied.
13.2     Facility of Payment . In the event the Administrator finds that any Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan is (at the time such benefit is payable) unable to care for his or her affairs because of physical, mental or legal incompetence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may cause any payment due to him hereunder, for which prior claim has not been made by a duly qualified guardian or other legal representative, to be paid to the person or institution deemed by the Administrator to be maintaining or responsible for the maintenance of such Participant or Beneficiary; and any such payment shall be deemed a payment for the account of such Participant or Beneficiary and shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability therefor under the Plan.

76




13.3     No Enlargement of Employment Rights . A Participant by accepting benefits under the Plan does not thereby agree to continue for any period in the employ of his or her Employer, and the Employers by adopting the Plan, making contributions or taking any action with respect to the Plan do not obligate themselves to continue the employment of any Participant for any period.
13.4     Merger or Transfer of Assets . The Company reserves the right to merge or consolidate the Plan with, and to transfer assets and liabilities of the Plan to, any other plan, without the consent of any other Employer or other person, if such transfer is effectuated in accordance with applicable law and if such other plan meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, permits the receipt of such transfer and, with respect to the liabilities to be transferred, satisfies the requirements of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there shall not be any merger or consolidation of this Plan with, or transfer of assets or liabilities of this Plan to, any other plan, unless each Participant in the transferee plan would (if such other plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit the Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).
13.5     Severability Provision . If any provision of this Plan or the application thereof to any circumstance or person is invalid, the remainder of this Plan and the application of such provision to other circumstances or persons shall not be affected thereby.
13.6     Military Service . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service, as defined in Section 2.4, will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

77




13.7     Electronic Media . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, including any provision which requires the use of a written instrument, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Administrator may establish procedures for the use of electronic media in communications and transactions between this Plan or the Administrator and Participants and Beneficiaries. Electronic media may include, but are not limited to, e-mail, the Internet, intranet systems and telephonic response systems.
13.8     Limitations on Investments and Transactions/Conversions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary:
(1)    The Administrator , in its sole and absolute discretion, may temporarily suspend, in whole or in part, certain Plan transactions, including, without limitation, the right to change or suspend contributions, and/or the right to receive a distribution, loan or withdrawal from an Account in the event of any conversion, change in recordkeeper and/or Plan merger or spinoff.
(2)    The Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, may suspend, in whole or in part, temporarily or permanently, Plan transactions dealing with investments, including without limitation, the right of a Participant to change investment elections or reallocate Account balances in the event of any conversion, change in recordkeeper, change in investment funds and/or Plan merger or spinoff.
(3)    In the event of a change in investment funds and/or a Plan merger or spinoff, the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, may decide to map investments from a Participant’s prior investment fund elections to the then available investment funds under the Plan. In the event that investments are mapped in this manner, the Participant shall be permitted to reallocate funds among the investment funds (in accordance with the terms of the

78



Plan and any relevant rules and procedures adopted for this purpose) after the suspension period described in Subsection (2) of this Section (if any) is lifted.
(4)    Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the investment funds shall be subject to, and governed by, all applicable legal rules and restrictions and the rules specified by the Investment Fund providers in the fund prospectus(es) or other governing documents thereof (to the extent such rules and procedures are imposed and enforced by the investment fund provider against the Plan or a particular Participant). Such rules, procedures and restrictions may limit the ability of a Participant to make transfers into or out of a particular Investment Fund and/or may result in additional transaction fees or other costs relating to such transfers. In furtherance of, but without limiting the foregoing, Trustee, recordkeeper, Administrator, Investment Committee or Investment Fund provider (or their delegate, as applicable) may decline to implement any investment election or instruction where it deems appropriate.
13.9     Subrogation and Reimbursement . Errors, omissions or mistakes in the administration and operation of the Plan do not entitle a Participant to receive more than the Participant’s correct benefit, and a Participant who receives an overpayment must repay the overpayment, if requested do so by the Administrator. The Employer and Administrator reserve the right to correct any mistake in any reasonable manner, including but not limited to, adjusting the amount of future benefit payments, repaying to the Plan any overpayment or making catch-up payments to a Participant of an underpayment.

79



ARTICLE XIV - OTHER EMPLOYERS
14.1     Adoption by Other Employers . Any corporation or other entity other than the Company may, with the consent of the Company, adopt the Plan and thereby become an Employer hereunder by executing an instrument evidencing such adoption and filing a copy thereof with the Company. Such adoption may be subject to such terms and conditions as the Company requires or approves.
14.2     Contribution of Employers . The contribution of the Employers under the Plan may be paid by the Company on behalf of itself and other Employers. Each Employer shall pay for that portion of the contribution of the Employers under the Plan for each year that is allocated to Employees or former Employees of such Employer, but if such costs as so allocated would (in the opinion of the Company) not be fully and currently deductible for any Plan Year, the allocation among the Employers of the costs of the Plan, including the contribution of the Employers, may be made in such manner as is agreed to by the Employers and as will permit to the extent possible the deduction (for purposes of federal taxes on income) by each such Employer of its payments toward such costs.
14.3     Withdrawal of Employer . Any Employer (other than the Company) which adopts the Plan may elect separately to withdraw from the Plan. Amendments to the Plan, however, may be made only by the Company. Any such withdrawal shall be expressed in an instrument executed by the withdrawing Employer and filed with the Company and the Trustee.

80



ARTICLE XV - AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
15.1     Right to Amend or Terminate . The Company has reserved, and does hereby reserve, the right at any time, without the consent of any other Employer or of the Participants, Beneficiaries or any other person, (1) to terminate the Plan, in whole or in part or as to any or all of the Employers or as to any designated group of Employees, Participants and their Beneficiaries, or (2) to amend the Plan, in whole or in part. No such termination or amendment shall decrease the amount to be contributed by the Employers on account of any Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which such termination or amendment is approved by the Company. The Company reserves the right to delegate such authority granted pursuant to this Section 15.1 to an authorized committee or individual.
15.2     Procedure for Termination or Amendment . Any termination or amendment of the Plan pursuant to Section 15.1 shall be expressed in an instrument executed by the Company (or its delegate) and shall become effective as of the date designated in such instrument or, if no date is so designated, on its execution.
15.3     Distribution Upon Termination . In the event of termination of the Plan in whole or in part, or upon the complete discontinuance of contributions, subject to the last sentence of Section 15.1, Accounts of affected Participants in the Trust Fund shall be settled and distributed under the provisions of Article VIII, or, at the direction of the Company, as if each Participant of the Plan had then terminated employment with the Controlled Group.
15.4     Provision Pursuant to Section 411(d)(3) of the Code . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, upon the termination or partial termination of the Plan or upon complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, the rights of all Participants to benefits accrued to the date of such termination or partial termination or discontinuance, to the extent then funded, or the amounts credited to the Participants’ Accounts shall be nonforfeitable.

81





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan Document to be adopted and executed on its behalf effective January 1, 2016, by an authorized officer.

 


 
SPEEDWAY LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
 
 
By: Rodney P. Nichols
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
12/23/2015
                    



82



APPENDIX A: MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

(1)     Definitions . For the purposes of this Appendix A, the following terms, when used with initial capital letters, shall have the following respective meanings:
(a)     Designated Beneficiary : The person who is designated as the Beneficiary as defined in Section 1.1(7) and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&A-1, of the Treasury Regulations.
(b)     Distribution Calendar Year : A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under paragraph (b) of Subsection (3) below. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.
(c)     Life Expectancy : Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations.
(d)     Participant’s Account Balance : The Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (the “Valuation Calendar Year”) increased by the amount of any contributions made and

83



allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the Valuation Calendar Year after the Valuation Date. The Account balance for the Valuation Calendar Year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the Valuation Calendar Year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the Valuation Calendar Year.
(e)     Required Beginning Date : The applicable date specified in Subsection (3) below.
(2)     General Rules . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, at the times provided in this Section, distributions under the Plan shall be made in accordance with the minimum distribution requirements of this Section and the Treasury Regulations issued under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; provided, however, that distributions may be made more rapidly than required by this Section and such Treasury Regulations to the extent permitted under any other applicable provisions of the Plan.
(3)     Time of Distribution . (1) The Participant’s entire vested interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. Except as described in paragraph (b) below, the Required Beginning Date of a Participant who is a 5% owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code) shall be the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year the Participant attains age 70½ and the Required Beginning Date of any other Participant shall be the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year the Participant terminates employment with the Controlled Group or (ii) the calendar year the Participant attains age 70½.

84




(b)    If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire vested interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
(i)    If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then, unless the election described in paragraph (d) below is made, distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½, if later.
(ii)    If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then, unless the election described in paragraph (d) below is made, distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
(iii)    If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire vested interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
(iv)    If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant, but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this

85



paragraph (b), other than subparagraph (i) above, will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.
(c)    For purposes of this Section, unless subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (i) of paragraph (b) above.
(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, distribution to the Designated Beneficiary is not required to begin by the Required Beginning Date specified above if the Participant or the Beneficiary elects, on an individual basis, that the Participant’s entire vested interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death; provided, however, that if the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant, but before distributions to either the Participant of the surviving Spouse begin, this election will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. The election provided in this paragraph (d) must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, surviving Spouse’s) death.
(4)     Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .

86




(a)    During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:
(i)    the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or
(ii)    if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.
(b)    Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Subsection (4) beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
(5)     Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .
(a)    Death on or after date distributions begin:
(i)    If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s

87



Account balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:
(A)    The Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(B)    If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
(C)    If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(ii)    If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the

88



year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
(b)    Death before date distributions begin:
(i)    If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, then, unless the election described in paragraph (d) of Subsection (3) above is made, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in paragraph (a) above.
(ii)    If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire vested interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions

89



are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (i) of Subsection (3)(b) above, this paragraph (b) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.




90



FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
SPEEDWAY RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Section 15.1 of the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016), the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of January 1, 2016:

FIRST CHANGE

The Preamble of the Plan is hereby amended to add the following at the end thereof:

“Effective January 1, 2016, pursuant to an Instrument of Merger and Amendment between the Company and Marathon Petroleum Company LP (a Controlled Group Member with the Company), the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan (the “Speedway Plan”) was merged with and into the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, and the combined plan was named the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan (the “Merged Plan”) as of that date. The Merged Plan shall be deemed to be a continuation of the Speedway Retirement Savings Plan.”

SECOND CHANGE

Section 1.1(11) of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Company . Speedway LLC; provided, however, for purposes of Sections 1.1(30), 1.1(62) and 6.1(6), and Articles IX, XI, XIII, XIV and XV, “Company” shall mean Marathon Petroleum Company LP.”

THIRD CHANGE

Section 1.1(36) of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Plan . The Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan of the Merged Plan, the terms and provisions of which are set forth in this document.”






FOURTH CHANGE

The first sentence of Section 9.1 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Vice President of Human Resources and Administrative Services of the Corporation shall serve as Plan Administrator.”

The Speedway Retirement Savings Plan, as amended by the foregoing changes, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer has caused this First Amendment to be executed effective as of the date specified above.

 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
2/12/2016
 
 
 
 
 






SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE
SPEEDWAY RETIREMENT SAVINGS SUB-PLAN OF THE
MARATHON PETROLEUM THRIFT PLAN

Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Section 15.1 of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016 (“Plan”), the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of January 1, 2016:

FIRST AND ONLY CHANGE
    
Section 4.2(2)(a) of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan is hereby amended by deleting existing Section 4.2(2)(a) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
(a)
The Participant is classified by the Company as employed in an Eligible Position. An Eligible Position is a Speedway store employee other than a General Manager, Co-Manager, Co-Manager Trainee, or Shift Leader II during the Plan Year; notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants classified by the Company in the position of Shift Leader II who, for the 2016 Plan Year, have satisfied the requirements of Section 4.2(1), (2), and (3) prior to February 26, 2016, shall be entitled to the Non-Elective Employer Contribution for the 2016 Plan Year.
The Plan, as amended by the foregoing change, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned officer has caused this Amendment to be executed effective as of the date specified above.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
2/26/2016
 
 
 
 
 



Case: #2016-029
 
Page 1 of 1



THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE
SPEEDWAY RETIREMENT SAVINGS SUB-PLAN OF THE
MARATHON PETROLEUM THRIFT PLAN

Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Section 15.1 of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan of the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016 (“Plan”), the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of January 1, 2016:

FIRST CHANGE
    
Section 4.2(2) of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan is hereby amended by deleting existing subsection (a) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
“(a)    The Participant is classified by the Company as employed in an Eligible Position. An Eligible Position is a Speedway store employee other than (i) a store employee classified as a Shift Leader II; (ii) a store employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement (unless such agreement or other agreement between the applicable union and Employer specifically requires the Non-Elective Employer Contribution); or (iii) a store employee classified in salary grade 4 and above; notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants classified by the Company in the position of Shift Leader II who, for the 2016 Plan Year, have satisfied the requirements of Section 4.2(1), (2), and (3) prior to February 26, 2016 shall be entitled to the Non-Elective Employer Contribution for the 2016 Plan Year.”
SECOND CHANGE

Section 12.2(6) of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan is hereby amended by deleting existing subsections (b), (c), and (d) in their entirety and replacing them with the following:
“(b)    If a Non-Key Employee participates in this Plan and a Defined Benefit Plan that is part of the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group that is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the defined benefit and defined contribution minimums of Section 416(c) of the Code will be satisfied by providing each such Employee with the defined benefit minimum benefit provided in such Defined Benefit Plan (And the minimum contributions required for a Non-Key Employee in this Plan under Subsection (4) will be eliminated); provided, that if the other Defined Benefit Plan is the Speedway Retirement Plan, the minimum benefit under Section A of Article V of Appendix A to the Speedway Retirement Plan shall be provided to such Employees (and the minimum contributions required for a Non-Key Employee in this Plan under Subsection (4) will be eliminated).”

Case: #2016-031
 
Page 1  of 2



THIRD CHANGE

Section 13.6 of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph to the end thereof:
“If a Participant dies on or after January 1, 2007 while performing qualified military service (as defined in Section 2.4), that Participant will be deemed to have resumed employment with the Employer in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under USERRA on the day preceding death and will be deemed to have terminated employment on the actual date of death.”
The Plan, as amended by the foregoing changes, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned officer has caused this Amendment to be executed effective as of the date specified above.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
3/15/2016
 
 
 
 
 




Case: #2016-031
 
Page 2  of 2



FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE

SPEEDWAY RETIREMENT SAVINGS SUB-PLAN OF THE
MARATHON PETROLEUM THRIFT PLAN

Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Section 15.1 of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016 (“Sub-Plan”), the Sub-Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of 12:01 a.m. on August 8, 2016:
FIRST CHANGE
The Preamble of the Sub-Plan is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:
“Effective as of 12:01 a.m. on August 8, 2016 (“Plan Merger Date”), pursuant to the Instrument of Merger and Amendment by Marathon Petroleum Company LP and Speedway LLC, the Savings and Profit Sharing Plan of WilcoHess LLC (“WilcoHess Plan”) was merged with and into the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan to form a single plan (“Merged Plan”). The participants and beneficiaries in the WilcoHess Plan immediately prior to the Plan Merger Date shall continue as or become, as the case may be, members, participants, or beneficiaries under, and in accordance with the terms of either the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document or the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document, as of the Plan Merger Date. On and after the Plan Merger Date, the Merged Plan shall continue to be known as the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan, and will continue to be comprised of the following two separate documents: the Marathon Petroleum Thrift Plan Document, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016, and the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016, both of which may be further amended from time to time.”
SECOND CHANGE
Section 1.1(16) of the Sub-Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph to the end thereof:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, a WilcoHess Participant (as defined in Article I) who terminated employment with WilcoHess LLC (or a predecessor employer) prior to October 1, 2014, shall be a Deferred Participant; provided however, that if such WilcoHess Participant becomes employed by a member of the Controlled Group after October 1, 2014, his or her participation status shall be determined by the terms of this Plan.”

Case: #2016-051
 
Page 1  of 2



THIRD CHANGE
Section 1.1 of the Sub-Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph (66) and renumbering the current numbered paragraph (66) as (67):
“(66) WilcoHess Participant . Anyone who (i) maintained an account balance under the WilcoHess Plan (as defined in the Preamble), and (ii) had an amount transferred to the Plan on the Plan Merger Date.”

FOURTH CHANGE
Section 8.6 of the Sub-Plan is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph to the end thereof:
“(3)    Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, a WilcoHess Participant who was receiving annuity or installment distributions under the WilcoHess Plan (that is, payments have commenced to the WilcoHess Participant) as of the Plan Merger Date shall, in accordance with the distribution provisions under the WilcoHess Plan, maintain the right to continue such annuity or installment payments in accordance with the WilcoHess Participant’s distribution election under the WilcoHess Plan; provided, however, that such WilcoHess Participants may also change such distribution election if such change is made in accordance with the terms of this Plan.”
The Sub-Plan, as amended by the foregoing changes, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned officer has caused this Amendment to be executed effective as specified above.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
8/5/2016
 
 
 
 
 

Case: #2016-051
 
Page 2  of 2



FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE
SPEEDWAY RETIREMENT SAVINGS SUB-PLAN OF THE
MARATHON PETROLEUM THRIFT PLAN

Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved under Section 15.1 of the Speedway Retirement Savings Sub-Plan Document, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016 (“Sub-Plan”), the Sub-Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as provided herein.
FIRST CHANGE
Sections 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 of the Sub-Plan are hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2017, by deleting the existing sections in their entirety and replacing with the following:
3.1      Pre-tax Contributions; Roth Contributions . Each Active Participant may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan from 1% to 75% of the Participant’s Considered Compensation (in whole percentages only) as Pre-Tax Basic Contributions and/or Roth Basic Contributions in lieu of an equal amount being paid as current Considered Compensation. Pre-Tax Basic and/or Roth Basic Contributions are made through payroll deductions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum combined contribution percentage under 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 is 75%.
3.2      After-Tax Contributions . Each Active Participant, other than a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee, may elect to make After-Tax Contributions to the Plan from 1% to 75% of the Participant’s Considered Compensation (in whole percentages only) in lieu of an amount equal being paid as Considered Compensation. After-Tax Contributions are made through payroll deductions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum combined contribution percentage under 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 is 75%.
3.3      Catch-Up Contributions . Active Participants who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions for such Plan Year in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 414(v). Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415.
Active Participants may elect to make Catch-Up Contributions from 1% to 75% (in whole percentages only) of Considered Compensation. Catch-Up Contributions shall be permitted only by Participants with respect to whom no Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Basic Contributions may be made to the Plan for that taxable year by reason of the application of the Code Section 402(g) limit, the limit in Section 3.1 or any other limitations on Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Basic Contributions for that taxable year in accordance with, and subject to the limits of Code Section 414(v). Participants must specify whether their Catch-Up Contributions will be Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions or Roth Catch-Up Contributions, and if the Participant does not designate whether the Catch-Up Contributions to be made are to be Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions or Roth Catch-Up Contributions, such contributions shall be deemed to be Pre-Tax Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions may not exceed a maximum annual dollar limit pursuant to Code Section 414(v),

Case: #2016-083
 
Page 1  of 4



as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum combined contribution percentage under 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 is 75%.
SECOND CHANGE
Section 4.1 of the Sub-Plan is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2017, by deleting the existing section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
4.1     Employer Matching Contributions . The Employer shall contribute, for each pay period, an Employer Matching Contribution in the amount of one hundred seventeen percent (117%) of the amount of Pre-Tax Basic Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, and/or Roth Basic Contributions made for each Active Participant that do not exceed six percent (6%) of such Participant’s Considered Compensation; provided, however, that the Employer will not contribute Matching Contributions on behalf of a Participant who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the Active Participant’s Employer unless the Employer has entered into a definitive agreement with a Participant’s union expressly requiring the Employer to contribute matching contributions. The Employer will true-up Employer Matching Contributions following the end of the Plan Year so that the amount of the Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions for the Plan Year equals the amount determined under the Matching Contribution formula provided in this Section 4.1 using the Participant’s Considered Compensation and eligible Contributions (including for this purpose Pre-Tax Catch Up Contributions and Roth Catch Up Contributions) for the Plan Year. In no event will the Employer match Rollover Contributions, Plan to Plan Transfers or Roth In-Plan Conversions.
THIRD CHANGE
Section 5.1 of the Sub-Plan is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2016, by adding the following new Section 5.1(4) to the end thereof:
(4)    The employer security diversification requirements of Section 401(a)(35) of the Code (the “Diversification Requirements”) apply to the Plan because the Investment Funds include the Marathon Petroleum Corporation Common Stock Fund (for purposes of this Section 5.01(4), the “Common Stock Fund”). Therefore, each Active Participant, Participant with Account(s) in Suspense, Retired Participant, and Non-Employee Participant shall be entitled to direct the Plan, pursuant to the investment designation rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator pursuant to the Plan, to transfer the portion of such Participant’s Account balance that is invested in the Common Stock Fund in a manner that meets the Diversification Requirements as described in this Section 5.1(4).
(a)     No Length of Service Requirement to Diversify : The Plan imposes no years of service or similar length of employment requirement that Participants must satisfy in order to transfer Account balances that are invested in the Common Stock Fund to other Investment Funds.

Case: #2016-083
 
Page 2  of 4



(b)     Investment Funds for Reinvestment of Common Stock Fund Account Balances : The Investment Funds available to Participants for the reinvestment of their Account balances shall include not less than three Investment Funds, each of which is diversified and has materially different risk and return characteristics. For this purpose, Investment Funds that constitute a broad range of investment alternatives within the meaning of Section 2550.404c-1(b)(3) of the Department of Labor Regulations are treated as diversified and having materially different risk and return characteristics.
(c)     Divestment and Reinvestment Opportunities, Restrictions and Conditions : The investment designation rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator pursuant to the Plan shall meet the Diversification Requirements, and in such regard (A) shall provide Participants with reasonable divestment and reinvestment opportunities with respect to the Common Stock Fund at least quarterly and (B) shall not impose any restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment in the Common Stock Fund that are not imposed on the investment in the other Investment Funds, except for restrictions and conditions that are permitted by Section 1.401(a)(35)-1 of the Treasury Regulations. Such permitted restrictions and conditions include, among others, restrictions and conditions that are required or reasonably designed to ensure compliance with applicable securities laws, to limit the extent to which a Participant’s Account may be invested in the Common Stock Fund, and to limit short-term trading in the Common Stock Fund.
FOURTH CHANGE
Section 5.5(2) of the Sub-Plan is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2017, by deleting the first paragraph of that section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
(2) Each loan shall be in an amount which is not less than $500. A Participant, other than a Non-Employee Participant, can initiate a new loan (i) in the 2017 Plan Year if the Participant has no more than three (3) loans outstanding, (ii) in the 2018 Plan Year if the Participant has no more than two (2) loans outstanding, and (iii) beginning with the 2019 Plan Year and in subsequent Plan Years if the Participant has no more than one (1) loan outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum loan to any Participant (when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant from all qualified employer plans (as defined in Section 72(p)(4) of the Code) of the Controlled Group) shall be an amount which does not exceed the lesser of:
FIFTH CHANGE
Section 6.1(4) of the Sub-Plan is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2017, by deleting this section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
(4)    Notwithstanding the vesting schedules specified above, a Participant’s right to the portion of his or her Account attributable to Pre-2016 Employer Matching Contributions, Non-

Case: #2016-083
 
Page 3  of 4



Elective Employer Contributions and Prior Plan Employer Contributions shall be fully vested (a) upon death or Disability, provided such Participant is an Active Participant or Participant with Account in Suspense on the date of death or Disability, (b) upon attainment of age 65 as an Active Participant or Participant with Account in Suspense, and (c) upon a Change in Control, provided the Participant is a non-officer, active, exempt, full-time, non-store employee in grade 7 or higher who is separated from service from the Company and its direct subsidiaries, or their successors, within the twenty-four (24) month period following the effective date of such Change in Control.
SIXTH CHANGE
Section 6.1 is hereby amended, effective as of January 1, 2017, by adding the following new paragraph to the end thereof:
(7)    In the event of any transfer of assets and liabilities (including a consolidation or merger) from another plan to this Plan (other than a Rollover Contribution or individual Direct Plan Transfer Contributions), any person who becomes a Participant after the transfer date and who was credited with vesting service credit under the transferor plan based on the Participant’s prior employment shall receive at least the same vesting service credit determined under that transferor plan as of the date of that transfer.


The Sub-Plan, as amended by the foregoing changes, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned officer has caused this Amendment to be executed effective as specified above.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rodney P. Nichols
 
By:
 
Rodney P. Nichols
 
Its:
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
Human Resources and Administrative Services
 
 
 
Marathon Petroleum Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date Signed:
12/22/2016
 
 
 
 
 


Case: #2016-083
 
Page 4  of 4


Exhibit 12.1



Marathon Petroleum Corporation
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
TOTAL ENTERPRISE BASIS - Unaudited
(In millions)


 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Portion of rentals representing interest
$
109

 
$
110

 
$
85

 
$
71

 
$
46

Capitalized interest
64

 
37

 
27

 
28

 
101

Other interest and fixed charges
539

 
288

 
201

 
167

 
90

Total fixed charges (A)
$
712

 
$
435

 
$
313

 
$
266

 
$
237

Earnings-pretax income with applicable adjustments (B)
$
3,004

 
$
4,852

 
$
4,194

 
$
3,518

 
$
5,423

Ratio of (B) to (A)
4.2

 
11.2

 
13.4

 
13.2

 
22.9





Exhibit 14.1
CODE of ETHICS
for
SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICERS

GENERAL PURPOSE

To affirm the commitment of Marathon Petroleum Corporation ( “MPC”) and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “MPC Group”) to the principle that the honesty, integrity and sound judgment of its Senior Financial Officers are essential to the proper functioning and success of the MPC Group.

POLICY STATEMENT

To the best of their knowledge and ability, the Senior Financial Officers shall:

a)
act with honesty and integrity, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

b)
provide full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

c)
comply with applicable laws, governmental rules and regulations, including insider trading laws;

d)
promote the prompt internal reporting of potential violations or other concerns related to this Code of Ethics to the Chair of the Audit Committee of the MPC Board of Directors and to the appropriate person or persons identified in the Code of Business Conduct, and encourage employees to talk to supervisors, managers or other appropriate personnel when in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation;

e)
avoid (i) taking personal advantage of opportunities that are discovered through the use of company property, information or position; (ii) using company property, information, or position for personal gain; and (iii) competing with MPC or its affiliates;

f)
respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of employment;

g)
endeavor to deal fairly with the company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees;

h)
protect the company’s assets and ensure the efficient use of those assets for legitimate business purposes;

i)
maintain the skills necessary and relevant to the company’s needs;

j)
promote, as appropriate, contact by employees with Business Integrity and Compliance or the Chair of the Audit Committee of the MPC Board of Directors for any issues concerning improper accounting or financial reporting of the company without fear of retaliation; and

k)
proactively promote ethical and honest behavior within the MPC Group.


    
Page 1 of 2



POLICY APPLICATION

This Code of Ethics shall apply to MPC’s Senior Financial Officers. As used in this Code, “Senior Financial Officers” means MPC’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Controller, Vice President, Finance and Treasurer and other persons performing similar functions, and persons designated as Senior Financial Officers by MPC’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer or by the Audit Committee of MPC’s Board of Directors.

All Senior Financial Officers are expected to adhere to both the Code of Business Conduct and this Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers. Any violation of this Code of Ethics will be subject to appropriate discipline, up to and including dismissal from the company and prosecution under the law. The MPC Board of Directors shall have the sole and absolute discretionary authority to approve any deviation or waiver from this Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers. Any change in or waiver from, and the grounds for such change or waiver of, this Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers shall be promptly disclosed through a filing with the Commission on Form 8-K.

POLICY ADMINISTRATION

The administration of this Policy is the responsibility of the MPC Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer.

POLICY REVIEW

This policy shall be reviewed at least once every five years, or more frequently as stipulated by the approver, or when a significant change occurs, including any change in law, that impacts the content or substance of this Policy.

POLICY EXCEPTIONS

Exceptions may be granted by the MPC Board of Directors.

REFERENCES

Policy #2001, Code of Business Conduct
Policy #2004, Whistleblowing as to Accounting Matters
Policy #2008, Reporting of Illegal or Unethical Conduct

 

    
Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 21.1
MARATHON PETROLEUM CORPORATION
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
as of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
Name of Subsidiary
Jurisdiction of Organization/Incorporation
 
631 South Main Street Development LLC
Delaware
*
Ascension Pipeline Company, LLC
Delaware
 
Blanchard Holdings Company LLC
Delaware
 
Blanchard Pipe Line Company LLC
Delaware
 
Blanchard Refining Company LLC
Delaware
 
Blanchard Terminal Company LLC
Delaware
 
Bonded Oil Company
Delaware
 
Buckeye Assurance Corporation
Vermont
 
Catlettsburg Refining, LLC
Delaware
*
Centennial Pipeline LLC
Delaware
*
Centrahoma Processing LLC
Delaware
 
Cincinnati BioRefining Corp.
Delaware
 
Cincinnati Renewable Fuels LLC
Delaware
*
Crowley Blue Water Partners LLC
Delaware
*
Crowley Coastal Partners, LLC
Delaware
*
Crowley Ocean Partners LLC
Delaware
*
Crowley Tanker Charters III, LLC
Delaware
*
Crowley Tankers II, LLC
Delaware
*
Crowley Tankers IV, LLC
Delaware
*
Crowley Tankers V, LLC
Delaware
*
Enchi Corporation
Delaware
*
Explorer Pipeline Company
Delaware
*
Gravcap, Inc.
Delaware
*
Green Bay Terminal Corporation
Wisconsin
*
Guilford County Terminal Company, LLC
North Carolina
 
Hardin Assurance Ltd.
Bermuda
 
Hardin Street Holdings LLC
Delaware
*
Hardin Street Marine LLC
Delaware
 
Hardin Street Transportation LLC
Delaware
*
Illinois Extension Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
Jefferson Gas Gathering Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
Johnston County Terminal, LLC
Delaware
 
Lincoln Pipeline LLC
Delaware
*
LOCAP LLC
Delaware
*
LOOP LLC
Delaware
 
Mannheim Terminal and Warehousing Service Company
Illinois
 
Marathon Canada Marketing, Ltd.
Delaware
 
Marathon Carbon Management LLC
Delaware
 
Marathon Petroleum Company Canada, Ltd.
Alberta
 
Marathon Petroleum Company LP
Delaware
 
Marathon Petroleum Logistics Services LLC
Delaware
 
Marathon Petroleum Service Company
Delaware
 
Marathon Petroleum Supply LLC
Delaware
 
Marathon Petroleum Trading Canada LLC
Delaware
 
Marathon Pipe Line Company
Nevada
*
Marathon Pipe Line LLC
Delaware



 
Marathon PrePaid Card LLC
Ohio
 
Marathon Renewable Fuels Corp.
Delaware
 
Marathon Renewable Supply LLC
Delaware
*
MarEn Bakken Company LLC
Delaware
*
MarkWest Blackhawk, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Bluestone Ethane Pipeline, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Buffalo Creek Gas Company, L.L.C.
Oklahoma
*
MarkWest EMG Jefferson Dry Gas Gathering Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Energy Appalachia, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Energy East Texas Gas Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Energy Finance Corporation
Delaware
*
MarkWest Energy GP, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Energy Operating Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Energy South Texas Gas Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Energy West Texas Gas Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Gas Marketing, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Gas Services, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Hydrocarbon, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Javelina Company, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Javelina Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Liberty Bluestone, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Liberty Ethane Pipeline, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Liberty Gas Gathering, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Liberty Midstream & Resources, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Mariner Pipeline, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Marketing, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest McAlester, L.L.C.
Oklahoma
*
MarkWest Michigan Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
Michigan
*
MarkWest Mountaineer Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest New Mexico, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Ohio Fractionation Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Oklahoma Gas Company, L.L.C.
Oklahoma
*
MarkWest Panola Pipeline, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Pinnacle, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Pioneer, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest PNG Utility, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest POET, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Power Tex, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Ranger Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Texas LPG Pipeline, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Texas PNG Utility, L.L.C.
Texas
*
MarkWest Utica EMG Condensate, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Utica EMG, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
MarkWest Utica Operating Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
Mason Pipeline Limited Liability Company
Michigan
*
Matrex, L.L.C.
Michigan
 
MPC Investment Fund, Inc.
Delaware
 
MPC Investment LLC
Delaware
 
MPC LOOP Holdings LLC
Delaware
 
MPC Trade Receivables Company LLC
Delaware
 
MPL Investment LLC
Delaware



 
MPL Louisiana Holdings LLC
Delaware
 
MPLX GP LLC
Delaware
 
MPLX Holdings Inc.
Delaware
 
MPLX Logistics Holdings LLC
Delaware
*
MPLX LP
Delaware
*
MPLX Operations LLC
Delaware
*
MPLX Pipe Line Holdings LLC
Delaware
*
MPLX Terminal and Storage LLC
Delaware
 
MPLX Terminals LLC
Delaware
 
MPLXIF LLC
Delaware
*
Mule Sidetracks, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
Mule Tracts, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
Muskegon Pipeline LLC
Delaware
 
MW Logistics Services LLC
Delaware
*
MWE GP LLC
Delaware
 
Niles Properties LLC
Delaware
*
North Dakota Pipeline Company LLC
Delaware
 
Ocean Tankers LLC
Delaware
*
Ohio Condensate Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
Ohio Gathering Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
Ohio River Pipe Line LLC
Delaware
*
Ohio Utica Jefferson Dry Gas Gathering Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
Oil Insurance Limited
Bermuda
*
Panola Pipeline Company, LLC
Texas
*
PFJ Southeast LLC
Delaware
*
Port Everglades Environmental Corp.
Florida
*
Resource Environmental, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
Sherwood Midstream Holdings LLC
Delaware
*
Sherwood Midstream LLC
Delaware
 
South Houston Green Power, LLC
Delaware
 
Speedway LLC
Delaware
 
Speedway of Massachusetts LLC
Massachusetts
 
Speedway Petroleum Corporation
Delaware
 
Speedway Prepaid Card LLC
Ohio
 
Speedway.com LLC
Delaware
 
Speedy Prepaid Services Inc.
New Hampshire
 
Starvin Marvin, Inc.
Delaware
 
SWTO LLC
Delaware
*
The Andersons Albion Ethanol LLC
Ohio
*
The Andersons Clymers Ethanol LLC
Ohio
*
The Andersons Ethanol Investment LLC
Ohio
*
The Andersons Marathon Ethanol LLC
Delaware
*
West Relay Gathering Company, L.L.C.
Delaware
*
West Shore Processing Company, L.L.C.
Michigan
 
Williston Basin Pipe Line LLC
Delaware
*
WIP, LLC
Indiana
*
Wirth Gathering Partnership
Oklahoma
*
Wolverine Pipe Line Company
Delaware
 
Woodhaven Cavern LLC
Delaware
 
*
Indicates a company that is not wholly owned directly or indirectly by Marathon Petroleum Corporation


Exhibit 23.1



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S‑3 (No. 333-197130, 333-197128, and 333-197126) and Form S-8 (No. 333-181007, 333-175245, 333-175244 and 333-212956) of Marathon Petroleum Corporation of our report dated February 24, 2017 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10‑K.  

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Toledo, Ohio
February 24, 2017


Exhibit 24.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned officers and directors of Marathon Petroleum Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereby constitutes and appoints Gary R. Heminger, Timothy T. Griffith and John J. Quaid, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney or attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and revocation, for each of the undersigned and in the name, place, and stead of each of the undersigned, to sign on behalf of each of the undersigned an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and to sign any and all amendments to such Annual Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith including, without limitation, a Form 12b-25 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting to said attorney or attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do so and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney or attorneys-in-fact or any of them or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
This power of attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original with respect to the person executing it.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have hereunto set their hands as of the 24th day of February, 2017 .
 


Exhibit 24.1

/s/ Gary R. Heminger
 
/s/ Timothy T. Griffith
Gary R. Heminger
 
Timothy T. Griffith
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal executive officer)
 
(principal financial officer)
 
 
 
/s/ John J. Quaid
 
/s/ Abdulaziz F. Alkhayyal
John J. Quaid
 
Abdulaziz F. Alkhayyal
Vice President and Controller
 
Director
(principal accounting officer)
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Evan Bayh
 
/s/ Charles E. Bunch
Evan Bayh
 
Charles E. Bunch
Director
 
Director
 
 
 
/s/ David A. Daberko
 
/s/ Steven A. Davis
David A. Daberko
 
Steven A. Davis
Director
 
Director
 
 
 
/s/ Donna A. James
 
/s/ James E. Rohr
Donna A. James
 
James E. Rohr
Director
 
Director
 
 
 
/s/ Frank M. Semple
 
/s/ John W. Snow
Frank M. Semple
 
John W. Snow
Director
 
Director
 
 
 
/s/ J. Michael Stice
 
/s/ John P. Surma
J. Michael Stice
 
John P. Surma
Director
 
Director



Exhibit 31.1
MARATHON PETROLEUM CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Gary R. Heminger, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Marathon Petroleum Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
February 24, 2017
 
/s/ Gary R. Heminger
 
 
 
Gary R. Heminger
 
 
 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer






Exhibit 31.2
MARATHON PETROLEUM CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Timothy T. Griffith, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Marathon Petroleum Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
February 24, 2017
 
/s/ Timothy T. Griffith
 
 
 
Timothy T. Griffith
 
 
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer






Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Marathon Petroleum Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gary R. Heminger, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

February 24, 2017
 
 
 
/s/ Gary R. Heminger
 
Gary R. Heminger
 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
 






Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Marathon Petroleum Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Timothy T. Griffith, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

February 24, 2017
 
 
 
/s/ Timothy T. Griffith
 
Timothy T. Griffith
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer